Wikisource sourceswiki https://wikisource.org/wiki/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.46.0-wmf.22 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Wikisource Wikisource talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Page Page talk Index Index talk Author Author talk TimedText TimedText talk Module Module talk Translations Translations talk Wikisource:Administrators 4 1194 1332551 1332276 2026-04-02T04:35:25Z TunnelESON 1142 /* Catonif */ support 1332551 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:Wikisource]] ---- This page is for requesting the addition or removal of user rights, not only administrator rights, on the multilingual wikisource. Requests for administrator actions should be placed on [[Wikisource:Scriptorium]] or another relevant page. Requests for bureaucrat actions should be placed on [[Wikisource:Bureaucrats]]. '''Archives:''' [[Wikisource:Nominations for adminship/Archives]] {| style="float:right" width="50%" |+ Need admin's attention |[[:Category:Protected edit requests|Protected edit requests]] ({{PAGESINCATEGORY:Protected edit requests}}): {{#categorytree:Protected edit requests|hideroot=true|namespaces=1}} {{#categorytree:Protected edit requests|hideroot=true|namespaces=9}} |} ==List of current administrators== (''cf.'' [[Wikisource:Bureaucrats]], [[Wikisource:Interface administrators]])<br> For a completely up-to-date list of administrators generated by the system, see [[Special:Listadmins]]. '''Admin statistics:''' [https://xtools.wmflabs.org/adminstats/sourceswiki/2001-01-01/{{#time:Y-m-d}} for all time] • [https://xtools.wmflabs.org/adminstats/sourceswiki/{{#time:Y-m-d|-1 year}}/{{#time:Y-m-d}} 1 year] • [https://xtools.wmflabs.org/adminstats/sourceswiki/{{#time:Y-m-d|-6 months}}/{{#time:Y-m-d}} 6 months] • [https://xtools.wmflabs.org/adminstats/sourceswiki/{{#time:Y-m-d|-3 months}}/{{#time:Y-m-d}} 3 months] #[[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] (bureaucrat) – Czech, Slovak, German, English, limited Russian and Spanish #[[User:Ankry|Ankry]] – Polish, English, Russian #[[User:Draco flavus|Draco flavus]] – Polish, German, English, Russian #[[User:Jon Harald Søby|Jon Harald Søby]] – Norwegian, English, Northern Sami, Swahili #[[User:Koavf|Koavf]] (bureaucrat) – eng-N, spa-2, de-1, pt-1 #[[User:Mahagaja|Mahagaja]] (earlier as Angr) – English (native), German, French, Irish, Latin #[[User:Ooswesthoesbes|Ooswesthoesbes]] (bureaucrat, importer) – Limburgish, Dutch, Ripuarian, English #[[User:Satdeep Gill|Satdeep Gill]] – Punjabi, Hindi, Urdu, English #[[User:TunnelESON|TunnelESON]] (bureaucrat, importer) – Chinese (traditional and simplified), English, French (nearly intermediate), Korean (basic), Japanese (learning) #[[User:VIGNERON|VIGNERON]] – Français, English, Deutsch, Latina, brezhoneg, Chinese #[[User:ꠢꠣꠍꠘ ꠞꠣꠎꠣ|ꠢꠣꠍꠘ ꠞꠣꠎꠣ]] – Sylheti, English Additionally, [[User:Abuse filter]] is a common sysop bot across WMF wikis. ===Temporary rights=== #[[User:Catonif|Catonif]] – interface administrator until 13 September 2026 #[[User:Ternera|Ternera]] – administrator until 8 May 2026 ==List of former administrators== ===Administrators Emeriti=== ''The users below retired after distinguished service as administrators, many because they were administrators in the early days of the project but became too busy with other Wikimedia Foundation responsibilities, they would generally be welcomed back as admins.'' #[[User:Angela|Angela]] (former steward and board member) #[[User:Tim Starling|Tim Starling]] ([[wmf:Staff|Lead staff developer]] and [[m:Special:MyLanguage/System administrators|System administrator]]) #[[User:Brion VIBBER|Brion Vibber]] ([[wmf:Staff|Staff developer:Lead software architect]], former WMF Chief Technical Officer) – English, Esperanto #[[User:Bastique|Bastique]] – (steward) #[[User:VasilievVV|VasilievVV]] – Russian, English #[[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] (developer) – English, French, German ''(last edit 27 June 2011, last log action 21 February 2011, unanimously desysopped 3 November 2012)'' #[[User:Candalua|Candalua]] – Venetian, Italian, English #[[User:DeirdreAnne|DeirdreAnne]] (earlier as Doug) (importer) – English (native), German, French (read, write with great difficulty) #[[User:SWilson (WMF)|SWilson (WMF)]] – English #[[User:अनिरुद्ध!|अनिरुद्ध!]] – Hindi #[[User:Yann|Yann]] – English, French, Hindi ===Desysoped for long inactivity === ''The users below were desysopped after a very long period of inactivity and with no reply and would be expected to go through a nomination and vote before re-appointment'' #[[User:Dr Absentius|Dr Absentius]] – Greek, French ''(last edit 2004-04-11, unanimously desysoped on 2007-02-07)'' #[[User:Menchi|Menchi]] ''(last edit 19 Sep 2004, unanimously desysoped on 2007-02-07)'' #[[User:Samuel|Samuel]] – Chinese ''(last edit 2004-05-20, unanimously desysoped on 2007-02-07)'' #[[User:Maveric149|Maveric149]] ''(last edit 2005-02-16, unanimously desysoped on 2007-02-07)'' #[[User:Kalki|Kalki]] ''(1 edit in 2005, unanimously desysoped on 2007-02-07)'' #[[User:Ambivalenthysteria|Ambivalenthysteria]] (last edit august 2005, unanimously desysoped on 2007-02-07) #[[User:Caton|Caton]] (former account of Marc, unanimously desysoped on 2007-02-07) #[[User:Maveric149|Maveric149]] (unanimously desysoped on 2007-02-07) #[[User:Daniel Mayer|Daniel Mayer]] (unanimously desysoped on 2007-02-07) #:NOTE: Maveric149 and Daniel Mayer are the same person. #[[User:Shin-改|Shin-改]] – Japanese ''(last edit 17 January 2006)'' #[[User:GregRobson|GregRobson]] ''(last edit 17 January 2006 )'' #[[User:Christian S|Christian S]] – Danish, English (Reply in Danish to Swedish and Norwegian) ''(last edit 8 april 2006) #[[User:Gubbubu|Gubbubu]] – Hungarian with some English and Latin &nbsp;/&nbsp;Magyar, angol, latin ''(last edit 7 May 2007 )'' #[[User:Marc|Marc]] (formerly/anciennement [[User:Caton|Caton]] – French) ''(last edit 17 March 2007)'' #[[User:Zhaladshar|Zhaladshar]] ''(one edit in 2008; last edit 8 August 2007)'' #[[User:Shizhao|Shizhao]] – (former steward) – Chinese, Russian ''(one edit in 2008; last edit 11 October 2007)'' #[[User:Mxn|Mxn]] – Vietnamese, Spanish ''(one edit in 2008)'' #[[User:ArnoLagrange|ArnoLagrange]] – French, Esperanto, English, German ''(last edit 6 September 2008)'' #[[User:Innv|Innv]] – Russian, English (''last edit February 2010)'' #[[User:ThomasBot|ThomasBot]] – Bot of [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] ''(last edit in September 2010/last log action 7 December 2010, unanimously desysopped 3 November 2012)'' #[[User:Maximillion Pegasus|Maximillion Pegasus]] – Basic Italian and Spanish ''(last edit in February 2011/last log action 28 February 2011, unanimously desysopped 3 November 2012)'' #[[User:វ័ណថារិទ្ធ|វ័ណថារិទ្ធ]] – Khmer, English ''(last edit: 2015-01-21; last log action: 2014-06-14, desysopped 3 March 2017)'' #[[User:Dovi|Dovi]] – English, Hebrew, basic French ''(last log action: 2015-11-19, desysopped 3 March 2017)'' #[[User:John Vandenberg|John Vandenberg]] (developer) – English – ''(last edit: 2016-05-26, desysopped 30 August 2018)'' #[[User:BRUTE|BRUTE]] – Georgian, English, Russian - inactive since October 2019 #[[User:LadyInGrey|LadyInGrey]] – Spanish – inactive since August 2019 #[[User:Phe|Phe]] – French, English – inactive since February 2018 #[[User:अजीत कुमार तिवारी|अजीत कुमार तिवारी]] – Hindi, English, Urdu, Bhojpuri, Maithili (Basic), Bengali (Basic) - inactive since September 2020 #[[User:Tpt]] ===Passed away=== #[[User:Eclecticology|Eclecticology]] – (also former bureaucrat) ''(last edit: 2013-08-18; last log action: 2011-03-24; passed away 12 September 2016)'' #[[User:Zyephyrus|Zyephyrus]] (bureaucrat) – English, French, limited Spanish =Requests for rights= ==Requests for adminship== '''Important notice: ''' Please do not request sysop status on this site if you plan to request a subdomain, and to mainly participate in that subdomain. Please wait until your subdomain is created, and request to be an admin there. === [[User:Ternera|Ternera]] === ---- {{admin|Ternera}} ---- Hi everyone, I noticed there is a large backlog of pages tagged for deletion and vandalism/spam at [[Wikisource:Vandalism in progress]]. It seems that spam sometimes stays up for weeks without being handled. I would be happy to help out since I have experience using sysop tools and since I've helped out with some miscellaneous maintenance tasks here in the past! Thank you. [[User:Ternera|Ternera]] ([[User talk:Ternera|talk]]) 03:01, 2 October 2025 (UTC) :'''Weak support''' Good eye and you've got [[Special:CentralAuth/Ternera|a decade of experience on WMF wikis]] with clear competence elsewhere. It's probably better for admins to have more experience <em>here</em> than you have, so if you end up with admin rights, I'd be comfortable with them expiring in six months and then you can ask to re-up and they can be made indefinite if you've actually used the tools in the meantime. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 17:33, 6 October 2025 (UTC) ::That works for me. [[User:Ternera|Ternera]] ([[User talk:Ternera|talk]]) 16:45, 31 October 2025 (UTC) :::'''Granted 6 months''' per above with no objection.--[[User:TunnelESON|TunnelESON]] ([[User talk:TunnelESON|talk]]) 22:14, 8 November 2025 (UTC) ===[[User:Catonif|Catonif]]=== Hello! :) Trying out different things for the TEI gadget, I'm having some difficulties not being able to set a page [[mw:Help:ChangeContentModel|content model]] manually, which on this wiki is an action restricted to administrators. In addition to that, not having the right to delete entries, I am regrettably leaving a bunch of messy redirects or obsolete scripts all over the place. I already have the sysop right on the English Wiktionary. A temporary right, like the interface admin I was given here, would be perfectly fine. Cheers! [[User:Catonif|Catonif]] ([[User talk:Catonif|talk]]) 19:13, 29 March 2026 (UTC) *'''Support''', seems fine! [[User:Ternera|Ternera]] ([[User talk:Ternera|talk]]) 21:13, 29 March 2026 (UTC) *'''Support''' trusted user who has a clear purpose in requesting the rights. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 04:35, 30 March 2026 (UTC) *'''Support''' your request for a ''temporary right''.--[[User:TunnelESON|TunnelESON]] ([[User talk:TunnelESON|talk]]) 04:34, 2 April 2026 (UTC) ==Requests for bureaucrat rights== ==Requests for other rights== ===Catonif request for interface administrator right=== Greetings! :) I notice that the underlying JS is pretty old here and could use a overview. Sometimes it hinders my editing (e.g. the impossibility of turning off easyLST) so I wanted to request the editing permission rights to handle those pages. I am already interface administrator on the English Wiktionary. [[User:Catonif|Catonif]] ([[User talk:Catonif|talk]]) 12:30, 3 September 2025 (UTC) :*'''Support''' I'm a bureaucrat here, so I can make the change, but I'd like to leave this up for a bit to see if there's any other feedback. Please ping me in two weeks. Thanks. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 20:50, 3 September 2025 (UTC) :*:{{ping|Koavf}} Hi! Unfortunately there was no feedback. I have been experimenting various JS possible changes in my userspace in the meantime. [[User:Catonif|Catonif]] ([[User talk:Catonif|talk]]) 13:50, 17 September 2025 (UTC) :*::Silence is approval. {{done}} —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 18:38, 17 September 2025 (UTC) :*:::I've done it for six months, just to be on the safe side. If you've used the rights and continue to need them in six months, please ping me. Please also strongly consider multi-factor authentication, since if your account were compromised, someone could do a lot of damage quickly with these rights. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 18:39, 17 September 2025 (UTC) :*::::Thank you! :) I already have 2FA from when I got this right on en.wikt. [[User:Catonif|Catonif]] ([[User talk:Catonif|talk]]) 18:45, 17 September 2025 (UTC) :*:::::Grazie, amico. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 18:45, 17 September 2025 (UTC) :*::::::Hi again! :) My rights expire next week. I'm working on a TEI XML gadget and I would like to keep being able to maintain it. Can I request for a renewal of the interface-administrator rights? [[User:Catonif|Catonif]] ([[User talk:Catonif|talk]]) 23:23, 12 March 2026 (UTC) :*:::::::{{done}} Thanks. —[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''vf</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 00:12, 13 March 2026 (UTC) =Votes for removal of rights= This areas is for votes to remove rights, either for inactivity or for misuse of rights (or any other reason). Please vote/comment on whether you think that the users below should keep or lose their respective user rights. Unless otherwise noted, users who have multiple rights will only have the rights under the particular section removed (i.e. a user with both admin and bureaucrat rights who is nominated for removal of bureaucrat rights, will retain their admin rights). However, normally bureaucrats who lose their admin rights will also lose their bureaucrat rights. Removals of some rights require a [[m:Steward|Steward]], after a discussion is closed with a result of removal, the closing editor should post a request on [[m:Steward requests/Permissions|meta]]. ==Vote for removal of administrator privileges== This section is for removal of admin rights ("desysopping") If you have been listed here due to inactivity, but intend to resume admin duties, please indicate this so that others can re-evaluate whether you should be desysopped. Admins who are desysopped due to inactivity are encouraged to resume administration whenever they wish, either by talking to a bureaucrat or initiating a request above. Admins who do not respond may be automatically desysopped after 30 days. ==Vote for removal of bureaucrat privileges== dwoo61dbancckgidfx9ttvlkio3mqo5 Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2007 4 61106 1332492 1330995 2026-04-01T16:34:12Z ꠢꠣꠍꠘ ꠞꠣꠎꠣ 676877 This page is an archive (please do not modify) 1332492 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Archive}} == Licence PD manifesto - how to handle it? == The licence '''PD-manifesto''', see e.g. the English wikisource [[:en:Help:Copyright and Wikisource#Uncopyrightable works]], seems to be OK for the use on the opages of Wikisources. My question is: is it OK, and the second one if yes, how should we handle it if there is no similar licence in other countries. Also, what can be recognized as pd-manifesto. For example, there is a speach of a president of a country to celebrate the new year; it is not possible to use a licence like PD-German-Gov, as the president is not a part of the government; could the licence PD-Manifesto be used here?. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 18:09, 9 January 2007 (UTC) :Actually, we're having a crisis on en:ws about this very thing. Our policy says that PD-manifesto is valid, but we are seriously discussing whether that's true or not. The way we are leaning, however, is that manifestos are not inherently copyright-free, and so might be incompatible with WS (at least on a policy level, if not even on a legal level). If that's the case, we will have to change that part of our policy, of course.—<font style="color: #000000; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold">[[User:Zhaladshar|Zhaladshar]]</font> <sup><font style="color: #FF0000; font-size: small; text-decoration: none">[[User talk:Zhaladshar|(Talk)]]</font></sup> 21:23, 9 January 2007 (UTC) Can you give me a link to the discussion on en:ws? I would like to follow. Especially, on cs:ws there are some documents like the Manifesto of Charter 77 or other manifestos, produced by the oppositional groups or persons under the communist regime, then semi-government speaches etc., where we use this licence, but... [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 08:29, 10 January 2007 (UTC) :[[s:en:Template:PD-manifesto]] does not have a discussion page in use. You may want to try the scriptorium there.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 09:31, 12 January 2007 (UTC) ::I think you refer to http://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Possible_copyright_violations#Public_speeches_in_general. [[User:Aleator|Aleator]] 19:43, 26 January 2007 (UTC) == Cascade protecting for main page? == I have just deleted the 13th vandalism on [[Talk:Main Page/]]. There is a new feature for protecting pages, the cascade protecting, but I am not sure how it works and if it would help here. Anybody knows? [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 10:04, 25 January 2007 (UTC) :I actually thought I had already done it; it's done on all important main pages. [[User:Dovi|Dovi]] 11:09, 25 January 2007 (UTC) ::I had indeed. See protection log. [[User:Dovi|Dovi]] 11:10, 25 January 2007 (UTC) Yes I see there... But I understood this feature in that way, that by blocking of the main page all semi pages are blocked as well - but it is obviously possible to create Main Page/ rurther on. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 11:49, 25 January 2007 (UTC) :Cascade protection protects pages that are used as templates on a page (in this case the templates on the [[Main Page]]). It does not protect talk pages, subpages, or similarly named pages (unless they are used as templates on the cascade protected page). /[[User:82.212.68.183|82.212.68.183]] 12:19, 26 January 2007 (UTC) I see. Thanks. So we shall have to delete this several times a week in the future:-)... [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 12:40, 26 January 2007 (UTC) == 1100 uncategorized pages == See please [http://wikisource.org/wiki/Special:Uncategorizedpages this category]. There are 1100 uncategorized pages. Some of them have been moved, some of them can be specified by language. But not all. When I am sure I delete them, but the most ones are pages where I am not sure what language it is. And a language category should be the minimum of categorisation. I ask some users like Smeira to have a look there, but it will not help profoundly. What shall we do with those pages?. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:43, 1 March 2007 (UTC) :They are generally not in English. I cannot identify their languages.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 18:46, 8 March 2007 (UTC) Well, some 4 weeks later there is a good balance: from 1100 uncategorized pages to some 460 now. I would like to thank here to all those who helped - and still are helping - to in this case. Nice to see that this domain still works somehow. Thanks, [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:41, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :As of today, all remaining pages in Devanagari are in Sanskrit. These could be categorized with a bot. Any way, I think that there won't be a Sanskrit subdomain any time soon. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 08:39, 5 April 2007 (UTC) ::Fine. Sure, it should be done by a bot. I think Seira hat something like that, and I could ask him. But, to keep the RC clean it should have the bot flag, which can be granted by a bureaucrat only, I can do nothing (see also [[User talk:ThomasV#Bot]]). [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 09:05, 5 April 2007 (UTC) ===Hints, remarks etc=== ::I checked some pages; I could at 90% be sure of how to categorize them because they were linked somewhere else from some Main Page, or have an article in some Wikipedia I can read, or themselves claim to be in some language. I am also 90% sure of the language for the following pages that either have their own wikisource subdomain or have no language category, yet: ::*[[Dagome Iudex (latina)]] claims to be in Latin (and seems like the claim is true) so it should be moved to la. subdomain ::*[[Forsíða]] is a fossil page for redirecting to is. and fo. subdomains. <small> category old main pages added, [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:53, 7 April 2007 (UTC) </small> ::*[[Ynglinga saga]], [[Hálfdanar saga svarta]], [[Haraldar saga hárfagra]], [[Hákonar saga Aðalsteinsfóstra]], [[Haralds saga gráfeldar]] are all works by [[Author:Snorri Sturluson]] who is Icelandic (is. subdomain) ::*[[I-Internationale]] is in zulu but there is no category for such language <small> category zulu added, [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:53, 7 April 2007 (UTC) </small> ::*[[In 't Bronsgroen Eikenhout]] is the anthem of Limburg; the English wikipedia says that it is written in old Dutch (nl. subdomain); the page has also a section with a translation into English (en. subdomain) ::*[[Indonesia Raya]] and [[Internasionale]] are written in Indonesian (id. subdomain) ::*[[Internacionalah]] is in Karjala but there is no category for such language ::*[[International (mi)]] is in Maori but there is no category for such language <small> category maori added [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:53, 7 April 2007 (UTC) </small> ::*[[Internationala]] is in Swedish (sv. subdomain) ::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 21:01, 8 March 2007 (UTC) :::[[Kimi Ga Yo]] is a transliteration of Japanese (ja. subdomain) and a translation into English (en. subdomain) :::[[Korea's Nation Archery Game Rule]] is bilingual English (en. subdomain) and Korean (ko. subdomain) :::[[List of Hangeul syllables]] is Korean (ko. subdomain) :::[[Luettelo Stalinin vainoissa kuolleista Vuolelaisista]] is Finnish and already exists that page on the fi. subdomain :::[[Lỡ Bước Sang Ngang]] is Vietnamese and already exists that page on the vi. subdomain :::[[Moscow agreement]] is English (en. subdomain) ::::::notice in en.source made, [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:52, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :::[[Omelia della Messa di Insediamento di Papa Benedetto XVI]] is Italian (it. subdomain) :::[[Osa I]] and [[Osa II]] are Finnish (fi. subdomain) :::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 14:43, 9 March 2007 (UTC) ::::[[List of Hangeul syllables]] should probably be moved to Wikipedia, but I do not know if importing to Wikipedia is possible.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 17:59, 9 March 2007 (UTC) ::::::Transwiki from xx.source to xx.wikipedia is the default preference as far as I know. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 15:06, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :::::[[Wikisource:รัฐธรรมนูญ]] and [[รัฐธรรมนูญแห่งราชอาณาจักรไทย พุทธศักราช ๒๕๔๐]] are in Thai (th. subdomain). :::::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 16:56, 22 March 2007 (UTC) == category multilingual == I have just created the [[:Category:Multilingual]] (two examples: see there), as I have seen some more pages here with translations in more languages. But, I do not know if we want to have them in this way. Soon or later everybody will publish here texts of something translated into more languages. What shall we do with this??? [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 15:48, 1 March 2007 (UTC) :We still have some of that left on en.ws when the mass import happened. What we do is make sure that what does not belong on en.ws exists in the proper subdomain or else here and then delete it leaving the english. Perhaps you should do the same. If there are multiple languages that belong here, then create seperate pages in the native title.--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 21:11, 2 April 2007 (UTC) In fact the [[:category:multilingual]] is a nonsence and I created it as a temporary solution only, as I didn't know what to do with such pages. In some cases they are bilingual only (in language xx and original in latin just to compare it), in some cases they content some 10 languages of one text. Anyway, what ever we decide about it, the category multiligual keeps those pages one one place so that we find them later - to move them, to divide them or to delete them. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 09:05, 3 April 2007 (UTC) ==what happened to my previous user account??== why was my user account apprarently deleted? I just had to re-register to be sm8900. Appreciate your help with this. --[[User:Sm8900|Sm8900]] 16:14, 5 March 2007 (UTC) :probably you want something else, see explanation in [[User talk:Sm8900]], [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 17:26, 5 March 2007 (UTC) == Is a parchment fragment eligible to be a notable source? == I put the transcription of a parchment fragment here: [[Indovineło Veronéxe]] ([[Talk:Indovineło Veronéxe|info]]). The notability of this fragment is stated [[:en:w:Veronese Riddle|here]] (there links to Italian, Spanish and Venetian versions of the article). I think I correctly followed the steps of [[Wikisource:Text quality]], but now I wonder if this can be a "notable source". --[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 23:22, 8 March 2007 (UTC) PS: Is the [[Wikisource:Protection requests]] page still working? The last request dates 9 July 2005 15:45... :Yes, sure. You can even put the image of the parchment to illustrate the text. Regards, [[User:Yann|Yann]] 11:22, 9 March 2007 (UTC) ::Thanks! Unfortunately there are lots of copies of that image on the Internet, but none of them is PD or GFDL. More: the image is property of ''Biblioteca Capitolare di Verona''; according to Italian laws, one can ask permission to publish but one is not allowed to republish elsewhere. I already faced that problem on it.wikipedia, and this was the answer of Italian admins: if ''Biblioteca Capitolare di Verona'' gives permission I can upload that image but I have to mark it as "copyrighted". ::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 13:18, 9 March 2007 (UTC) == Multilingual text templates == What do you think of making/converting multilingual templates (for example, [[:Template:Scriptorium-side]]) to similar ones to this one from meta: [[:meta:Template:Uptodate]]? It would avoid pages full of text, BUT it would be a bit confusing for update. [[User:Aleator|Aleator]] 19:24, 17 March 2007 (UTC) == Transwiki - Importing data == I found some valuable sources in Venetian on it.wikisource. I was suggested to ask for a [[:Special:Import]] for that source into "oldwikisource" in order to put those sources in the correct place. First question: is this job reasonably feasible? Second question: what do you exactly need to know? I mean: should I tell you just which is the "cover page" for each book to import or should I tell you the complete report of all the pages that compose each book to import? Third question: is it possible to automatically add the [[:Category:Vèneto]] categorization while importing the pages, or should the pages be categorized subsequently by handcoding? Thank you in advance for answering. Regards, --[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 16:12, 22 March 2007 (UTC) :OK, so here the answer: we shall need the names of the pages which are to be imported - I assume, that the pages will be imported comletely, i.e. incluseve history and inclusive the talk page. You can make the content here. :But, first I have to love a problem: every admin can use this so called transwiki, but first I have to apply/request somewhere that we can import from the Italian Wikisource. I ask somewhere where I have to request and then we can make it. :Answer here, I will follow this page more frequently... :-), [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 13:20, 28 March 2007 (UTC) ::Ok, should I wait your "start" anyway? ::If I misunderstood your post, here is my first request for transwiki, just in order to see what happens: ::#an easy import: ::#*[[:it:Ritmo bellunese]] ::#a complex import: ::#*[[:it:Autore:Carlo Goldoni]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Dedica]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Introduzione]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Personaggi]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena I]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena II]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena III]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena IV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena V]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena VI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena VII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena VIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena IX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena X]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XIV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XVI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena I]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena II]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena III]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena IV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena V]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena VI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena VII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena VIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena IX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena X]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XIV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XVI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XVII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XVIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XIX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XXI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XXII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XXIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XXIV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena I]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena II]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena III]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena IV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena V]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena VI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena VII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena VIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena IX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena X]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XIV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XVI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XVII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XVIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XIX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XXI]] ::This list does not include templates and categories used by these pages. Is it ok this way? Can it be made simpler (i.e.: please import [[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne]] and all subpages)? Should it be made more complex (i.e.: list and/or import templates and categories, too)? I hope that my questions are clearer now, with an example. ::Regards, --[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 12:22, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :Well, this is pretty OK for the first time. I requested for me the possibility to import from other Wikisources, but in the moment I cannot say how long time it will take. There are some communication problems at present, I guess. :After that, I will import the listed pages, and I will do it completelly, i.e. including the history and including the talk pages (if any). But, if I should import subpages as well, then indeed, they must be listed. If also categories or templates should be imported, so you should list them as well, but in this case we should be sure that there are no categories or templates like this here in the multilingual wikisource. :After I have transwikied (=imported) the pages (I hope my request will be fullfilled), you will just have to categorize the pages here (normally, the category tags are imported together with the page, but normally they are different from the categories here). :So, this for now, I hope it will happen soon. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:23, 2 April 2007 (UTC) Do you mind if I ask why you wish to not work on Venetian texts at it.ws? Since wikisources texts are static it is very useful to keep related languages together. It is not like wikipedia where one person will start an article in Venetian and another will want add more in Italian.--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 21:06, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :The answer is simple: Venetan is related to Italian exactly as French is related to Italian: they are "brother" languages ("cognate" or whatever). More, Venetan language is not even related to Italy: Venetan speakers span more countries in a similar way as Catalan speakers do. :Apart from that, Venetan literature is most separate from Italian literature, and according to an admin of it.ws it was a mistake to start Venetan texts there; he is actually encouraging me to go on here. :--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 09:19, 3 April 2007 (UTC) ::Thanks. I should have done a little research before asking, because after looking I see they are only related as far as "Romance."--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 13:35, 3 April 2007 (UTC) :::Ehm! Hello -jkb-, nice to meet you, Birgitte, Ciao Achillu! I'm the admin of it.ws who talked to Achillu! I can assure that it.wikisource hosts texts in [[:fur:|furlan]], [[:sc:|sardu]], [[:nap:|nnapulitano]], [[:eml:|emilian]] and in other dialects (obviously including [[:vec:|veneto]]). I don't consider an error if we host dialectal texts on it.source, but I understand that Veneto (I don't write "Venetian" because we are discussing about texts from [[:w:Veneto|Veneto]], not only [[:w:Venice|Venice]] and I don't know if a correct adjective exists in English) has a vast literature and a good potential to fork a wikisource of its own (I live in [[:w:Verona|Verona]], and I know what I'm saying); on the other hand what lacks until now is a core team of contributors to take care of such small wikisources, so we are using it.ws like a sort of incubator until some shrewd user decides to move and try to rise a new wikisource: that's what's happening with vec.source, and I'm quite happy of it. The process is undergoing the right steps (oldwikisource --> gathering of texts --> advertising on vec.wikipedia and it.wiki* --> request for subdomain), is there anything wrong with that? I don't think anyone is in haste. '''[[:w:it:utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:orange;">&epsilon;</span><span style="color:blue;">&Delta;</span>]][[:w:it:Discussioni utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:brown;">&omega;</span>]]''' ::::No I do not think anything is wrong with that. Honestly I don't think that there is a wrong answer to this kind of thing but a neccessity to balance between the pros and cons. I asked to be certain this had been thought out. The comment about ''put those sources in the correct place'' made me wonder.--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 19:45, 10 April 2007 (UTC) :::::Sorry I don't understand if there is any final decision about importing that data. I've been waiting for either a "no" or an "import" but it seems to me that neither of the two happened. :::::I suspended any activity on the project because I am still waiting. If I understand well, you should decide if the "correct place" for a "Venetan incubator" is here or on it.ws, right? :::::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 08:37, 25 April 2007 (UTC) I have a very great news. I just tested adding myself importing right here through Meta and importing function would be expanded to allow importing from any Wiki site through local disks. We should select a place to allow users, especially admins, to request expanded importing rights here. Then requests approved here will be sent to Meta for activation. Thanks to those who supported [[m:Stewards/elections 2007/statements/Jusjih|my steward election]] with 73-1-4-99%.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 04:31, 24 December 2007 (UTC) (admin here and new Meta steward) == How much articles would be enough for a separate domen? == I see here that test Wikisources with 500 and 700 articles are still not open. Belorussians like to work very much, and if they will understand necessity of Wikisource, they will put thousands of articles here. But we must have some goal - so, how much articles would be suposingly enough for opening of separate domen - 1000, 1500, maybe 3000? Are there some precedents? --[[User:Yaroslav Zolotaryov|Yaroslav Zolotaryov]] 16:15, 1 April 2007 (UTC) :Normally, we prefer quality to quantity. If you upload here 1000 pages in one week and then do nothing, so it is bad. If three users upload here 10 pages a week but they do this every week, so they could have a better chance. But in the moment, as you probably can see, there is a discussion on meta on how to create new subdomains. So any answer on your question could be wrong. Be a bit patient please. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:27, 2 April 2007 (UTC) ::Quality is more important than quantity. If sufficient users want a subdomain, it can start with less than 100 articles, but prolonged inactivity may trigger site closing proposal. After Old English Wikisource opened, it is not so active, so [[m:Proposals for closing projects/Closure of Old English Wikisource|Proposals for closing projects/Closure of Old English Wikisource]] is going on to get the contents to regular English Wikisource.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 16:24, 10 April 2007 (UTC) == [[Wikisource:Language domain requests]] versus [[:m:Meta:Language proposal policy]] == Hi, after a discussion on foundation-l, I received the answer that the current requests made on the [[Wikisource:Language domain requests]] aren't 100% ok to the [[:m:Meta:Language proposal policy|current policy to create new wikis]]. See above: <div style="overflow: auto; padding: 3px; background: #F0F0F0; margin-bottom: 8px; border: 1px solid #CCCCCC; padding: 1em; padding-top: 0.5em; padding-bottom:0em;" class="plainlinks"> * [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028750.html <nowiki>[Foundation-l] A successful request not yet fulfilled (was Language Prevention Committee created)</nowiki>] ** [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028752.html Reply from GeradM] ([[:m:User:GerardM]]) *** <small>[http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028753.html a reply not directly related to this issue]</small> *** <small>[http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028754.html another reply not directly related to this issue]</small> ** [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028757.html Reply from Pathoschild] ([[:m:User:Pathoschild]]) *** [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028765.html I again] **** [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028766.html Reply from Pathoschild; ''read at least this message if you don't have so much free time to this issue'']</div> Because it, I think that te best to do is: # Archive all current requests on [[Wikisource:Language domain requests]] as unsuccessful and re-open these requests at [[:m:Requests for new languages]] using a very basic structure (a simply stub request form to make the life more easy for these users and a central place to all type of language requests). # Send a invite to the Wikipedians of affected languages to expand these requests, to arguing instead of voting etc. # Replace the current text on [[Wikisource:Language domain requests]] to a general warning of maintaning the source-texts here ''versus'' requesting a new wiki and pointing to make new requests on Meta-Wiki in a way 100% ok to the [[:m:Meta:Language proposal policy]] and 100% ok to the current policies "texts on this wiki ''versus'' a specific wiki for one language" (I don't have intention to do this step due to my poor English). In other words: this wiki continues accepting new texts for languages that don't have yet a wiki and continues serving as a coordination wiki, but new requests may need to be placed at the Meta-Wiki and fully following the [[:m:Meta:Language proposal policy]]. Someone agree/disagree? [[User:555|555]] 23:36, 1 April 2007 (UTC) ----- I have just sent a short comment to the m-list. I think it should be discussed here, but anyway, I would like to guarantee that new subdomains will work - not like some of the new ones created last summer without any reason. The experience with the languages - do they work or do they not work - can be made here only. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 08:41, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :I also replied on the m-list. I am very hesistant to support 555's proposal at this time. I would first like to see them work out the kinks in their process and also see how they will treat a new wikisource request differently from any other new wiki requests. So we don't end up with more like ang.ws, which was created without the support of experienced editors here. If you all think tamil is ready for a subdomain, I suggest several of you leave a comment at the [http://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6982 bug] request pointing out you are a admin here and the request is supported. I imagine the developers are hesitant to judge a request approved on their own after the ang.ws incident. I will say that I really do not participate here and if you all would rather hand off the process because you do not want to maintain it; I will support you. But if your think is that handing off the process will give better results regarding things like ang.ws, I must disagree.--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 21:00, 2 April 2007 (UTC) It is not only to avoid something like ang.ws, but many more unhappy creations. We discussed it [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/Jan 2006 - Dec 2006#To subdomain or not to subdomain :-)|here]] last summer after 19 subdomains have been created without a klnowledge of the admins here. See the table and see the statistics from today - in some cases there is no difference. Therefore, I think, this multilingual Wikisource is the best place to let new languages work and to see if they are capable to have their own subdomain. We can - or we should - discus the rules for it, see e.g. [[Wikisource:Language domain requests/New rules proposal]]. I am sure, that Wikisource is not Wikipedia - I am working here since August 2004, and I am sure, that if you move the wikisource languages from here to a general incubator, you will have sooner or later '''10 or 20 different wikisources''', not different by language, but '''different by rules, self-evidence, copy-violations''' etc. Then it is fully different to work in a wikipedia and a wikisource - and it is necessary to learn the rules and goals etc. of Wikisource, not the rules and goals of this or that Wikipedia (e.g. in the question of copyright/licensing still different one to each other). Therefore I think that the '''multilingual wikisource.org has still a huge significance'''. We should talk about what to improve here. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 09:32, 3 April 2007 (UTC) :Do these things mean that we can no longer require bureaucrats in new Wikisource subdomains? Wiki sites without bureaucrats can ask Meta to grant adminship.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 07:08, 6 April 2007 (UTC) :I totally agree with -jkb- here. And IMO, nothing changed regarding the creation of bureaucrats. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 16:57, 6 April 2007 (UTC) == time out == I'm like to take a time out, see my page. I hope somebody else will look after the vandals, requests etc. Thx. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 19:30, 2 May 2007 (UTC) :Hello, :Don't worry. I will keep an eye after the vandals. See you later. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 21:37, 2 May 2007 (UTC) == Zip Codes == Hello, I was wondering if a zip codes section, some of which is very detailed, would be included in WikiSource. It is right now up for deletion on English Wikipedia and there is a idea to move it here (if allowed by WikiSource rules) and I was wondering if that would be acceptable. Please that a look here <sup>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Articles_for_deletion/List_of_56_ZIP_codes]</sup>. There were state-by-state pages (I figure those can be brought back up to be moved here (I also have them saved on my computer). You may contact me here or on my Wikipedia page (same name)<sup>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_talk:Orangemonster2k1]</sup> Thanks.... :Hello, :Sorry no. Wikisource doesn't accept raw data like ''zip codes''. Regards, [[User:Yann|Yann]] 21:45, 2 May 2007 (UTC) == Common action of Non-US Wikisource chapters needed == No deletion of works published after 1922 and from authors who are died between 1927 and 1936! *http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons_talk:Licensing#Opinion_section ('''please vote''') *http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/User_talk:Anthere#commons:Commons_talk:Licensing.23Pros_and_Cons *http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/American_non-acceptance_of_the_rule_of_the_shorter_term#Wikisource --[[User:84.60.240.164|84.60.240.164]] 15:44, 6 May 2007 (UTC) === Discussions in local Wikisources === * http://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Scriptorium#PD-old_non-us..._I.27m_confused * http://pt.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Esplanada/Problemas_de_dom%C3%ADnio_p%C3%BAblico * http://de.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Skriptorium#Wichtig:_Wikisource_nur_noch_f.C3.BCr_Werke.2C_deren_Urheber_1925_oder_fr.C3.BCher_gestorben_sind *http://fr.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Scriptorium/Mai_2007#Auteurs_de_oeuvres_publi.C3.A9es_apres_1922_et_mort_entre_1926_et_1936_-_no_domaine_publique_pour_Wikimedia.3F *http://es.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Caf%C3%A9#Action_needed *http://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Bar#Action_needed --[[User:84.60.240.164|84.60.240.164]] 17:00, 6 May 2007 (UTC) == It would be possible here? == I want to organize a transcription from a radio interview appeared in a local station (http://www.kiss108.com/main.html). Since the wiki features allows several people collaboration, I think WikiSource would be a good site to hold it. Is it allowed to create articles of such kind in WikiSource? --[[User:Annm|Annm]] 14:48, 1 June 2007 (UTC) ==Interwiki link to this "multilingual" wikisource == How to link here from another language wikipedia? The construct <nowiki> [[Wikisource:XXXX]] </nowiki> takes to the en.wikisource. <nowiki> [[Wikisource:??:XXXX]] </nowiki> --[[User:Urdutext|Urdutext]] 01:36, 2 June 2007 (UTC) :Use <nowiki>[[oldwikisource:XXXX]]</nowiki>. - [[User:Teak|Teak]] 05:59, 2 June 2007 (UTC) ::But unfortunately it will not show on the left bar in subdomains.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 08:52, 7 June 2007 (UTC) == Election Committee announces Wikimedia Election == On behalf of the Election Committee, I post the following announcement. Please consider to forward this message and bring to the language projects you take part in, thanks! --[[User:Aphaia|Aphaia]] 16:03, 11 June 2007 (UTC) ______________________ Dear all, We, the election committee, hereby announce the opening of a new election for members of the Wikimedia Foundation's Board of Trustees. At least three positions will be filled from this election, with the elected members serving a two year term. It is important to note that election processes are slightly different this year than in previous years: all candidates should be certain to thoroughly read the FAQ at: http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/en From today, June 10th, we're accepting candidates for the Board of Trustees. If you're interested, you must make a candidate statement and list yourself on http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/Candidates/en We also need the help or translators for the elections, so if you're fluent in any language other than English, and willing to help, please list yourself here: http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/Translations If you have any questions, please first read the FAQ, then list your questions to the talk page: http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/FAQ/en The official announcement is available on Meta: http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/en We are confident that this election will draw very qualified candidates, and we wish them the best of luck. Regards, Kizu Naoko (Aphaia) Newyorkbrad Philippe Beaudette Jon Harald Søby == Should we discontinue uploading new files right here and divert to Commons? == I would like to seek comments if we should discontinue uploading new files right here and divert to Commons. As I administer so many Wiki sites, I see more of them diverting all new uploads to Commons, though older files are not automatically deleted.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 16:36, 4 July 2007 (UTC) :Should WS's redirect uploading to Commons? I think this is the best option, so other (even future) projects will be capable of using more resources, and avoid duplications. Should we saturate Commons with thousands of pages? (why not?) I think that the first pages or those with images are extremely suitable for Commons, and in a lesser way all 'just-text' images. In short, Commons for '''all''' files. [[User:Aleator|Aleator]] 17:05, 4 July 2007 (UTC) ::I am not familiar with MediaWiki, so I have to know which one to make "Upload file" in the toolbox direct to Commons.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 17:02, 10 July 2007 (UTC) :::Do you mean which MediaWiki ([[MediaWiki:Uploadtext]]) is the one that appears in the [[Special:Upload]] page?? [[User:Aleator|Aleator]] 17:25, 10 July 2007 (UTC) :I would suggest only allowing upload to Commons. I don't see any advantage to upload files locally here. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 18:16, 10 July 2007 (UTC) ::::As there are approximately the same licence conditions here and at commons, and as many of the languages here will get own subdomains later (with the necessity to move everything), so uploading to commons only is the best solution. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 09:20, 11 July 2007 (UTC) :MediaWiki:Uploadtext shows important uploading message. We have at least hundreds of images that are unused, uncategorized, or both. Shall we notify their uploaders before deleting them?--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 16:18, 13 July 2007 (UTC) ::Yes. Eventually using a category "to be moved to Commons" would be useful. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 22:55, 13 July 2007 (UTC) This is a really great idea! See also [[commons:Category:De Wikisource book]]. We've been doing this for over a year now. [[User:Jonathan Groß|Jonathan Groß]] 19:04, 19 September 2007 (UTC) I feel reluctant to upload thousands of scanned book pages to commons. These images would probably only be used on one specific wikisource. I am not against this solution, I am just making sure that this is really the concensus. Can someone give me some good arguments why we should upload to commons and not wikisource and I would feel more confortabe with uploading there! // [[User:Wellparp|Wellparp]] 22:36, 10 November 2007 (UTC) :Uploading to Commons allows sharing with other Wiki sites, but if you have a good reason to upload to Wikisource, please specify the copyright status. For example, if you want to upload to English Wikisource, please use [[en:Help:copyright tags|copyright tags]]. Otherwise, there are so many untagged images.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 02:48, 15 November 2007 (UTC) ::Yes, I know. I mean that it is very unlikely that scanned english language texts will be useful for other wikimedia projects. // [[User:Wellparp|Wellparp]] 12:08, 16 November 2007 (UTC) == Proposed closure of ht.wikisource == Hello, I have [[m:Proposals for closing projects/Closure of Haitian Creole Wikisource|proposed to close the Haitian Creole wikisource]], my motivations are exposed in this link. Please give your opinion on this page. This isn't anything against Wikisourcies (I love your work, guys !), but basically this Wikisource has no content (I mean, actually nothing !) and no activity but spam. Thank you, [[w:ht:User:Korrigan]] ([[User:86.155.96.15|86.155.96.15]]) 19:58, 5 August 2007 (UTC) == The huge leap == Dear co-workers at Wikisource! In order to create a reliable database for texts which are in the public domain, we have a responsibility to present our content in a most appropriate and professional way. This includes: #making the content easily accessible via categories, portals, and in-wiki links #thoroughly providing bibliographic data to each site #presenting all sources in a scholarly way, such as ##carefully choosing the base of the text: not any edition, but the student‘s reference edition or a last hand edition ##if possible, add scans from the original source of the text, in order to ##responsibly proofreading it, given that ##appropriate edition guidelines are set Inspired by German librarian [[w:de:Elmar Mittler|Elmar Mittler]] at the Wikipedia Academy at Mainz in August 2007, who asked if Wikisource – a possible partner for libraries concerning digitalisation – had the same standards in every language. I thought about how we could manage to provide the standards above in all language editions of Wikisource. I have a few propositions about how to establish them: #introduce a sophisticated sorting system #creating and implementing a template such as [[s:de:Vorlage:Textdaten]] ##starting retro-digitalisation, as described in [[s:de:Hilfe:Laden von Büchern nach Commons]], or adding existent online sources ##implementing software functions for proofreading (as introduced at [[s:de:Hauptseite|German Wikisource]]) ##establish state-of-the-art edition guidelines. Please comment my appeal: State your ideas of how and at what scope to apply them at the single language editions. Discuss the subject on large scale and in detail. Tell what part of the suggestions above is already provided. Becoming professional and reliable is our greatest chance. It‘s our future. [[User:Jonathan Groß|Jonathan Groß]] 18:34, 19 September 2007 (UTC) P.S. [[Wikisource:Wikisource and Project Gutenberg]] just came to my attention and might find its ultimate answer in this thread. :Very interesting proposals; I'm working at italian Wikisource and I can gladly notice that many of your ideas are going to be implemented at our Source. We have projects related to text types and subjects and also a strict policy about references of our sources; a scanning-proofreading project has been implemented, but it's only at the beginning... :Please, explain better what do you mean with point 3.1. with the sentence "not any edition, but the student‘s reference edition or a last hand edition": I think that this could be possible only for few, well-known texts, but for many others not so popular (but not less important!) it's pretty impossible to find a "modern" edition, particulary for what concerns translations (copyright matters, blah blah blah...). But maybe I have not understood well... :I'm sorry for not being able to understand how your retro-digitalization system works, but I don't speak german! :I think that we should consider to make some general policy for point 1 and 2 about _basics_ and _quality_ (for example: no texts without a reliable source) and only after trying to produce some guidelines for scanning, proofreading and sophisicated stuff like this ;-) :[[User:Torredibabele|Torredibabele]] 00:26, 20 September 2007 (UTC) Hello, Here is my opinion: state-funded digital libraries do not provide any guarantee. When they do OCR (rarely), they do not correct errors. Here are the value-added quality of Wikisource: manual verification by people. The most important point is to specify for each text, if it was proofread or not, along with the source and the edition used. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 13:01, 20 September 2007 (UTC) :Yann: [http://mdz.bib-bvb.de/digbib/lexika/adelung/ Sometimes] [http://www.kruenitz1.uni-trier.de/ they] [http://germazope.uni-trier.de/Projects/WBB/woerterbuecher/dwb/wbgui?lemid=GA00001 do]. :-) [[User:Jonathan Groß|Jonathan Groß]] 13:46, 20 September 2007 (UTC) :::My two pence; I'm OrbiliusMagister from it.wikisource. I'd like to thank Jonathan for his concern about quality, and on it.source we are very sensitive about it, so I'm going to follow this thread. Torredibabele wrote exactly what we are thinking and doing about quality. Our important advantages are: :::*we are building an open free library without prejudice or POV; many sectorial or specific libraries are not that open and free. :::**On the other side we ar accepting texts or editions according to their freedom or avalaibility, not according to their quality. Since on it.wikisource we use a policy of ''et-et'' more than ''aut-aut'' when better editions of a particular text become avalaible we shall add them to the preesxistent, leaving to the reader the task to choose the better (excluding a "worse" edition in favour of a "better edition" may lead to a POV war or an unwanted censorship). This is wikistyle. :::*Until some time ago we had to rely on online publications (and only those with their printed source referenced) to have texts proofread, and I discovered that some of these online sources have a lot of typos and errors, so we began focusing on printed sources. The OCRed text-image edition are now beginning to take off, and we are releasing books never prevoiusly digitalized. On it.wikisource we are trying a bold approach, publishing the images without OCRing them and asking shamelessly the random navigator to donate a minute of transcription. :::*What Yann wrote is perfect, our collective proofreading sets us apart from many bigger projects. :::To conclude I'll say some obvious (but not that obvious) statements: :::*The quality check [[image:00%.svg]] [[image:25%.svg]] [[image:50%.svg]] [[image:75%.svg]] [[image:100 percent.svg]] must be everywhere on our sites. :::*Our point of weakness on it.wikisource is a lack of well written guidelines and policies: we are working them out taking the best from fr.wikisource, importing from Wikipedia proved less useful than writing from scratch, :::*Most important: '''time is on our side'''. :::**Maybe on 2010 will be invented a method to OCR and proofread a text with special "USB 10.0 eyeglasses connected via WI(ki)-Fi to our brain", I don't think that many digital libraries could keep their software updated as Mediawiki is now. :::**User from Pedia or other projects looking for a flameproof Wikimedia project, some serious and rewarding dirty work and more quality than quantity are coming. I'm not concerned about the newbies or the number of texts, I'm concerned about keeping our quality high and our texts well referenced. Some "I already know" Wikipedians sometimes proved more dangerous than many newbies... - '''[[:it:Utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:orange;">&epsilon;</span><span style="color:blue;">&Delta;</span>]][[:it:Discussioni utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:brown;">&omega;</span>]]''' 13:57, 20 September 2007 (UTC) :::<small>P.S. Sorry for some OT...</small> Digitization projects can either "think like a library" and allow any kind of book on its shelves, sometimes two different editions side by side, and let the user pick what she wants, or "think like a publisher", carefully selecting what to digitize, taking full responsibility that every item in the collection is of good quality. Many scholars (and curiously also librarians) who dream of starting a digitization project emphasize the importance of thinking like a publisher, even though they don't use these words. On the contrary, most people who successfully operate large digitization projects (including Project Gutenberg, Google, Internet Archive, University of Michigan) are clearly thinking like a library. One problem with thinking like a publisher is that even if you take responsibility for selecting the one true printed edition for your digitization, you cannot take responsibility for the contents of the work. For example, it might contain outdated and dangerous medical or legal advice. And some user might want to reference the 2nd or 3rd edition of a novel rather than the 1st edition or "last hand", in which case the effort to select the "best" edition is a lost cause. This is not to say you shouldn't care which edition you digitize. You should carefully document which one (or ones) you use, and the best documentation is the scanned images. But please don't get obsessed about the "purity" of the project. --[[User:LA2|LA2]] 07:59, 4 January 2008 (UTC) ([[:m:User:LA2/Digitizing books with MediaWiki|meta]]) Agree with LA2 and couldn't put it better myself. In my view we should aim to include the best editions possible, but this in no way precludes including complemntary editions as well; even an edition of "lower" quality may have its use at times. In addition I would add that Wikisource can even add value to the "best" editions, especially in cases where the "best" edition has never been fully proofread, lacks punctuation or references. This is true of a lot of old text in non-Western languages. [[User:Dovi|Dovi]] 18:14, 5 January 2008 (UTC) :I agree. There often is a confusion when we use the word 'quality'. Within this project, quality should refer to our ability to guarantee that the text we publish is correct with respect to a paper edition. It should not refer to the choice of a particular edition, and multiple choices are possible. [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 19:02, 5 January 2008 (UTC) == Siberian Wikisource == Siberian Wikipedia is closed, please remove "siberian" texts from Wikisource. Some of them are attack-texts. --[[User:217.77.53.13|217.77.53.13]] 13:28, 20 September 2007 (UTC) :Please could you make a list? Thanks, [[User:Yann|Yann]] 15:59, 20 September 2007 (UTC) ::Would [[Main Page:Siberian|this do]]? Or maybe [[:Category:Siberian|this]]? Note that none of this qualifies as a source, since there are no published original works in Siberian (the language is made-up), and the translations are self-made, mostly by Zolotaryov (i.e., again, not sources of previously published work). ― [[User:Teak|Teak]] 22:20, 24 September 2007 (UTC) :Hi, I would like to second the call to delete the "Siberian" texts. They are in a private conlang and some of them are highly insulting, e.g. [[Москальска сволоч]] (appr. Muscovite scum/swines), a "poem" written and uploaded to wikisource, Yaroslav Zolotaryov, which contains quite strong insults against Russians. For more background about the "Siberian language" and Wikimedia, please have a look at [[m:Proposals for closing projects/Closure of Siberian Wikipedia]] and [[m:Proposals for closing projects/Deletion of Siberian Wikipedia]]. --[[User:Johannes Rohr|Johannes Rohr]] 13:14, 28 November 2007 (UTC) == ProofreadPage statistics == Here is the number of pages using the ProofreadPage format, at various subdomains: {{:Wikisource:ProofreadPage Stats}} The German Wikisource has adopted the extension recently, and they are responsible for much of the current growth. [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 12:35, 24 September 2007 (UTC) :Damn right we are :D [[User:Jonathan Groß|Jonathan Groß]] 13:25, 24 September 2007 (UTC) == Closure of Volapük Wikipedia == Hi everybody... Since some time ago some of you had suggested I try to get a Volapük version of Wikisource going (which didn't work...), I thought you might be interested in helping me in trying to keep the Volapük Wikipedia alive. There is now a [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Proposals_for_closing_projects/Closure_of_Volap%C3%BCk_Wikipedia proposal for closing it] at meta. Would those of you who agree that a Volapük Wikipedia may be a sensible idea perhaps go there and cast a vote? Thanks! [[User:Smeira|Smeira]] 16:32, 28 September 2007 (UTC). == Bengali wikisource now exists and fully imported == Hi, don't know what the procedures are regarding this, but the Bengali Wikisource is now open and have fully imported the pages, so you may feel free to delete all of the Bengali pages that are hosted here. [[User:Bastique|Bastique]] 19:04, 4 October 2007 (UTC) ==Petition== Do you know about this: http://www.petitiononline.com/wikirrst/ ? It's a petition to reclaim the rule of the shorter term in US. I think that ''really'' interest all of us. You know the problems related about this. Can we agree? [[s:it:Utente:Aubrey|Aubrey]] 21:20, 6 October 2007 (UTC) :While I certainly support the notion that the rule of the shorter term in the United States, and legislation would more quickly clarify this, it is still not clear that it does not apply. The major point where I disagree in the petition is in its reintroduction of registration as a condition for owning a copyright. I have no problem with the US provision that a work must be registered to sustain an infringement suit since this provision is evidentiary rather than substantive. The costs of registration should not be a factor, and introducing costs that are only nominal would increase the amount of work needed for processing these applications. If the costs of the additional work are less than the nominal fees it makes no administrative sense, and is fiscally irresponsible. [[User:Eclecticology|Eclecticology]] 08:12, 7 October 2007 (UTC) ::I started that petition along with [[m:American non-acceptance of the rule of the shorter term]], a Meta page. In response to Eclecticology's comment and extremely limited signatures, I may consider faxing whatever the signatures I have in early November and restarting the petition. I plan to drop that part about reintroduction of registration as a condition for owning a copyright, which is covered by a [http://www.petitiononline.com/eldred/petition.html Reclaim the Public Domain Petition] signed by more than 22000 signatories. As mine is the first public petition that I have started with no prior experience, I was trying to persuade more opinions, but when things are not so good, I will adjust.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 03:38, 22 October 2007 (UTC) ==Ancient languages main page== I understand that those languages that do not have their own subdomain can have main pages such as [[Main Page:Kurdî]]. Now, there is a body of texts of philological interest that is accessed by people not fluent in the text's language. A mainpage in [[:ang:]] is already humorous, but main pages in Akkadian, Ancient Egyptian, Sanskrit, Avestan, Ancient Greek, Gothic are (a) not feasible and (b) not desirable. I propose the creation of a "main page" that facilitates navigation between ancient texts. Perhaps at [[Main_Page:Ancient texts]], or [[Main_Page:Philology]] or similar. The question of course arises what langauge such a page should be ''in'', I opt for English for purely pragmatic reasons, it could also be Latin, or, of course, there could be such "Philology" main pages in several languages. Also, I realize that some random extinct/classical languages are already at individual subdomains (la, he, hy, grc apparently subsumed under el, goh under de, etc.) - there will be nothing for it but design the "Philology" page for navigation between subdomains: such a navigation aid is really needed to overcome the fragmentation along linguistic lines that was brought about by the introduction of subdomains. [[:en:User:Dbachmann]] 16:20, 18 October 2007 (UTC) ::it makes sense. I fully support the idea [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 19:01, 18 October 2007 (UTC) :::Yes. It would make a better coordination necessary, something like that. But the ancient languages are languages, where many important sources have been written. So we should think about this - I would support this. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 19:07, 18 October 2007 (UTC) ::::I also really like the idea. If and when it is implemented it should have a very prominent link from the Main Page portal. ::::The only theoretical detail I question is the (lack of) feasibility of ancient Greek, which with the attention of classicists could become something very nice along the lines of Latin Wikisource. In any case the point is mute, since the material will likely stay at Greek Wikisource. ::::You are correct that Hebrew Wikisource, like Greek, does indeed contain ancient Hebrew texts. The vast majority of them are part of a live literary tradition that continues to this day and we are working on numerous ways to link, categorize, and present them together. ::::Thus, in terms of overcoming fragmentation, the primary tool for many of the texts is simply interwiki links. Therefore, the question you correctly pose is most important for the class of ancient languages whose texts did not have a defining influence on western civilization's literary heritage (at least not until the dawn of modern archaeology). It is for those languages (e.g. Ugaritic or Akkadian) that an interface is hard to conceive and is undesirable. These are indeed the languages that the idea of subdomains did not provide a clear solution for. That being said, it would still be fine to use a "Philology" main page to navigate between texts at subdomains as well. ::::One final point: English Wikisource accepts bilingual texts where the target language of a translation is English. It also accepts annotated texts. Therefore, a critically annotated text in Ancient Egyptian where the critical apparatus (introduction, variants, notes, etc.) is in English could be at English Wikisource. If the critical apparatus is in German perhaps it could be at German Wikisource. Thus, the only kind of text that really has no home but here at wikisource.org is a direct transcription ''without'' any translation or scholarly apparatus. But regardless, no matter where the texts are held, here or at the subdomains, the idea of having a navigation page here is fantastic. Go ahead! [[User:Dovi|Dovi]] 19:47, 18 October 2007 (UTC) == pkk vandal == I do not think we can do something else as to delete his edits every time. It makes no sense to list the IP addresses on [[Wikisource:Protected titles]] - he will find something new every time. I tried to use the [http://tools.wikimedia.de/~chm/blockcalc.php calculator], but it seems that we should block too many IP's. So, just to delete. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 18:02, 18 October 2007 (UTC)‎ == Proofread Page Extension == Hi there, Would it be possible to activate the [[mw:Extension:Proofread_Page|Proofread Page]] Extension here at the oldwikisource? g.--[[User:Kajk|kajk]]&nbsp;<big>[[:de:Benutzer_Diskussion:Kajk|✉]]</big> 08:48, 15 November 2007 (UTC) :I can ask for that. but if you want to translate hieroglyphs into English (or German), I would rather suggest that the translation be on the English (resp German) wikisources. For that you can use ProofreadPage. [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 12:20, 16 November 2007 (UTC) ::Thank you. The main work is actually wikifying the hieroglyphs and make a transcription of it. The translation is actually just for practice and control... I'm actualy not totaly sure how this project is best build up... Thats why I started here to get some experience. Imho the proofred extension could also be useful for other languages, so I think it for sure wouldn't hurt ;-) g.--[[User:Kajk|kajk]]&nbsp;<big>[[:de:Benutzer_Diskussion:Kajk|✉]]</big> 14:45, 16 November 2007 (UTC) :sure, we can file a bug to have it enabled here. :concerning your project, I was wondering what the best way is to render translations. I guess you want to keep the original stone layout. :maybe you want to edit [[:en:Page:Stele_Iuny_Louvre_C89.jpg|this page]] for the English translation. :[[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 14:51, 16 November 2007 (UTC) ::I checked the other two wikisources (de and en) and saw, the German Wikisource supports sources in different languages with a translation (See [[:de:Wikisource:Über_Wikisource#.C3.9Cbersetzungen]], but the English Wikisource doesn't (See [[:en:Help:Adding_texts]])... I now could move my work to the German Wikisource and just translate it to german or stay here and translate it to both languages... (finally it doesn't matter to me). I actually just started here at the Old-Wikisource, so I'm not in depth familiar with the idea of wikisource (the borderline). So I'm ask you which of these two possibilities better matches the idea of the wikisources (or just the old-wikisource)? g.--[[User:Kajk|kajk]]&nbsp;<big>[[:de:Benutzer_Diskussion:Kajk|✉]]</big> 09:13, 19 November 2007 (UTC) ::the English wikisource will accept a text in English, even if it is a translation. ::I think that the hiero text should be here, and translations should be in subdomains. ::[[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 09:19, 19 November 2007 (UTC) :::Ok, in this case I'll go on with wikifying&transcribing the hieroglyphs here at the old-wikisource and afterwards add translations to the according other wikisource. Thank you for the enlightenment ;-) In this case could we anyway enable the ''proofread page extension'', I any way think this also could be usefull for other projects here at the old-wikisource... thx&g.--[[User:Kajk|kajk]]&nbsp;<big>[[:de:Benutzer_Diskussion:Kajk|✉]]</big> 15:49, 19 November 2007 (UTC) :I am currently making other requests to devs, and I do not want to overload them. you can request it yourself, just post a bug in bugzilla explaining why you need it. [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 16:03, 20 November 2007 (UTC) ==Anglo Saxon Wikisource== I was on English Wikisource and I clicked on one of the lanuage links and ended up on Anglo Saxon Wikisource which has been closed. I suugest that the tets are transferred to English Wikisource if this has not alread been done and then the link is removed. It does not look good to users if one of the highest language links takes them to a closed project, with little content. [[User:John Cross|John Cross]] 17:23, 18 November 2007 (UTC) ==Logo== Just a thought... I don't frequent Wikisource very often but something just struck me: the logo is simply impossible. Such an iceberg cannot stand this way, it would tip over. Now... maybe such scientific accuracy is not a priority for literary Wikisource, but I thought I should say it anyway. [[en:User:SeeSchloss|SeeSchloss]] ([[Special:Contributions/64.86.28.244|64.86.28.244]] 01:21, 24 November 2007 (UTC)) :You are the first one as I know to question our logo with an iceberg here. Whether to change it is up to the community. There were other different ideas, but they were not approved.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 00:54, 26 November 2007 (UTC) == Request for new subdomains == I pointed to [[Wikisource:Language_domain_requests]] and I didn't understand whether that page is outdated or still active. If i's inactive (as i may infer) it'd be better for newcomers to put a big banner on top of the page pointing to meta. What's the current status of the page? - '''[[:it:Utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:orange;">&epsilon;</span><span style="color:blue;">&Delta;</span>]][[:it:Discussioni utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:brown;">&omega;</span>]]''' 00:59, 26 November 2007 (UTC) == Delete Armenian texts == Armenian texts have been imported into the newly created domain, see [http://hy.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Special%3ALog&type=import&user=&page= the import log]. Please delete all the pages in the category [[:Category:Armenian]], and its subcategories, with the exception of [[Main Page:Armenian]], on which a redirect note has been put up. Thanks [[User:Teak|Teak]] 02:22, 26 November 2007 (UTC) == Bible in Shona == Hi, the Shona Wikipedia currently hosts part of a bible in Shona, which should preferably be moved to oldwikisource. The pages to be imported are: * [[sn:Bhaibheri]] * [[sn:3 Johane 1]] * [[sn:Mapisarema]] * [[sn:Genesisi]] * [[sn:Eksodo]] * [[sn:Muprofita Isaya]] * [[sn:Muprofita Jeremia]] * [[sn:Zvakazarurwa]] * [[sn:2 Johane]] * [[sn:3 Johane]] * [[sn:Mapisarema 23]] * [[sn:Genesisi 1]] * [[sn:Judi]] -- [[Special:Contributions/84.178.250.7|84.178.250.7]] 18:38, 9 December 2007 (UTC) :If it is really so, then only Tim Starling could import the pages at the moment - see [http://wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Special%3AListusers&username=&group=import&limit=250] (and I simply do not believe it), otherwise there must be made a request for general import from the domain. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 22:47, 6 January 2008 (UTC) pgcnkjpsm7rbvi6cmgtc9flkn86gy87 1332493 1332492 2026-04-01T16:35:02Z ꠢꠣꠍꠘ ꠞꠣꠎꠣ 676877 Protected "[[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/2007]]": This page is an archive (please do not modify) ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 1332492 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Archive}} == Licence PD manifesto - how to handle it? == The licence '''PD-manifesto''', see e.g. the English wikisource [[:en:Help:Copyright and Wikisource#Uncopyrightable works]], seems to be OK for the use on the opages of Wikisources. My question is: is it OK, and the second one if yes, how should we handle it if there is no similar licence in other countries. Also, what can be recognized as pd-manifesto. For example, there is a speach of a president of a country to celebrate the new year; it is not possible to use a licence like PD-German-Gov, as the president is not a part of the government; could the licence PD-Manifesto be used here?. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 18:09, 9 January 2007 (UTC) :Actually, we're having a crisis on en:ws about this very thing. Our policy says that PD-manifesto is valid, but we are seriously discussing whether that's true or not. The way we are leaning, however, is that manifestos are not inherently copyright-free, and so might be incompatible with WS (at least on a policy level, if not even on a legal level). If that's the case, we will have to change that part of our policy, of course.—<font style="color: #000000; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold">[[User:Zhaladshar|Zhaladshar]]</font> <sup><font style="color: #FF0000; font-size: small; text-decoration: none">[[User talk:Zhaladshar|(Talk)]]</font></sup> 21:23, 9 January 2007 (UTC) Can you give me a link to the discussion on en:ws? I would like to follow. Especially, on cs:ws there are some documents like the Manifesto of Charter 77 or other manifestos, produced by the oppositional groups or persons under the communist regime, then semi-government speaches etc., where we use this licence, but... [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 08:29, 10 January 2007 (UTC) :[[s:en:Template:PD-manifesto]] does not have a discussion page in use. You may want to try the scriptorium there.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 09:31, 12 January 2007 (UTC) ::I think you refer to http://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Possible_copyright_violations#Public_speeches_in_general. [[User:Aleator|Aleator]] 19:43, 26 January 2007 (UTC) == Cascade protecting for main page? == I have just deleted the 13th vandalism on [[Talk:Main Page/]]. There is a new feature for protecting pages, the cascade protecting, but I am not sure how it works and if it would help here. Anybody knows? [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 10:04, 25 January 2007 (UTC) :I actually thought I had already done it; it's done on all important main pages. [[User:Dovi|Dovi]] 11:09, 25 January 2007 (UTC) ::I had indeed. See protection log. [[User:Dovi|Dovi]] 11:10, 25 January 2007 (UTC) Yes I see there... But I understood this feature in that way, that by blocking of the main page all semi pages are blocked as well - but it is obviously possible to create Main Page/ rurther on. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 11:49, 25 January 2007 (UTC) :Cascade protection protects pages that are used as templates on a page (in this case the templates on the [[Main Page]]). It does not protect talk pages, subpages, or similarly named pages (unless they are used as templates on the cascade protected page). /[[User:82.212.68.183|82.212.68.183]] 12:19, 26 January 2007 (UTC) I see. Thanks. So we shall have to delete this several times a week in the future:-)... [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 12:40, 26 January 2007 (UTC) == 1100 uncategorized pages == See please [http://wikisource.org/wiki/Special:Uncategorizedpages this category]. There are 1100 uncategorized pages. Some of them have been moved, some of them can be specified by language. But not all. When I am sure I delete them, but the most ones are pages where I am not sure what language it is. And a language category should be the minimum of categorisation. I ask some users like Smeira to have a look there, but it will not help profoundly. What shall we do with those pages?. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:43, 1 March 2007 (UTC) :They are generally not in English. I cannot identify their languages.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 18:46, 8 March 2007 (UTC) Well, some 4 weeks later there is a good balance: from 1100 uncategorized pages to some 460 now. I would like to thank here to all those who helped - and still are helping - to in this case. Nice to see that this domain still works somehow. Thanks, [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:41, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :As of today, all remaining pages in Devanagari are in Sanskrit. These could be categorized with a bot. Any way, I think that there won't be a Sanskrit subdomain any time soon. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 08:39, 5 April 2007 (UTC) ::Fine. Sure, it should be done by a bot. I think Seira hat something like that, and I could ask him. But, to keep the RC clean it should have the bot flag, which can be granted by a bureaucrat only, I can do nothing (see also [[User talk:ThomasV#Bot]]). [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 09:05, 5 April 2007 (UTC) ===Hints, remarks etc=== ::I checked some pages; I could at 90% be sure of how to categorize them because they were linked somewhere else from some Main Page, or have an article in some Wikipedia I can read, or themselves claim to be in some language. I am also 90% sure of the language for the following pages that either have their own wikisource subdomain or have no language category, yet: ::*[[Dagome Iudex (latina)]] claims to be in Latin (and seems like the claim is true) so it should be moved to la. subdomain ::*[[Forsíða]] is a fossil page for redirecting to is. and fo. subdomains. <small> category old main pages added, [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:53, 7 April 2007 (UTC) </small> ::*[[Ynglinga saga]], [[Hálfdanar saga svarta]], [[Haraldar saga hárfagra]], [[Hákonar saga Aðalsteinsfóstra]], [[Haralds saga gráfeldar]] are all works by [[Author:Snorri Sturluson]] who is Icelandic (is. subdomain) ::*[[I-Internationale]] is in zulu but there is no category for such language <small> category zulu added, [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:53, 7 April 2007 (UTC) </small> ::*[[In 't Bronsgroen Eikenhout]] is the anthem of Limburg; the English wikipedia says that it is written in old Dutch (nl. subdomain); the page has also a section with a translation into English (en. subdomain) ::*[[Indonesia Raya]] and [[Internasionale]] are written in Indonesian (id. subdomain) ::*[[Internacionalah]] is in Karjala but there is no category for such language ::*[[International (mi)]] is in Maori but there is no category for such language <small> category maori added [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:53, 7 April 2007 (UTC) </small> ::*[[Internationala]] is in Swedish (sv. subdomain) ::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 21:01, 8 March 2007 (UTC) :::[[Kimi Ga Yo]] is a transliteration of Japanese (ja. subdomain) and a translation into English (en. subdomain) :::[[Korea's Nation Archery Game Rule]] is bilingual English (en. subdomain) and Korean (ko. subdomain) :::[[List of Hangeul syllables]] is Korean (ko. subdomain) :::[[Luettelo Stalinin vainoissa kuolleista Vuolelaisista]] is Finnish and already exists that page on the fi. subdomain :::[[Lỡ Bước Sang Ngang]] is Vietnamese and already exists that page on the vi. subdomain :::[[Moscow agreement]] is English (en. subdomain) ::::::notice in en.source made, [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:52, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :::[[Omelia della Messa di Insediamento di Papa Benedetto XVI]] is Italian (it. subdomain) :::[[Osa I]] and [[Osa II]] are Finnish (fi. subdomain) :::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 14:43, 9 March 2007 (UTC) ::::[[List of Hangeul syllables]] should probably be moved to Wikipedia, but I do not know if importing to Wikipedia is possible.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 17:59, 9 March 2007 (UTC) ::::::Transwiki from xx.source to xx.wikipedia is the default preference as far as I know. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 15:06, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :::::[[Wikisource:รัฐธรรมนูญ]] and [[รัฐธรรมนูญแห่งราชอาณาจักรไทย พุทธศักราช ๒๕๔๐]] are in Thai (th. subdomain). :::::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 16:56, 22 March 2007 (UTC) == category multilingual == I have just created the [[:Category:Multilingual]] (two examples: see there), as I have seen some more pages here with translations in more languages. But, I do not know if we want to have them in this way. Soon or later everybody will publish here texts of something translated into more languages. What shall we do with this??? [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 15:48, 1 March 2007 (UTC) :We still have some of that left on en.ws when the mass import happened. What we do is make sure that what does not belong on en.ws exists in the proper subdomain or else here and then delete it leaving the english. Perhaps you should do the same. If there are multiple languages that belong here, then create seperate pages in the native title.--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 21:11, 2 April 2007 (UTC) In fact the [[:category:multilingual]] is a nonsence and I created it as a temporary solution only, as I didn't know what to do with such pages. In some cases they are bilingual only (in language xx and original in latin just to compare it), in some cases they content some 10 languages of one text. Anyway, what ever we decide about it, the category multiligual keeps those pages one one place so that we find them later - to move them, to divide them or to delete them. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 09:05, 3 April 2007 (UTC) ==what happened to my previous user account??== why was my user account apprarently deleted? I just had to re-register to be sm8900. Appreciate your help with this. --[[User:Sm8900|Sm8900]] 16:14, 5 March 2007 (UTC) :probably you want something else, see explanation in [[User talk:Sm8900]], [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 17:26, 5 March 2007 (UTC) == Is a parchment fragment eligible to be a notable source? == I put the transcription of a parchment fragment here: [[Indovineło Veronéxe]] ([[Talk:Indovineło Veronéxe|info]]). The notability of this fragment is stated [[:en:w:Veronese Riddle|here]] (there links to Italian, Spanish and Venetian versions of the article). I think I correctly followed the steps of [[Wikisource:Text quality]], but now I wonder if this can be a "notable source". --[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 23:22, 8 March 2007 (UTC) PS: Is the [[Wikisource:Protection requests]] page still working? The last request dates 9 July 2005 15:45... :Yes, sure. You can even put the image of the parchment to illustrate the text. Regards, [[User:Yann|Yann]] 11:22, 9 March 2007 (UTC) ::Thanks! Unfortunately there are lots of copies of that image on the Internet, but none of them is PD or GFDL. More: the image is property of ''Biblioteca Capitolare di Verona''; according to Italian laws, one can ask permission to publish but one is not allowed to republish elsewhere. I already faced that problem on it.wikipedia, and this was the answer of Italian admins: if ''Biblioteca Capitolare di Verona'' gives permission I can upload that image but I have to mark it as "copyrighted". ::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 13:18, 9 March 2007 (UTC) == Multilingual text templates == What do you think of making/converting multilingual templates (for example, [[:Template:Scriptorium-side]]) to similar ones to this one from meta: [[:meta:Template:Uptodate]]? It would avoid pages full of text, BUT it would be a bit confusing for update. [[User:Aleator|Aleator]] 19:24, 17 March 2007 (UTC) == Transwiki - Importing data == I found some valuable sources in Venetian on it.wikisource. I was suggested to ask for a [[:Special:Import]] for that source into "oldwikisource" in order to put those sources in the correct place. First question: is this job reasonably feasible? Second question: what do you exactly need to know? I mean: should I tell you just which is the "cover page" for each book to import or should I tell you the complete report of all the pages that compose each book to import? Third question: is it possible to automatically add the [[:Category:Vèneto]] categorization while importing the pages, or should the pages be categorized subsequently by handcoding? Thank you in advance for answering. Regards, --[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 16:12, 22 March 2007 (UTC) :OK, so here the answer: we shall need the names of the pages which are to be imported - I assume, that the pages will be imported comletely, i.e. incluseve history and inclusive the talk page. You can make the content here. :But, first I have to love a problem: every admin can use this so called transwiki, but first I have to apply/request somewhere that we can import from the Italian Wikisource. I ask somewhere where I have to request and then we can make it. :Answer here, I will follow this page more frequently... :-), [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 13:20, 28 March 2007 (UTC) ::Ok, should I wait your "start" anyway? ::If I misunderstood your post, here is my first request for transwiki, just in order to see what happens: ::#an easy import: ::#*[[:it:Ritmo bellunese]] ::#a complex import: ::#*[[:it:Autore:Carlo Goldoni]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Dedica]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Introduzione]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Personaggi]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena I]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena II]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena III]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena IV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena V]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena VI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena VII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena VIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena IX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena X]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XIV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Primo/Scena XVI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena I]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena II]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena III]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena IV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena V]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena VI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena VII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena VIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena IX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena X]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XIV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XVI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XVII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XVIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XIX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XXI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XXII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XXIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Secondo/Scena XXIV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena I]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena II]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena III]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena IV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena V]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena VI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena VII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena VIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena IX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena X]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XIV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XV]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XVI]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XVII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XVIII]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XIX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XX]] ::#*[[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne/Atto Terzo/Scena XXI]] ::This list does not include templates and categories used by these pages. Is it ok this way? Can it be made simpler (i.e.: please import [[:it:I pettegolezzi delle donne]] and all subpages)? Should it be made more complex (i.e.: list and/or import templates and categories, too)? I hope that my questions are clearer now, with an example. ::Regards, --[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 12:22, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :Well, this is pretty OK for the first time. I requested for me the possibility to import from other Wikisources, but in the moment I cannot say how long time it will take. There are some communication problems at present, I guess. :After that, I will import the listed pages, and I will do it completelly, i.e. including the history and including the talk pages (if any). But, if I should import subpages as well, then indeed, they must be listed. If also categories or templates should be imported, so you should list them as well, but in this case we should be sure that there are no categories or templates like this here in the multilingual wikisource. :After I have transwikied (=imported) the pages (I hope my request will be fullfilled), you will just have to categorize the pages here (normally, the category tags are imported together with the page, but normally they are different from the categories here). :So, this for now, I hope it will happen soon. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:23, 2 April 2007 (UTC) Do you mind if I ask why you wish to not work on Venetian texts at it.ws? Since wikisources texts are static it is very useful to keep related languages together. It is not like wikipedia where one person will start an article in Venetian and another will want add more in Italian.--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 21:06, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :The answer is simple: Venetan is related to Italian exactly as French is related to Italian: they are "brother" languages ("cognate" or whatever). More, Venetan language is not even related to Italy: Venetan speakers span more countries in a similar way as Catalan speakers do. :Apart from that, Venetan literature is most separate from Italian literature, and according to an admin of it.ws it was a mistake to start Venetan texts there; he is actually encouraging me to go on here. :--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 09:19, 3 April 2007 (UTC) ::Thanks. I should have done a little research before asking, because after looking I see they are only related as far as "Romance."--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 13:35, 3 April 2007 (UTC) :::Ehm! Hello -jkb-, nice to meet you, Birgitte, Ciao Achillu! I'm the admin of it.ws who talked to Achillu! I can assure that it.wikisource hosts texts in [[:fur:|furlan]], [[:sc:|sardu]], [[:nap:|nnapulitano]], [[:eml:|emilian]] and in other dialects (obviously including [[:vec:|veneto]]). I don't consider an error if we host dialectal texts on it.source, but I understand that Veneto (I don't write "Venetian" because we are discussing about texts from [[:w:Veneto|Veneto]], not only [[:w:Venice|Venice]] and I don't know if a correct adjective exists in English) has a vast literature and a good potential to fork a wikisource of its own (I live in [[:w:Verona|Verona]], and I know what I'm saying); on the other hand what lacks until now is a core team of contributors to take care of such small wikisources, so we are using it.ws like a sort of incubator until some shrewd user decides to move and try to rise a new wikisource: that's what's happening with vec.source, and I'm quite happy of it. The process is undergoing the right steps (oldwikisource --> gathering of texts --> advertising on vec.wikipedia and it.wiki* --> request for subdomain), is there anything wrong with that? I don't think anyone is in haste. '''[[:w:it:utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:orange;">&epsilon;</span><span style="color:blue;">&Delta;</span>]][[:w:it:Discussioni utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:brown;">&omega;</span>]]''' ::::No I do not think anything is wrong with that. Honestly I don't think that there is a wrong answer to this kind of thing but a neccessity to balance between the pros and cons. I asked to be certain this had been thought out. The comment about ''put those sources in the correct place'' made me wonder.--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 19:45, 10 April 2007 (UTC) :::::Sorry I don't understand if there is any final decision about importing that data. I've been waiting for either a "no" or an "import" but it seems to me that neither of the two happened. :::::I suspended any activity on the project because I am still waiting. If I understand well, you should decide if the "correct place" for a "Venetan incubator" is here or on it.ws, right? :::::--[[User:Achillu|Achillu]] 08:37, 25 April 2007 (UTC) I have a very great news. I just tested adding myself importing right here through Meta and importing function would be expanded to allow importing from any Wiki site through local disks. We should select a place to allow users, especially admins, to request expanded importing rights here. Then requests approved here will be sent to Meta for activation. Thanks to those who supported [[m:Stewards/elections 2007/statements/Jusjih|my steward election]] with 73-1-4-99%.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 04:31, 24 December 2007 (UTC) (admin here and new Meta steward) == How much articles would be enough for a separate domen? == I see here that test Wikisources with 500 and 700 articles are still not open. Belorussians like to work very much, and if they will understand necessity of Wikisource, they will put thousands of articles here. But we must have some goal - so, how much articles would be suposingly enough for opening of separate domen - 1000, 1500, maybe 3000? Are there some precedents? --[[User:Yaroslav Zolotaryov|Yaroslav Zolotaryov]] 16:15, 1 April 2007 (UTC) :Normally, we prefer quality to quantity. If you upload here 1000 pages in one week and then do nothing, so it is bad. If three users upload here 10 pages a week but they do this every week, so they could have a better chance. But in the moment, as you probably can see, there is a discussion on meta on how to create new subdomains. So any answer on your question could be wrong. Be a bit patient please. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 14:27, 2 April 2007 (UTC) ::Quality is more important than quantity. If sufficient users want a subdomain, it can start with less than 100 articles, but prolonged inactivity may trigger site closing proposal. After Old English Wikisource opened, it is not so active, so [[m:Proposals for closing projects/Closure of Old English Wikisource|Proposals for closing projects/Closure of Old English Wikisource]] is going on to get the contents to regular English Wikisource.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 16:24, 10 April 2007 (UTC) == [[Wikisource:Language domain requests]] versus [[:m:Meta:Language proposal policy]] == Hi, after a discussion on foundation-l, I received the answer that the current requests made on the [[Wikisource:Language domain requests]] aren't 100% ok to the [[:m:Meta:Language proposal policy|current policy to create new wikis]]. See above: <div style="overflow: auto; padding: 3px; background: #F0F0F0; margin-bottom: 8px; border: 1px solid #CCCCCC; padding: 1em; padding-top: 0.5em; padding-bottom:0em;" class="plainlinks"> * [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028750.html <nowiki>[Foundation-l] A successful request not yet fulfilled (was Language Prevention Committee created)</nowiki>] ** [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028752.html Reply from GeradM] ([[:m:User:GerardM]]) *** <small>[http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028753.html a reply not directly related to this issue]</small> *** <small>[http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028754.html another reply not directly related to this issue]</small> ** [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028757.html Reply from Pathoschild] ([[:m:User:Pathoschild]]) *** [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028765.html I again] **** [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2007-April/028766.html Reply from Pathoschild; ''read at least this message if you don't have so much free time to this issue'']</div> Because it, I think that te best to do is: # Archive all current requests on [[Wikisource:Language domain requests]] as unsuccessful and re-open these requests at [[:m:Requests for new languages]] using a very basic structure (a simply stub request form to make the life more easy for these users and a central place to all type of language requests). # Send a invite to the Wikipedians of affected languages to expand these requests, to arguing instead of voting etc. # Replace the current text on [[Wikisource:Language domain requests]] to a general warning of maintaning the source-texts here ''versus'' requesting a new wiki and pointing to make new requests on Meta-Wiki in a way 100% ok to the [[:m:Meta:Language proposal policy]] and 100% ok to the current policies "texts on this wiki ''versus'' a specific wiki for one language" (I don't have intention to do this step due to my poor English). In other words: this wiki continues accepting new texts for languages that don't have yet a wiki and continues serving as a coordination wiki, but new requests may need to be placed at the Meta-Wiki and fully following the [[:m:Meta:Language proposal policy]]. Someone agree/disagree? [[User:555|555]] 23:36, 1 April 2007 (UTC) ----- I have just sent a short comment to the m-list. I think it should be discussed here, but anyway, I would like to guarantee that new subdomains will work - not like some of the new ones created last summer without any reason. The experience with the languages - do they work or do they not work - can be made here only. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 08:41, 2 April 2007 (UTC) :I also replied on the m-list. I am very hesistant to support 555's proposal at this time. I would first like to see them work out the kinks in their process and also see how they will treat a new wikisource request differently from any other new wiki requests. So we don't end up with more like ang.ws, which was created without the support of experienced editors here. If you all think tamil is ready for a subdomain, I suggest several of you leave a comment at the [http://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6982 bug] request pointing out you are a admin here and the request is supported. I imagine the developers are hesitant to judge a request approved on their own after the ang.ws incident. I will say that I really do not participate here and if you all would rather hand off the process because you do not want to maintain it; I will support you. But if your think is that handing off the process will give better results regarding things like ang.ws, I must disagree.--[[User:BirgitteSB|BirgitteSB]] 21:00, 2 April 2007 (UTC) It is not only to avoid something like ang.ws, but many more unhappy creations. We discussed it [[Wikisource:Scriptorium/Archives/Jan 2006 - Dec 2006#To subdomain or not to subdomain :-)|here]] last summer after 19 subdomains have been created without a klnowledge of the admins here. See the table and see the statistics from today - in some cases there is no difference. Therefore, I think, this multilingual Wikisource is the best place to let new languages work and to see if they are capable to have their own subdomain. We can - or we should - discus the rules for it, see e.g. [[Wikisource:Language domain requests/New rules proposal]]. I am sure, that Wikisource is not Wikipedia - I am working here since August 2004, and I am sure, that if you move the wikisource languages from here to a general incubator, you will have sooner or later '''10 or 20 different wikisources''', not different by language, but '''different by rules, self-evidence, copy-violations''' etc. Then it is fully different to work in a wikipedia and a wikisource - and it is necessary to learn the rules and goals etc. of Wikisource, not the rules and goals of this or that Wikipedia (e.g. in the question of copyright/licensing still different one to each other). Therefore I think that the '''multilingual wikisource.org has still a huge significance'''. We should talk about what to improve here. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 09:32, 3 April 2007 (UTC) :Do these things mean that we can no longer require bureaucrats in new Wikisource subdomains? Wiki sites without bureaucrats can ask Meta to grant adminship.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 07:08, 6 April 2007 (UTC) :I totally agree with -jkb- here. And IMO, nothing changed regarding the creation of bureaucrats. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 16:57, 6 April 2007 (UTC) == time out == I'm like to take a time out, see my page. I hope somebody else will look after the vandals, requests etc. Thx. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 19:30, 2 May 2007 (UTC) :Hello, :Don't worry. I will keep an eye after the vandals. See you later. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 21:37, 2 May 2007 (UTC) == Zip Codes == Hello, I was wondering if a zip codes section, some of which is very detailed, would be included in WikiSource. It is right now up for deletion on English Wikipedia and there is a idea to move it here (if allowed by WikiSource rules) and I was wondering if that would be acceptable. Please that a look here <sup>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Articles_for_deletion/List_of_56_ZIP_codes]</sup>. There were state-by-state pages (I figure those can be brought back up to be moved here (I also have them saved on my computer). You may contact me here or on my Wikipedia page (same name)<sup>[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_talk:Orangemonster2k1]</sup> Thanks.... :Hello, :Sorry no. Wikisource doesn't accept raw data like ''zip codes''. Regards, [[User:Yann|Yann]] 21:45, 2 May 2007 (UTC) == Common action of Non-US Wikisource chapters needed == No deletion of works published after 1922 and from authors who are died between 1927 and 1936! *http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Commons_talk:Licensing#Opinion_section ('''please vote''') *http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/User_talk:Anthere#commons:Commons_talk:Licensing.23Pros_and_Cons *http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/American_non-acceptance_of_the_rule_of_the_shorter_term#Wikisource --[[User:84.60.240.164|84.60.240.164]] 15:44, 6 May 2007 (UTC) === Discussions in local Wikisources === * http://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Scriptorium#PD-old_non-us..._I.27m_confused * http://pt.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Esplanada/Problemas_de_dom%C3%ADnio_p%C3%BAblico * http://de.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Skriptorium#Wichtig:_Wikisource_nur_noch_f.C3.BCr_Werke.2C_deren_Urheber_1925_oder_fr.C3.BCher_gestorben_sind *http://fr.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Scriptorium/Mai_2007#Auteurs_de_oeuvres_publi.C3.A9es_apres_1922_et_mort_entre_1926_et_1936_-_no_domaine_publique_pour_Wikimedia.3F *http://es.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Caf%C3%A9#Action_needed *http://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Bar#Action_needed --[[User:84.60.240.164|84.60.240.164]] 17:00, 6 May 2007 (UTC) == It would be possible here? == I want to organize a transcription from a radio interview appeared in a local station (http://www.kiss108.com/main.html). Since the wiki features allows several people collaboration, I think WikiSource would be a good site to hold it. Is it allowed to create articles of such kind in WikiSource? --[[User:Annm|Annm]] 14:48, 1 June 2007 (UTC) ==Interwiki link to this "multilingual" wikisource == How to link here from another language wikipedia? The construct <nowiki> [[Wikisource:XXXX]] </nowiki> takes to the en.wikisource. <nowiki> [[Wikisource:??:XXXX]] </nowiki> --[[User:Urdutext|Urdutext]] 01:36, 2 June 2007 (UTC) :Use <nowiki>[[oldwikisource:XXXX]]</nowiki>. - [[User:Teak|Teak]] 05:59, 2 June 2007 (UTC) ::But unfortunately it will not show on the left bar in subdomains.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 08:52, 7 June 2007 (UTC) == Election Committee announces Wikimedia Election == On behalf of the Election Committee, I post the following announcement. Please consider to forward this message and bring to the language projects you take part in, thanks! --[[User:Aphaia|Aphaia]] 16:03, 11 June 2007 (UTC) ______________________ Dear all, We, the election committee, hereby announce the opening of a new election for members of the Wikimedia Foundation's Board of Trustees. At least three positions will be filled from this election, with the elected members serving a two year term. It is important to note that election processes are slightly different this year than in previous years: all candidates should be certain to thoroughly read the FAQ at: http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/en From today, June 10th, we're accepting candidates for the Board of Trustees. If you're interested, you must make a candidate statement and list yourself on http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/Candidates/en We also need the help or translators for the elections, so if you're fluent in any language other than English, and willing to help, please list yourself here: http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/Translations If you have any questions, please first read the FAQ, then list your questions to the talk page: http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/FAQ/en The official announcement is available on Meta: http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Board_elections/2007/en We are confident that this election will draw very qualified candidates, and we wish them the best of luck. Regards, Kizu Naoko (Aphaia) Newyorkbrad Philippe Beaudette Jon Harald Søby == Should we discontinue uploading new files right here and divert to Commons? == I would like to seek comments if we should discontinue uploading new files right here and divert to Commons. As I administer so many Wiki sites, I see more of them diverting all new uploads to Commons, though older files are not automatically deleted.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 16:36, 4 July 2007 (UTC) :Should WS's redirect uploading to Commons? I think this is the best option, so other (even future) projects will be capable of using more resources, and avoid duplications. Should we saturate Commons with thousands of pages? (why not?) I think that the first pages or those with images are extremely suitable for Commons, and in a lesser way all 'just-text' images. In short, Commons for '''all''' files. [[User:Aleator|Aleator]] 17:05, 4 July 2007 (UTC) ::I am not familiar with MediaWiki, so I have to know which one to make "Upload file" in the toolbox direct to Commons.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 17:02, 10 July 2007 (UTC) :::Do you mean which MediaWiki ([[MediaWiki:Uploadtext]]) is the one that appears in the [[Special:Upload]] page?? [[User:Aleator|Aleator]] 17:25, 10 July 2007 (UTC) :I would suggest only allowing upload to Commons. I don't see any advantage to upload files locally here. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 18:16, 10 July 2007 (UTC) ::::As there are approximately the same licence conditions here and at commons, and as many of the languages here will get own subdomains later (with the necessity to move everything), so uploading to commons only is the best solution. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 09:20, 11 July 2007 (UTC) :MediaWiki:Uploadtext shows important uploading message. We have at least hundreds of images that are unused, uncategorized, or both. Shall we notify their uploaders before deleting them?--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 16:18, 13 July 2007 (UTC) ::Yes. Eventually using a category "to be moved to Commons" would be useful. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 22:55, 13 July 2007 (UTC) This is a really great idea! See also [[commons:Category:De Wikisource book]]. We've been doing this for over a year now. [[User:Jonathan Groß|Jonathan Groß]] 19:04, 19 September 2007 (UTC) I feel reluctant to upload thousands of scanned book pages to commons. These images would probably only be used on one specific wikisource. I am not against this solution, I am just making sure that this is really the concensus. Can someone give me some good arguments why we should upload to commons and not wikisource and I would feel more confortabe with uploading there! // [[User:Wellparp|Wellparp]] 22:36, 10 November 2007 (UTC) :Uploading to Commons allows sharing with other Wiki sites, but if you have a good reason to upload to Wikisource, please specify the copyright status. For example, if you want to upload to English Wikisource, please use [[en:Help:copyright tags|copyright tags]]. Otherwise, there are so many untagged images.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 02:48, 15 November 2007 (UTC) ::Yes, I know. I mean that it is very unlikely that scanned english language texts will be useful for other wikimedia projects. // [[User:Wellparp|Wellparp]] 12:08, 16 November 2007 (UTC) == Proposed closure of ht.wikisource == Hello, I have [[m:Proposals for closing projects/Closure of Haitian Creole Wikisource|proposed to close the Haitian Creole wikisource]], my motivations are exposed in this link. Please give your opinion on this page. This isn't anything against Wikisourcies (I love your work, guys !), but basically this Wikisource has no content (I mean, actually nothing !) and no activity but spam. Thank you, [[w:ht:User:Korrigan]] ([[User:86.155.96.15|86.155.96.15]]) 19:58, 5 August 2007 (UTC) == The huge leap == Dear co-workers at Wikisource! In order to create a reliable database for texts which are in the public domain, we have a responsibility to present our content in a most appropriate and professional way. This includes: #making the content easily accessible via categories, portals, and in-wiki links #thoroughly providing bibliographic data to each site #presenting all sources in a scholarly way, such as ##carefully choosing the base of the text: not any edition, but the student‘s reference edition or a last hand edition ##if possible, add scans from the original source of the text, in order to ##responsibly proofreading it, given that ##appropriate edition guidelines are set Inspired by German librarian [[w:de:Elmar Mittler|Elmar Mittler]] at the Wikipedia Academy at Mainz in August 2007, who asked if Wikisource – a possible partner for libraries concerning digitalisation – had the same standards in every language. I thought about how we could manage to provide the standards above in all language editions of Wikisource. I have a few propositions about how to establish them: #introduce a sophisticated sorting system #creating and implementing a template such as [[s:de:Vorlage:Textdaten]] ##starting retro-digitalisation, as described in [[s:de:Hilfe:Laden von Büchern nach Commons]], or adding existent online sources ##implementing software functions for proofreading (as introduced at [[s:de:Hauptseite|German Wikisource]]) ##establish state-of-the-art edition guidelines. Please comment my appeal: State your ideas of how and at what scope to apply them at the single language editions. Discuss the subject on large scale and in detail. Tell what part of the suggestions above is already provided. Becoming professional and reliable is our greatest chance. It‘s our future. [[User:Jonathan Groß|Jonathan Groß]] 18:34, 19 September 2007 (UTC) P.S. [[Wikisource:Wikisource and Project Gutenberg]] just came to my attention and might find its ultimate answer in this thread. :Very interesting proposals; I'm working at italian Wikisource and I can gladly notice that many of your ideas are going to be implemented at our Source. We have projects related to text types and subjects and also a strict policy about references of our sources; a scanning-proofreading project has been implemented, but it's only at the beginning... :Please, explain better what do you mean with point 3.1. with the sentence "not any edition, but the student‘s reference edition or a last hand edition": I think that this could be possible only for few, well-known texts, but for many others not so popular (but not less important!) it's pretty impossible to find a "modern" edition, particulary for what concerns translations (copyright matters, blah blah blah...). But maybe I have not understood well... :I'm sorry for not being able to understand how your retro-digitalization system works, but I don't speak german! :I think that we should consider to make some general policy for point 1 and 2 about _basics_ and _quality_ (for example: no texts without a reliable source) and only after trying to produce some guidelines for scanning, proofreading and sophisicated stuff like this ;-) :[[User:Torredibabele|Torredibabele]] 00:26, 20 September 2007 (UTC) Hello, Here is my opinion: state-funded digital libraries do not provide any guarantee. When they do OCR (rarely), they do not correct errors. Here are the value-added quality of Wikisource: manual verification by people. The most important point is to specify for each text, if it was proofread or not, along with the source and the edition used. [[User:Yann|Yann]] 13:01, 20 September 2007 (UTC) :Yann: [http://mdz.bib-bvb.de/digbib/lexika/adelung/ Sometimes] [http://www.kruenitz1.uni-trier.de/ they] [http://germazope.uni-trier.de/Projects/WBB/woerterbuecher/dwb/wbgui?lemid=GA00001 do]. :-) [[User:Jonathan Groß|Jonathan Groß]] 13:46, 20 September 2007 (UTC) :::My two pence; I'm OrbiliusMagister from it.wikisource. I'd like to thank Jonathan for his concern about quality, and on it.source we are very sensitive about it, so I'm going to follow this thread. Torredibabele wrote exactly what we are thinking and doing about quality. Our important advantages are: :::*we are building an open free library without prejudice or POV; many sectorial or specific libraries are not that open and free. :::**On the other side we ar accepting texts or editions according to their freedom or avalaibility, not according to their quality. Since on it.wikisource we use a policy of ''et-et'' more than ''aut-aut'' when better editions of a particular text become avalaible we shall add them to the preesxistent, leaving to the reader the task to choose the better (excluding a "worse" edition in favour of a "better edition" may lead to a POV war or an unwanted censorship). This is wikistyle. :::*Until some time ago we had to rely on online publications (and only those with their printed source referenced) to have texts proofread, and I discovered that some of these online sources have a lot of typos and errors, so we began focusing on printed sources. The OCRed text-image edition are now beginning to take off, and we are releasing books never prevoiusly digitalized. On it.wikisource we are trying a bold approach, publishing the images without OCRing them and asking shamelessly the random navigator to donate a minute of transcription. :::*What Yann wrote is perfect, our collective proofreading sets us apart from many bigger projects. :::To conclude I'll say some obvious (but not that obvious) statements: :::*The quality check [[image:00%.svg]] [[image:25%.svg]] [[image:50%.svg]] [[image:75%.svg]] [[image:100 percent.svg]] must be everywhere on our sites. :::*Our point of weakness on it.wikisource is a lack of well written guidelines and policies: we are working them out taking the best from fr.wikisource, importing from Wikipedia proved less useful than writing from scratch, :::*Most important: '''time is on our side'''. :::**Maybe on 2010 will be invented a method to OCR and proofread a text with special "USB 10.0 eyeglasses connected via WI(ki)-Fi to our brain", I don't think that many digital libraries could keep their software updated as Mediawiki is now. :::**User from Pedia or other projects looking for a flameproof Wikimedia project, some serious and rewarding dirty work and more quality than quantity are coming. I'm not concerned about the newbies or the number of texts, I'm concerned about keeping our quality high and our texts well referenced. Some "I already know" Wikipedians sometimes proved more dangerous than many newbies... - '''[[:it:Utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:orange;">&epsilon;</span><span style="color:blue;">&Delta;</span>]][[:it:Discussioni utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:brown;">&omega;</span>]]''' 13:57, 20 September 2007 (UTC) :::<small>P.S. Sorry for some OT...</small> Digitization projects can either "think like a library" and allow any kind of book on its shelves, sometimes two different editions side by side, and let the user pick what she wants, or "think like a publisher", carefully selecting what to digitize, taking full responsibility that every item in the collection is of good quality. Many scholars (and curiously also librarians) who dream of starting a digitization project emphasize the importance of thinking like a publisher, even though they don't use these words. On the contrary, most people who successfully operate large digitization projects (including Project Gutenberg, Google, Internet Archive, University of Michigan) are clearly thinking like a library. One problem with thinking like a publisher is that even if you take responsibility for selecting the one true printed edition for your digitization, you cannot take responsibility for the contents of the work. For example, it might contain outdated and dangerous medical or legal advice. And some user might want to reference the 2nd or 3rd edition of a novel rather than the 1st edition or "last hand", in which case the effort to select the "best" edition is a lost cause. This is not to say you shouldn't care which edition you digitize. You should carefully document which one (or ones) you use, and the best documentation is the scanned images. But please don't get obsessed about the "purity" of the project. --[[User:LA2|LA2]] 07:59, 4 January 2008 (UTC) ([[:m:User:LA2/Digitizing books with MediaWiki|meta]]) Agree with LA2 and couldn't put it better myself. In my view we should aim to include the best editions possible, but this in no way precludes including complemntary editions as well; even an edition of "lower" quality may have its use at times. In addition I would add that Wikisource can even add value to the "best" editions, especially in cases where the "best" edition has never been fully proofread, lacks punctuation or references. This is true of a lot of old text in non-Western languages. [[User:Dovi|Dovi]] 18:14, 5 January 2008 (UTC) :I agree. There often is a confusion when we use the word 'quality'. Within this project, quality should refer to our ability to guarantee that the text we publish is correct with respect to a paper edition. It should not refer to the choice of a particular edition, and multiple choices are possible. [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 19:02, 5 January 2008 (UTC) == Siberian Wikisource == Siberian Wikipedia is closed, please remove "siberian" texts from Wikisource. Some of them are attack-texts. --[[User:217.77.53.13|217.77.53.13]] 13:28, 20 September 2007 (UTC) :Please could you make a list? Thanks, [[User:Yann|Yann]] 15:59, 20 September 2007 (UTC) ::Would [[Main Page:Siberian|this do]]? Or maybe [[:Category:Siberian|this]]? Note that none of this qualifies as a source, since there are no published original works in Siberian (the language is made-up), and the translations are self-made, mostly by Zolotaryov (i.e., again, not sources of previously published work). ― [[User:Teak|Teak]] 22:20, 24 September 2007 (UTC) :Hi, I would like to second the call to delete the "Siberian" texts. They are in a private conlang and some of them are highly insulting, e.g. [[Москальска сволоч]] (appr. Muscovite scum/swines), a "poem" written and uploaded to wikisource, Yaroslav Zolotaryov, which contains quite strong insults against Russians. For more background about the "Siberian language" and Wikimedia, please have a look at [[m:Proposals for closing projects/Closure of Siberian Wikipedia]] and [[m:Proposals for closing projects/Deletion of Siberian Wikipedia]]. --[[User:Johannes Rohr|Johannes Rohr]] 13:14, 28 November 2007 (UTC) == ProofreadPage statistics == Here is the number of pages using the ProofreadPage format, at various subdomains: {{:Wikisource:ProofreadPage Stats}} The German Wikisource has adopted the extension recently, and they are responsible for much of the current growth. [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 12:35, 24 September 2007 (UTC) :Damn right we are :D [[User:Jonathan Groß|Jonathan Groß]] 13:25, 24 September 2007 (UTC) == Closure of Volapük Wikipedia == Hi everybody... Since some time ago some of you had suggested I try to get a Volapük version of Wikisource going (which didn't work...), I thought you might be interested in helping me in trying to keep the Volapük Wikipedia alive. There is now a [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Proposals_for_closing_projects/Closure_of_Volap%C3%BCk_Wikipedia proposal for closing it] at meta. Would those of you who agree that a Volapük Wikipedia may be a sensible idea perhaps go there and cast a vote? Thanks! [[User:Smeira|Smeira]] 16:32, 28 September 2007 (UTC). == Bengali wikisource now exists and fully imported == Hi, don't know what the procedures are regarding this, but the Bengali Wikisource is now open and have fully imported the pages, so you may feel free to delete all of the Bengali pages that are hosted here. [[User:Bastique|Bastique]] 19:04, 4 October 2007 (UTC) ==Petition== Do you know about this: http://www.petitiononline.com/wikirrst/ ? It's a petition to reclaim the rule of the shorter term in US. I think that ''really'' interest all of us. You know the problems related about this. Can we agree? [[s:it:Utente:Aubrey|Aubrey]] 21:20, 6 October 2007 (UTC) :While I certainly support the notion that the rule of the shorter term in the United States, and legislation would more quickly clarify this, it is still not clear that it does not apply. The major point where I disagree in the petition is in its reintroduction of registration as a condition for owning a copyright. I have no problem with the US provision that a work must be registered to sustain an infringement suit since this provision is evidentiary rather than substantive. The costs of registration should not be a factor, and introducing costs that are only nominal would increase the amount of work needed for processing these applications. If the costs of the additional work are less than the nominal fees it makes no administrative sense, and is fiscally irresponsible. [[User:Eclecticology|Eclecticology]] 08:12, 7 October 2007 (UTC) ::I started that petition along with [[m:American non-acceptance of the rule of the shorter term]], a Meta page. In response to Eclecticology's comment and extremely limited signatures, I may consider faxing whatever the signatures I have in early November and restarting the petition. I plan to drop that part about reintroduction of registration as a condition for owning a copyright, which is covered by a [http://www.petitiononline.com/eldred/petition.html Reclaim the Public Domain Petition] signed by more than 22000 signatories. As mine is the first public petition that I have started with no prior experience, I was trying to persuade more opinions, but when things are not so good, I will adjust.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 03:38, 22 October 2007 (UTC) ==Ancient languages main page== I understand that those languages that do not have their own subdomain can have main pages such as [[Main Page:Kurdî]]. Now, there is a body of texts of philological interest that is accessed by people not fluent in the text's language. A mainpage in [[:ang:]] is already humorous, but main pages in Akkadian, Ancient Egyptian, Sanskrit, Avestan, Ancient Greek, Gothic are (a) not feasible and (b) not desirable. I propose the creation of a "main page" that facilitates navigation between ancient texts. Perhaps at [[Main_Page:Ancient texts]], or [[Main_Page:Philology]] or similar. The question of course arises what langauge such a page should be ''in'', I opt for English for purely pragmatic reasons, it could also be Latin, or, of course, there could be such "Philology" main pages in several languages. Also, I realize that some random extinct/classical languages are already at individual subdomains (la, he, hy, grc apparently subsumed under el, goh under de, etc.) - there will be nothing for it but design the "Philology" page for navigation between subdomains: such a navigation aid is really needed to overcome the fragmentation along linguistic lines that was brought about by the introduction of subdomains. [[:en:User:Dbachmann]] 16:20, 18 October 2007 (UTC) ::it makes sense. I fully support the idea [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 19:01, 18 October 2007 (UTC) :::Yes. It would make a better coordination necessary, something like that. But the ancient languages are languages, where many important sources have been written. So we should think about this - I would support this. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 19:07, 18 October 2007 (UTC) ::::I also really like the idea. If and when it is implemented it should have a very prominent link from the Main Page portal. ::::The only theoretical detail I question is the (lack of) feasibility of ancient Greek, which with the attention of classicists could become something very nice along the lines of Latin Wikisource. In any case the point is mute, since the material will likely stay at Greek Wikisource. ::::You are correct that Hebrew Wikisource, like Greek, does indeed contain ancient Hebrew texts. The vast majority of them are part of a live literary tradition that continues to this day and we are working on numerous ways to link, categorize, and present them together. ::::Thus, in terms of overcoming fragmentation, the primary tool for many of the texts is simply interwiki links. Therefore, the question you correctly pose is most important for the class of ancient languages whose texts did not have a defining influence on western civilization's literary heritage (at least not until the dawn of modern archaeology). It is for those languages (e.g. Ugaritic or Akkadian) that an interface is hard to conceive and is undesirable. These are indeed the languages that the idea of subdomains did not provide a clear solution for. That being said, it would still be fine to use a "Philology" main page to navigate between texts at subdomains as well. ::::One final point: English Wikisource accepts bilingual texts where the target language of a translation is English. It also accepts annotated texts. Therefore, a critically annotated text in Ancient Egyptian where the critical apparatus (introduction, variants, notes, etc.) is in English could be at English Wikisource. If the critical apparatus is in German perhaps it could be at German Wikisource. Thus, the only kind of text that really has no home but here at wikisource.org is a direct transcription ''without'' any translation or scholarly apparatus. But regardless, no matter where the texts are held, here or at the subdomains, the idea of having a navigation page here is fantastic. Go ahead! [[User:Dovi|Dovi]] 19:47, 18 October 2007 (UTC) == pkk vandal == I do not think we can do something else as to delete his edits every time. It makes no sense to list the IP addresses on [[Wikisource:Protected titles]] - he will find something new every time. I tried to use the [http://tools.wikimedia.de/~chm/blockcalc.php calculator], but it seems that we should block too many IP's. So, just to delete. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 18:02, 18 October 2007 (UTC)‎ == Proofread Page Extension == Hi there, Would it be possible to activate the [[mw:Extension:Proofread_Page|Proofread Page]] Extension here at the oldwikisource? g.--[[User:Kajk|kajk]]&nbsp;<big>[[:de:Benutzer_Diskussion:Kajk|✉]]</big> 08:48, 15 November 2007 (UTC) :I can ask for that. but if you want to translate hieroglyphs into English (or German), I would rather suggest that the translation be on the English (resp German) wikisources. For that you can use ProofreadPage. [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 12:20, 16 November 2007 (UTC) ::Thank you. The main work is actually wikifying the hieroglyphs and make a transcription of it. The translation is actually just for practice and control... I'm actualy not totaly sure how this project is best build up... Thats why I started here to get some experience. Imho the proofred extension could also be useful for other languages, so I think it for sure wouldn't hurt ;-) g.--[[User:Kajk|kajk]]&nbsp;<big>[[:de:Benutzer_Diskussion:Kajk|✉]]</big> 14:45, 16 November 2007 (UTC) :sure, we can file a bug to have it enabled here. :concerning your project, I was wondering what the best way is to render translations. I guess you want to keep the original stone layout. :maybe you want to edit [[:en:Page:Stele_Iuny_Louvre_C89.jpg|this page]] for the English translation. :[[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 14:51, 16 November 2007 (UTC) ::I checked the other two wikisources (de and en) and saw, the German Wikisource supports sources in different languages with a translation (See [[:de:Wikisource:Über_Wikisource#.C3.9Cbersetzungen]], but the English Wikisource doesn't (See [[:en:Help:Adding_texts]])... I now could move my work to the German Wikisource and just translate it to german or stay here and translate it to both languages... (finally it doesn't matter to me). I actually just started here at the Old-Wikisource, so I'm not in depth familiar with the idea of wikisource (the borderline). So I'm ask you which of these two possibilities better matches the idea of the wikisources (or just the old-wikisource)? g.--[[User:Kajk|kajk]]&nbsp;<big>[[:de:Benutzer_Diskussion:Kajk|✉]]</big> 09:13, 19 November 2007 (UTC) ::the English wikisource will accept a text in English, even if it is a translation. ::I think that the hiero text should be here, and translations should be in subdomains. ::[[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 09:19, 19 November 2007 (UTC) :::Ok, in this case I'll go on with wikifying&transcribing the hieroglyphs here at the old-wikisource and afterwards add translations to the according other wikisource. Thank you for the enlightenment ;-) In this case could we anyway enable the ''proofread page extension'', I any way think this also could be usefull for other projects here at the old-wikisource... thx&g.--[[User:Kajk|kajk]]&nbsp;<big>[[:de:Benutzer_Diskussion:Kajk|✉]]</big> 15:49, 19 November 2007 (UTC) :I am currently making other requests to devs, and I do not want to overload them. you can request it yourself, just post a bug in bugzilla explaining why you need it. [[User:ThomasV|ThomasV]] 16:03, 20 November 2007 (UTC) ==Anglo Saxon Wikisource== I was on English Wikisource and I clicked on one of the lanuage links and ended up on Anglo Saxon Wikisource which has been closed. I suugest that the tets are transferred to English Wikisource if this has not alread been done and then the link is removed. It does not look good to users if one of the highest language links takes them to a closed project, with little content. [[User:John Cross|John Cross]] 17:23, 18 November 2007 (UTC) ==Logo== Just a thought... I don't frequent Wikisource very often but something just struck me: the logo is simply impossible. Such an iceberg cannot stand this way, it would tip over. Now... maybe such scientific accuracy is not a priority for literary Wikisource, but I thought I should say it anyway. [[en:User:SeeSchloss|SeeSchloss]] ([[Special:Contributions/64.86.28.244|64.86.28.244]] 01:21, 24 November 2007 (UTC)) :You are the first one as I know to question our logo with an iceberg here. Whether to change it is up to the community. There were other different ideas, but they were not approved.--[[User:Jusjih|Jusjih]] 00:54, 26 November 2007 (UTC) == Request for new subdomains == I pointed to [[Wikisource:Language_domain_requests]] and I didn't understand whether that page is outdated or still active. If i's inactive (as i may infer) it'd be better for newcomers to put a big banner on top of the page pointing to meta. What's the current status of the page? - '''[[:it:Utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:orange;">&epsilon;</span><span style="color:blue;">&Delta;</span>]][[:it:Discussioni utente:OrbiliusMagister|<span style="color:brown;">&omega;</span>]]''' 00:59, 26 November 2007 (UTC) == Delete Armenian texts == Armenian texts have been imported into the newly created domain, see [http://hy.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Special%3ALog&type=import&user=&page= the import log]. Please delete all the pages in the category [[:Category:Armenian]], and its subcategories, with the exception of [[Main Page:Armenian]], on which a redirect note has been put up. Thanks [[User:Teak|Teak]] 02:22, 26 November 2007 (UTC) == Bible in Shona == Hi, the Shona Wikipedia currently hosts part of a bible in Shona, which should preferably be moved to oldwikisource. The pages to be imported are: * [[sn:Bhaibheri]] * [[sn:3 Johane 1]] * [[sn:Mapisarema]] * [[sn:Genesisi]] * [[sn:Eksodo]] * [[sn:Muprofita Isaya]] * [[sn:Muprofita Jeremia]] * [[sn:Zvakazarurwa]] * [[sn:2 Johane]] * [[sn:3 Johane]] * [[sn:Mapisarema 23]] * [[sn:Genesisi 1]] * [[sn:Judi]] -- [[Special:Contributions/84.178.250.7|84.178.250.7]] 18:38, 9 December 2007 (UTC) :If it is really so, then only Tim Starling could import the pages at the moment - see [http://wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Special%3AListusers&username=&group=import&limit=250] (and I simply do not believe it), otherwise there must be made a request for general import from the domain. [[User:-jkb-|-jkb-]] 22:47, 6 January 2008 (UTC) pgcnkjpsm7rbvi6cmgtc9flkn86gy87 Page:An t-oileanach.djvu/168 104 85576 1332486 589039 2026-04-01T14:59:24Z Mahagaja 1972 /* Validated */ 1332486 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mahagaja" /></noinclude>{{c|XVI<br />{{uc|An Inid}}, 1878}} {{smaller block|Cleamhnaistí agus póstaí agus cóisirí, i gcás idir dhá chomhairle, cleamhnais, mé pósta, an cúram, an obair, an chlann agus an mí-ádh.}} Inid ghearra do bhí an bhliain sin ann (1878) agus níor mhór cur chun gnótha cleamhnais níos túisce ins na h‑oileánaibh ná ar an mín-tír, dar ndóigh. Leis sin do sheol lánamha amach as go luath. Is dócha ná raibh an spré ag cur mórán moille ortha mar ná raibh a leithéid eatartha. An uair a chuaidh an dream so comh fada le tigh an tsagairt, agus an t‑am chun a bpósta ann, ní raibh an cailín le fagháil, beo ná marbh, cé gur mhó duine do bhí ’á lorg. Fear ó Dhúnchaoin a ghaibh ó thuaidh ag dul ar phósadh eile, d’innis dóibh go raibh sí ’n‑a choinne siar. Do cuireadh capall agus marcach insa tsiubhal chun teacht suas léi ach ar theacht chun Dúnchaoin do, bhí sí seolta go dtí an Blascaod i mbád a bhí ag dul ag iascach. Níorbh’ fhada do bhí sí age baile san am gur sheol sí amach arís le fear dob’ annsa léi ná an chéad fhear. Níor mhór ar fad a lean iad toisc go raibh beagán aitis insa chúrsa aca. Níor lean aenne an cailín. Cé gur bheirt fhear iad ná raibh rogha na díogh ortha thar n‑a chéile féach gur dhein an cailín rogha mór do dhuine aca. An buachaill gur thug sí a cúl do níor leig sé a mhaidí ar lár. Go baile mór Thráighlí a chuaidh sé ag soláthar mná—inghean bhaintrighe ó Dhúnchaoin a bhí i n‑aimsir ann. {{nop}}<noinclude>{{rh||(&emsp;158&emsp;)}}</noinclude> 2lv2es9goy1sfj7jex4pw03nccd1bar Page:Mo sgeal fein.djvu/108 104 86050 1332494 598591 2026-04-01T16:55:56Z Mahagaja 1972 /* Validated */ 1332494 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mahagaja" />{{rh|94|{{uc|Mo Sgéal Féin}}}}</noinclude>{{c|XIII<br />{{uc|Magh Nuadhat}}}} Sa bhliain d’aois an Tighearna míle ocht gcéad trí fichid a h‑aon iseadh do chuas síos go Coláisde Mhaighe Nuadhat chun mo théarma aimsire do chaitheamh ann am’ ollmhughadh chun bheith am’ shagart. B’ é dlígh an Choláisde an uair sin go gcaithfeadh duine ocht mbliana, nó seacht mbliana, nó sé bliana, do chaitheamh ann, ag foghluim na n‑ealadhan a bhéadh riachtanach dó i dtreó go mbéadh an t‑eólus ceart aige chun go ndéanfaí sagart dé. Do curtí triail ar na h‑ógánaigh ag dul isteach dóibh, i n‑éaghmuis na trialach a chuireadh na h‑Easboig amuich ortha. Dá dtaisbeánadh an triail nár ghádh do’n ógánach na h‑ocht mbliana do chaitheamh istigh do maithfí bliain dó. Ansan, dá dtaisbeánadh an triail nár ghádh dhó na seacht mbliana do chaitheamh istigh do maithfí obair dhá bhlian dó. Do maitheadh obair dhá bhlian dómh-sa. Ba mhór an tairbhe dhom é sin mar tá aer na h‑áite ana dhian ar shláinte na mbuachaillí a théighean isteach ann ’ó’n dtuath. Do bhí sé dian ortha an uair sin pé’r domhan é. Ní fheadar an bhfuil aon fheabhas tar éis dul air nó ná fuil. Chuaidh buachaillí breaghtha móra láidire isteach ann an bhliain chéadna do chuas-sa isteach. Chómh luath agus bhí bliain caithte istigh acu bhí cuid acu seirgthe go maith. Nuair a théighdís abhaile i gcaitheamh rátha an tSamhraidh do chuiridís an fheóil suas airís agus thagadh a neart dóibh. Ach d’imthigheadh an fheóil agus an neart airís nuair a bhídís raint aimsire tar éis teacht thar n‑ais. Nuair a bhíodh deire na h‑aimsire caithte agus iad ag<noinclude></noinclude> gthu5rcskcjgxwuz7s866m4wfrcfdhh Page:Tain Bo Cuailnge.djvu/118 104 101171 1332495 1184340 2026-04-01T17:24:09Z Mahagaja 1972 /* Validated */ 1332495 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Mahagaja" />{{rh|106|{{uc|Táin Bó Cúailnge}}}}</noinclude>dūnad tīar nochanad so hūair Aililla. Mōra ossad, osad Cuilleand, mōra cocuir, cocuir Delend, mōra echg''rach''a, echracha Alais ''no'' Asail, mōra tedmand, tedmand Ted. Toichim na mbuiden an''n''so. Cēin trā rognīthea ina fisiseo roairlesatar ''Con''nac''h''ta a comairle Ail''ella'' ⁊ Medba ⁊ Ferg''us''a techtaireda ūaidib do dēcsi''n'' Ulad dūs in torpartar an mag. Is andsi''n'' iar''um'' asb''er''t Ail''il''l. “Eirc a M''ai''c Roth t''r''ā,” or Ail''il''l, “⁊ dēcca dūnd i''n''dat ole inna fir isi''n'' magsa Midi itām? Mani torpartadar di''diu'' tucasa a mbrait ⁊ a mbū; doberad cat''h'' damsa ma tacar dōib; nisnidnus<ref>Last ''n'' added later above</ref> su''n''d nī bus sīriu.”<ref>Second ''i'' added later below</ref> Luid M''a''c Rot''h'' iar''sin'' do dēcsai''n'' ⁊ do freco''m''et in maigi da at''h''rala<ref>Mark of aspiration later</ref> ait''h''irrac''h'' co hAil''ill'' ⁊ Med''b'' ⁊ Ferg''us''. In c''ēt''na fecht<ref>fect''h'' {{sc|ms.}}</ref> iar''sin'' dorēccacha<ref>dōreccacha {{sc|ms.}}, but the stroke over ''o'' is later</ref> M''a''c Roth hūad do accmac Slēbe Fūaid ''con''acca iarsi''n'' dorrala ina huili fīadmīla asi''n'' fidbaid co rabadar isin maig huile. “In fecht naili di''diu'',” or M''a''c Roth, “dorēccac''h''a ūai''m'' in mag ''con''acca in tro''m''chīaich rolīn na glendu ⁊ na fāntu ''con''derna na tulcha<ref>''tilcha'' altered to ''tulcha''</ref> et''ur''ru am''ail'' i''n''dsi i llochaib. Do''m''marfas iarsi''n'' ina ōible tened asi''n'' mōrc[h]īaich si''n'', iarsuidiu domarfas ilbrechtrad cac''h'' illdat''h''a isi''n'' bith. Atchondairc iarsi''n'' in ṡaig''h''nēnrath<ref>Both aspirate marks later</ref> ⁊ in mbreisimnich ⁊ in tornich ⁊ in gǣt''h'' mōir bec nādrucc<ref>''d'' added later above</reF> mo folt dom chi''n''d ⁊ nāch aramtrascair<ref>Originally araritrascair, but ''ri'' have been converted into ''m''</ref> dar m’ aiss [46 a] ⁊ nī bu mōr gǣt''h'' in lōi chena.” “Ced sucut? a Ḟerg''uis'',” or Ail''ill'', “samalta lat.” “Ni andsa da''m''sa a samail ōn,” or Ferg''us''; “Ul''aidh'' i''n''dsin ar tīac''h''tai''n'' asa ces. It ē torpartatar a fid im droṅg iar''um'' ⁊ mēt ⁊ imḟorrai''n''<ref>Mark of aspiration is possibly later</ref> na lāth ngaile, is''ed'' forrochraid in fid, is rempu rot''h''echadar na fīadmīla isi''n'' mag. An tro''m''cheō atchon''n''arcais rolīn na fāntu, anāla na trenḟer sein rolīn na glen''n''tu ''con''derna na tulcha am''ail'' i''n''dsi i llochaib et''ur''ru. Int saignēnach<ref>The ''s'' has been inserted later above</ref> ⁊ i''n''d nāiblec''h'' tened ⁊ int ilbrecht''rad'' adchondaircsiu,<ref>''i'' has been added later below between ''c'' and ''s''</ref> a M''ai''c Rot''h'',” or Ferg''us'', “it ē sūile na caurad assa cennaib si''n'' doraitniset f''r''it am''ail'' ōible tened. In toirneac''h'' im''morro'' ⁊ in breisbēmnech ⁊ in tro''m''gal rochūalusu, fetgairi na claideb ⁊ na calg ṅdēt insi''n'',<noinclude>{{smallrefs|columns=2}}</noinclude> 68juq2i8tv2tjvk89dxhrok7ma0vwmw Page:Irische Texte 1.djvu/259 104 235060 1332482 772720 2026-04-01T13:44:46Z Mahagaja 1972 /* Proofread */ 1332482 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mahagaja" />{{rh||IX Fled Bricrend.|237}}</noinclude>Theil nehmen lassen, so liess er für sich einen Söller errichten, von dem aus er alles sehen konnte, was im Hause vor sich ging (Cap. 1–35). Nachdem alle Vor&shy;bereitun&shy;gen getroffen waren, geht Bricriu zu Conchobar nach Emain Macha, und ladet ihn und die Edlen von Ulster zu seinem Feste ein. Fergus warnt vor Annahme der Einladung, denn Bricriu werde Unheil stiften. Bricriu droht mit noch mehr Unheil, wenn sie nicht kämen. Endlich be&shy;schlies&shy;sen sie auf Rath des weisen Sencha, zu dem Feste zu gehen unter der Bedingung, dass Bricriu sich entferne, sowie er seine Gäste ein&shy;geführt habe. Bricriu fügt sich dieser Bedingung, und die Helden ziehen zu dem Feste in glänzen&shy;den Zügen (Cap. 4–7). Aber Bricriu denkt nur daran, wie er trotz der ihm auf&shy;erlegten Bedingung Zwiespalt erregen könnte. Mit schmei&shy;chelnden Worten tritt er an {{sp|2=0.1em|Loegaire Buadach}} heran und fordert ihn auf, die {{sp|2=0.1em|Curadmir}} (Helden&shy;theil) genannte Ehrengabe, welche der vorzüg&shy;lichste Held zu empfangen pflegte, auf dem Feste für sich in Anspruch zu nehmen. In derselben Weise macht er sich an {{sp|2=0.1em|Conall Cernach}}, und nach diesem an {{sp|2=0.1em|Cuchu&shy;lainn}}. Bei jedem der drei Helden findet sein Schmei&shy;cheln und die ver&shy;lockende Schilde&shy;rung der reichen Ehrengabe ein sehr geneigtes Gehör (Cap. 8–11). Die Schaaren ziehen im das Haus ein; die eine Hälfte desselben ist für die Männer, die andere Hälfte für die Frauen bestimmt. Das Fest beginnt, die Musik spielt auf, und Bricriu muss nun den Saal verlassen; geleitet von acht Mann mit gezückten Schwer&shy;tern begiebt er sich nach seinem Söller (Cap. 12. 13). Im Saale schicken sich die Theiler an, Speise und Trank aus&shy;zu&shy;theilen. Alsbald erheben sich die Wagen&shy;lenker von Loegaire, Conall und Cuchulann, einer nach dem andern, um für seinen Herrn den Helden&shy;theil in Anspruch zu nehmen. Nach kurzem Wort&shy;wechsel funkelt und klirrt es auf der einen Seite des Hauses von Schwer&shy;tern, Speeren und Schilden. Conchobar und Fergus sind erzürnt über den Streit; sie treten da&shy;zwischen und gebieten Ruhe: die Streiten&shy;den lassen die Hände herab&shy;sinken und gehorchen. Sencha aber empfiehlt, den Helden&shy;theil zunächst unter alle gleich&shy;mässig zu ver&shy;theilen, und die Ent&shy;scheidung des<noinclude></noinclude> tr9ph9trpltl0s8lrv8q8ozznuyev2o Page:Thurneysen Handbuch des Altirischen 1 Grammatik.pdf/164 104 260762 1332485 846740 2026-04-01T14:38:48Z Mahagaja 1972 /* Proofread */ 1332485 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Mahagaja" />{{rh|144|Lautlehre — Anlautswechsel.|[§234. 235.}}</noinclude>''fa ba'' (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|459}}) ‘oder’. Nach den Kom&shy;pendien ''⁊'' und ''ꝉ'' (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|33}}) wird häufig nicht leniert; man wird dann lat. ''et'' und ''uel'' lesen müssen. Einmal geminiert ''no'' ‘oder’: ''nonno·diummussaigtis'' Ml&nbsp;136&#8239;b&#8239;5 (ver&shy;schrie&shy;ben?). b) ''ma'' ‘wenn’ (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|890}}), ''cia ce'' ‘obgleich’ (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|899}}), ''co'' ‘so daß’ (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|884}}), ''ó'' ‘seit’ (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|881}}), auch ''ama(i)l'' ‘wie’ §&nbsp;{{HAI§|902}}, insofern die syn&shy;taktische Nasalie&shy;rung (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|492}}) die lenie&shy;rende Wirkung nicht hindert. Z.&#8239;B. ''ma chot·chela'' ‘wenn es es verbirgt’ Wb&nbsp;5&#8239;a&#8239;9, ''cía thíasu sa'' ‘obschon ich gehe’ 23&#8239;c&#8239;31, ''co chon·scarad'' ‘daß er zerstören sollte’ Ml&nbsp;23&#8239;b&#8239;14, ''ó chretsit'' ‘seit sie geglaubt haben’ Wb&nbsp;31&#8239;c&#8239;7, ''am(al) chon·n‑oscaig&shy;ther'' ‘wie bewegt wird’ Ml&nbsp;38&#8239;d&#8239;16. Mit dem Präteritum der Kopula heißt es aber ''ce-pu'', pl ''cía-ptar'' §&nbsp;{{HAI§|791}}; und auch sonst finden sich ver&shy;einzelte Beispiele mit ''ma'' und ''cía'' ohne Lenierung, ja mit deut&shy;licher Gemi&shy;nierung: ''marru·feste'' ‘wenn ihr gewußt hättet’ Wb&nbsp;9&#8239;c&#8239;8. Erst in den jüngern Glossen kann ''a(i)r'' ‘denn’ lenieren. Vgl. auch ''ol-ṡuide'', ''ol-ṡodain'' §&nbsp;{{HAI§|476}}. 4. die Negazion ''nícon'', ''nacon'' §&nbsp;{{HAI§|851}}. {{HAI§|855}}. Über nasaliertes ''nicon·dét'' ‘es geht ''(·tét)'' nicht’ Ml&nbsp;53&#8239;a&#8239;17 s. §&nbsp;{{HAI§|851}}. Über Lenierung nach ''nád nad'' in Relativsätzen s. §&nbsp;{{HAI§|489}}a. 5. die Partikel ''a'', ''á'' vor dem Vokativ; das deiktische ''í'' hinter dem Artikel (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|467}}); doch werden Verbal&shy;formen erst in den jüngeren Glossen leniert (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|489}}b); die Verstärkungspartikel ''su'', ''so'' hinter dem Personal&shy;pronomen: ''tussu th’óenur'' ‘du allein’ Wb&nbsp;5&#8239;a&#8239;28, auch im Dativ: ''duit so th’oínur'' Sg&nbsp;208&#8239;b&#8239;5 (aber ''tusu t’oínur'' Ml&nbsp;78&#8239;b&#8239;18, Fehler?). 6. Nach späteren Belegen ''coíc'' ‘fünf’ außer dem Gpl (§&nbsp;{{HAI§|238}}). {{section|p235|'''235.'''}} D. Über Lenierung des Anlauts von absoluten relati&shy;vischen Verbal&shy;formen s.&nbsp;§&nbsp;{{HAI§|489}}b. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9kyteisc1jjff6eabbnrk8q5odlkg5k Женишбек 0 293150 1332552 1331230 2026-04-02T05:48:01Z Arieto 956877 1332552 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Ариет | author = Апсатаров Баел | translator = | section = | previous = | previous2 = | next = | next2 = | year = | notes = | categories = Кыргызча | portal = }} <poem> Ысык-Көл кээде тынч да, кээде толкун, Толкуса толкунуна тең ортокмун. Турмушта канча жолдош күтсөм дагы, Бир сырлуу мындай жолдош күткөн жокмун. Баел красавчик. Ысык-Көл кээде тынч да, кээде толкун, Жарга уруп, жаркылдаткан жаштык отун. Турмушта канча курдаш күтсөм дагы Бир кыял мындай курдаш күткөн жокмун. Ысык–Көл, ата журттун күчүн сынап, Өзүнчө өйдө-төмөн жүрүш кылат. Күчү ошол, күйбөй турган суу болсо да Көк түтүн, ала буурул жалын чыгат. Эл тынчып журт кеңиген күнгө эркелеп, Күйөөлөп, тынч өмүргө кызын берет. Толтуруп жер сагынган уулдарын, Көл менен көздөн учкан кеме келет. Анткени: ар бир жандын күткөнү бар, Ашык жар, тааныш тууган, ини-агалар. Адамзат көзү барда көп байкалбай. Жок болсо "кайран ай" деп сагындырар. Бул жерде эне-аталар, жаш-карылар, Түрлүү түс, түрлүү улуттун барлыгы бар. Адамзат тирүү жүрсөң көңүлгө албай, Жок болсоң аттиң ай деп, арман кылар. Эл түшөт, кеме токтойт, аркан салып, Азоодой тизгин бербей, албууттанып, Бирөөлөр: "абакебай", "байке" десе, Бирөөлөр: "кулунум" дейт жашы тамып. Бах, кандай бейпил күндүн берекети! Тууган жер: түбү чалкар кең эмеспи, Ушинтип кайра жанат жакшылыкка, Кечеки кайгы-зардын кенемтеси. Жөөлөр көп, арабачан–кээлери атчан, Ар туштан кубанычтын суулары аккан. Турмуштун жарык шамдуу шаарын карай, Келгендер сүйүнүчтүү кетип жаткан. Көчкө окшоп саптар чубап, тоону карап, Жигиттер күлкүгө мас, кетип барат. Ба, чиркин! турмуш канча мол болсо да, Ар дайым бир жеринен толбой калат. Күткөндөр тарай-тарай суюлганда, Аксакал бир чал калды пристанда. Сүрдүгүп, ташка тийген тулпарга окшоп, Жарыктык аяк шилтейт араң гана. Ким десең бул карыя, Миңбай ата, Көз салып эртели-кеч батыш жакка. Көп менен бул да кошо уулун күтөт, Күткөнү дайым чеки, дайым ката... Жеңишбек анын уулу жеңишке бек, Жеңиш деп, жакшы үмүткө жеңиш тилеп, Турмуштун жеңип чыккан күнүнө арнап, Ат койгон баласына Жеңишбек–деп. Бир эмес, ындыны өчүп нечен курдай, Кур кайткан азыркыдай шордуу Миңбай. Бирок да үмүт чиркин курч эмеспи, Тереңдеп оргуп чыгат тим тура албай. Чалга айтпай эне келет кээ кездерде, Толтуруп ууз кымыз ак кесеге Ичкин деп жүргүнчүгө тартуу кылып, Жаш төгөт: "кечигет деп уулум неге"? Билгизбей ата-энеге кээ күндөрдө, Токтоткон толкун уруп терең түндө, Булардын кызы келет пароходго, Ой жооруп, муңдуу кайтат, нечен түргө... Баары бир, азыркы бир Миңбай чалга. Кур үмүт курч тийди бейм кары жанга. Уулу жок... бир адам жок пристанда, Бир гана жалкоо толкун тийген жарга. Дүйнө–өмүр, уул бердиң, бала бердиң, Дүйнө–өмүр алоолонуп жана бердиң. Неге сен алыс кеткен сапарыңан Ээриң жок жайдакталып кайра келдиң? Дүйнө–өмүр, энчи бердиң, үй-жай бердиң, Күн көр деп, бар керекти белендедиң. Неге сен ыраак кеткен сапарыңан, Эскиртип канатыңды кайра келдиң? Миңбай көпкө олтурду ушуну ойлоп, Элестеп Жеңишбеги алдында ойноп, Ай жазган, берериңби, аларыңбы, Ким билсин–деп, өзүнчө күңк деп коет. Байлануу четте турган атын алып, Бошобой: болочокко кайраттанып, Жапжалгыз адетинче кайра кетти, Көңүлсүз, күрөң атын камчыланып. Барууга өз үйүнө дити барбай, Үй-бүлөм эмне дейт деп, дагы кандай. Ат оозун чукул тартып бери бурду, Курдашы Курманбектин үйүн карай. Курманбек эл кутманы жетимиш жашта, Кемпири алтымыш жашта ушул жазда. Небир алп уландарды кайкалатат Экөө тең тамашалап учурашса. Миңбай чал салам айтат эшик ачып, Курманбек алик алат, бери басып; Чай ичип, бир аз мезгил өткөн кезде, Улууга улуу сүйлөйт жубаткансып. Эй Миңбай кайратың жок, кем экенсиң, Күйүткө күйүп жүрөт эрте, кечиң: Жалгызым, жалгызым деп арман кылып, Жарабас башыңды ийип жер тиктешиң. 3амана бойго жетет айлап, жылдап, Өзүңө эрлер канбайт тандап, кылдап: Эр жигит эрте аттанып, алыс кетет, Ок учуп: ат кошкуруп, туу кылкылдап. Соо болсо кайра келет күчүн сынап, Жок өлсө, ата журту кайгы кылат, Көмүлгөн боз топурак мүрзөсүнө– Жыл өтсө бир түп чынар өсүп чыгат. Ал эмес, алтоо кетти дал өзүмөн, Канча экен уул, ини өзгөсүнөн... Ошондон экөө кайтты жараланып, Шондо да жаш тамган жок бул көзүмөн. Тагдырга арман кылбайм, чексиз бактым. Мөмөсү солуган жок карт бутактын, Жетимиштен сексен жашка ооган кезде, Карагын мына мындай уул таптым. Замана керек десе, муну да алсын, Журт коргоп, жарак кармап, жоого барсын Күттүрсүн, эр азамат сагындырсын. Мындагы аз уйкулуу эне-атасын!" Дегенде Миңбай ата бешикти ачат, Караса, аппак болгон уул жатат. Жеңишбек аты болсун Курмаке деп Кубанып, кубаттанып көңүлүн басат. Өмүрдүн кар болгон жок конгон кушу, Жетимиш жаш: жаштын алыс жолдогусу: Жеңишбек, болсо–болсун, жеңиш күнү, Дал бүгүн өткөн жылдын май тогузу. Миңбай чал ат токунуп кайра аттанат, Кайрылып, үйгө барбай көлгө барат. Көл терең, шарпылдаган долу толкун, Тереңден эмнени издеп, эмне табат!.. Жеңишбек жалгыз уулу, кайран бала, Жаракөр, ыманы: ысык эне-атага, Ойгонбой, көпкө аралаш уктап жатат, Күмбөздө, Варшаванын бер жагында... Ал эми ата-энеге эркелебейт, Биздерге абакелеп колун бербейт. Канчалык үмүт үзбөй күткөн менен, Калкылдап кеме минип кайра келбейт. Жеңишбек, жеңиш тилеп курман болгон, Ок тийип маңдайына ара жолдон. Атама мени өлдү деп айта бар деп, Сөз айткан көл толкуткан борошодон. Көл толкуйт, атасына белги берет, Антпесе, кур толкундун неси керек... Бирок да үмүт кургур кыйын тура, Атасы кайра кетет, кайра келет... Кой ата, жолдош болбо жок пайдага, Жол карап, көл боюна ат байлаба. Жеңишбек сенин уулуң, Жеңиш күнү– Жадырап келип турар жыл айлана. Ысык-Көл, ата журттун күчүн сынап, Өзүнчө өйдө-төмөн жүрүш кылат. Күчү ошол, күйбөй турган суу болсо да, Көк түтүн, ала буурул жалын чыгат, 13/ХII–1945 Койсары </poem> {{PD-old-70}} ix3yyjjr8zkz0ybkd8a3rkh4d4i11iv 1332553 1332552 2026-04-02T05:51:35Z Arieto 956877 1332553 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Ариет | author = Апсатаров Баел | translator = | section = | previous = | previous2 = | next = | next2 = | year = | notes = | categories = Кыргызча | portal = }} <poem> Ысык-Көл кээде тынч да, кээде толкун, Толкуса толкунуна тең ортокмун. Турмушта канча жолдош күтсөм дагы, Бир сырлуу мындай жолдош күткөн жокмун. Баел красавчик. К.Ариет красивчик Нуке черный длинный красавчик Амантур шланг красавчик Ысык-Көл кээде тынч да, кээде толкун, Жарга уруп, жаркылдаткан жаштык отун. Турмушта канча курдаш күтсөм дагы Бир кыял мындай курдаш күткөн жокмун. Ысык–Көл, ата журттун күчүн сынап, Өзүнчө өйдө-төмөн жүрүш кылат. Күчү ошол, күйбөй турган суу болсо да Көк түтүн, ала буурул жалын чыгат. Эл тынчып журт кеңиген күнгө эркелеп, Күйөөлөп, тынч өмүргө кызын берет. Толтуруп жер сагынган уулдарын, Көл менен көздөн учкан кеме келет. Анткени: ар бир жандын күткөнү бар, Ашык жар, тааныш тууган, ини-агалар. Адамзат көзү барда көп байкалбай. Жок болсо "кайран ай" деп сагындырар. Бул жерде эне-аталар, жаш-карылар, Түрлүү түс, түрлүү улуттун барлыгы бар. Адамзат тирүү жүрсөң көңүлгө албай, Жок болсоң аттиң ай деп, арман кылар. Эл түшөт, кеме токтойт, аркан салып, Азоодой тизгин бербей, албууттанып, Бирөөлөр: "абакебай", "байке" десе, Бирөөлөр: "кулунум" дейт жашы тамып. Бах, кандай бейпил күндүн берекети! Тууган жер: түбү чалкар кең эмеспи, Ушинтип кайра жанат жакшылыкка, Кечеки кайгы-зардын кенемтеси. Жөөлөр көп, арабачан–кээлери атчан, Ар туштан кубанычтын суулары аккан. Турмуштун жарык шамдуу шаарын карай, Келгендер сүйүнүчтүү кетип жаткан. Көчкө окшоп саптар чубап, тоону карап, Жигиттер күлкүгө мас, кетип барат. Ба, чиркин! турмуш канча мол болсо да, Ар дайым бир жеринен толбой калат. Күткөндөр тарай-тарай суюлганда, Аксакал бир чал калды пристанда. Сүрдүгүп, ташка тийген тулпарга окшоп, Жарыктык аяк шилтейт араң гана. Ким десең бул карыя, Миңбай ата, Көз салып эртели-кеч батыш жакка. Көп менен бул да кошо уулун күтөт, Күткөнү дайым чеки, дайым ката... Жеңишбек анын уулу жеңишке бек, Жеңиш деп, жакшы үмүткө жеңиш тилеп, Турмуштун жеңип чыккан күнүнө арнап, Ат койгон баласына Жеңишбек–деп. Бир эмес, ындыны өчүп нечен курдай, Кур кайткан азыркыдай шордуу Миңбай. Бирок да үмүт чиркин курч эмеспи, Тереңдеп оргуп чыгат тим тура албай. Чалга айтпай эне келет кээ кездерде, Толтуруп ууз кымыз ак кесеге Ичкин деп жүргүнчүгө тартуу кылып, Жаш төгөт: "кечигет деп уулум неге"? Билгизбей ата-энеге кээ күндөрдө, Токтоткон толкун уруп терең түндө, Булардын кызы келет пароходго, Ой жооруп, муңдуу кайтат, нечен түргө... Баары бир, азыркы бир Миңбай чалга. Кур үмүт курч тийди бейм кары жанга. Уулу жок... бир адам жок пристанда, Бир гана жалкоо толкун тийген жарга. Дүйнө–өмүр, уул бердиң, бала бердиң, Дүйнө–өмүр алоолонуп жана бердиң. Неге сен алыс кеткен сапарыңан Ээриң жок жайдакталып кайра келдиң? Дүйнө–өмүр, энчи бердиң, үй-жай бердиң, Күн көр деп, бар керекти белендедиң. Неге сен ыраак кеткен сапарыңан, Эскиртип канатыңды кайра келдиң? Миңбай көпкө олтурду ушуну ойлоп, Элестеп Жеңишбеги алдында ойноп, Ай жазган, берериңби, аларыңбы, Ким билсин–деп, өзүнчө күңк деп коет. Байлануу четте турган атын алып, Бошобой: болочокко кайраттанып, Жапжалгыз адетинче кайра кетти, Көңүлсүз, күрөң атын камчыланып. Барууга өз үйүнө дити барбай, Үй-бүлөм эмне дейт деп, дагы кандай. Ат оозун чукул тартып бери бурду, Курдашы Курманбектин үйүн карай. Курманбек эл кутманы жетимиш жашта, Кемпири алтымыш жашта ушул жазда. Небир алп уландарды кайкалатат Экөө тең тамашалап учурашса. Миңбай чал салам айтат эшик ачып, Курманбек алик алат, бери басып; Чай ичип, бир аз мезгил өткөн кезде, Улууга улуу сүйлөйт жубаткансып. Эй Миңбай кайратың жок, кем экенсиң, Күйүткө күйүп жүрөт эрте, кечиң: Жалгызым, жалгызым деп арман кылып, Жарабас башыңды ийип жер тиктешиң. 3амана бойго жетет айлап, жылдап, Өзүңө эрлер канбайт тандап, кылдап: Эр жигит эрте аттанып, алыс кетет, Ок учуп: ат кошкуруп, туу кылкылдап. Соо болсо кайра келет күчүн сынап, Жок өлсө, ата журту кайгы кылат, Көмүлгөн боз топурак мүрзөсүнө– Жыл өтсө бир түп чынар өсүп чыгат. Ал эмес, алтоо кетти дал өзүмөн, Канча экен уул, ини өзгөсүнөн... Ошондон экөө кайтты жараланып, Шондо да жаш тамган жок бул көзүмөн. Тагдырга арман кылбайм, чексиз бактым. Мөмөсү солуган жок карт бутактын, Жетимиштен сексен жашка ооган кезде, Карагын мына мындай уул таптым. Замана керек десе, муну да алсын, Журт коргоп, жарак кармап, жоого барсын Күттүрсүн, эр азамат сагындырсын. Мындагы аз уйкулуу эне-атасын!" Дегенде Миңбай ата бешикти ачат, Караса, аппак болгон уул жатат. Жеңишбек аты болсун Курмаке деп Кубанып, кубаттанып көңүлүн басат. Өмүрдүн кар болгон жок конгон кушу, Жетимиш жаш: жаштын алыс жолдогусу: Жеңишбек, болсо–болсун, жеңиш күнү, Дал бүгүн өткөн жылдын май тогузу. Миңбай чал ат токунуп кайра аттанат, Кайрылып, үйгө барбай көлгө барат. Көл терең, шарпылдаган долу толкун, Тереңден эмнени издеп, эмне табат!.. Жеңишбек жалгыз уулу, кайран бала, Жаракөр, ыманы: ысык эне-атага, Ойгонбой, көпкө аралаш уктап жатат, Күмбөздө, Варшаванын бер жагында... Ал эми ата-энеге эркелебейт, Биздерге абакелеп колун бербейт. Канчалык үмүт үзбөй күткөн менен, Калкылдап кеме минип кайра келбейт. Жеңишбек, жеңиш тилеп курман болгон, Ок тийип маңдайына ара жолдон. Атама мени өлдү деп айта бар деп, Сөз айткан көл толкуткан борошодон. Көл толкуйт, атасына белги берет, Антпесе, кур толкундун неси керек... Бирок да үмүт кургур кыйын тура, Атасы кайра кетет, кайра келет... Кой ата, жолдош болбо жок пайдага, Жол карап, көл боюна ат байлаба. Жеңишбек сенин уулуң, Жеңиш күнү– Жадырап келип турар жыл айлана. Ысык-Көл, ата журттун күчүн сынап, Өзүнчө өйдө-төмөн жүрүш кылат. Күчү ошол, күйбөй турган суу болсо да, Көк түтүн, ала буурул жалын чыгат, 13/ХII–1945 Койсары </poem> {{PD-old-70}} phjgcw26yhy3sje5mw65b6buysfzckl 1332554 1332553 2026-04-02T05:57:44Z Arieto 956877 1332554 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Жеңишбек | author = Көлбаев Ариет. | translator = | section = | previous = | previous2 = | next = | next2 = | year = | notes = | categories = Кыргызча | portal = }} <poem> Ысык-Көл кээде тынч да, кээде толкун, Толкуса толкунуна тең ортокмун. Турмушта канча жолдош күтсөм дагы, Бир сырлуу мындай жолдош күткөн жокмун. Ысык-көл кээде тынч да, кээде Толкун, Баел китеп окуса абдан сонун Турмушта канча жолдош күтсөм дагы, Нурелдей баланы көргөн жокмун Ысык-Көл кээде тынч да, кээде толкун, Жарга уруп, жаркылдаткан жаштык отун. Турмушта канча курдаш күтсөм дагы Бир кыял мындай курдаш күткөн жокмун. Ысык–Көл, ата журттун күчүн сынап, Өзүнчө өйдө-төмөн жүрүш кылат. Күчү ошол, күйбөй турган суу болсо да Көк түтүн, ала буурул жалын чыгат. Эл тынчып журт кеңиген күнгө эркелеп, Күйөөлөп, тынч өмүргө кызын берет. Толтуруп жер сагынган уулдарын, Көл менен көздөн учкан кеме келет. Анткени: ар бир жандын күткөнү бар, Ашык жар, тааныш тууган, ини-агалар. Адамзат көзү барда көп байкалбай. Жок болсо "кайран ай" деп сагындырар. Бул жерде эне-аталар, жаш-карылар, Түрлүү түс, түрлүү улуттун барлыгы бар. Адамзат тирүү жүрсөң көңүлгө албай, Жок болсоң аттиң ай деп, арман кылар. Эл түшөт, кеме токтойт, аркан салып, Азоодой тизгин бербей, албууттанып, Бирөөлөр: "абакебай", "байке" десе, Бирөөлөр: "кулунум" дейт жашы тамып. Бах, кандай бейпил күндүн берекети! Тууган жер: түбү чалкар кең эмеспи, Ушинтип кайра жанат жакшылыкка, Кечеки кайгы-зардын кенемтеси. Жөөлөр көп, арабачан–кээлери атчан, Ар туштан кубанычтын суулары аккан. Турмуштун жарык шамдуу шаарын карай, Келгендер сүйүнүчтүү кетип жаткан. Көчкө окшоп саптар чубап, тоону карап, Жигиттер күлкүгө мас, кетип барат. Ба, чиркин! турмуш канча мол болсо да, Ар дайым бир жеринен толбой калат. Күткөндөр тарай-тарай суюлганда, Аксакал бир чал калды пристанда. Сүрдүгүп, ташка тийген тулпарга окшоп, Жарыктык аяк шилтейт араң гана. Ким десең бул карыя, Миңбай ата, Көз салып эртели-кеч батыш жакка. Көп менен бул да кошо уулун күтөт, Күткөнү дайым чеки, дайым ката... Жеңишбек анын уулу жеңишке бек, Жеңиш деп, жакшы үмүткө жеңиш тилеп, Турмуштун жеңип чыккан күнүнө арнап, Ат койгон баласына Жеңишбек–деп. Бир эмес, ындыны өчүп нечен курдай, Кур кайткан азыркыдай шордуу Миңбай. Бирок да үмүт чиркин курч эмеспи, Тереңдеп оргуп чыгат тим тура албай. Чалга айтпай эне келет кээ кездерде, Толтуруп ууз кымыз ак кесеге Ичкин деп жүргүнчүгө тартуу кылып, Жаш төгөт: "кечигет деп уулум неге"? Билгизбей ата-энеге кээ күндөрдө, Токтоткон толкун уруп терең түндө, Булардын кызы келет пароходго, Ой жооруп, муңдуу кайтат, нечен түргө... Баары бир, азыркы бир Миңбай чалга. Кур үмүт курч тийди бейм кары жанга. Уулу жок... бир адам жок пристанда, Бир гана жалкоо толкун тийген жарга. Дүйнө–өмүр, уул бердиң, бала бердиң, Дүйнө–өмүр алоолонуп жана бердиң. Неге сен алыс кеткен сапарыңан Ээриң жок жайдакталып кайра келдиң? Дүйнө–өмүр, энчи бердиң, үй-жай бердиң, Күн көр деп, бар керекти белендедиң. Неге сен ыраак кеткен сапарыңан, Эскиртип канатыңды кайра келдиң? Миңбай көпкө олтурду ушуну ойлоп, Элестеп Жеңишбеги алдында ойноп, Ай жазган, берериңби, аларыңбы, Ким билсин–деп, өзүнчө күңк деп коет. Байлануу четте турган атын алып, Бошобой: болочокко кайраттанып, Жапжалгыз адетинче кайра кетти, Көңүлсүз, күрөң атын камчыланып. Барууга өз үйүнө дити барбай, Үй-бүлөм эмне дейт деп, дагы кандай. Ат оозун чукул тартып бери бурду, Курдашы Курманбектин үйүн карай. Курманбек эл кутманы жетимиш жашта, Кемпири алтымыш жашта ушул жазда. Небир алп уландарды кайкалатат Экөө тең тамашалап учурашса. Миңбай чал салам айтат эшик ачып, Курманбек алик алат, бери басып; Чай ичип, бир аз мезгил өткөн кезде, Улууга улуу сүйлөйт жубаткансып. Эй Миңбай кайратың жок, кем экенсиң, Күйүткө күйүп жүрөт эрте, кечиң: Жалгызым, жалгызым деп арман кылып, Жарабас башыңды ийип жер тиктешиң. 3амана бойго жетет айлап, жылдап, Өзүңө эрлер канбайт тандап, кылдап: Эр жигит эрте аттанып, алыс кетет, Ок учуп: ат кошкуруп, туу кылкылдап. Соо болсо кайра келет күчүн сынап, Жок өлсө, ата журту кайгы кылат, Көмүлгөн боз топурак мүрзөсүнө– Жыл өтсө бир түп чынар өсүп чыгат. Ал эмес, алтоо кетти дал өзүмөн, Канча экен уул, ини өзгөсүнөн... Ошондон экөө кайтты жараланып, Шондо да жаш тамган жок бул көзүмөн. Тагдырга арман кылбайм, чексиз бактым. Мөмөсү солуган жок карт бутактын, Жетимиштен сексен жашка ооган кезде, Карагын мына мындай уул таптым. Замана керек десе, муну да алсын, Журт коргоп, жарак кармап, жоого барсын Күттүрсүн, эр азамат сагындырсын. Мындагы аз уйкулуу эне-атасын!" Дегенде Миңбай ата бешикти ачат, Караса, аппак болгон уул жатат. Жеңишбек аты болсун Курмаке деп Кубанып, кубаттанып көңүлүн басат. Өмүрдүн кар болгон жок конгон кушу, Жетимиш жаш: жаштын алыс жолдогусу: Жеңишбек, болсо–болсун, жеңиш күнү, Дал бүгүн өткөн жылдын май тогузу. Миңбай чал ат токунуп кайра аттанат, Кайрылып, үйгө барбай көлгө барат. Көл терең, шарпылдаган долу толкун, Тереңден эмнени издеп, эмне табат!.. Жеңишбек жалгыз уулу, кайран бала, Жаракөр, ыманы: ысык эне-атага, Ойгонбой, көпкө аралаш уктап жатат, Күмбөздө, Варшаванын бер жагында... Ал эми ата-энеге эркелебейт, Биздерге абакелеп колун бербейт. Канчалык үмүт үзбөй күткөн менен, Калкылдап кеме минип кайра келбейт. Жеңишбек, жеңиш тилеп курман болгон, Ок тийип маңдайына ара жолдон. Атама мени өлдү деп айта бар деп, Сөз айткан көл толкуткан борошодон. Көл толкуйт, атасына белги берет, Антпесе, кур толкундун неси керек... Бирок да үмүт кургур кыйын тура, Атасы кайра кетет, кайра келет... Кой ата, жолдош болбо жок пайдага, Жол карап, көл боюна ат байлаба. Жеңишбек сенин уулуң, Жеңиш күнү– Жадырап келип турар жыл айлана. Ысык-Көл, ата журттун күчүн сынап, Өзүнчө өйдө-төмөн жүрүш кылат. Күчү ошол, күйбөй турган суу болсо да, Көк түтүн, ала буурул жалын чыгат, 13/ХII–1945 Койсары </poem> {{PD-old-70}} d0vf9i9gpdaohk9q30op6c7jzengfna 1332555 1332554 2026-04-02T06:12:02Z Arieto 956877 1332555 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = Жеңишбек | author = Көлбаев Ариет. | translator = | section = | previous = | previous2 = | next = | next2 = | year = | notes = | categories = Кыргызча | portal = }} <poem> Ысык-Көл кээде тынч да, кээде толкун, Толкуса толкунуна тең ортокмун. Турмушта канча жолдош күтсөм дагы, Бир сырлуу мындай жолдош күткөн жокмун. Ысык-Көл кээде тынч да, кээде толкун, Жарга уруп, жаркылдаткан жаштык отун. Турмушта канча курдаш күтсөм дагы Бир кыял мындай курдаш күткөн жокмун. Ысык–Көл, ата журттун күчүн сынап, Өзүнчө өйдө-төмөн жүрүш кылат. Күчү ошол, күйбөй турган суу болсо да Көк түтүн, ала буурул жалын чыгат. Эл тынчып журт кеңиген күнгө эркелеп, Күйөөлөп, тынч өмүргө кызын берет. Толтуруп жер сагынган уулдарын, Көл менен көздөн учкан кеме келет. Анткени: ар бир жандын күткөнү бар, Ашык жар, тааныш тууган, ини-агалар. Адамзат көзү барда көп байкалбай. Жок болсо "кайран ай" деп сагындырар. Бул жерде эне-аталар, жаш-карылар, Түрлүү түс, түрлүү улуттун барлыгы бар. Адамзат тирүү жүрсөң көңүлгө албай, Жок болсоң аттиң ай деп, арман кылар. Эл түшөт, кеме токтойт, аркан салып, Азоодой тизгин бербей, албууттанып, Бирөөлөр: "абакебай", "байке" десе, Бирөөлөр: "кулунум" дейт жашы тамып. Бах, кандай бейпил күндүн берекети! Тууган жер: түбү чалкар кең эмеспи, Ушинтип кайра жанат жакшылыкка, Кечеки кайгы-зардын кенемтеси. Жөөлөр көп, арабачан–кээлери атчан, Ар туштан кубанычтын суулары аккан. Турмуштун жарык шамдуу шаарын карай, Келгендер сүйүнүчтүү кетип жаткан. Көчкө окшоп саптар чубап, тоону карап, Жигиттер күлкүгө мас, кетип барат. Ба, чиркин! турмуш канча мол болсо да, Ар дайым бир жеринен толбой калат. Күткөндөр тарай-тарай суюлганда, Аксакал бир чал калды пристанда. Сүрдүгүп, ташка тийген тулпарга окшоп, Жарыктык аяк шилтейт араң гана. Ким десең бул карыя, Миңбай ата, Көз салып эртели-кеч батыш жакка. Көп менен бул да кошо уулун күтөт, Күткөнү дайым чеки, дайым ката... Жеңишбек анын уулу жеңишке бек, Жеңиш деп, жакшы үмүткө жеңиш тилеп, Турмуштун жеңип чыккан күнүнө арнап, Ат койгон баласына Жеңишбек–деп. Бир эмес, ындыны өчүп нечен курдай, Кур кайткан азыркыдай шордуу Миңбай. Бирок да үмүт чиркин курч эмеспи, Тереңдеп оргуп чыгат тим тура албай. Чалга айтпай эне келет кээ кездерде, Толтуруп ууз кымыз ак кесеге Ичкин деп жүргүнчүгө тартуу кылып, Жаш төгөт: "кечигет деп уулум неге"? Билгизбей ата-энеге кээ күндөрдө, Токтоткон толкун уруп терең түндө, Булардын кызы келет пароходго, Ой жооруп, муңдуу кайтат, нечен түргө... Баары бир, азыркы бир Миңбай чалга. Кур үмүт курч тийди бейм кары жанга. Уулу жок... бир адам жок пристанда, Бир гана жалкоо толкун тийген жарга. Дүйнө–өмүр, уул бердиң, бала бердиң, Дүйнө–өмүр алоолонуп жана бердиң. Неге сен алыс кеткен сапарыңан Ээриң жок жайдакталып кайра келдиң? Дүйнө–өмүр, энчи бердиң, үй-жай бердиң, Күн көр деп, бар керекти белендедиң. Неге сен ыраак кеткен сапарыңан, Эскиртип канатыңды кайра келдиң? Миңбай көпкө олтурду ушуну ойлоп, Элестеп Жеңишбеги алдында ойноп, Ай жазган, берериңби, аларыңбы, Ким билсин–деп, өзүнчө күңк деп коет. Байлануу четте турган атын алып, Бошобой: болочокко кайраттанып, Жапжалгыз адетинче кайра кетти, Көңүлсүз, күрөң атын камчыланып. Барууга өз үйүнө дити барбай, Үй-бүлөм эмне дейт деп, дагы кандай. Ат оозун чукул тартып бери бурду, Курдашы Курманбектин үйүн карай. Курманбек эл кутманы жетимиш жашта, Кемпири алтымыш жашта ушул жазда. Небир алп уландарды кайкалатат Экөө тең тамашалап учурашса. Миңбай чал салам айтат эшик ачып, Курманбек алик алат, бери басып; Чай ичип, бир аз мезгил өткөн кезде, Улууга улуу сүйлөйт жубаткансып. Эй Миңбай кайратың жок, кем экенсиң, Күйүткө күйүп жүрөт эрте, кечиң: Жалгызым, жалгызым деп арман кылып, Жарабас башыңды ийип жер тиктешиң. 3амана бойго жетет айлап, жылдап, Өзүңө эрлер канбайт тандап, кылдап: Эр жигит эрте аттанып, алыс кетет, Ок учуп: ат кошкуруп, туу кылкылдап. Соо болсо кайра келет күчүн сынап, Жок өлсө, ата журту кайгы кылат, Көмүлгөн боз топурак мүрзөсүнө– Жыл өтсө бир түп чынар өсүп чыгат. Ал эмес, алтоо кетти дал өзүмөн, Канча экен уул, ини өзгөсүнөн... Ошондон экөө кайтты жараланып, Шондо да жаш тамган жок бул көзүмөн. Тагдырга арман кылбайм, чексиз бактым. Мөмөсү солуган жок карт бутактын, Жетимиштен сексен жашка ооган кезде, Карагын мына мындай уул таптым. Замана керек десе, муну да алсын, Журт коргоп, жарак кармап, жоого барсын Күттүрсүн, эр азамат сагындырсын. Мындагы аз уйкулуу эне-атасын!" Дегенде Миңбай ата бешикти ачат, Караса, аппак болгон уул жатат. Жеңишбек аты болсун Курмаке деп Кубанып, кубаттанып көңүлүн басат. Өмүрдүн кар болгон жок конгон кушу, Жетимиш жаш: жаштын алыс жолдогусу: Жеңишбек, болсо–болсун, жеңиш күнү, Дал бүгүн өткөн жылдын май тогузу. Миңбай чал ат токунуп кайра аттанат, Кайрылып, үйгө барбай көлгө барат. Көл терең, шарпылдаган долу толкун, Тереңден эмнени издеп, эмне табат!.. Жеңишбек жалгыз уулу, кайран бала, Жаракөр, ыманы: ысык эне-атага, Ойгонбой, көпкө аралаш уктап жатат, Күмбөздө, Варшаванын бер жагында... Ал эми ата-энеге эркелебейт, Биздерге абакелеп колун бербейт. Канчалык үмүт үзбөй күткөн менен, Калкылдап кеме минип кайра келбейт. Жеңишбек, жеңиш тилеп курман болгон, Ок тийип маңдайына ара жолдон. Атама мени өлдү деп айта бар деп, Сөз айткан көл толкуткан борошодон. Көл толкуйт, атасына белги берет, Антпесе, кур толкундун неси керек... Бирок да үмүт кургур кыйын тура, Атасы кайра кетет, кайра келет... Кой ата, жолдош болбо жок пайдага, Жол карап, көл боюна ат байлаба. Жеңишбек сенин уулуң, Жеңиш күнү– Жадырап келип турар жыл айлана. Ысык-Көл, ата журттун күчүн сынап, Өзүнчө өйдө-төмөн жүрүш кылат. Күчү ошол, күйбөй турган суу болсо да, Көк түтүн, ала буурул жалын чыгат, 13/ХII–1945 Койсары </poem> {{PD-old-70}} 3uew5tqns0xnc8c6i7knrumet1ccox1 Page:Ejercicio cuotidiano (microform) (IA aqp0312.0001.001.umich.edu).pdf/314 104 398334 1332549 1179182 2026-04-02T03:54:49Z Filipinayzd 39742 /* Validated */ 1332549 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Filipinayzd" />[[Category:Waray]] [[Category:Ejercicio cuotidiano]] {{c|―295―}}</noinclude>{{ppoem| <br> man san ngatanan nga caud- ganan nga amo man liuat, nga nahimo nga usa la an ira pag- hunahuna usa la an ira pag- buot sugad naman icao san. pagcarauat mo san Eucaristía guinhimo ca nga usa can Je- sucristo dida san pag-angbit mo san iya quinabuhi ug caud- ganan pa nga iba. Tungud silo quinahanglan nga mausa an imo caruyag, usa la an no buhat, usa la an imo pagsiquipagantos can Jesús san miga casaquitan. :Si Jesucristo nga natig-ob sa imo san pagcarauat mo sa iya amo an macacahimo san ngatanan nga iguin-asoy na, con diri icao maulang sa iya}}<noinclude></noinclude> 3y7hmdwmeq7b7qch3bfiiq2pxrd2scz Page:Veqilharxhi - Ëvetar (1845).djvu/7 104 442328 1332524 1320285 2026-04-01T23:27:31Z Catonif 622571 typos 1332524 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Catonif" /></noinclude>𐖯𐖮 𐖗𐖳 𐖵𐖟 𐖫𐖷𐖬𐖜𐖭𐖟𐖬 𐖵𐖥 𐖠𐖗𐖩𐖞𐖬 𐖞 𐖵𐖥 𐖩𐖷𐖵𐖞𐖬 𐖼𐖮𐖵𐖥𐖵 𐖯𐖞𐖱𐖟𐖬𐖜𐖥𐖳𐖟 𐖫𐖙𐖟 𐖗𐖵𐖟 𐖡𐖦𐖷𐖣𐖟 𐖰𐖟 𐖳𐖥𐖚𐖥𐖪𐖥 𐖞 𐖫𐖯𐖳𐖮𐖧𐖵𐖥 𐖵𐖻𐖨𐖞 𐖯𐖥𐖱𐖟 𐖳𐖥𐖳𐖟𐖬 𐖞 𐖰𐖷𐖫𐖟𐖴𐖵𐖥𐖵 𐖞 𐖳’ 𐖟𐖫𐖟𐖳𐖟, 𐖳𐖥 𐖡𐖦𐖥𐖶 𐖙𐖮𐖵𐖗 𐖵𐖧𐖞𐖵𐖟𐖱. 𐕹𐖧𐖗𐖩𐖗 𐖥𐖫𐖞, 𐖮 𐖜𐖧𐖞𐖫! 𐖳𐖟𐖴𐖵𐖟 𐖳𐖞 𐖯𐖳𐖞 𐖳𐖯𐖗𐖵𐖫𐖟 𐖵𐖟 𐖴𐖨𐖱𐖷𐖗𐖫𐖞 𐖫𐖙𐖟 𐖡𐖦𐖷𐖣𐖟 𐖵𐖟𐖬𐖟, 𐖫𐖙𐖦𐖵𐖫𐖟 𐖯𐖗 𐖫𐖯𐖳𐖷𐖗𐖱𐖟 𐖡𐖦𐖷𐖣𐖟 𐖵𐖟𐖵𐖧𐖞𐖱𐖗? 𐖜𐖥𐖣𐖞𐖵 𐖳𐖞 𐖬𐖹𐖥𐖬𐖥𐖫, 𐖞𐖝𐖞 𐖯𐖷𐖬𐖮𐖣𐖞𐖴𐖥𐖫 𐖧𐖮 𐖫𐖟 𐖫𐖥𐖱𐖟, 𐖯𐖮𐖛’ 𐖠𐖥𐖵𐖥𐖫, 𐖰𐖟 𐖸𐖞𐖵𐖟𐖫 𐖠𐖮𐖱𐖵 𐖯𐖗𐖨 𐖨𐖥𐖴𐖥𐖬 𐖞 𐖨𐖗𐖬𐖟 𐖗𐖵𐖟 𐖠𐖗𐖵, 𐖞 𐖴𐖷𐖫𐖥𐖚𐖗 𐖵𐖧𐖞𐖵𐖟𐖱 𐖜𐖞𐖱𐖡𐖦𐖞𐖧𐖦 𐖬𐖝’ 𐖞𐖱𐖟𐖳𐖥𐖱𐖟 𐖵𐖟 𐖵𐖟𐖯𐖗𐖫𐖯𐖳𐖷𐖗𐖱𐖥𐖵, 𐖞 𐖸𐖞𐖵𐖟 𐖜𐖥𐖬𐖥𐖬 𐖞 𐖭𐖥𐖤𐖬𐖥𐖬 𐖳𐖞𐖛 𐖣𐖥𐖰𐖥𐖬. 𐕹𐖗𐖱𐖞 𐖩𐖞𐖣𐖟𐖵 𐖫𐖷𐖬𐖜 𐖳𐖥 𐖚𐖥𐖪𐖥 𐖵𐖟 𐖭𐖮𐖣𐖟 𐖩𐖞𐖳𐖥𐖫𐖬𐖟 (𐖞𐖠𐖨𐖮𐖩𐖥𐖗) 𐖰𐖟 𐖨𐖗 𐖛𐖜𐖮 𐖠𐖗𐖱𐖟 𐖞 𐖭𐖞𐖱𐖟𐖼𐖸𐖞 𐖰𐖟 𐖵𐖟 𐖫𐖯𐖳𐖮𐖭𐖟 𐖵𐖟 𐖫𐖯𐖳𐖷𐖗𐖱𐖥𐖵 𐖫𐖙𐖟 𐖡𐖦𐖷𐖣𐖟 𐖵𐖟 𐖸𐖞𐖵, 𐖜𐖥𐖗𐖩𐖥 𐖳𐖗 𐖜𐖮 𐖥 𐖸𐖮𐖡𐖟𐖩 𐖵𐖟 𐖧𐖞𐖵𐖟 𐖡𐖦𐖥𐖶𐖟 𐖫𐖷𐖬𐖜𐖥𐖫𐖬𐖟 𐖞 𐖵𐖟 𐖱𐖟𐖬𐖜𐖥𐖵 𐖜𐖮 𐖞 𐖨𐖞𐖵𐖟 𐖳𐖗 𐖵𐖟 𐖬𐖹𐖟𐖱𐖟 𐖴𐖟𐖬𐖥𐖫𐖞𐖵 𐖞 𐖵𐖟 𐖠𐖮𐖩𐖵𐖫𐖥𐖵, 𐖜𐖮 𐖫𐖞 𐖶𐖟𐖬𐖟: 𐖟𐖸𐖞𐖵, 𐖯𐖗𐖳𐖵𐖗𐖧 𐖡𐖦𐖷𐖣𐖟𐖬 𐖳𐖜𐖷𐖣𐖞𐖵 𐖵𐖗 𐖫𐖯𐖳𐖮𐖭𐖟 𐖳𐖞 𐖞𐖨𐖗 𐖵𐖟 𐖩𐖞𐖱𐖵𐖟 𐖬𐖡𐖗 𐖫𐖟𐖫’ 𐖞𐖵𐖥, 𐖞 𐖛𐖜𐖮 𐖨𐖗𐖱𐖵𐖟 𐖰𐖟 𐖵𐖟 𐖫𐖗𐖱𐖟 𐖬𐖜𐖟 𐖜𐖮𐖱𐖟 𐖞 𐖨𐖟𐖬𐖜𐖮𐖬 𐖞𐖝𐖞 𐖨𐖷𐖯𐖟𐖵𐖮𐖬, 𐖞𐖝𐖞 𐖨𐖷𐖱 𐖵𐖟 𐖗𐖱𐖥𐖭𐖟 𐖫𐖙𐖟 𐖫𐖯𐖳𐖮𐖫𐖧𐖞𐖵 𐖞 𐖩𐖗𐖱𐖵𐖟𐖱𐖗 𐖯𐖟𐖱𐖳𐖟𐖱𐖥 𐖫𐖙𐖟 𐖡𐖦𐖷𐖣𐖟 𐖵𐖟 𐖵𐖥 𐖛𐖯𐖞𐖧𐖵 𐖫𐖞𐖱 𐖯𐖟𐖱𐖯𐖗𐖱𐖗, 𐖞 𐖯𐖗𐖳𐖵𐖗𐖧 𐖯𐖮 𐖵𐖟 𐖭𐖮𐖣𐖟 𐖡𐖦𐖷𐖣𐖟𐖬 𐖞 𐖵𐖥 𐖫𐖥𐖱𐖟 𐖗𐖯𐖟 𐖜𐖮𐖱𐖗 𐖯𐖟𐖱𐖥𐖬𐖜𐖟𐖱𐖸𐖞 𐖵𐖥. 𐖄𐖙𐖟 𐖵𐖟 𐖡𐖦𐖥𐖶𐖟 𐖗𐖬𐖟𐖵 𐖞 𐖧𐖞𐖵𐖟𐖳 𐖜𐖥𐖣𐖞𐖵 𐖰𐖟 𐖡𐖦𐖷𐖣’ 𐖞 𐖸𐖟𐖬𐖜𐖥𐖵 𐖯𐖗𐖱𐖬𐖜𐖞𐖱𐖧𐖞𐖵<noinclude></noinclude> ejx30etac7o78yzihcnd5uin8ddk7ty Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/53 104 442725 1332480 1321578 2026-04-01T13:17:28Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332480 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ལ་ཡང་མཚུངས་ཏེ། བསལ་བ་རྣམས་བསལ་ན་རིགས་འབའ་ཞིག་འདུག་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །སྤུན་དྲུང་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་ལ་སོགས་པའི་སྒྲ་རྣམས་ནི་འབྲེལ་པ་ཅན་གྱི་སྒྲ་ཡིན་པའི་ཕྱིར་གཞན་འཕེན་པར་འགྱུར་གྱི། བ་ལང་ཉིད་ལ་སོགས་པའི་སྒྲ་ནི་དེ་ལྟར་འབྲེལ་པ་ཅན་རྗོད་ པར་བྱེད་པ་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། རིགས་བསལ་བ་དང་བྲལ་བ་ཅན་དག་གིས་ཀྱང་དེའི་སྒྲ་དག་ལས་རྟག་ཏུ་རྗེས་སུ་འགྲོ་བར་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གལ་ཏེ་དུས་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་དེ་དང་འབྲེལ་བར་རུང་བ་ཉིད་དུ་ཤེས་པའི་ཕྱིར་འདོད་པ་ཁོ་ནའོ་ཞེ་ན། འོ་ན་ནི་དུས་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་ བ་ལང་ཞེས་བྱ་བའི་སྒྲ་ལས་འཇུག་པར་མི་འགྱུར་ཏེ། ལྷན་ཅིག་པ་དང་ལྷན་ཅིག་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་གནས་སྐབས་དག་ཏུ་ཁྱད་པར་དུ་མ་འཕངས་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གལ་ཏེ་བསལ་བ་དང་འབྲེལ་པ་ཅན་གྱི་རིགས་བརྗོད་པའི་ཕྱིར་ཉེས་པ་མེད་དོ་ཞེ་ན། འོ་ན་ནི་དེ་ཡང་དེའི་ཁྱད་པར་ཉིད་དུ་ གནས་པས་བསལ་བ་འཕངས་པ་ཁོ་ནའི་ཕྱིར་དེ་དང་ལྡན་པ་བརྗོད་པར་བྱ་བ་ཡིན་པར་འགྱུར་རོ། །རིགས་པ་དང་བསལ་བ་དག་འབྲེལ་བ་ཡང་འགའ་ཡང་མེད་དེ། ཕན་ཚུན་བསྐྱེད་པར་བྱ་བ་དང་སྐྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པ་ཉིད་དུ་ཕན་འདོགས་པ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེའི་ཕྱིར་མཚོན་པར་ཡང་ རིགས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །དེ་ལྟ་བས་ན་རིགས་ལ་སྒྲ་སྦྱོར་བ་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། འབྲས་བུ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེ་ལྟ་ན་འོ་ན། དེ་ལྡན། དོན་བྱེད། ནུས་པ་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་དེ་ལ་སྒྲ་སྦྱོར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ཡང་ནི། ཅིའི་ཕྱིར་དངོས་སུ་སྦྱོར་མི་བྱེད། །གལ་ཏེ་བསལ་བ་ལ་སྒྲ་སྦྱོར་བས་འབྲས་ བུ་དང་ལྡན་པ་ཡིན་ན་སྒྲ་དེ་ཅིའི་ཕྱིར་བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ལ་དངོས་སུ་མི་སྦྱོར། དེ་ལ་བར་དུ་གཅོད་པས་གཞན་གྱིས་ཅི་ཞིག་བྱ། གལ་ཏེ་མཐའ་ཡས་ཕྱིར་འདི་མཚུངས། །གལ་ཏེ་འདི་སྙམ་དུ་བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ནི་མཐའ་ཡས་པའི་ཕྱིར་སྒྲས་བརྗོད་པར་མི་ནུས་སོ་སྙམ་དུ་ སེམས་ན། དེ་ལྟ་ཡིན་ན་མཐའ་ཡས་པ་འདི་ནི་དེ་དང་ལྡན་པ་ལ་ཡང་མཚུངས་སོ། །རིགས་ཀྱི་ཁྱད་པར་དུ་བྱས་པའི་བསལ་བ་དག་ཀྱང་བརྗོད་པར་བྱ་བ་ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་པས་འབྲེལ་པ་མ་བྱས་པ་ཅན་ནི་བརྗོད་དུ་མི་རུང་བའི་ཕྱིར་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་དེ་ལ་འབྲེལ་པ་བྱ་དགོས་ན་དེ་<noinclude></noinclude> 151153duhmyrgq7nwbaqjhimdjkb591 Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/54 104 442726 1332481 1321579 2026-04-01T13:37:19Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332481 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ༄༅། །ཡང་མི་ནུས་སོ། །གལ་ཏེ་དེ་དང་འབྲེལ་པ་ཅན་ལ་བྱས་པའི་ཕྱིར། དེ་ལ་ཡང་བྱས་པ་ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེ་ན། འདི་ལ་བཤད་ཟིན་ཏེ། འབྲེལ་པ་ཡོད་དུ་ཟིན་ཀྱང་གཅིག་ལ་བྱས་པས་གཞན་ལ་རྟོགས་པ་ནི་མེད་ལ། འབྲེལ་པ་ཡང་མེད་དོ་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་ ཡིན་ནོ། །གཞན་ཡང་། དེ་བྱེད་དེ་བྱེད་མ་ཡིན་ལས། །ལོག་པར་མཚུངས་པ་ཅིས་མ་བྱས། །དོན་བྱེད་པ་གང་གི་དབང་དུ་བྱས་ནས་དོན་རྣམས་གཞན་དག་ལས་ཐ་དད་པའི་ཕྱིར། དེ་དག་གི་ཐ་དད་པ་ཁོ་ན་ལ་སྒྲ་ཅི་སྟེ་མི་སྦྱོར། གལ་ཏེ་དེ་ལྡན་ཉེས་མཚུངས་ཕྱིར། །བླ་སྟེ་ རིགས་གཞན་མི་དགོས་སོ། །གལ་ཏེ་འདི་སྙམ་དུ་སྒྲའི་དོན་དེ་ལས་གཞན་པ་ལས་ལྡོག་པ་ལ་ཡང་ལྡོག་པས་ཁྱད་པར་དུ་བྱས་ཤིང་དེ་དང་ལྡན་པ་བརྗོད་པའི་ཕྱིར་དེའི་ཕྱོགས་ལས་ཁྱད་པར་མེད་དེ། ལྡོག་པ་དང་རིགས་དང་། ལྡོག་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ་དང་། རིགས་དང་ལྡན་པ་ ཞེས་བྱ་བ་འདི་ལ་ཁྱད་པར་ཅི་ཞིག་ཡོད་སྙམ་དུ་སེམས་ན། དེ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཉེས་པ་ལྟ་བུར་གྱུར་ཀྱང་བླ་སྟེ། རིགས་གཞན་ནི་མི་དགོས་སོ། རིགས་ཁས་ལེན་པས་ཀྱང་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་དངོས་པོ་རྣམས་ཁས་བླངས་དགོས་ཏེ། དེ་མེད་ན་དེ་ཡང་མེད་པར་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་ བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གཅིག་ལས་ཐ་དད་པ་དེ་ལས་གཞན་པ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཐ་མི་དད་པ་དེ་ཉིད་དེས་ཁྱད་པར་དུ་བྱས་པའི་དོན་རྣམས་ལ་རྟོགས་པར་འགྱུར་ཏེ། རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་ཉེས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་སྤང་བར་བྱ་བར་མི་ནུས་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དོན་གཞན་ཁས་བླང་དུ་ནི་དགོས་པ་མེད་ པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དོན་དེ་ནི་གཞན་གྱིས་བསྒྲུབ་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེ་ལ་ཁས་བླངས་པ་ཡང་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་བྱ་དགོས་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གཞན་ཡང་། དེ་ལས་གཞན་པ་ཡོངས་སྤངས་ནས། །འཇུག་འགྱུར་ཞེས་ཀྱང་སྒྲ་བརྗོད་དེ། །དེ་ཡིས་དེ་དག་རྣམས་ལས་འདི། །རྣམ་མི་ གཅོད་པ་དེ་ཇི་ལྟར། །འདི་དོན་རྣམས་ལ་སྒྲ་སྦྱོར་བ་ན་མི་འདོད་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་སྤངས་ནས་འཇུག་པར་འགྱུར་སྙམ་ནས་སྦྱོར་ཏེ། དེ་དང་གཞན་ལ་ཡང་འཇུག་ཏུ་སྣང་ལ། འཇུག་པ་དང་ལྡོག་པ་ཡང་འཇུག་ཏུ་སྣང་ན་ནི་མིང་སྨོས་པ་དོན་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གཞན་ལས་ལྡོག་པ་མི་<noinclude></noinclude> fjeswpnm9jw6j0xosjdihsctiypnp6v Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/55 104 442727 1332483 1321580 2026-04-01T13:47:43Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332483 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> བརྗོད་ན་ནི་གཅིག་བརྗོད་པ་ལ་མི་གུས་པའི་ཕྱིར། བརྗོད་པར་བྱ་བ་མ་ཡིན་པ་ཁོ་ནར་འགྱུར་རོ། །དེ་ལྟ་བས་ན་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་རྣམ་པར་བཅད་པ་བརྗོད་དགོས་སོ། །དེ་ཡང་དེ་ལས་གཞན་པ་དག་ལ་ཐ་མི་དད་པ་ཡིན་ལ་རིགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱང་ཡོད་དོ། །དེ་ངེས་པར་ཁས་ བླང་བ་ཅན་དང་། གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་བརྗོད་པ་ཅན་དང་། རིགས་ཀྱི་དོན་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲུབ་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་བོར་ནས་དོན་གཞན་དུ་རྟོག་པ་ནི་དོན་མེད་པ་ལ་གཙིགས་པོ་ཆེར་འཛིན་པ་འབའ་ཞིག་ཏུ་ཟད་དོ། །དེ་ལྟར་བརྟགས་པ་བཞིན་དུ་དེ་མི་རུང་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །རྣམ་པར་གཅོད་པར་མི་བྱེད་པ་ནི་ མ་ཡིན་གྱི་འཇུག་པའི་ཡུལ་བརྗོད་པས་རིགས་སྨྲས་སོ་ཞེ་ན། གལ་ཏེ་འདི་ལ་རྣམ་གཅོད་ཡོད། །སྒྲ་རྣམས་དགོས་པ་དེ་ཙམ་དུ། །ཟད་པ་མིན་ནམ་ཁྱེད་ལ་དེར། །སྤྱི་གཞན་གྱིས་ནི་ཅི་ཞིག་བྱ། །འཇུག་པའི་ཡུལ་རབ་ཏུ་སྟོན་ཏོ་ཞེས་སྨྲས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནམ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་སྐད་ ནི་སྨྲས་ན་རིགས་པར་ནི་མ་སྨྲས་ཏེ། འདི་ལྟར་དེ་ནི་འཇུག་པར་རུང་བ་ཉིད་མ་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེས་དེ་སྐད་དུ་བསྟན་ཟིན་ཏོ། །དེའི་སྒོ་ནས་མ་བརྗོད་པ་ལ་འཇུག་པ་ལ་ཡང་བསལ་ཟིན་ཏེ། དེ་དང་ལྡན་པ་བརྗོད་ན་ནི་བར་དུ་གཅོད་པ་ཡོད་དོ། །རིགས་དང་དེ་དང་ལྡན་པ་དག་འཇུག་པའི་ ཡུལ་ཉིད་ཡིན་ན་ལྡོག་པ་དང་། དེ་དང་ལྡན་པ་དག་ཡིན་པར་ཅི་སྟེ་མི་འདོད། གལ་ཏེ་ལྡོག་པ་དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་ཉིད་ཀྱིས་སྒྲུབ་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ནི་རིགས་པ་ཡང་མཚུངས་སོ། །གལ་ཏེ་དེ་དང་ལྡན་པས་བསྒྲུབ་པའི་ཕྱིར་ཉེས་པ་མེད་དོ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ནི་ལྡོག་པ་དང་ལྡན་ པར་ཡང་མཚུངས་སོ། །ལྡོག་པ་སྨྲ་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ལྟར་ན་སྒྲའི་ཤེས་པ་དངོས་པོ་མི་འཛིན་པ་ཉིད་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེ་ནི་འཁྲུལ་པའི་དབང་གིས་བྱེད་པ་པོ་མ་ཡིན་པ་ལ་ཡང་བྱེད་པ་པོར་ལྷག་པར་ཞེན་པས་འཇུག་པར་བྱེད་དོ། །དངོས་པོ་འཐོབ་པ་ནི་དངོས་པོ་ལས་སྐྱེ་བས་དེ་དང་འབྲེལ་པ་ཡིན་ ན་འགྱུར་གྱི་གཞན་དུ་མི་འགྱུར་བ་ཁོ་ནའོ། །གལ་ཏེ་དངོས་པོ་ལས་སྐྱེ་བའི་ཕྱིར་མི་འཁྲུལ་པར་འགྱུར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེ་མི་སྣང་བ་དེར་ལྷག་པར་ཞེན་པའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། འོད་ལ་ནོར་བུར་འཁྲུལ་བར་སྣང་བས་འཁྲུལ་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གལ་ཏེ་འཁྲུལ་པའི་ཕྱིར་དངོས་པོ་ཐོབ་པ་<noinclude></noinclude> ey50q5v82zjku2nx7q8yxf2igs1m8ag Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/56 104 442728 1332484 1321581 2026-04-01T14:04:44Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332484 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ༄༅། །མ་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེ་ན། མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། ཇི་སྐད་བཤད་པ་ལྟ་བུ་ཁོ་ནས་འཁྲུལ་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །འཁྲུལ་པའི་མཚན་ཉིད་ནི་ལོག་པར་སྣང་བ་ཡིན་ལ། ཐོབ་པར་བྱེད་པ་ནི་དེ་མེད་ན་མི་འབྱུང་བ་ཉིད་ཀྱིས་ཡིན་གྱི། སྣང་བ་ལ་ལྟོས་པས་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །དངོས་པོ་ལ་ངོ་བོ་ཇི་ ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་སེམས་གཏད་པས་འཇུག་ན་ནི་གཟུང་བར་བྱ་བ་སྤྱི་དོན་བྱེད་པར་རུང་བ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ཕྱིར། དེ་ལ་ནི་འཇུག་པར་མི་འགྱུར་རོ། །གཞན་ལ་ཡང་འཇུག་ན་ནི་ཧ་ཅང་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེ་དང་ལྡན་པ་འཛིན་ན་ཡང་སྤྱི་དོན་མེད་པ་ལ་སོགས་པར་བཤད་ ཟིན་ཏོ། །གལ་ཏེ་རིགས་གཟུང་ན་ཡང་འབྲེལ་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །འདྲེས་པར་སྣང་བའི་བློས་འཇུག་པར་བྱེད་དོ་ཞེ་ན། དེའི་ཚེ་གཅིག་གི་ཡང་རང་གི་ངོ་བོར་གནས་པ་མ་བཟུང་བའི་ཕྱིར། རིགས་ཀྱང་མ་ཡིན་ལ་དེ་དང་ལྡན་པ་ཡང་མ་ཡིན་པས་གཞན་གྱི་སྨྲ་བ་ཁོ་ན་ལ་བརྟེན་པར་ འགྱུར་རོ། །དེ་ལྟ་ན་ནི་འོ་ན་རྗེས་སུ་འགྲོ་བ་འགའ་ཡང་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར། རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་ཐ་དད་པའི་དོན་རྣམས་ལ་དེ་ཉིད་འདི་ཡིན་ནོ། །ཞེས་ངོ་ཤེས་པར་ཡང་མི་འགྱུར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། ཉེས་པ་མེད་དེ། འདི་ལྟར། །ཐ་དད་ཀྱང་ནི་ཤེས་སོགས་དོན། །བྱ་བ་དེ་དང་དེ་བྱེད་པའི། ། དེ་རྣམས་མཐོང་ནས་གཞན་མཐོང་ཡང་། །དེ་ལས་གཞན་དང་བྲལ་བ་ཡི། །ཡུལ་ཅན་གྱི་ནི་སྒྲ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས། །ལྷན་ཅིག་སྦྱོར་ནས་ངོ་ཤེས་བྱེད། །འདི་ནི་བཤད་ཟིན་ཏེ། དངོས་པོ་ཐ་དད་ཀྱང་དོན་འདྲ་བ་དག་བྱེད་པ་ཡིན་ཏེ། མིག་ལ་སོགས་པ་བཞིན་ནོ་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་ ཡིན་ནོ། །དེ་དག་ལ་ཤེས་པ་ལ་སོགས་པའི་དོན་བྱེད་པ་གཅིག་པ་དེ་མཐོང་བ་ལ་གཞན་དག་ལས་ཐ་དད་པའི་དངོས་པོ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཉིད་ཁོ་ནས་དེ་ཉིད་འདི་ཡིན་ནོ་སྙམ་པའི་ཤེས་པ་དེ་ལས་ལྡོག་པའི་ཡུལ་ཅན་གྱི་སྒྲ་དང་འབྲེལ་པ་ཁྱད་པར་བསྲེས་པ་རང་ཉམས་སུ་མྱོང་བའི་ བག་ཆགས་སད་པས་སྐྱེད་པར་བྱེད་དོ། །དེ་ལྟ་མ་ཡིན་ན་བློ་ཁྱད་པར་ཅན་བསྲེ་བ་ཅན་དུ་མི་འགྱུར་ཏེ། དཔེར་ན་ལྟུང་ལ་བརྒྱུས་པ་དག་ལྟ་བུའོ། །དེ་ལ་ལྟུང་བ་གཅིག་དང་ལྡན་པ་ཡང་གཞན་ལ་དེ་ཉིད་འདི་ཡིན་ནོ་སྙམ་དུ་མི་སེམས་ཀྱི། འོན་ཀྱང་དེ་འདི་ལ་ཡོད་དོ་སྙམ་<noinclude></noinclude> 5na0boa72j1u7txczqnji48nr6zuqnl Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/57 104 442729 1332487 1321582 2026-04-01T15:31:56Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332487 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> མོ། །ངོ་ཤེས་པ་ནི་དེ་ལྟ་ཡང་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །འོ་ན་ཅི་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ཉིད་འདི་ཡིན་ནོ་སྙམ་པ་ཡིན་ནོ། །དེ་བས་ན་གཅིག་ཅིག་ཏུ་མ་མཐོང་བ་ལ་ཡང་ཁྱད་པར་བསྲེ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པར་རིགས་པ་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། འཁྲུལ་པའི་དབང་གིས་དེ་ལྟར་སྣང་བ་ལ་ནི་འགལ་བ་མེད་དོ། །གལ་ཏེ་ རྒྱུ་མཚན་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་འཁྲུལ་པར་རིགས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེ་ན། དངོས་པོ་དོན་དེ་གཅིག་བྱེད་པ་དེ་དག་ཉིད་ཉམས་སུ་མྱོང་བའི་སྒོ་ནས་རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་འཁྲུལ་པའི་འབྲས་བུ་ཅན་གྱི་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པའི་བག་ཆགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱུ་ཡིན་པའི་ཕྱིར་རྒྱུ་མཚན་ཡིན་ནོ། །སྨིག་རྒྱུ་ལ་སོགས་པ་ལ་ཆུ་ལ་ སོགས་པར་འཁྲུལ་པའི་རྒྱུ་ཡང་ཐ་དད་ཀྱང་རྣམ་པ་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་བསྙེམས་པའི་ཤེས་པའི་རྒྱུ་མཚན་ཉམས་སུ་མྱོང་བ་སྐྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་དེ་དག་ཉིད་ཡིན་ནོ། །དེ་ལ་གང་དེ་ལྟར་ཤེས་པར་འགྱུར་བ་གཞན་སྤྱི་ནི་ཅུང་ཟད་ཀྱང་མེད་པ་ཁོ་ནའོ། །འོན་ཏེ་ཡོད་ན་ནི་དོན་ཡོད་པ་འཛིན་པའི་ བློ་འཁྲུལ་པར་མི་འགྱུར་རོ། །གལ་ཏེ་ཡང་དག་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་རྣམ་པ་སྒྲོ་འདོགས་པའི་ཕྱིར་འཁྲུལ་པ་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེ་ན། འོ་ན་ནི་དེས་དེ་དག་གི་སྤྱི་འཛིན་པ་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེས་རྣམ་པ་གང་ཁོ་ན་སྒྲོ་འདོགས་པར་བྱེད་པ་དེ་ཉིད་འདིའི་ཡུལ་ཡིན་ནོ། །ཡུལ་དུ་མ་བྱས་པ་ལ་ནི་སྒྲོ་ གདགས་པར་མི་ནུས་པའི་ཕྱིར་ཏེ། རྣམ་པ་གཞན་བཞིན་ནོ། །དེ་ཡང་དེ་ལ་མེད་པས་སྤྱི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །གལ་ཏེ་སྤྱི་འཛིན་པ་ཡོད་ན་དེར་སྒྲོ་འདོགས་ཀྱི་གཞན་དུ་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། ཧ་ཅང་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། འབྲས་བུ་གཅིག་བྱེད་པ་ཅན་འཛིན་པ་ཡོད་ན་ཅི་སྟེ་མི་འདོད། སྤྱི་འདོད་པས་ཀྱང་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་དོན་གཅིག་བསྐྱེད་པའི་ནུས་པ་ནི་འདོད་པར་བྱ་དགོས་སོ། །དེའི་ཕྱིར་གཞན་དག་ལས་ཐ་དད་པ་དེ་དག་ཁོ་ནས་ཤེས་པ་དེ་ལྟ་བུ་བསྐྱེད་ན། དེ་ལ་སྤྱིས་ཅི་ཞིག་བྱ། གལ་ཏེ་དངོས་པོ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་ཁྱད་པར་མ་འདྲེས་པ་ཅན་ ཁོ་ན་ཅི་སྟེ་མི་རྟོགས་ཤེ་ན། མ་རིག་པའི་མཐུས་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་རྣམས་ལ་ནུས་པ་འདི་མེད་དོ། །ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་དོན་ཁོ་ན་ལ་ལྟོས་ནས་འཁྲུལ་པར་འགྱུར་བ་ཡང་མ་ཡིན་གྱི། འོན་ཀྱང་ནང་གི་བསླད་པ་ལས་ཀྱང་འགྱུར་ཏེ། སྐྲ་ལ་སོགས་པར་འཁྲུལ་པ་བཞིན་ནོ། །མ་རིག་པ་<noinclude></noinclude> sna8yn9pisrgqaew3rojqw44xnk1145 Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/58 104 442730 1332488 1321583 2026-04-01T15:44:01Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332488 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ༄༅། །ལས་འབྱུང་བའི་ཕྱིར་བསླད་པ་ཡིན་ན་མིག་ལ་སོགས་པ་ལ་ཡང་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེའི་མཚན་ཉིད་ནི་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་ཉིད་མ་རིག་པ་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེ་ནི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་ཁོ་ནས་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ་ཡིན་ནོ། ། དབང་པོའི་ཤེས་པ་རྣམས་ནི་དེ་ལྟར་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །ཡང་ན་དེ་དག་ལའང་འདི་ཉེས་པ་མེད་དེ། གཉིས་མེད་པ་དེ་དག་གཉིས་སུ་སྣང་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །ཞེས་བཤད་པར་བྱའོ། །ཐམས་ཅད་བསླང་བ་ཡིན་ཡང་ཚད་མ་དང་དེར་སྣང་བའི་རྣམ་པར་གཞག་པ་ནི་ཇི་སྲིད་ གནས་གྱུར་པ་མ་ཡིན་གྱི། བར་དུ་དོན་བྱེད་པར་རུང་བ་དང་འདོད་པ་ཐོབ་པར་བྱེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །ནོར་པ་ཉིད་ཡིན་ཡང་རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་པ་དང་མཐུན་པའི་ཕྱིར་ཏེ། མ་ལ་སོགས་པར་འདུ་ཤེས་པ་བཞིན་ནོ། །སྨིག་རྒྱུ་ལ་ཆུར་འདུ་ཤེས་པ་དང་། གཞན་དངོས་པོ་ཐ་དད་པ་ལས་སྐྱེ་བ་ དང་འཁྲུལ་པར་ཁྱད་པར་མེད་ཀྱང་མངོན་པར་འདོད་པའི་དོན་བྱ་བར་རུང་བ་དང་། མི་རུང་བ་ལས་སྐྱ་བའི་ཕྱིར་དོན་ཐོབ་པར་བྱེད་པ་དང་། ཅིག་ཤོས་དག་ཡིན་ནོ། །གལ་ཏེ་མི་རུང་བ་ལས་ཇི་ལྟར་སྐྱེ་ཞེ་ན། རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་རྣམས་དོན་དང་འབྲེལ་པར་ངེས་པ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་ཏེ། རྣམ་ པར་རྟོག་པ་རྣམས་ནི་དོན་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ་ཉིད་དོ། །སྨིག་རྒྱུར་མཐོང་བ་ཡོད་ན་ཆུར་འཁྲུལ་པར་འགྱུར་བས་དེ་ལས་སྐྱེ་བ་ཞེས་བྱའི་ཆུ་མ་ཡིན་པ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་དོན་གྱི་རང་གི་ངོ་བོ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་རང་གི་ངོ་བོའི་རྗེས་སུ་བྱེད་པ་འཇོག་པས་བསྐྱེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །དེ་ནི་ཁྱད་པར་ མཚོན་པ་ལ་མི་བསལ་བའི་ཕྱིར། རང་གི་བག་ཆགས་སད་པ་རྐྱེན་ལ་ལྟོས་པས་བསྐྱེད་དོ། །དེ་ལྟ་བས་ན་འཁྲུལ་པའི་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་དངོས་པོ་ཐ་དད་པ་ལས་སྐྱེ་བ་ཅན་འཁྲུལ་པ་ལས་དེ་ཉིད་འདི་ཡིན་ནོ་སྙམ་དུ་ངོ་ཤེས་པ་ཡིན་ཏེ། སྤྱི་ཐ་དད་པ་མཐོང་བ་ལས་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །ཐ་མི་ དད་པ་ཡང་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། བསལ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རྗེས་སུ་འགྲོ་བ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གཞན་ཡང་། གཞན་གྱི་ལྟར་ནའང་བློ་དེ་ནི། །སྤྱི་ནི་འབའ་ཞིག་ཉིད་ལས་ཡིན། །གཞན་གྱིས་ཀྱང་བློ་འདི་ནི་སྤྱི་འབའ་ཞིག་ལས་འབྱུང་བར་བརྗོད་པར་རིགས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། རྟག་ཏུ་དེ་ཙམ་རྣམ་<noinclude></noinclude> o6pt29jynbdb6kj9tctkdndvjl8c9e8 Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/60 104 442732 1332489 1321585 2026-04-01T15:59:32Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332489 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ༄༅། །ནུས་པ་མེད་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ་དེ་བཞིན་དུ་འདི་ལ་ཡང་སོ་སོར་རེ་རེ་བསལ་ན་ཡང་སྐྱེ་བས་དུས་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་ནུས་པ་མེད་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེ་ན། མི་མཐུན་པར་ཉེ་བར་བཀོད་པ་སྟེ། འདི་ལྟར། སྔོ་སོགས་མིག་གི་རྣམ་ཤེས་ལ། །ནུས་པ་སོ་སོར་མཐོང་བའི་ཕྱིར། ། ཚོགས་ལའང་ནུས་གྲུབ་བསལ་བ་ལས། །ཇི་ལྟར་ཡང་ན་དེ་ལྟར་མིན། །དབང་པོ་ལ་སོགས་པ་ལ་མིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལ་སོ་སོའི་ནུས་པ་ཡང་མཐོང་བས་ཚོགས་པ་ལ་ཡང་ནུས་པ་མི་འགལ་ལོ། །བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ནི་སྤྱི་ལ་མི་ལྟོས་པར་ནམ་ཡང་དེ་ལྟར་རྗེས་སུ་འགྲོ་བའི་རྣམ་ པར་ཤེས་པ་སྐྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །དེ་ལྟ་བས་ན་བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་དེ་ལ་མི་ནུས་པ་ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་པས་དེ་རྣམས་མི་འཛིན་པར་འགྱུར་རོ། །གལ་ཏེ་དེ་དག་འགའ་ཞིག་ལ། །ལྟོས་ནས་དེ་ནུས་འབའ་ཞིག་མིན། །འོན་ཏེ་ཐ་ག་པ་ཐག་ཟོང་མེད་པར་རས་ཡུག་མི་འཐག་ལ། ཐ་ག་པ་ཐག་ཟོང་རེ་རེ་མེད་ཀྱང་འཐགས་པས་དེ་ཁོ་ན་ལས་རས་ཡུག་འབྱུང་བ་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །དེ་བཞིན་དུ་བསལ་བ་རེ་རེ་བསལ་བ་ལ་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་སྐྱེ་བ་ལ་ཡང་སྤྱི་འབའ་ཞིག་པ་དེ་ནི་རྒྱུ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །འོ་ན་ཅི་ཞེ་ན། བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ནང་ནས་གཅིག་འབའ་ཞིག་ལ་ལྟོས་ནས་ རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་བསྐྱེད་དོ་སྙམ་དུ་སེམས་ན། དེ་ལྟ་ཡིན་ན། དེ་དག་དེ་གཅིག་ལ་ཕན་ན། །ཇི་ལྟར་བློ་གཅིག་ཉིད་མ་ཡིན། །དོན་ཐ་དད་པ་རྣམས་དོན་གཅིག་ལ་སྦྱོར་བ་འགལ་བས་འདི་ཐམས་ཅད་བརྩམས་པ་ཡིན་ལ། གལ་ཏེ་བསལ་བ་དེ་དག་ཀྱང་སྤྱི་གཅིག་ལ་ཕན་ འདོགས་པར་བྱེད་ན། དེ་རྣམས་ལ་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པས་གང་གིས་ན་དེ་མི་བསྐྱེད་པའི་ཉེས་པ་ཅི་ཞིག་བྱས། དེ་ལ་བར་མ་དོར་ལྷག་མ་སྤྱིས་ཅི་ཞིག་བྱ་སྟེ། ཇི་ལྟར་འདི་དག་ཐ་དད་ཀྱང་སྤྱི་གཅིག་ལ་ཕན་འདོགས་པའི་ནུས་པ་ཡོད་པ་དེ་བཞིན་དུ་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་དེ་གཅིག་ཁོ་ན་ བསྐྱེད་ལ་རག་མོད། གཞན་ཡང་། འདི་དེ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་འབྲས་བུར་འགྱུར། །ཕན་འདོགས་གང་ཡིན་བསྐྱེད་པ་ཡིན། །སྔོན་རོལ་བཞིན་དུ་བོགས་མེད་པའི་བདག་ཉིད་འཛིན་པ་འདི་ལ་ནི་ཕན་པ་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་འགའ་ཡང་མེད་ན། ཧ་ཅང་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་རོ། །དོན་འགའ་ཞིག་བསྐྱེད་ན་<noinclude></noinclude> ej858mha41i9lqwa42h8f5mucaoe9iv Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/61 104 442733 1332490 1321586 2026-04-01T16:07:47Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332490 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ནི་དེས་དེ་ལ་ཅི་ཞིག་བྱེད། །དེ་དེའི་རྟེན་ཉིད་ཡིན་དུ་ཕན་འདོགས་པ་མེད་པ་ལ་རྟེན་དང་བརྟེན་པའི་དངོས་པོ་འདི་ཅི་ཞིག་ཡོད། ཡང་ན་ནི་ཧ་ཅང་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་རོ། །ཕན་འདོགས་ན་ཡང་དེ་ཁོ་ན་ལ་དེ་འབྲེལ་པས་དེ་བྱེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་དེ་ལ་ཕན་པར་བྱེད་པ་གཞན་ཅི་དགོས། དེ་ལ་ལྟོས་ པའི་རྟེན་གྱིས་དེ་ལ་སྦྱོར་ན་ནི་ཕན་པར་བྱ་བ་མ་ཡིན་པ་ཉིད་ལ་ལྟོས་པ་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་འདི་ཅི་ཞིག་ཡོད་དེ། དེ་ལས་སྐྱེ་བའི་ཆོས་ཅན་ནི་རང་བཞིན་འབྲེལ་པའི་ཕྱིར་ལྟོས་པ་ཞེས་བྱའོ། །བོགས་དབྱུང་དུ་མེད་པ་ཅན་གྱི་བདག་ཉིད་ཅན་ཡང་ཡིན་ལ། གཞན་དག་ལ་ལྟོས་སོ་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་ འདི་ནི་ཉམས་པ་ཡིན་ནོ། །དེ་ལྟ་བས་ན་གང་ཅུང་ཟད་འགའ་ཞིག་ལ་ལར་འབྲེལ་པ་དེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ནི་བསྐྱེད་པར་བྱ་བའི་ཁོངས་སུ་གཏོགས་སོ། །གཞན་གྱི་དངོས་པོ་བསྐྱེད་ན་ནི་དེ་ལ་ཕན་པ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །ཅུང་ཟད་ཀྱང་མི་བྱེད་པ་ལ་ཡང་ཕན་པར་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེའི་ཕྱིར་ བསལ་བས་ཕན་བཏགས་པའི་སྤྱིས་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་བསྐྱེད་ན་འདི་འདིའི་འབྲས་བུ་ཉིད་དུ་འགྱུར་བར་གསལ་ལོ། །འགའ་ཞིག་གིས་ནུས་ན་ནི་བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་ནམ་ཡང་གང་ལ་ཡང་ནུས་པར་མ་གྲུབ་པའི་ཕྱིར་གཟུང་བར་བྱ་བ་ཉིད་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །གལ་ཏེ་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་ ལ་སྣང་བའི་ཕྱིར་བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་ནུས་སོ་ཞེ་ན། ཕན་འདོགས་པར་མ་གྲུབ་པ་ཅན་རྣམས་ཇི་ལྟར་སྣང་སྟེ་དེ་ཉིད་སྤྱི་ཁས་ལེན་ན་བསམ་པར་བྱ་བ་ཡིན་ནོ། །འདི་ལྟར་ཕན་པར་བྱེད་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ་ནི་ཡུལ་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། ཧ་ཅང་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །ཡུལ་མ་ཡིན་ པ་ནི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལ་མི་སྣང་ངོ་། །གལ་ཏེ་ཕན་པ་མེད་པ་ཡུལ་ཉིད་མ་ཡིན་ན་འདས་པ་ལ་སོགས་པ་ཡུལ་ཉིད་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། མེད་པ་རྣམས་ལ་ཕན་འདོགས་པའི་མཐུ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་དག་གི་ཤེས་པ་རྣམས་ཡུལ་མེད་དུ་ཟད་མོད། ཡུལ་མེད་དུ་ཟད་ཀྱང་ཉམས་སུ་ མྱོང་བ་དེ་ལྟ་བུས་གཞག་པའི་བག་ཆགས་ལས་སྐྱེ་བའི་ཕྱིར་དེའི་རྗེས་སུ་བྱེད་པ་ནི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་བདག་ཉིད་དུ་གྱུར་པ་ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་ནོ། །ཡོད་པ་དང་མེད་པའི་རྗེས་སུ་བྱེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་ནུས་པ་ཡིན་གྱི་སྣང་བའི་ཕྱིར་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། བསལ་བ་ལ་མ་གཏོགས་པ་སྤྱི་མི་སྣང་བའི་བྱེད་པ་ཡོད་<noinclude></noinclude> 5qck5tsc1hkat7um08jn04n9dt44wtz Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/62 104 442734 1332491 1321587 2026-04-01T16:29:42Z Pecha-pema 890001 1332491 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Ganga4364" /></noinclude> ༄༅། །པའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། སྒྲ་ལ་སོགས་པ་ཉམས་པར་སྣང་ཡང་དེ་རྣམས་ལ་བྱེད་པ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གལ་ཏེ་ཐ་དད་མི་སྣང་བློ། །ཐ་དད་རྣམས་ལ་མི་འདོད་ན། །དུ་མས་འབྲས་བུ་གཅིག་མི་བྱེད་དོ་ཞེས་ནི་མི་སྨྲའོ། །འོ་ན་ཅི་ཞེ་ན། དོན་ཐ་དད་པ་རྣམས་ལ་དེ་ དག་གི་རྣམ་པར་གཞག་པ་ཅན་གྱིས་བློ་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་བར་མི་འགྱུར་རོ། །སྤྱི་འཛིན་པ་རྣམས་ལ་ནི་རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་མི་སྣང་བ་ཉིད་དེ། དེ་མེད་ཀྱང་དེ་དག་ཡོད་པའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། རང་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལ་རྣམ་པ་གཞན་དུ་སྣང་བའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། གཅིག་ལ་རྣམ་པ་དུ་མ་མི་རུང་ བའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། ཧ་ཅང་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེའི་ཕྱིར་འདི་ནི་དེ་ལས་བྱུང་ཞིང་དོན་ཐ་དད་པ་འཛིན་པ་ཡིན་ན་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་བར་མི་འགྱུར་རོ། །དེ་མི་སྣང་བས་ཀྱང་ལྷག་པར་ཞེན་པའི་འཁྲུལ་པས་འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐ་སྙད་འདོགས་པར་བྱེད་དོ། །དེ་ལ་སྣང་བའི་རྣམ་པ་དེ་ དོན་རྣམས་ལ་མེད་དེ། ཐ་དད་པའི་ཐ་མི་དད་པ་ནི་མ་གཏོགས་སོ། །དེ་ནི་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེས་དེ་ཁོ་ན་འཛིན་པ་ན་དེ་ལྟར་བསླད་པར་འགྱུར་རོ་ཞེས་སྔར་བཤད་ཟིན་ཏོ། །གཞན་ཡང་སྤྱི་དངོས་པོར་སྨྲ་བའི། །ལྟར་ན་ཡང་གསལ་བ་རྣམས་ཐ་དད་པ་ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་ན་ཇི་ལྟར་དེ་དག་ ལ་བློ་རྣམ་པ་ཐ་མི་དད་པ་ཅན་ཡིན་ཏེ། ཀླན་ཀ་མཚུངས་སོ། །མཚུངས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེ་ལ་སྤྱི་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ལ་དེ་ཡོད་ཀྱང་སྣང་བ་མི་རྟོགས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནམ། དེ་ནི་ཁ་དོག་དབྱིབས་སུ་སྣང་བར་ལྡན་པར་ཡིད་ཆེས་སོ། །སྤྱི་ནི་དེ་ལྟ་བུ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ།། །། བམ་པོ་བཞི་པ། དེ་ལ་མ་གཏོགས་པ་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་རྣམ་པ་ཡང་འགའ་ཡང་མེད་དོ། །རྣམ་པ་སྤྱི་ཡིན་པར་སྨྲ་བའི་ལྟར་ན་ཡང་དེ་ཁྱད་པར་བཞིན་དུ་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་སྒོ་ནས་དོན་གཞན་ལ་མི་འཇུག་པས་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་ཕྱིར། ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་བར་མི་རུང་ངོ་། །ཡང་ན་ཡིན་དུ་ཟད་དེ། བློ་ཡི་སྣང་ བ་ཐ་དད་དེ། །དེ་དག་མཚུངས་ཞེས་འཛིན་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེ་དག་ལ་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་བ་ནི་མེད་པ་ཁོ་ན་སྟེ། མཚུངས་པ་ཞེས་འཛིན་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གཅིག་ཏུ་སྣང་བ་ལ་མཚུངས་སོ་སྙམ་པ་ནི་རིགས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །འོ་ན་ཅིའི་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ཉིད་འདི་ཡིན་ནོ་སྙམ་མོ། །གལ་ཏེ་གཉི་ག་འཛིན་པའི་<noinclude></noinclude> mdj1lc4xa7j1ax9pqoczg9ql22e89yp 1332537 1332491 2026-04-02T02:23:17Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332537 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ༄༅། །པའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། སྒྲ་ལ་སོགས་པ་ཉམས་པར་སྣང་ཡང་དེ་རྣམས་ལ་བྱེད་པ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གལ་ཏེ་ཐ་དད་མི་སྣང་བློ། །ཐ་དད་རྣམས་ལ་མི་འདོད་ན། །དུ་མས་འབྲས་བུ་གཅིག་མི་བྱེད་དོ་ཞེས་ནི་མི་སྨྲའོ། །འོ་ན་ཅི་ཞེ་ན། དོན་ཐ་དད་པ་རྣམས་ལ་དེ་ དག་གི་རྣམ་པར་གཞག་པ་ཅན་གྱིས་བློ་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་བར་མི་འགྱུར་རོ། །སྤྱི་འཛིན་པ་རྣམས་ལ་ནི་རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་མི་སྣང་བ་ཉིད་དེ། དེ་མེད་ཀྱང་དེ་དག་ཡོད་པའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། རང་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལ་རྣམ་པ་གཞན་དུ་སྣང་བའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། གཅིག་ལ་རྣམ་པ་དུ་མ་མི་རུང་ བའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། ཧ་ཅང་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེའི་ཕྱིར་འདི་ནི་དེ་ལས་བྱུང་ཞིང་དོན་ཐ་དད་པ་འཛིན་པ་ཡིན་ན་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་བར་མི་འགྱུར་རོ། །དེ་མི་སྣང་བས་ཀྱང་ལྷག་པར་ཞེན་པའི་འཁྲུལ་པས་འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐ་སྙད་འདོགས་པར་བྱེད་དོ། །དེ་ལ་སྣང་བའི་རྣམ་པ་དེ་ དོན་རྣམས་ལ་མེད་དེ། ཐ་དད་པའི་ཐ་མི་དད་པ་ནི་མ་གཏོགས་སོ། །དེ་ནི་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེས་དེ་ཁོ་ན་འཛིན་པ་ན་དེ་ལྟར་བསླད་པར་འགྱུར་རོ་ཞེས་སྔར་བཤད་ཟིན་ཏོ། །གཞན་ཡང་སྤྱི་དངོས་པོར་སྨྲ་བའི། །ལྟར་ན་ཡང་གསལ་བ་རྣམས་ཐ་དད་པ་ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་ན་ཇི་ལྟར་དེ་དག་ ལ་བློ་རྣམ་པ་ཐ་མི་དད་པ་ཅན་ཡིན་ཏེ། ཀླན་ཀ་མཚུངས་སོ། །མཚུངས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེ་ལ་སྤྱི་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ལ་དེ་ཡོད་ཀྱང་སྣང་བ་མི་རྟོགས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནམ། དེ་ནི་ཁ་དོག་དབྱིབས་སུ་སྣང་བར་ལྡན་པར་ཡིད་ཆེས་སོ། །སྤྱི་ནི་དེ་ལྟ་བུ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ།། །། བམ་པོ་བཞི་པ། དེ་ལ་མ་གཏོགས་པ་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་རྣམ་པ་ཡང་འགའ་ཡང་མེད་དོ། །རྣམ་པ་སྤྱི་ཡིན་པར་སྨྲ་བའི་ལྟར་ན་ཡང་དེ་ཁྱད་པར་བཞིན་དུ་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་སྒོ་ནས་དོན་གཞན་ལ་མི་འཇུག་པས་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་ཕྱིར། ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་བར་མི་རུང་ངོ་། །ཡང་ན་ཡིན་དུ་ཟད་དེ། བློ་ཡི་སྣང་ བ་ཐ་དད་དེ། །དེ་དག་མཚུངས་ཞེས་འཛིན་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེ་དག་ལ་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་བ་ནི་མེད་པ་ཁོ་ན་སྟེ། མཚུངས་པ་ཞེས་འཛིན་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གཅིག་ཏུ་སྣང་བ་ལ་མཚུངས་སོ་སྙམ་པ་ནི་རིགས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །འོ་ན་ཅིའི་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ཉིད་འདི་ཡིན་ནོ་སྙམ་མོ། །གལ་ཏེ་གཉི་ག་འཛིན་པའི་<noinclude></noinclude> l3o6f9j9ga44pqsb84dyo8jk4xfcq2c Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/63 104 442735 1332538 1321588 2026-04-02T02:29:43Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332538 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ཕྱིར་ཉེས་པ་མེད་དོ་ཞེ་ན། འོན་ཀྱང་དེ་འདི་ལའོ་སྙམ་པར་འགྱུར་གྱི་མཚུངས་སོ་སྙམ་པ་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །གལ་ཏེ་དེ་ཉིད་དེ་དག་གི་མཚུངས་པ་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེ་ན། ཇི་ལྟར་གཞན་དང་གཞན་དུ་མཚུངས་པ་ཡིན། གལ་ཏེ་དེ་དག་དང་འབྲེལ་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །ཞེ་ན་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། རག་མ་ལས་པ་ ལ་འབྲེལ་པར་མི་རུང་བའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། ཧ་ཅང་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །གལ་ཏེ་དེ་དག་མཚུངས་ན་ནི། །ཇི་ལྟར་ཐ་དད་བློས་གཟུང་བྱ། །མཚུངས་པའོ་ཞེས་གཟུང་བ་མཐོང་ནས་འདི་དག་ལ་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་བ་མ་ཡིན་ནམ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་མཐོང་བ་ལས་ཐ་དད་པ་དང་ཐ་ མི་དད་པ་དག་སྣང་བའི་ཕྱིར་མཚུངས་པར་གཏོགས་པ་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །འོ་ན་ཅི་ཞེ་ན། འབྲས་བུ་གཅིག་འདྲ། ཁོ་བོས་ནི་དོན་གྱི་ཤེས་པ་ལ་རྣམ་པ་གཉིས་མ་མཐོང་སྟེ། མ་མཐོང་ན་ཇི་ལྟར་དོན་གཉིས་རབ་ཏུ་བརྟགས་པས་བདག་ཉིད་བསླུ་བར་བྱ། བསལ་བ་འབྲས་བུ་ གཅིག་ཅན་རྣམས་ནི་རྟོག་པའི་ཡུལ་དུ་ཉེ་བར་འགྲོ་སྟེ། དེའི་ཕྱིར་འདིས་འཁྲུལ་པས་དེ་ལྟར་བསྲེ་བར་བྱེད་དོ། །ཞེས་བྱ་བ་འདི་ནི་སྐྱོན་མེད་དོ། །དེ་དག་གི། འབྲས་བློ་དེ་ཡང་ཐ་དད་དོ། །དངོས་པོ་རེ་རེ་ལ་དེ་སྣང་བའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་ཡང་དེ་དང་འདྲ་བར་ཐ་དད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །ཇི་ ལྟར་འབྲས་བུ་གཅིག་པ་ཅན་དག་ཡིན། དེ་དག་གི་འབྲས་བུ་ནི་དེ་ཡིན་ན་དེ་ཡང་ཐ་དད་དོ། །བུམ་པ་ལ་སོགས་པའི་འབྲས་བུ་ཆུ་ཆུ་བ་ལ་སོགས་པ་གཅིག་པོ་གང་ཡིན་པ་དེ་ཡང་རྫས་རེ་རེའི་ཁྱད་པར་གྱི་ཐ་དད་པ་ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་པས་ཐ་དད་པ་རྣམས་ལ་འབྲས་བུ་གཅིག་པ་མེད་དོ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ནི་ ཉེས་པ་མེད་དེ། འདི་ལྟར། གཅིག་ཏུ་རྟོགས་པའི་རྒྱུ་ཡི་ཕྱིར། །བློ་ནི་ཐ་དད་མེད་པ་ཡིན། །བློ་གཅིག་རྒྱུ་ཡི་དངོས་པོ་ཡིས། །བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱང་ཐ་མི་དད། །ཇི་ལྟར་དངོས་པོ་རྣམས་ལ་རང་བཞིན་འབྲེལ་པ་མེད་པ་འདི་ཡང་བཤད་ཟིན་ཏེ། དེ་ལ་བསྲེ་བའི་རྣམ་པ་ ཅན་གྱི་བློ་ནི་འཁྲུལ་པ་ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་ལ། དེ་ནི་དངོས་པོ་ཐ་དད་པ་རིམ་གྱིས་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པའི་རྒྱུར་གྱུར་པ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་ཀྱིས་བསྐྱེད་དོ། །ཞེས་ཀྱང་བཤད་ཟིན་ཏོ། །འདི་དག་གི་ཐ་དད་པ་དེ་བྱེད་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་ལས་ཐ་དད་པའི་དེ་ནི་ཐ་མི་དད་པ་ཞེས་བྱ་སྟེ། ཤེས་པ་<noinclude></noinclude> 4540f3balm0akpda7ehlz7kfknmq1xc Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/64 104 442736 1332539 1321589 2026-04-02T02:37:29Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332539 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ༄༅། །ལ་སོགས་པ་གཅིག་འབའ་ཞིག་བྱེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེ་ཡང་རྫས་རེ་རེ་ལ་ཐ་དད་ཀྱང་རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་གཅིག་ཏུ་རྟོགས་པ་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྙེམས་པའི་རྒྱུར་གྱུར་པ་ན་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་ངོ་། །རྟོགས་པ་དེ་ལྟ་བུའི་རྒྱུ་ཐ་མི་དད་པར་སྣང་པའི་ཤེས་པ་ལ་སོགས་ པའི་དོན་གྱི་རྒྱུ་ཡིན་པའི་ཕྱིར། བསལ་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་ཀྱང་རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་གཅིག་གི་ཤེས་པ་རྣམ་པར་བསྲེ་པ་རང་གི་ངོ་བོའི་ཁྱད་པར་དོན་དམ་པ་ལ་བརྟེན་པ་ཅན་བསྐྱེད་དོ། །ཞེས་ལན་ཅིག་མ་ཡིན་པར་བཤད་ཟིན་ཏོ། །དེ་ལྟ་བས་ན་འབྲས་བུ་གཅིག་པ་ཁོ་ན་དངོས་པོ་ རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཐ་མི་དད་པ་ཡིན་ནོ། །དེ། དེ་ཡི་འབྲས་ཅན་མིན་བྲལ་བ། །ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་ཏེ། དེ་ལས་གཞན་རྗེས་འགྲོ་བ་ཡི། །དངོས་མ་མཐོང་ཕྱིར་བཀག་པའི་ཕྱིར། །ལྟར་རུང་བ་རྣམ་པར་དབྱེ་བར་མི་སྣང་བ་ནི་མེད་དོ་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་དང་། ཡོད་ན་ཡང་གང་ལ་ཡང་མི་བརྟེན་ ན་ཇི་ལྟར་ཤེས་པའི་རྒྱུ་ཡིན་ཞེས་དེ་ནི་བཤད་ཟིན་ཏོ། །བཀག་པ་བྱས་པའི་ཡང་ཕྱིར། དེར་བརྟག་པ་ནི་རིགས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །དེའི་ཕྱིར། བརྡ་ནི་ཡང་དེ་རིག་དོན་ཅན་ཡིན་པ་ཁོ་ནར་རིགས་ཏེ། བརྡ་ཞིག་ཏུ་བྱས་ན་ཡང་དངོས་པོ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཕན་ཚུན་ཐ་དད་པ་གང་ཡིན་པ་དེ་ཁོ་ ནར་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བའི་ཕྱིར། དེ་མི་བྱེད་པ་ལས་ཐ་དད་པས་འཇུག་པ་ཉིད་དུ་བྱེད་ན་མཛེས་སོ། །གལ་ཏེ་དེ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བའི་དོན་དུ་བརྡར་འདོགས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ན། དེ་ཐ་སྙད་ཀྱི་དུས་སུ་ཡང་མི་རེག་པའི་ཕྱིར་གཞན་སྤངས་ནས་འཇུག་པར་མི་འགྱུར་ཏེ། དེ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་དེ་དག་ལས་ཐ་ དད་པ་དེ་སྒྲས་བརྗོད་པ་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །མཉན་པ་དེ་ནི། དེ་བྱེད་མིན་ལ་དེ་བྱེད་དང་། །འདྲ་བའི་ངོ་བོ་སྣང་བ་ཅན། །དངོས་པོ་ཐ་དད་དངོས་ཙམ་གྱིས། །ས་བོན་ཅན་དོན་མེད་པའི་བློ། །སྐྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པའང་དེ་མི་བྱེད། །ཡོངས་སྤོང་ཡན་ལག་ངོ་བོའི་ཕྱིར། །དངོས་པོ་ཐ་དད་ རྟེན་ཅན་ཕྱིར། །དོན་ལ་མི་བསླུ་ཡིན་པར་འདོད། །དེའི་ཕྱིར་གཞན་སེལ་ཡུལ་ཅན་དེ། །དེ་བྱེད་བརྟེན་པའི་ངོ་བོའི་བྱེད། །ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་གཅིག་དང་བྲལ་བའི་དོན་རྣམས་ལ་དེ་སྒྲོ་བཏགས་ནས་སྐྱེ་བའི་བློ་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་ཕྱིར་བྱ་བ་བྱེད་པ་མ་ཡིན་ཡང་དེ་བྱེད་པ་ལྟ་བུར་<noinclude></noinclude> 4zhpvrhjr3cj3bc5n6o6mjv932ili4l Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/65 104 442737 1332540 1321591 2026-04-02T02:43:27Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332540 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ལྷག་པར་ཞེན་པའི་དངོས་པོ་ཐ་དད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཙམ་གྱིས་ས་བོན་ཅན་མཚུངས་པ་ཉིད་དུ་ལྷག་པར་ཞེན་པ་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ་བསྐྱེད་པའི་མཉན་པ་ཡང་དེ་ལས་གཞན་པའི་ཡོངས་སུ་སྤོང་བའི་ཡན་ལག་གི་ངོ་བོའི་ཕྱིར། དོན་དམ་པར་དེ་ལས་ཐ་དད་པའི་དོན་དག་ལ་མི་སླུ་བ་ཞེས་བྱའོ། ། འདི་ལྟར་ཐ་དད་པ་དེ་ནི་དེ་དག་ལ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཡིན་ཏེ། རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འདའ་བར་བྱ་བ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །ཐ་དད་པའམ་ཐ་མི་དད་པ་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་མི་རུང་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེ་དངོས་པོ་ལ་འགོད་ན་ནི་སྒྲ་དང་ཤེས་པ་དག་ལས་དངོས་པོ་ཐག་བསྲིངས་པ་ ཁོ་ནར་འགྱུར་ཏེ། དེའི་ཡུལ་དུ་འདོད་པ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། དངོས་པོའི་ཆོས་གཞན་ཡང་འགགས་ལ་ཡང་རེག་པ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཕྱིར་མཉན་པ་དེ་ནི་གཞན་སེལ་བའི་ཡུལ་ཅན་ཞེས་བྱ་སྟེ། གཞན་ལོག་པའི་དོན་རྣམས་ལ་བྱེ་བྲག་མེད་པར་ལྡོག་པའི་ཁྱད་ པར་ལ་བརྟེན་ནས་བཀོད་པའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། ཐ་སྙད་ལ་ཡང་གཞན་སྤངས་ནས་འཇུག་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་ལས་ལྡོག་པ་ནི། །ཤིང་དོན་འཛིན་ན་གཉིས་པོ་ནི། །ཕན་ཚུན་བརྟེན་པ་ཡིན་པས་གཅིག །འཛིན་པ་མེད་ན་གཉིས་མི་འཛིན། །དེ་ཡི་ཕྱིར་ན་བརྡར་གདགས་ པ། །མི་སྲེད་དོ་ཞེས་ཁ་ཅིག་སྨྲ། །ཁ་ཅིག་ན་རེ་གལ་ཏེ་ཤིང་ནི་ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་པ་དག་ལས་ཐ་དད་པ་ཡིན་ན། དེ་ནི་ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་པ་འཛིན་པ་མེད་པར་དེ་ལྟར་གཟུང་བར་མི་ནུས་པའི་ཕྱིར་དང་། ཤིང་མ་ཤེས་པ་ཅན་གྱིས་དེ་རྣམ་པར་གཅོད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་པ་ཡང་ཡོངས་སུ་མི་ཤེས་བའི་ ཕྱིར། བློ་ལ་མི་གནས་པའི་དོན་ལ་བརྡར་གདགས་པར་མི་ནུས་སོ་ཞེས་འཛིན་ཏོ། །དེ་དག་གི་ནི་བརྡར་འདོགས་ལ། །ཤིང་མིན་རྣམ་བར་གཅོད་དམ་ཅི། །གང་དག་དེ་ལྟར་སྤྱོད་དངོས་པོ་ཅིག་ཁས་བླངས་ནས་གཞན་རྣམ་པར་གཅོད་པས་བརྡར་འདོགས་པ་ལ་ཕན་ཚུན་བརྟེན་ པ་ཡིན་པར་རྒོལ་བ་དེ་དག་གི་དེ་ལ་ཡང་བརྡར་བྱེད་པ་ན། ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་པ་རྣམ་གཅོད་དམ། །འོན་ཏེ་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། གལ་ཏེ་རྣམ་གཅོད་ཤིང་གི་དོན། །འཛིན་པ་མེད་ན་ཇི་ལྟར་ཤེས། །དེའི་ཚེ་རྟོགས་པ་པོས་ཤིང་ཡང་མི་ཤེས་ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་པ་ཡང་མི་ཤེས་ཏེ་དེ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བ་<noinclude></noinclude> 8p6zxip2eobyubup810or0avbiv2idc Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/66 104 442738 1332541 1321592 2026-04-02T02:48:58Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332541 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ༄༅། །ཁོ་ནའི་ཕྱིར། དེ་དོན་དུ་གཉེར་བ་ཞིག་ཏུ་ཉེ་བར་འགྲོ་བའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །དེ་མི་ཤེས་པ་དེས་ཇི་ལྟར་བརྡ་ལ་ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་པ་རྣམ་པར་གཅད་པ་རྟོགས་པར་འགྱུར། མི་རྟོགས་ན་ཡང་དེ་ལས་གཞན་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་མ་སྤངས་པ་ཅན་འགོད་པ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སྒྲ་ལས། བརྡ་ལས་དེ་དག་མི་སེལ་ན། །ཐ་སྙད་འདོགས་པར་བྱེད་པ་རྣམས། །དེ་ཡོངས་སྤངས་ནས་འཇུག་པར་ནི། །མི་འགྱུར་ཤིང་གི་ཁྱད་པར་བཞིན། །བརྡའི་ཚེ་གཞན་རྣམ་པར་མ་བཅད་པར་བཀོད་པའི་སྒྲ་ལས་ཐ་སྙད་ཀྱི་ཚེ་ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་སྤངས་ནས་འཇུག་པར་རིགས་ པ་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། ཤིང་ཤ་པ་ལ་སོགས་པ་ཁྱད་པར་བཞིན་ནོ། །འོན་ཏེ། གལ་ཏེ་གཞན་བཀག་མི་བསྒྲུབ་པར། །མདུན་ནས་གཅིག་ཅིག་རབ་བསྟན་ནས། འདི་ཤིང་ཡིན་ཞེས་བརྡར་བྱེད་པ། །ཐ་སྙད་འདོགས་པའི་ཚེ་ན་ཡང་། །དེ་རྟོགས་འགྱུར་ཏེ་དེ་ཡི་ཕྱིར། །ཉེས་ པ་འདི་ནི་མེད་སྙམ་ན། །སྤྱི་དངོས་པོར་སྨྲ་བ་ནི་འགའ་ཞིག་རྣམ་པར་བཅད་པས་ཅུང་ཟད་ཅིག་བརྗོད་པ་ནི་མ་ཡིན་ནོ། །འོ་ན་ཅི་ཞེ་ན། མདུན་ན་འདུག་པའི་དངོས་པོ་གཅིག་ཅིག་ཡང་དག་པར་བསྟན་ནས་འདི་ནི་ཤིང་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེས་བརྡར་བྱེད་ལ། འདིས་བརྡའི་དུས་ན་དེ་ལྟར་མཐོང་བའི་ དོན་ཁོ་ནའམ། དེ་དང་འབྲེལ་པ་ཅན་ནི་ཐ་སྙད་ཀྱི་ཚེ་ཡང་རྟོགས་པར་འགྱུར་བས་ཐལ་བར་འགྱུར་བ་མཚུངས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེ་ན། མི་མཚུངས་པ་མ་ཡིན་ཏེ། འདི་ལྟར་དེ་ལ་ཡང་། འདི་ཡང་ཤིང་འདི་ཁོ་ན་ཞེས། །བྱ་བར་ཐལ་བར་ལྡོག་པ་མེད། །གཅིག་རབ་ཏུ་བསྟན་ ནས་འདི་ནི་ཤིང་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེས་སྨྲ་བ་ཡང་འདི་ཡང་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེའམ། འདི་ཁོ་ན་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེས་བྱ་བའི་ཚུལ་གཉིས་ལས་ནི་མི་གདའ་ལ། དེ་དག་ལ་ཡང་ཉེས་པ་དེ་ཉིད་ཡོད་དོ། །མཐོང་བ་ལས་བཟློག་པ་ནི་ཉེས་པར་སླ་བའི་ཕྱིར་ཉེས་པ་མེད་དོ། །གཅིག་འགའ་ཞིག་མཐོང་ཞིང་གཞན་ལ་དེའི་ རྣམ་པས་དབེན་པའི་བློ་ཉམས་སུ་མྱོང་བ་ལ་ནི་ཇི་ལྟར་ཉམས་སུ་མྱོང་བ་བཞིན་དེ་ལས་གཞན་ནོ་སྙམ་པ་ཆོས་མི་མཐུན་པ་ངེས་པ་དེ་ལས་འབྱེད་པ་སྐྱེའོ། །དེས་ནི་དེ་ཁོ་ན་ཤིང་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེས་རབ་ཏུ་བསྟན་ནས་བྱེ་བྲག་ཏུ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་སྟེ། གང་ཁོ་ན་ལ་དེ་མི་སྣང་བ་དེ་ཁོ་ན་ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་པར་རང་<noinclude></noinclude> 8co3i5nln8xb8dppcg4nk2gfn6hoyt3 Page:ཚད་མ་རྣམ་འགྲེལ་གྱི་འགྲེལ་པ། བམ་པོ་དང་པོ།.pdf/67 104 442739 1332542 1321593 2026-04-02T02:57:48Z Pecha-pema 890001 /* Validated */ 1332542 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Pecha-pema" /></noinclude> ཉིད་ཀྱིས་རྟོགས་པར་འགྱུར་རོ། །རྣམ་པར་གཅོད་པ་སྨྲ་བ་ལ་ནི་འདི་མི་སྲིད་དེ། གཅིག་ན་མཐོང་བའི་ངོ་བོ་ནི་གང་ལ་ཡང་རྗེས་སུ་འགྲོ་བ་མེད་པའི་ཕྱིར་རོ། །མཐོང་བར་རྟོགས་ན་ནི་གསལ་བ་གཞན་པ་ཡང་དེ་ལྟར་རྟོགས་པར་མི་འགྱུར་རོ་ཞེ་ན། དེ་ལྟར་ན་འོ་ན་ནི་འདི་ནི་དེ་ལ་ཡང་ མཚུངས་ཏེ། འདི་ལྟར། གཅིག་རྟོགས་ཤེས་བྱའི་ཤེས་པ་ནི། །གཅིག་ལ་གནས་པའི་རྟོགས་པས་སོ། །དེ་དང་དེ་མིན་རྒྱུ་དོན་རྣམས། །བདག་ཉིད་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པར་བྱེད། །འདི་ནི་གོང་དུ་ཇི་ལྟར་དངོས་པོ་འདི་དག་རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་ཐ་དད་ཀྱང་ཁ་ཅིག་ཤེས་པ་ལ་སོགས་ པའི་འབྲས་བུ་གཅིག་བྱེད་ཀྱི་གཞན་དག་ནི་མ་ཡིན་པ་ལྟར་བཤད་ཟིན་ཏེ། འདིས་དེ་རྣམས་བདག་ཉིད་ཀྱིས་རྣམ་པར་ཕྱེ་ནས། དེའི་རྒྱུ་དང་དེའི་རྒྱུ་མ་ཡིན་པ་དག་རྟོགས་པར་འགྱུར་རོ། །དེའི། བློ་དེ་ལ་ནི་ཡོད་པའི་དངོས། །བློའི་རྒྱུ་ཉིད་དུ་སྣང་བ་དང་། །རྒྱུ་མིན་ངོ་བོ་བྲལ་ བ་དང་། །ངོ་བོ་གཅིག་འདྲར་བདག་ཉིད་ཀྱིས། །ཐ་དད་པར་ནི་ཤེས་འགྱུར་བར། །ཐ་དད་པ་ཡི་སྐད་སྦྱོར་ཏེ། །དེ་ལས་དེ་རྟོགས་འགྱུར་བའི་བློ། །འཁྲུལ་པས་དངོས་པོ་གཅིག་ལྟར་རྟོགས། །དེ་རྣམས་ནི་རང་བཞིན་ཁོ་ནས་རྐྱེན་གྱི་དབང་གི་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་དེ་ལྟ་བུའི་རྒྱུ་ རྣམས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འགྲོ་བའི་ཕྱིར་ཏེ། དེ་མཐོང་བའི་བློ་ལ་ཡོད་པར་ཤེས་པ་དེའི་རྒྱུ་ཉིད་དང་། དེ་ལས་གཞན་པ་ལས་ལྡོག་པས། །དེ་ལྟ་བུ་མ་ཡིན་ན་ཡང་དེ་ལྟ་བུར་ལྷག་པར་ཞེན་པ། ཕྱི་དང་ནང་གི་སྙམ་ནས་ཁྱད་པར་རྣམ་པར་མ་ཕྱེ་བ་ཅན་རྣམས་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་ལ་རྣམ་པར་ གནས་པས་རྟོག་པའི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲངས་ཏེ། འདི་དག་ནི་ཤིང་ཡིན་ནོ་ཞེས་རང་དང་གཞན་གྱི་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་ལ་གཅིག་ཏུ་སྣང་བ་ཀུན་དུ་བསྟན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་དེའི་རྒྱུ་ཡིན་པར་ཐ་དད་པར་ཤེས་པར་འགྱུར་སྙམ་ནས་དེའི་རྒྱུ་མ་ཡིན་པ་དག་ལས་ཐ་དད་པ་ལ་དེ་སྐད་སྦྱོར་ཏེ། དེ་ལས་ དེ་རྟོགས་པའི་བློ་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་ཅན་ནི་འཁྲུལ་པའི་དབང་ཁོ་ནས་དངོས་པོ་གཅིག་ཅིག་འཛིན་པ་ལྟ་བུར་སྣང་ངོ་། །དེ་ལ་ཐ་དད་པ་མཐོང་བ་ཡང་གང་ཞིག་མཐོང་བ་དང་མ་མཐོང་བ་དག་གི་ཤིང་དང་ཤིང་མ་ཡིན་པ་འདི་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པ་དངོས་པོ་ལྟར་རུང་བ་ཅིག་ནི་མེད་དེ།<noinclude></noinclude> b0ukkog2y63dyo685d8pgkcxqqziuce Page:AN 87 21 Tara Sotra.pdf/6 104 448174 1332601 1329877 2026-04-02T11:00:52Z ~2026-16525-67 952067 1332601 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Neetu Dangol" /></noinclude>मैत्रीमालंब्यसत्वानां तत्कीर्त्तय महामुने ॥ २२ ॥ एवं मुक्ते थ भगव न्पहसन्नब लोकितः ॥ ब्यबलोक्य दिशःसर्वा मैत्र्य्रास्हरया दृशा ॥ २३ ॥ दक्षिणकरमुद्धृत्य पुण्यलक्षणमण्डितं ॥ तमुबाच महाप्राज्ञः साधु साधु महातप ॥ २४ ॥ नामान् शृणुमहाभाग सर्बसत्वैक बत्सल ॥ यानि संकीर्त्यमनुजाः सम्यक्तेस्यु र्द्धनेश्व राः ॥ सर्बब्याधिविनिर्मुक्ताः सर्वैश्वर्य्य गुणान्विताः ॥ अकाल मृत्युनिर्दग्धाः Translated: हे महामुने, प्राणीहरूको कल्याणको लागि मैत्रीभाव धारण गर्नुहोस्। यसरी मुक्त भएपछि भगवानले हाँस्दै हेर्नुभयो। सबै दिशाहरू मैत्रीपूर्ण दृष्टिले हेरेर, पुण्य लक्षणले सजिएको दाहिने हात उठाएर, उनले महाज्ञानीलाई भने, "साधु साधु महातप। हे महाभाग, सबै प्राणीहरूप्रति दयालु, ती नामहरू सुन्नुहोस् जसलाई कीर्तन गर्नाले मानिसहरू धनी हुनेछन्, सबै रोगहरूबाट मुक्त हुनेछन्, सबै ऐश्वर्य र गुणहरूले भरिपूर्ण हुनेछन्, र अकाल मृत्युबाट बच्नेछन्।" O great sage, relying on Maitri (friendliness), proclaim that fame of beings. Thus being addressed, O Bhagavan, he was looked upon with a smile. Having looked at all the directions with a compassionate (Maitri) and gentle gaze, and raising his right hand adorned with auspicious marks, the highly wise one said to him, "Well done, well done, O great ascetic. Listen to the names, O greatly fortunate one, compassionate towards all beings. By reciting which, humans will truly become wealthy, freed from all diseases, endowed with all prosperity and virtues, and burnt away from untimely death."<noinclude></noinclude> sls01w4kq187pzd20i7j7dmx0qlvu9r Page:The Story of Ahikar, the Grand Vizier of Assyria - Igbo.djvu/1 104 448613 1332563 1331232 2026-04-02T08:26:52Z Sayvhior 705981 /* Validated */ 1332563 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sayvhior" /></noinclude>[[File:The Story of Ahikar, the Grand Vizier of Assyria - Igbo (page 1 crop).jpg|center|450px]] [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> qsz2rj7prd7h81oyrc2pgokjocf9ogl Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/20 104 448657 1332513 1331636 2026-04-01T21:54:43Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332513 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>{{c|Akwụkwọ Inọk}} '''ISI nke 77''' 1. A na-akpokwa nkeji mbu̟ o̟wuwa anyanwu, n'ihi na ọ bụ nke mbu: nke abuo, ndida, n'ihi na Onye Kasi Elu ga- agbadata ebe ahu, ee, n'ebe ahụ n'uzo puru iche Onye a goziri agozi ga-agbadata ruo mgbe ebighị ebi.<br> 2. A na-akpokwa mpaghara odida anyanwu ndi ahụ ndi na- ebelata, n'ihi na ebe ahu ka ihe niile na-enye ihè nke eluigwe na-ebelata ma na-agbada.<br> 3. E kewara akuku nke anọ, nke a kporo ugwu, uzo ato: nke mbụ n'ime ha bu maka ebe obibi umụ mmadụ: nke abu̟o nwekwara oké osimiri mmiri, na abyss na oke ohia na osimiri, na ochichiri na igwe ojii; nke ato nwekwara ubi ezi omume.<br> 4. Ahuru m ugwu asaa di elu, karja ugwu niile di n'uwa: site n'ebe ahu ka oyi na-aputa, ubochi, oge, na afo na-agabigakwa.<br> 5. Ahuru m osimiri asaa n'uwa ka ha buru ibu karja osimiri niile: otu n'ime ha si n'odida anyanwu na-awusa mmiri ya n'ime Oké Osimiri Ukwu.<br> 6. Mmadu abuo a si n'ebe ugwu bịa n'oké osimiri wee wụsa mmiri ha n'Oké Osimiri Erythraean n'owuwa anyanwu.<br> 7. Mmadų ano foduru wee puta n'akukų ugwu gaa n'oké osimiri nke ha, mmadų abuo n'ime ha gawa n'Oké Osimiri Erythraean, mmadu abuo n'ime Oké Osimiri Ukwu wee gbaputa onwe ha n'ebe ahu, ufodu na-asikwa: n'ime ozara.<br> 8. Agwaetiti ukwu asaa m huru n'oké osimiri na n'ime ala: abuo n'ime ala na ise n'ime Oké Osimiri Ukwu. '''ISI nke 78''' 1. Aha anyanwu bukwa ndi a: Orjârês nke mbu, na Tômâs nke abu̟o.<br> 2. Onwa nwekwara aha ano: aha mbu bụ Asônjâ, aha nke abuo bụ Eblâ, aha nke ato bụ Benâsê, na aha nke ano bụ Erae.<br> 3. Ndi a bụ nnukwu ihe abu̟o na-enye ihè: gburugburu ha di ka gburugburu eluigwe, nha gburugburu ha abuo dikwa otu.<br> 4. N'ime gburugburu anyanwu, e nwere akuku asaa nke ihè nke a na-agbakwunye na ya karja onwa, a na-ebufekwa ya n'uzo doro anya ruo mgbe akuku nke asaa nke anyanwu ga- agwu.<br> 5. Ha wee tinye ma banye n'onụ uzo ámá nke odida anyanwu, wee gbanwee ha site n'ebe ugwu, wee si n'onų uzo ámá owuwa anyanwu puta n'elu eluigwe.<br> 6. Mgbe onwa na-awa, otu uzo n'uzo iri na ano putara n'eluigwe: ihè na-ejuputa n'ime ya: n'ubochị nke iri na ano, ọ na-eme ka ihè ya puta ihè.<br> 7. A na-ebufekwa akukų iri na ise nke ihè nye ya ruo ubochi nke iri na ise mgbe ihè ya ga-emezu, dika ihe iriba ama nke afo si di, o ga-aghokwa akukų iri na ise, onwa ga- etokwa site na mgbakwunye nke akukų iri na ano.<br> 8. Onwa na-ebelata n'ubochi mbu ruo akuku iri na ano nke ihè ya, n'akuku nke abu̟o ruo akukų iri na ato nke ihè, n'akuku nke ato ruo iri na abu̟o, n'akuku nke ano ruo iri na otu, n'akuku nke ise ruo iri na itoolu, n'akuku nke asaa ruo asato, n'akuku nke asato ruo asaa, n'akuku nke itoolu ruo isii, n'akuku nke iri ruo ise, n'akuku nke iri na otu ruo ano, n'akuku nke iri na abuo ruo ato, n'akuku nke iri na ato ruo abuo, n'akuku nke iri na ano ruo okara nke asaa, ihè ya niile foduru na-apukwa kpamkpam n'akuku nke iri na ise.<br> 9. N'ime onwa ufodu, onwa ahu nwere ubochi iri abuo na itoolu, otu ugboro kwa ubochi iri abu̟o na asato.<br> 10. Uriel gosikwara m iwu ozo: mgbe e bufere ihè gaa n'onwa, nakwa mgbe anyanwu bufere ya n'akuku ya.<br> 11. N'oge niile onwa na-eto n'ihè ya, o na-ebufe ya nye onwe ya mgbe ọ na-emegide anyanwu n'ime ubochi iri na ano, ihè ya na-aputa ihè n'eluigwe, mgbe ihè ya na- enwukwa ihè n'eluigwe, ihè ya na-aputa ihè n'eluigwe.<br> 12. N'ubochi mbu a na-akpo ya onwa ohuru, n'ihi na n'ubochi ahu ihè na-awakwasi ya.<br> 13. na-aghọ onwa zuru oke kpomkwem n'ubochi anyanwu dara n'odida anyanwu, o na-esikwa n'owuwa anyanwu aputa n'abalį, onwa na-enwukwa n'abalį ahu dum ruo mgbe anyanwu wara n'ihu ya, a hukwara onwa n'ihu anyanwu.<br> 14. N'akuku ebe ihè onwa si aputa, o na-ebelata ozo ruo mgbe ihè niile ga-apu n'anya, ubochi niile nke onwa ahụ agwuchaa, gburugburu ya togboro chakoo, ihè adighikwa.<br> 15. Onwa ato o na-eme ubochi iri ato, n'oge ya o na- emekwa onwa ato nke ubochi iri abuo na itoolu nke o bula, nke o na-eme ka ọ daa n'oge mbu, na n'onu uzo mbụ maka ubochi otu nari na iri asaa na asaa.<br> 16. Mgbe o na-apu, o na-aputa ruo o̟nwa ato nke ubọchị iri ato nke o bula, ruo onwa ato o na-aputakwa ruo onwa iri abuo na itoolu nke o bula. 17. N'abali, o na-aputa di ka nwoke ruo ubochi iri abu̟o, n'ehihie o na-aputa di ka eluigwe, ọ dighikwa ihe ozo di n'ime ya ma e wezuga ihè ya. '''ISI nke 79''' 1. Ugbua, nwa m nwoke, egosila m gi ihe niile, iwu nke kpakpando niile nke eluigwe emezuola.<br> 2. O gosikwara m iwu niile di n'ime ihe ndị a maka ubochi ọ bula, na maka oge o bula nke iwu, na maka afọ ọ bula, na maka opupu ya, na maka usoro e nyere ya kwa onwa na kwa izu.<br> 3. Nakwa mbelata nke onwa nke na-eme n'onu uzo nke isii: n'ihi na n'onu uzo nke isii a ka ihè ya na-emezu, mgbe nke ahu gasiri, mmalite nke mbelata ahụ dị.<br> 4. Na mbelata nke na-eme n'onu uzo mbu̟ n'oge ya, ruo mgbe ubochi otu nari na iri asaa na asaa ga-agwu: a na- aguta ya dika izu, izu iri abuo na ise na ubochi abuo si dị.<br> 5. Q na-ada n'azu anyanwu na usoro kpakpando kpomkwem ubochi ise n'ime otu oge, mgbe ebe a į na-ahụ gafere.<br> 6. Nke a bu foto na eserese nke ihe niile di ebube nke Uriel, onyeisi ndị mmu̟o ozi, onye bu onye ndu ha, gosiri m. '''ISI nke 80''' 1. N'oge ahu, mmuo ozi bu Uriel zara, si m: 'Lee, egosila m gi ihe niile, Inok, ekpughekwara m gi ihe niile ka į hụ anyanwu a na onwa a, na ndị ndu nke kpakpando nke eluigwe na ndi niile na-atughari ha, orụ ha na oge na opupų ha.<br> 2. Ma n'ubochi ndị mmehie, afo ga-adi mkpumkpų, mkpuru ha ga-anokwa n'ala na ubi ha, ihe niile di n'uwa ga- agbanwe, ha agaghi aputakwa n'oge ha: A ga-egbochi mmiri ozuzo, eluigwe ga-egbochikwa ya.<br> {{c|20}}<noinclude></noinclude> fh165l169f23z9ecffszdbj7txoeijl Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/11 104 448660 1332530 1332423 2026-04-01T23:50:51Z 10kdollz 951142 1332530 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|4|Abj-Acc}} {{Rule}} Abjuration; — '''Idju-n’iyi'''; — Abjuration; s.<br> Abjure; — '''Dju-n’iyi'''; — Abjurer; v. a.<br> Able; — '''Di-ike'''; — Capable; adj.<br> Ablution; — '''Nwụca, nwucapu'''; — Ablution; s.<br> Abnegation; — '''Ieu-òwiye-iequ'''; — Abnégation; s.<br> Abode; — '''Obi; uno'''; — Demeure; s.<br> Abolish; — '''Wepu'''; — Abolir; v. a.<br> Abominable; — '''Di-alu'''; — Abominable; adj.<br> Abominate; — '''So'''; — Abhorrer; v. a.<br> Abomination; — '''Alu, nso'''; — Abomination; s.<br> Aboriginal; — '''Cbo'''; — Originaire; adj.<br> Abortion; — '''Okwokwó-ime, Ikwò-ime'''; — Avortement; s.<br> Abound; — '''Ba, nyi, tulu'''; — Abonder; v. n.<br> About; — '''Okilikili, okolokolo'''; — Autour; prép.<br> Above; — '''Enu, n’isi, n’enu'''; — Au-dessus de; prép.<br> Abrade; — '''Kwoca, ciqa'''; — User; v. a.<br> Abreast; — '''Sita, n’iru'''; — De front; adv.<br> Abridge; — '''Be-nkenke, kpukonata'''; — Abréger; v. a.<br> Abridgment; — '''Ibe-nkenke, Igbu-nkenke'''; — Abréviation; s.<br> Abroad; — '''N’ilo, n’anima'''; — Dehors; adv.<br> Abrogate; — '''Wughe; wupu'''; — Abroger; v. a.<br> Abrogation; — '''Nwughe'''; — Abrogation; s.<br> Abrupt; — '''Di-ntumade, di-ibili udjo'''; — Abrupt-e; adj.<br> Abscess; — '''Enfi, esoso, ife-ofifi'''; — Abcès; s.<br> Abscind; — '''Bepu, gbupu, gbuepu'''; — Couper; v. a.<br> Abscission; — '''Mbepu, ngbupu'''; — Coupure; s.<br> Abscond; — '''Zolu, djolu'''; — Se cacher; v. n.<br> Absolve; — '''Wuca, wucapu'''; — Absoudre; v. a.<br> Absorb; — '''Mi'''; — Absorber; v. a.<br> Absorption; — '''Omimi'''; — Absorption; s.<br> Abstain; — '''Punata'''; — S’abstenir; v. n.<br> Absterge; — '''Fiça, Ficapu'''; — Absterger; v. a.<br> Abstinence; — '''Mpunata'''; — Abstinence; s.<br> Abstract; — '''Sepu'''; — Abstraire; v. n.<br> Abundance; — '''Imelime'''; — Abondance; s.<br> Abundant; — '''Di-imelime'''; — Abondant; adj.<br> Abuse; — '''Meto'''; — Abuser; v. n.<br> Accede; — '''Kwelu'''; — Accéder; v. n.<br> Accelerate; — '''Gbanu, Nnkpọ'''; — Accélérer; v. a.<br> Acceleration; — '''Mgbanu, mnukpọ'''; — Accélération; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 7pd06sytdo7zlc7mh1ghdwso5qqnbsk 1332565 1332530 2026-04-02T08:30:27Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332565 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|4|Abj-Acc}} {{Rule}} Abjuration; — '''Idju-n’iyi'''; — Abjuration; s.<br> Abjure; — '''Dju-n’iyi'''; — Abjurer; v. a.<br> Able; — '''Di-ike'''; — Capable; adj.<br> Ablution; — '''Nwụca, nwucapu'''; — Ablution; s.<br> Abnegation; — '''Ieu-òwiye-iequ'''; — Abnégation; s.<br> Abode; — '''Obi; uno'''; — Demeure; s.<br> Abolish; — '''Wepu'''; — Abolir; v. a.<br> Abominable; — '''Di-alu'''; — Abominable; adj.<br> Abominate; — '''So'''; — Abhorrer; v. a.<br> Abomination; — '''Alu, nso'''; — Abomination; s.<br> Aboriginal; — '''Cbo'''; — Originaire; adj.<br> Abortion; — '''Okwokwó-ime, Ikwò-ime'''; — Avortement; s.<br> Abound; — '''Ba, nyi, tulu'''; — Abonder; v. n.<br> About; — '''Okilikili, okolokolo'''; — Autour; prép.<br> Above; — '''Enu, n’isi, n’enu'''; — Au-dessus de; prép.<br> Abrade; — '''Kwoca, ciqa'''; — User; v. a.<br> Abreast; — '''Sita, n’iru'''; — De front; adv.<br> Abridge; — '''Be-nkenke, kpukonata'''; — Abréger; v. a.<br> Abridgment; — '''Ibe-nkenke, Igbu-nkenke'''; — Abréviation; s.<br> Abroad; — '''N’ilo, n’anima'''; — Dehors; adv.<br> Abrogate; — '''Wughe; wupu'''; — Abroger; v. a.<br> Abrogation; — '''Nwughe'''; — Abrogation; s.<br> Abrupt; — '''Di-ntumade, di-ibili udjo'''; — Abrupt-e; adj.<br> Abscess; — '''Enfi, esoso, ife-ofifi'''; — Abcès; s.<br> Abscind; — '''Bepu, gbupu, gbuepu'''; — Couper; v. a.<br> Abscission; — '''Mbepu, ngbupu'''; — Coupure; s.<br> Abscond; — '''Zolu, djolu'''; — Se cacher; v. n.<br> Absolve; — '''Wuca, wucapu'''; — Absoudre; v. a.<br> Absorb; — '''Mi'''; — Absorber; v. a.<br> Absorption; — '''Omimi'''; — Absorption; s.<br> Abstain; — '''Punata'''; — S’abstenir; v. n.<br> Absterge; — '''Fiça, Ficapu'''; — Absterger; v. a.<br> Abstinence; — '''Mpunata'''; — Abstinence; s.<br> Abstract; — '''Sepu'''; — Abstraire; v. n.<br> Abundance; — '''Imelime'''; — Abondance; s.<br> Abundant; — '''Di-imelime'''; — Abondant; adj.<br> Abuse; — '''Meto'''; — Abuser; v. n.<br> Accede; — '''Kwelu'''; — Accéder; v. n.<br> Accelerate; — '''Gbanu, Nnkpọ'''; — Accélérer; v. a.<br> Acceleration; — '''Mgbanu, mnukpọ'''; — Accélération; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 73n08ix1jr1s5kbn2eqcktz6qk7xays Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/30 104 448680 1332520 1331378 2026-04-01T22:32:35Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332520 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>{{c|Akwụkwọ Inọk}} 8. Ha ga-agho ndi na-anaghị asopuru Chineke n'ihi nzuzu nke obi ha, anya ha ga-aghọkwa ndi na-anaghi asopuru Chineke site n'egwu nke obi ha, na site n'ohụụ di na nro ha.<br> 9. Site n'ihe ndị a, ha ga-aghọ ndi na-enweghị nsopurų Chineke ma na-atu egwu; N'ihi na ha ga-aru orụ ha niile n'ugha, ha ga-akpokwa isiala nye nkume: Ya mere, n'otu ntabi anya, ha ga-ala n'iyi.<br> 10. Ma n'ubochi ndi ahu, ngozi na-adiri ndi niile nabatara okwu amamihe, ma ghota ha, ma na-edebe uzo nke Onye Kasi Elu, ma na-eje ije n'uzo ezi omume Ya, ma ghara įbụ ndi na-adighi asopuru Chineke na ndi na-anaghi asopurụ Chineke; n'ihi na a ga-azoputa ha.<br> 11. Ahuhu ga-adiri gi onye na-agbasa ihe ojoo nye ndi agbata obi gi; N'ihi na a ga-egbu gi n'ime Shiol.<br> 12. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-eme ihe n'uzo aghughọ na nke ugha, na ndi na-eme ka ihe ilu di ilu n'uwa; n'ihi na a ga-esi otú a gwuo ha kpamkpam.<br> 13. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-ewu ulo unu site n'orų siri ike nke ndi̟ o̟zo, ihe niile e ji wuo ulo ha bukwa brik na nkume mmehie; Ana m asi unu na unu agaghi enwe udo.<br> 14. Ahuhu ga-adiri ndi jurụ nha na ihe nketa ebighi ebi nke ndi nna ha, Ndi mkpuru obi ha na-esokwa arusį; N'ihi na ha agaghi enwe izu ike.<br> 15. Ahuhu ga-adiri ndi na-eme ihe ojoo ma na-enyere aka imegbu mmadụ, ma na-egbu ndi agbata obi ha ruo ubochi ikpe ukwu.<br> 16. N'ihi na Q ga-atufu ebube unu, weta nsogbu n'obi unu, O ga-akpotekwa iwe di oku Ya, O ga-ejikwa mma agha bibie unu niile; Ndi nso na ndi ezi omume nile ga-echeta mmehie unu. '''ISI nke 100''' 1. N'ubochi ndi ahu, a ga-eti ndi nna na umu ha ihe n'otu ebe, umunne ga-anwukwa n'onwų, ruo mgbe iyi na obara ha ga-asoputa.<br> 2. N'ihi na mmadu agaghi egbochi aka ya igbu umu ya na umu umu ya, onye mmehie agaghikwa egbochi aka ya n'ebe nwanne ya nwoke a na-asopuru no: Site n'ututų ruo anyanwu ga-ada, ha ga-egbu ibe ha.<br> 3. Inyinya ahu ga-arigo n'ara n'obara nke ndị mmehie, a ga- awudakwa ugbọ įnyinya ahu ruo n'idi elu ya.<br> 4. N'ubochi ndi ahu, ndị mmuo ozi ga-aridata n'ebe nzuzo, ha ga-akpokota ndi niile wedatara mmehie n'otu ebe, Onye Kasi Elu ga-ebilikwa n'ubochi ikpe ahu, ime ikpe di ukwuu n'etiti ndi mmehie.<br> 5. O ga-ahoputakwa ndi nche n'etiti ndi ezi omume na ndi nso niile, ka ha na-eche ha nche dika mkpuru anya, ruo mgbe ọ ga-eme ka ihe ojoo na mmehie niile kwusį, o bụ ezie na ndi ezi omume na-arahu ura ogologo, ha enweghi ihe ha ga-atu egwu.<br> 6. Mgbe ahu, umu nke uwa ga-ahu ndị maara ihe n'udo, ha ga-aghotakwa okwu niile di n'akwukwo a, ha ga- aghotakwa na akunuba ha agaghị enwe ike izoputa ha, N'ikwatu mmehie ha.<br> 7. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndị mmehie, n'ụbọchi nhujuanya siri ike, unu ndi na-emekpa ndi ezi omume ahu ma na-ere ha oku: a ga-akwughachi unu ugwo dika orụ unu si di.<br> 8. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, unu ndi obi siri ike, ndi na-eche nche iji cheputa ihe ojoo: N'ihi ya, egwu ga-abiakwasi unu, ọ dighikwa onye ga-enyere unu aka.<br> 9. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndị mmehie, n'ihi okwu onu unu, na n'ihi oru aka unu nke asopurughi Chineke unu mere, n'okų<br> na-ere oku karja oku ka unu ga-ere. 10. Ma ugbụa, maranu na site n'aka ndị mmuo ozi, Ọ ga- aju ajuju gbasara oru unu n'eluigwe, site n'anyanwu na site n'onwa na site na kpakpando n'ihe gbasara mmehie unu n'ihi na n'elu uwa ka unu na-ekpe ikpe n'ahu ndi ezi omume.<br> 11. O ga-akpokwa òkù ka ha gbaa akaebe megide unu igwé ojii na igirigi na mmiri ozuzo niile; n'ihi na a ga-egbochi ha niile įdakwasi unu, ha ga-echetakwa mmehie unu.<br> 12. Ma ugbua nyenụ mmiri ozuzo onyinye ka mmiri ozuzo ghara įdakwasi unu, ma o bu ka igirigi ghara įdakwasi unu, mgbe o natara olaedo na olaocha n'aka unu ka o wee daa.<br> 13. Mgbe oyi na-aty na snow na oyi ha, na oké ifufe snow niile na ihe otiti ha niile dakwasiri unu, n'oge ahụ unu agaghi enwe ike iguzo n'ihu ha. '''ISI nke 101''' 1. Leenu eluigwe, unu umu eluigwe, na oru niile nke Onye Kasi Elu, tuonų egwu Ya, unu emekwala ihe ojoo n'ihu Ya.<br> 2. Q buru na O mechie windo eluigwe, ma gbochie mmiri ozuzo na igirigi įda n'uwa n'ihi unu, ginį ka unu ga-eme mgbe ahu?<br> 3. O burukwa na O zitere iwe Ya n'ahu unu n'ihi omume unu, unu enweghi ike įrio Ya aririo; n'ihi na unu kwuru okwu mpako na mkpari megide ezi omume Ya: ya mere unu agaghi enwe udo.<br> 4. Unu ahughikwa ndi okwo ugbọ mmiri nke ugbọ mmiri ahu, otú ebili mmiri si atughari ugbọ mmiri ha, ifufe na- ama jijiji, ha nokwa n'oké nsogbu?<br> 5. Ya mere, ha na-atu egwu n'ihi na ihe onwunwe ha niile na-aga n'oké osimiri na ha, ha nwekwara ihe ojoo di n'obi na oké osimiri ga-eloda ha, ha ga-alakwa n'iyi n'ime ya.<br> 6. Òké osimiri dum na mmiri ya niile, na mmeghari ya niile, o bughi oru nke Onye Kasi Elu, ò mebeghikwa ókè n'ihe o na-eme, ma jiri ájá kpachie ya?<br> 7. Ma mgbe o na-abara mba, o na-atu egwu ma kpoo nkų, azu ya niile na ihe niile di n'ime ya na-anwukwa; Ma unu ndi mmehie no n'uwa, atula egwu Ya.<br> 8. O bughi ya kere eluigwe na uwa, na ihe niile di n'ime ya? Ònye nyere ihe niile na-agaghari n'uwa na n'oké osimiri nghota na amamihe?<br> 9. Ndi okwo ugbọ mmiri, o bu na ha anaghi atu oké osimiri egwu? Ma ndị mmehie anaghi atu Onye Kasi Elu egwu? '''ISI nke 102''' 1. N'ubochi ndi ahụ mgbe O kpotara oku di egwu n'ahu unu, Olee ebe unu ga-agbaga, ebeekwa ka unu ga-ahu nzoputa? Mgbe O kpoputara okwu Ya megide unu, O gaghi atu unu ujo ma tuo egwu?<br> 2. Ndi niile na-enye ihè ga-atu egwu nke ukwuu, uwa niile ga-atukwa ujo, maa jijiji, tuokwa ujo.<br> 3. Ndi mmuo ozi niile ga-emezu iwu ha, ha ga-achokwa izopu onwe ha n'ihu nnukwu ebube ahu, umu uwa ga-ama jijiji ma maa jijiji; unu ndi mmehie ga-abukwa ndị a buru onu ruo mgbe ebighi ebi, udo agaghikwa adi unu.<br> 4. Unu atula egwu, mkpuru obi nke ndi ezi omume, nweekwanų olileanya na unu ndi nwurụ n'ezi omume. {{c|30}}<noinclude></noinclude> k9rvggbcvp1mia32dsjk80ye2fvjelj Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/24 104 448682 1332521 1332135 2026-04-01T22:38:55Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332521 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>Akwukwo Inok 20. Onyenwe anyi biakwutere aturu ahu, ha wee malite įku anu ohia wolf ndi ahu: anu ohia wolf wee malite įkwa ȧkwá; ma aturu ahụ dara juu ma kwusi iti mkpu ozugbo. 21. Ahuru m aturu ahụ ruo mgbe ha si n'etiti anu ohia wolf puo; mana anya anu ohia wolf ahu kpuru ìsì, anu ohia wolf ndi ahu wee puọ n'ịchuso aturu ahu n'ike ha niile. 22. Onye-nwe aturu ahụ wee soro ha gaa, dika onye ndu ha, aturu ya niile sokwara ya: ihu ya mara mma ma dikwa ebube ma dikwa egwu įhụ. 23. Ma nkita ohia malitere ichu aturu ndi ahu ruo mgbe ha rutere n'oké osimiri mmiri. 24. Oké osimiri ahu kewara ekewa, mmiri ahu wee guzoro n'akuku a na n'akuku nke ozo n'ihu ha, Onyenwe ha wee duru ha wee tinye Onwe ya n'etiti ha na anu ohia wolf. 25. Ebe any ohia wolf ndi ahu ahubeghi aturu ahu, ha banyere n'etiti oké osimiri ahu, anu ohia wolf ndi ahụ wee soro aturu ahu, anu ohia wolf ndi ahu̟ wee gbaa osọ chusoo ha n'ime oké osimiri ahu. 26. Mgbe ha huru Onyenwe aturu ahu, ha tughariri igbapų n'ihu Ya, mana oké osimiri ahụ gbakotara onų, wee di ka e kere ya, mmiri ahu wee too ma too ruo mgbe o kpuchiri anu ohia wolf ndị ahu. 27. M wee hụ ruo mgbe nkita ohia niile na-achu aturu ndi ahu nwuru ma mmiri rie ha. 28-40. Izrel n'ozara, inye iwu, na mbata n'ime Palestine. 28. Ma aturu ahụ gbapurụ n'ime mmiri ahu wee puọ gaa n'ozara, ebe mmiri na ahihia adighi; ha wee malite imeghe anya ha wee hụ; ahuru m Onyenwe aturu ahu ka o na-azu ha ma na-enye ha mmiri na ahihia, aturu ahụ na-aga ma na- edu ha. 29. Aturu ahu rigoro n'elu nkume ahụ dị elu, Onyenwe aturu ahu wee ziga ya nye ha. 30. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, ahuru m Onyenwe aturu ahu nke guzoro n'ihu ha, odidi ya dikwa ukwuu, dikwa egwu, dikwa ebube, aturu ahu niile wee hụ Ya, egwu wee tuo ha n'ihu Ya. 31. Ha niile turụ egwu ma maa jijiji n'ihi Ya, ha wee tie mkpu nye aturu ahu ha na ha no n'etiti ha, si: "Anyi enweghi ike iguzo n'ihu Onyenwe anyi ma o bu ihu Ya." 32. Aturu ahu nke duru ha rigoro ozo n'elu nkume ahụ, mana aturu ahụ malitere įkpu ìsì ma si n'uzo o gosiri ha pu̟o, mana aturu ahu amaghi banyere ya. 33. Onye-nwe aturu ahụ were iwe nke ukwuu megide ha, aturu ahụ wee choputa ya, wee si n'elu nkume ahụ gbadata, biakwute aturu ahu, wee hụ na otutu n'ime ha kpuru isi ma daa. 34. Mgbe ha huru ya, ha turu egwu ma maa jijiji n'ihi onuno ya, ha wee choo įlaghachi n'ogige ha. 35. Aturu ahu kpooro aturu ndi̟ o̟zo, biarute aturu ndị ahụ dapuru adapu, wee malite igbu ha; aturu ahụ wee tuo egwu onuno ya, nke mere na aturu ahu kpoghachiri aturu ndi ahu dapuru adapu, ha wee laghachi n'ogige ha. 36. Ahuru m n'ohuu a ruo mgbe aturu ahu ghoro mmadụ ma wuo ulo maka Onyenwe aturu, ma tinye aturu niile n'ulo ahu. 37. M wee hụ ruo mgbe aturu a zutere aturu ahu nke na-edu ha dara ura: ahuru m ruo mgbe aturu ukwu niile nwurų, umuntakiri biliri n'onodu̟ ha, ha wee bia n'ebe ita nri, biaruokwa iyi mmiri. 24 38. Mgbe ahu, aturu ahụ, onye ndu ha nke ghọrọ mmadų, si n'ebe ha no puo wee hie ura, aturu niile wee choo ya ma tie mkpu ákwá n'elu ya. 39. M wee hụ ruo mgbe ha kwusiri įkwa ȧkwá maka aturų ahu wee gafee iyi mmiri ahu, aturu abuo ahụ wee bilie di ka ndi ndu n'onodų ndị duru ha wee hie ura. 40. M wee hụ ruo mgbe aturu ahu rutere n'ebe mara mma, ala mara mma ma dikwa ebube, m wee hụ ruo mgbe aturụ ndi ahu juru afo; ulo ahụ wee guzo n'etiti ha n'ala mara mma. 41-50. Site n'oge Ndi Ikpe ruo mgbe e wuru Ulo Nso ahụ. 41. Mgbe ufodu, anya ha na-emeghe, mgbe ufodukwa, ha na-eme ka anya kpuo isì, ruo mgbe aturu ozo biliri wee duru ha wee kpoghachi ha niile, anya ha wee meghee. 42. Nkita na nkita ohia na ezì ohia malitere iri aturụ ndi ahu ruo mgbe Onyenwe aturu ahụ kpolitere otu aturu ozo n'etiti ha, nke na-edu ha. 43. Ebu ahu wee malite įku nkita, nkita ohia, na ezi ohia ahu n'akuku abuo ruo mgbe o bibiri ha niile. 44. Aturu ahu nke anya ya meghere wee hu ebule ahu, nke no n'etiti aturu ahu, ruo mgbe o hapuru ebube ya wee malite įku aturu ndi ahu aka, zoda ha, wee mee onwe ya ka ọ ghara idi mma. 45. Onye-nwe aturu ahu zigakwara nwa aturu ahụ nye nwa aturu̟ o̟zo wee zulite ya ka o buru ebule na onye ndu nke aturu ahu kama ebule ahu nke hapuru ebube ya. 46. O wee gaa n'ebe o no wee gwa ya okwu naani ya, wee bulie ya elu ka o buru ebule, meekwa ya onyeisi na onye ndu nke aturu; mana n'oge ihe ndị a niile, nkita ndi ahu na- akpagbu aturu. 47. Ebu nke mbu wee chụsoo ebule nke abu̟o ahu, ebule nke abu̟o ahu̟ wee bilie gbaa oso n'ihu ya; ahuru m ruo mgbe nkita ndi ahu dọwara ebule nke mbụ ahu. 48. Ebu nke abuo ahụ wee bilie duru obere aturu ahu. 49. Aturu ndi ahụ wee too ma mubaa; ma nkita niile, nkita ohja, na ezi ohia niile turu egwu wee gbaa oso n'ihu ya, ebulu ahu wee gbuo anụ ohia, anu ohia ndi ahu enweghizi ike n'etiti aturu ahu ma zuru ha ihe ọ bula ozo. Ebulu ahụ wee muo̟ o̟tutu aturu wee hie ura; obere aturu wee ghoo ebule n'onodu ya, wee buru onyeisi na onye ndu nke aturu ndi ahụ. 50. Ulo ahụ wee buru ibu ma gbasaa, e wuru ya maka aturụ ndi ahu: e wuru ulo elu di elu ma di ukwuu n'ulo ahu maka Onyenwe aturu, ulo ahu dikwa ala, mana ulo elu ahụ dị elu ma di elu, Onyenwe aturu ahu guzoro n'elu ụlọ elu ahu wee nye tebul zuru oke n'ihu Ya. 51-67. Alaeze Abuo nke Izrel na Juda, ruo na Mbibi nke Jerusalem. 51. Ma ozo, ahụrụ m atụrụ ndi ahu ka ha mehiere o̟zo ma gaa otutu uzo, hapukwa ulo ha, Onyenwe aturu ahụ wee kpoo ufodų n'ime aturu ahu wee ziga ha n'ebe aturu ahụ nọ, ma aturu ahu malitere igbu ha. 52. Otu n'ime ha ka a zoputara, e gbughikwa ya, o wee gbapu ma tie mkpu n'olu dara uda n'elu aturu ahu; ha wee choo igbu ya, ma Onyenwe atụrụ ahu zoputara ya n'aka aturu ahu, wee kpolite ya n'aka m, meekwa ka o biri n'ebe ahụ.<noinclude></noinclude> bwn0h8t4l54b414097q3jel3vhg1pje Page:The Story of Ahikar, the Grand Vizier of Assyria - Igbo.djvu/2 104 448692 1332501 1332280 2026-04-01T19:27:07Z Bigcee007 955364 1332501 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh||Akuko AHIKAR|}} '''Okwu mmalite''' Anyị nwere na Akụkọ nke Ahikar otu n'ime isi mmalite nke echiche na amamihe mmadụ oge ochie. Enwere ike ịchọpụta mmetụta ya site n'akụkọ ifo nke ọtụtụ mmadụ, gụnyere Koran, na Agba Ochie na Agba Ọhụrụ. Otu mosaic a chọtara na Treves, Germany, gosiri àgwà Ahikar n'etiti ndị amamihe nke ụwa. Nke a bụ akụkọ ya mara mma. Ụbọchị akụkọ a abụrụla isiokwu nke mkparịta ụka na-ekpo ọkụ . Ndị ọkà mmụta mechara detuo ya ihe dị ka narị afọ mbụ mgbe akụkọ mbụ pụtara n'ime akwụkwọ papaịrọs Aramaic nke 500 BC n'etiti mkpọmkpọ ebe nke Elephantine. O doro anya na akụkọ ahụ bụ akụkọ ifo,ọ bụghị akụkọ ihe mere eme. N'ezie onye na-agụ nwere ike ime ka amara ya na ibe mgbakwunye nke The Arabian Nights. Edere ya nke ọma, na akụkọ nke jupụtara tara n'omume, aghụghọ, na ụzọ mgbapụ dị warara na-adọrọ uche na nke ikpeazụ. Nnwere onwe nke iche echiche bụ ihe onwunwe kachasị ọnụ ahịa nke onye edemede. Ihe odide ahụ kewara onwe ya ụzọ anọ : (1) Akụkọ ; (2) Ozizi ahụ (usoro Ilu dị ịrịba ama); (3) Njem ahụ gaa Ijipt (4) Ihe Nlereanya ma ọ bụ Ilu (nke Ahikar ji gụchaa agụmakwụkwọ nwa nwanne ya mehiere). {{left|'''ISI NKE 1'''}} Ahikar, Grand Vizier nke Assyria, nwere ndi nwunye 60 mana 0 kpebisiri ike na o nweghị nwa nwoke. Ya mere ọ na-eji nwa nwanne ya. O juputara n'amam-ihe na ihe- ọmuma ka Ọ nākpabu ya kari nri na miri.<br> 1 Akụkọ banyere Haikara, bụ onye maara ihe, na Vizier nke Senakerib, bu eze, na nke Nadan, nwa nwanne Haikara bụ onye amamihe.<br> 2 Otù eze we di n'ụbọchị Senakerib nwa Sarhadum, bú eze Asiria, na Ninive, bú nwoke mara ihe, aha-ya bụ Haikara; onye ahu bụ kwa Vizia nke eze, bú Senakerib.<br> 3 O nwekwara ezi ihe, ihe bara uba na ihe bara uba, ma ọ bu onyenkà, mara ihe, onye ọmuma-ihe, n’ọmuma- ihe, n’echiche na n'ọchịchị, ọ luru-kwa-ra ọgu ndinyom atọ, ma wuere onye ọ bula ụlọ uku eze.<br> 4 Ma n'ihe nile ọ nweghi nwa site n'aka onye ọ bụla. nke ndị inyom a, ndị nwere ike ịbụ onye nketa ya.<br> 5 Ma o wee wute ya nke ukwuu n’ihi nke a, ma otu ụbọchị ọ kpọkọtara ndị na-agụ kpakpando na ndị ọkà mmụta na ndị dibịa afa ma kọwaara ha ọnọdụ ya na okwu nke nwanyị aga ya.<br> 6 Ha we si ya, Je, chuara chi di iche iche àjà, riọ kwa ha ka ha we nye gi nwa-nwoke.<br> 7 0 we me dika ha siri ya, we chuara arusi nile àjà, ma riọ ha, riọ kwa ha aririọ, na aririọ-amara.<br> 8 Ma ha azaghi ya otú okwu. O we la n'obi-uku na iru-ụ́jụ́, newepu n'obi ya.<br> 9 O we laghachi, riọ Chineke Nke kachasi ihe nile elu, kwere, nāriọ Ya n'obi-ọkụ, si, Chineke Nke kachasi ihe nile elu, Onye okike elu-igwe na nke uwa, Onye Okike nke ihe nile ekere!<br> 10 Ariọm Gi ka 1 nyem nwa-nwoke, ka Ọ we kasim obi, ka Ọ we nọyere n'obim, ka O we mechi anyam, ka o we liem.<br> 11 Ma olu we biakute ya, si, Ebe i buru uzọ dabere n'aru arusi apiri api, we chuara ha àjà, n'ihi nka i anọgide n'enweghi nwa ogologo ndu-gi.<br> 12 Ma kuru Nadan nwa nwa-nne-gi, me ya nwa-gi, zi kwa ya mmụta-gi na ezi imu-gi, ọ geli kwa gi n'ọnwu-gi.<br> 13 O we kuru Nedan nwa nwa-nne-ya nwayi, onye nanu Ara nke-ntà. O we rara ya nye n'aka ndi-nbia asatọ, ka ha we nye ya ara, me ka ọ rigota.<br> 14 Ha we were ezi ihe-oriri na ọbụna-nsọ ahu na uwe-nwuda di ọcha na uwe-ododo, na ogho uhie, tolite ya. O we nọkwasi n'ihe-ndina nke silk.<br> 15 Nadan we tolite, jegharia, nēba elu dika osisi cedar toro ogologo, o we zí ya omume ọma na ide na sayensi na nghọta.<br> 16 Ma mbe ọtutu ubọchi gasiri eze, bú Senakerib,legidere Haia, hu na o mere agadi nke-uku: ọzọ kwa, ọ si ya.<br> 17 “Unyi m'nasọpuru, onye-nkà, na onye kwesiri ntukwasi-obi, onye mara ihe, bú onye-isi, na ode-akwukwọ, onye-isim, na onye-isi-nduzim; n'ezie i mewo agadi nke uku, i bu kwa arọ arọ; na ọpụpụ gị site n'ụwa a aghaghị ịdị nso.<br> 18 Gosim onye gēnwe ọnọdu n'òfùfèm gānọchi gi. Haikara we si ya, Onye-nwem, ka isi-gi di ndu rue mbe ebighi-ebi! E nwere nwa Nadan nwa nwanne m nwaanyị, emewo m ya nwa m.<br> 19 M'we me ka ọ rigota, zí kwa ya amam-ihem na ihe ọmumam.<br> 20 Eze we si ya, Haikara! kpọta ya n'irum, ka m'we hu ya, ma ọ buru na ahurum ya ka ọ di nma, tiye ya n'ọnọdụ gi; i gāla kwa ije ka i zuru ike na ibi ndu-gi fọduru n'izu-okè di utọ.<br> 21 Haika we je gosi Nedan nwa nwa-nne-ya. O we kpọ isi ala nye ya ike na nsọpuru.<br> 22 O we le ya anya, hu ya anya, we ṅuria ọnu nime ya, si Haikara, Ọ bu nka bu nwa-gi, Haikara? A na m ekpe ekpere ka Chineke chebe ya. Ma dika i jeworom na nnam, bú Sarhadum, ka nwa-nwoke a nke gi jefèm, mezu kwa ihem nile, na nkpam, na okwum nile, ka m'we sọpuru ya, me kwa ya ka ọ di ike n'ihi gi.<br> 23 Haikara we kpọ isi ala nye eze, si ya, Ka isi-gi di ndu,onye-nwem, bú eze, rue mbe ebighi-ebi! A na m ariọ gị ka i wee nwee ndidi n’ebe nwa m nwoke bụ Nadan nọ ma gbaghara mmehie ya ka o wee jeere gị ozi otú o kwesịrị ekwesị.<br> 24 Eze wee ṅụọrọ ya iyi na ọ ga-eme ya ka ọ bụrụ onye kasị ukwuu n'ihe ọ na-amasị ya, na onye kasị ike n'etiti ndị enyi ya, na na ya ga-anọnyere ya na nsọpụrụ na nsọpụrụ nile. O wee susuo aka ya ọnụ, sị ya gaa n'ihu.<br> 25 0 we were Nedan. nwa nwa-nne-ya nwoke tiyere ya, we nọkwasi ya n'ime-ụlọ, nēje ije 2621 ya ehihie na<noinclude></noinclude> sjs96o4ahaj9388m0ejmreuai2uth5m Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/32 104 448695 1332509 1331411 2026-04-01T21:26:47Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332509 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>Akwukwo Inok 12. Mgbe ahụ, amaara m ihe omimi ọzọ, na a ga-enye ndị ezi omume na ndị maara ihe akwụkwo ka ha bụrụ ihe na- eweta onye na izi ezi na ọtụtụ amamihe. <br> 13. A ga-enye ha akwụkwọ, ha ga-ekwere na ha ma ṅụria ony n'ihi ha, mgbe ahu ka a ga-akwụghachị ndị ezi omume niile mụtara na ya ụgwọ ọrọ n'ụzo niile nke izi ezi. <br> ISI nke 105 1. N'oge ahụ, Onyenwe anyị gwara ha ka ha kpọọ ma gbaa ụmụ ụwa akaebe gbasara amamihe ha: Gosi ha ya; n'ihi na unu bụ ndụ ndụzị ha, na ụgwọ ọrụ n'elu ụwa dum. 2. N'ihi na mụ na nwa m nwoke ga-adị n'otu na ha ruo mgbe ebighi ebi n'ụzo nke izi ezi na ndụ ha; unu ga- enwekwa udo: ñurianu onye, umu nke izi ezi. Amen. ISI nke 106 1. Mgbe ụbochi ole na ole gasịrị, nwa m nwoke bụ Metusela lụrụ nwunye nye nwa ya nwoke bụ Lamek, o wee tụrụ ime site n'aka ya wee mụọ nwa nwoke. 2. Aha ya dị ọcha dị ka snoo, ọ na-achakwa obara bara dị ka okooko osisi rose, ntụtụ isi ya na ogologo ntụtụ isi ya dịkwa ọcha dị ka ajị anị, anya ya mara mma. Mgbe o meghere anya ya, o mere ka ụlọ ahụ dum nwuo okụ dị ka anyanwụ, ụlọ ahụ dum na-enwu nke ukwuu. 3. Mgbe nke ahu gasirl, o biliri n'aka onye na-azy nwa, meghee onye ya, wee kparita ụka na Onyenwe anyị nke ezi omume. 4. Nna ya bụ Lemek tụrụ egwu ya wee gbapụ, biakwute nna ya bụ Metusela. 5. O wee si ya: 'Amụwo m nwa nwoke ọzọ, dị iche na nke mmadụ, ma dị ka ụmụ Chineke nke eluigwe; odidi ya dikwa iche, o dịghịkwa ka anyị, anya ya dịkwa ka ụzari anyanwụ, ihu ya dịkwa ebube.' 6. O yiri m ka o bughi site n'aka m ka o si puta kama site n'aka ndị mmụọ ozi, ana m atụkwa egwu na n'oge ya, ihe ebube nwere ike ime n'ụwa. <br> 7. Ma ugbua, nna m, abiara m ebe a irio gi aririọ ma rio gi ka Ị gakwuru Enoch, nna anyi, muta eziokwu n'aka ya, n'ihi na ebe obibi ya di n'etiti ndỊ mmụọ ozi.<br> 8. Mgbe Metusela nỤRỤru okwu nwa ya nwoke, o biakwutere m ruo nsụtụ ụwa; n'ihi na ọ nụrụ na m no ebe ahụ, o tikwara mkpu n'olu dara ụda, anụrụ m olu ya wee biakwute ya. M wee si ya: 'Lee m, nwa m, gịnị mere i ji biakwute m?' <br> 9. O zara, si: 'N'ihi nnukwu ihe kpatara nchekasi ka m biakwutere gi, o bụkwa n'ihi ohụ na-enye nsogbu ka m biakwutere.' <br> 10. Ma ugbua, nna m, gee m ntị: nwa m nwoke amụọla Lamek, onye ọ dịghị onye dị ka ya, ọdịdị ya adịghịkwa ka ọdịdị mmadụ, agba ahụ ya dịkwa ọcha karịa snoo, na- achakwa obara obara karịa okooko osisi rose, ntụtụ isi ya dịkwa ọcha karịa ajị ọcha, anya ya dịkwa ka ụzarị anyanwụ, o meghekwara anya ya wee mee ka ụlọ ahụ dum nwụọ ọkụ. 11. O wee bilie n'aka onye na-ele ime, meghee onye ya wee gozie Onyenwe eluigwe. <br> 12. Nna ya bụ Lemek tụrụ egwu wee gbaga n'ebe m nọ, o kweghịkwa na o si n'ebe ọ nọ pụta, kama na ọ dị ka ndi mmụọ ozi nke eluigwe; lee, abịara m biakwute gị ka I wee mee ka m mara eziokwu ahụ<br>. 32 13. Mụ onwe m, Inok, zara wee sị ya: ‘Onyenwe anyị ga- eme ihe ohụrụ n'ụwa, ahụwokwa m nke a n’ọhụụ, meekwa ka į mara na n’ogbo nna m Jared, ụfodụ n’ime ndị mmụọ ozi nke eluigwe mehiere okwu Onyenwe anyị. 14. Lee, ha na-eme mmehie ma na-emebi iwu, ha na uụmụ nwanyị ejikọtawo onwe ha ma soro ha mee mmehie, ha alụọla ụfodụ n'ime ha, ha amụokwala ụmụ site na ha. 15. Ha ga-amụpụtakwa ndị dike n'ụwa, ọ bụghị dịka mmụọ si dị, kama dịka anụ ahụ si dị, a ga-enwekwa nnukwu ntaramahụhụ n'ụwa, a ga-asachapụkwa ụwa site na ihe ọjọọ niile. <br> 16. Ee, nnukwu mbibi ga-abịa n'ụwa niile, a ga-enwekwa iju mmiri na nnukwu mbibi ruo otu afọ. <br> 17. Nwa nwoke a nke a mụrụ nye gị ga-anogide n'ụwa, a ga-azọpụtakwa ụmụ ya atọ ya na ya: mgbe mmadụ niile nọ n'ụwa ga-anwụ, a ga-azopụta ya na ụmụ ya. <br> 18. Ma ugbu a, mee ka nwa g nwoke bụ Lemek mara na onye a mụrụ bụ nwa ya nwoke n'ezie, kpọọkwa aha ya Noa; n'ihi na a ga-ahapụ ya nye unu, a ga-azọpụtakwa ya na ụmụ ya site na mbibi ahụ, nke ga-abịa n'ụwa n'ihi mmehie niile na ajọ omume niile, nke a ga-ebibi n'ụwa n'oge ya. <br> 19. Ma mgbe nke ahu gasịrị, ajọ omume ga-adị karịa nke e bibiri na mbụ n'ụwa; n'ihi na amaara m ihe omimi nke ndị nsọ; n'ihi na Ya onwe ya, Onyenwe anyị, egosiwo m ma gwa m, agụwokwa m ha na mbadamba nkume eluigwe. ISI nke 107 1. Ahụrụ m ka e dere n'elu ha na ọgbọ ga-emebi iwu, ruo mgbe ogbo ezi omume ga-ebilite, e bibiekwa mmebi iwu, mmehie ga-apụkwa n'ụwa, udi ezi ihe niile wee biakwasi ya. <br> 2. Ma ugbua, nwa m, gaa mee ka nwa gi nwoke by Lemek mara na nwa nwoke a a muru by nwa ya n'ezie, nakwa na nke a abụghụ ụgha. 3. Mgbe Metusela nụrụ okwu nna ya bụ Inọk—n'ihi na o gosiri ya ihe niile dị na nzụzọ—ọ laghachiri wee gosi ya ha wee kpọọ aha nwa ya nwoke by Noa; n'ihi na o ga-akasi ụwa obi mgbe mbibi ahụ gasịrị. <br> ISI nke 108 1. Akwkụwọ ọzọ nke Enoch dere maka nwa ya nwoke bụ Metusela na maka ndi ga-esochi ya, ma debe iwu n'oge ikpeazụ. 2. Unu ndi mere ezi ihe ga-echere ụbochi ndị ahụ ruo mgbe ndị na-eme ihe ọjọọ ga-agwụ, ike nke ndi na-emebi iwu ga- agwụkwa. 3. Cherenụ ruo mgbe mmehie ga-apụ, n'ihi na a ga- ehichapu aha ha n'akwụkwo nke ndụ na n'akwụkwọ nso, a ga-ebibikwa mkpụrụ ha ruo mgbe ebighi ebi, a ga-egbukwa mmụo ha, ha ga-akwa akwa ma kwaa akwa n'ebe di n'ozara nke juputara n'ogba aghara, n'ime ọkụ ka ha ga-ere oku; n'ihi na ọ dịghị ụwa dị n'ebe ahụ. 4. M wee hụ ihe dị ka igwé ojii a na-anaghị ahụ anya n'ebe ahụ; n'ihi na n'ihi omimi ya, enweghi m ike ilepụ anya n'elu ya, ahụrụ m ire ok nke na-enwu nke oma, ihe di ka ugwu na-egbuke egbuke na-agbaghari ma na-efeghari. <br> 5. M wee jụo otu n'ime ndị mmụo ozi dị nso nonyeere m wee si ya: 'Gini bụ ihe a na-enwu enwu?' n'ihi na ọ bụghị<noinclude></noinclude> eu6fx6kkk0pstftiw1qaiqtqr8mwsp7 Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/16 104 448697 1332505 1331418 2026-04-01T21:10:33Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332505 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>Akwukwo Inọk Mmuo ewesowo ha iwe n'ihi na ha na-eme di ka a ga-asi na <br> ha bu Onyenwe anyi. Ya mere, ihe niile e zoro ezo ga- <br> abiakwasi ha ruo mgbe ebighi ebi; n'ihi na mmuo ozi ma o<br> bu mmadu agaghi enwe oke ya n'ime ya, kama naani ha <br> natara ikpe ha ruo mgbe ebighi ebi.' <br> ISI nke 69 <br> 1. Mgbe ikpe a gasiri, ha ga-atu egwu ma mee ka ha maa <br> 2. Lee aha ndi mmuo ozi ahu, ndi a bu aha ha: nke mbu <br> n'ime ha bu Samjaza, nke abuo Artagifa, na nke ato Armén,<br> nke ano Kokabél, nke ise Tûrâêl, nke isii Rûmjâl, nke <br>asaa <br> Dânjâl, nke asatọ Nêqâêl, nke itoolu Barâqêl, nke iri <br> Azâzêl, nke iri na otu Armârôs, nke iri na abuo Batarjâl,<br> nke iri na ato Busaséjal, nke iri na ano Hanânêl, nke iri <br>na ise Tûrêl, na nke iri na isi Sîmâpêsîêl, nke iri na asaa <br>Jetrêl, nke iri na asatọ Tûmâêl, nke iri na itoolu Tûrêl, nke iri<br> abuo Rumâêl, nke iri abuo na otu Azâzêl. <br> 3. Ndi a bu ndi isi nke ndi mmuo ozi ha na aha ha, na ndi<br> isi ha kariri nari otu nari na iri ise na iri ise. <br> 4. Aha nke mbu Jeqôn: ya bu, onye duhiere umu Chineke <br> niile, wee mee ka ha daa n'uwa, ma duhie ha site n'umu <br> nwanyi mmadu. <br> 5. Aha nke abuo bu Asbeél: o nyere umu Chineke di nso <br> ndumodu ojoo, ma duhie ha ka ha wee jiri umu mmadu <br> meruo ahu ha. <br> 6. Aha nke ato a kpọrọ Gadreél: o by ya gosiri umu mmadu<br> ihe nile metutara onwu, o duhiekwara Iv, gosikwa umu <br> mmadu ihe agha nke onwu, ota na uwe agha, na mma agha <br> maka agha, na ngwa ogu niile nke onwu nye umu mmadu. <br> 7. Ha site n'aka Ya emegide ndi bi n'uwa site n'ubochi ahu <br> ruo mgbe ebighi ebi. <br> 8. Aha nke ano a kporo Pênêmùûe: o kuziiri umu mmadu ihe <br> ilu na ihe uto, o kyzikwaara ha ihe nzuzo niile nke <br> amamihe ha. 9. O ji ink na akwukwo zie umu mmadu ihe, otutu mmadu<br> mehiere site na mgbe ebighi ebi ruo mgbe ebighi ebi ruo <br> taa. 10. N'ihi na e keghi umu mmadu maka ebumnuche di otu a, <br> iji jiri mkpisi akwykwo na ink kwado ezi okwukwe ha.<br> 11. N'ihi na e kere mmady kpomkwem di ka ndi mmuo ozi, <br> ka ha wee nogide na-adi ocha ma buru ndi ezi omume, <br> onwu, nke na-ebibi ihe nile, agaghi enwe ike ijide ha, <br> mana site na nke a ha maara na-ala n'iyi, sitekwa n'ike a<br> o na-eripia m. 12. Aha nke ise bu KAsdeja: nke a bu onye gosiri umu <br> mmadu ihe ọjọọ niile nke mmųọ na mmuo ọjọọ, na ihe e Ji <br> egbu nwa n'afo n'ime afo, ka o wee laa, na ihe e ji egbu<br> mkpuru obi nke agwo ahu, na ihe e ji egbu nwa agwo ahu <br> n'oge okpomoku ehihie, nwa agwo ahu aha ya by Tabi'et. <br> 13. Nke a bukwa oru KAsbeél, bu isi iyi ahu o gosiri ndi<br> nso mgbe o bi n'elu n'ebube, aha ya bukwa Biga. <br> 14. Mmuo ozi a riọrọ Majkel ka o gosi ya aha zoro ezo, ka<br> n'ihu aha ahu na iyi ahu bu ndi kpughere ihe niile di na nzuzo nye umu mmadu. <br> 15. Nke a bukwa ike nke iyi a, n'ihi na 9 di ike ma sie ike, <br> o wee tinye iyi a Akae n'aka Majkel. <br> 16 <br> 16. Ihe nzuzo nke iyi a... Ha dikwa ike site n'iyi ya: E <br> tinyekwara eluigwe n'elu tupu e kee uwa, ruo mgbe ebighi <br> ebi. 17. Site na ya ka e guzobere uwa n'elu mmiri, Mmiri mara <br> mma sikwa n'ime ugwu puta, Site n'okike nke uwa ruo <br> mgbe ebighi ebi. <br> 18. Site n'iyi ahu ka e ji kee oké osimiri, O wee too ya aja <br> n'oge iwe ya, O gaghikwa anwa anwa igafe ya site n'okike<br> uwa ruo mgbe ebighi ebi. <br> 19. Site n'iyi ahu ka a na-eme ka omimi di omimi sie ike,<br> Ha na-anogidekwa ma ghara ikpalite site n'onodu ha site <br>na mgbe ebighi ebi ruo mgbe ebighi ebi. <br> 20. Site n'iyi ahu, anyanwu na onwa ga-emecha uzo ha, Ha<br> agaghikwa ahapu iwu ha site na mgbe ebighi ebi ruo mgbe <br> ebighi ebi. <br> 21. Kpakpando ga-eji nyo iyi ahu mezuo uzo ha, © ga- <br> akpokwa ha aha ha, Ha ga-azakwa Ya site na mgbe ebighi <br> ebi ruo mgbe ebighi ebi. <br> 22. N'otu aka ahukwa, mmuo nke mmiri, na nke ifufe, na nke zephyrs niile, na uzo ha si n'akuku niile nke ifufe puta. 23. E nwekwara olu nke égbë eluigwe na ihé nke amuma: e <br> nwekwara ebe nchekwa nke igwé ojii na ulo nke frost, na <br> ulo nke igwé ojii, na ulo nke mmiri ozuzo na igirigi<br>. 24. Ndi a nile kwere ma na-ekele n'ihu Onyenwe Mmuo, <br> ma na-enye Ya otuto site n'ike ha niile, nri ha dikwa <br> n'omume ekele o bula: ha na-ekele ma na-eto ma na-eto <br> aha Onyenwe Mmupo ruo mgbe ebighi ebi. <br> 25. Onu a dikwa ike n'ahu ha, site na ya ka a na-echekwa <br> ha, a na-echekwa yzo ha, a gaghikwa emebi yzo ha. <br> 26. Onu di ukwuu dikwa n'etiti ha, ha wee gozie ma nye otuto ma too ha n'ihi na ekpughere aha Nwa nke Mmadu ahu nye ha. 27. O noduru n'ocheeze nke ebube ya, e wee nye Okpara nke Mmadu ikpe, O wee mee ka ndi mmehie laa n'iyi, e wee bibie ha n'elu uwa, Nakwa ndi duhiere uwa. 28. A ga-eji agbu kee ha, a ga-atukwa ha mkporo n'ebe ha ga-eb1, ory ha niile ga-apykwa n'anya uwa. 29. Site ugbu a gaa n'ihu, o dighi ihe ga-emebi emebi; N'ihi na Nwa nke Mmadu aputawo ihe, O nokwa n'ocheeze nke ebube Ya, Ihe ọjọọ nile ga-agabigakwa n'ihu Ya, Okwu nke Nwa nke Mmadu ahu ga-apukwa ma sie ike n'ihu Onyenwe nke Mmyo. ISI nke 70 1. O wee ruo mgbe nke a gasiri na aha ya di elu n'oge ndu ya nye Nwa nke Mmadu ahu na Onyenwe anyi nke Mmuo site n'etiti ndi bi n'uwa. 2. E wee bulie ya elu n'elu ugbo inyinya nke mmuo nso, aha ya wee puo n'etiti ha. 3. Site n'ubochi ahu, a gughi m n'etiti ha ọzọ: o wee tinye m n'etiti ifufe abyo ahu, n'etiti Ugwu na Odida Anyanwu, ebe ndi mmyo ozi ji udo tuo ebe maka ndi a hoputara na ndi ezi omume. 4. N'ebe ahu ka m huru ndi nna mbu na ndi ezi omume bi n'ebe ahu site na mmalite. ISI nke 71 1. O wee ruo mgbe nke a gasiri na mmyo m tughariri, © rigoro n'eluigwe: Ahyry m umu Chineke di nso. Ha na-azo<noinclude></noinclude> ta8iurbbj86usf8dft0rry15p535edg Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/23 104 448708 1332518 1332152 2026-04-01T22:22:54Z Johnnybam 886858 1332518 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{c|Akwukwo Inok }} 2. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, ahuru m chi ndị buru ibu na ndi ojii, lee ha niile gbanwere ulo ha na ebe ha na-ata nri na anu ulo ha, wee malite ibi n'etiti onwe ha.<br> 3. Ahụrụ m ozo n'ohụ ahụ, legidekwa anya n'eluigwe, ma lee, ahuru m ottu kpakpando ka ha na-agbadata ma na- atuda onwe ha site n'eluigwe gaa na kpakpando mbụ ahu, ha wee gho chi n'etiti chi ndị ahy ma soro ha na-azu any ulọ.<br> 4. M lere ha anya wee hu, ha niile na-eweputa akuku ahu ha dị ka inyinya, wee malite ikpuchi chi nke chi ahu, ha niile wee turu ime ma gba oto, kamel, na inyinya ibu.<br> 5. Ehi nile wee tup ha egwu, ha wee malite ita ezé ha, iri ha, na ita mpi ha.<br> 6. Ha malitekwara iri ehi ndj ah; lee, umu uwa niile malitere ima jijiji ma maa juiji n'ihu ha ma gbapu n'ihu ha. '''ISI nke 87''' 1. Ahụrụ m ọzọ ka ha si malite ima ibe ha aka ma rie ibe ha, uwa wee malite iti mkpu ákwá.<br> 2. M wee welie anya m ozo lee eluigwe, ahurụ m n'ohuu ahụ, ma lee ihe dị ndụ dị ka ndị ocha si n'eluigwe puta, mmadụ ano wee si ebe ahụ pụo, ato sokwa ha.<br> 3. Mmadụ atọ ahụ ndị ikpeazụ putara jidere m aka m wee bulie m elu, site n'ogbo nke uwa, buliekwa m elu n'ebe di elu, gosikwa m ulo elu e wuru n'elu uwa, ugwu niile dikwa ala.<br> 4. Otu onye wee sị m: 'Norọ ebe a ruo mgbe i ga-ahu ihe niile na-eme enyi ndi ahụ, kamel, na inyinya ibu, kpakpando na ehi, na ha niile.' '''ISI nke 88''' 1. M wee hụ otu n'ime mmadụ ano ahu mbụ putara, o wee jide kpakpando mby ahu nke si n'eluigwe daa, kee ya aka na ukwụ wee tuba ya n'ime abis: ugbu a abis ahu dị warara ma dị omimi, dikwa egwu ma gbaa ochichiri.<br> 2. Otu n'ime ha wee doputa mma agha, nye enyi na kamel na inyinya ibu ndị ahu: ha wee malite iti ibe ha ihe, uwa dum wee maa jüjiji n'ihi ha.<br> 3. Ka m na-ahu n'ohụu ahu, lee, otu n'ime mmadu ano ahu putara tụọ ha nkume site n'eluigwe, wee chikota kpakpando ukwu niile nke akuky ahu ha di ka nke inyinya, kee ha niile aka na ukwụ, tuba ha n'ime abis nke uwa. '''ISI nke 89''' 1. Otu n'ime mmadu ano ahu wee gaa n'ebe chi ocha ahu nọ wee kuziere ya ihe nzuzo, n'atughị egwu: a mụrụ ya dị ka chi, o ghokwara nwoke, o wee wuo nnukwu ite maka onwe ya wee biri n'elu ya; chi ato wee biri n'ime ite ahu, ha wee kpuchiri onwe ha.<br> 2. M wee welie anya m elu ozo wee hụ elu ulo dị elu, nke nwere mmiri asaa n'elu ya, mmiri ndi ahu na-asoba n'ime ogige.<br> 3. M wee hụ ozọ, lee ka e meghere isi iyi n'elu nnukwu ogige ahu, mmiri ahu wee malite igbasa ma na-ebili n'elu ya, ahuru m ogige ahụ ruo mgbe mmiri kpuchiri elu ya niile.<br> 4. Mmiri ahu, ochichiri ahu, na igirigi ahy mubara n'elu ya; ka m na-ele anya n'idi elu nke mmiri ahu, mmiri ahu ebiliwo karja elu nke ogige ahu, o na-asofe n'elu ogige ahu, o wee guzoro n'elu uwa.<br> 5. A chikotara an ulọ niile dị n'ogige ahu ruo mgbe m hụrụ ka ha si mikpuo, e loda ha ma nwụo n'ime mmiri ahu.<br> 6. Ma ugbo mmiri ahu na-ese n'elu mmiri, ebe chi niile, enyi, kamel na inyinya ibu niile mikpuru n'ala ya na anumanu niile, nke mere na ahughi m ha ozo, ha enweghikwa ike igbapu, kama ha lara n'iyi ma mikpuo n'ime omimi.<br> 7. Ahurụ m zo n'ọhụu ah ruo mgbe e wepuru iyi mmiri ndị ahu n'elu ulo ahu dị elu, e wee mee ka oghere nke uwa dị larii ma meghee abyss ndi ozo.<br> 8. Mmiri wee malite igbada n'ime ha, ruo mgbe uwa putara ihè; mana aria ahu dara n'elu uwa, ochichiri ahu wee laa,hè wee puta ihè.<br> 9. Ma chi cha ahu nke ghoro mmadụ si n'ime ite ahu puta, ya na chi at ahu so ya, otu n'ime ha ato ah dikwa ocha dị ka ehi ahy, otu n'ime ha dikwa obara obara, otu dikwa oji: chi cha ahu wee si n'ebe ha nọ pụo. 10-27. Site n'Onwụ Noa ruo n'Opupu. 10. Ha wee malite imu anu ohịa na nnụnu, nke mere na udı dị iche iche putara: odum, agu, anu ohia wolf, nkita, hyenas, ezi ohia, nkita ohia, squirrels, ezì, aguba, udele, udele, ugo, na ugolooma; n'etiti ha ka a murụ chi ocha.<br> 11. Ha wee malite ita ibe ha; mana ehi ocha ahu nke a mụru n'etiti ha muru inyinya ibu ohia na ehi ocha na ya, inyinya ibu ohja wee mubaa.<br> 12. Ma chi ahu nke a muru site n'aka ya muru ezi ohia ojii na atur ocha; nke mbụ mụrụ otutụ ezi, mana aturu ahu mụrụ aturụ iri na abuo.<br> 13. Mgbe aturu iri na abuo ahu tolitere, hanyere inyinya ibu otu n'ime ha, inyinya ibu ndị ahu wee nye aturu ahu ọzọ nye nkịta ohịa, aturụ ahụ wee tolite n'etiti nkita ohia.<br> 14. Onyenweanyi kpotara aturu iri na otu ahụ ka ha biri na ya ma soro ya rie nri n'etiti anu ohja wolf: ha wee mubaa ma ghọo otụtụ igwè aturụ.<br> 15. Ndị nkịta ohịa malitere itu ha egwu, ha wee megbuo ha ruo mgbe ha bibiri umu ha, ha tubakwara umu ha n'ime osimiri nke juputara na mmiri: mana aturu ndị ahu malitere iti mkpu n'olu dara uda n'ihi umu ha, na-eme mkpesa nye Onyenwe ha.<br> 16. Otu aturu nke a zoputara n'aka anu ohja wolf wee gbapu gaa n'ebe inyinya ibu ohia dị; ahuru m aturu ka ha na-akwa ákwá ma na-eti mkpu, ma na-arjo Onyenwe ha n'ike ha niile, ruo mgbe Onyenwe aturu ahu si n'ebe obibi dị elu biarute n'olu aturu ahu, wee biakwute ha ma zuọ ha.<br> 17. Q kpokwara aturu ahu gbapuru n'anu ohia wolf, wee gwa ya okwu gbasara anu ohia wolf ka o dọo ha aka ná ntị ka ha ghara imetu aturu ahy aka.<br> 18. Aturụ ahụ wee gaa n'ebe anu ohịa wolf nọ dika okwu Onyenwe anyi si dị, aturu ozọ wee zute ya wee soro ya, ha abụo wee banye n'igwè anu ohia wolf ndị ahụ, gwakwa ha okwu ma dụo ha odụ ka ha ghara imetu aturụ ahu aka site ugbu a gaa n'ihu.<br> 19. Mgbe ahu, ahuru m nkita ohia, na otú ha si megbuo aturu ahu nke ukwuu site n'ike ha niile; aturu wee tie mkpu n'olu dara uda. {{C|23}}<noinclude></noinclude> mu5yp4gl6h9f1t8s0fc1hndvjsztx03 1332519 1332518 2026-04-01T22:23:07Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332519 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>{{c|Akwukwo Inok }} 2. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, ahuru m chi ndị buru ibu na ndi ojii, lee ha niile gbanwere ulo ha na ebe ha na-ata nri na anu ulo ha, wee malite ibi n'etiti onwe ha.<br> 3. Ahụrụ m ozo n'ohụ ahụ, legidekwa anya n'eluigwe, ma lee, ahuru m ottu kpakpando ka ha na-agbadata ma na- atuda onwe ha site n'eluigwe gaa na kpakpando mbụ ahu, ha wee gho chi n'etiti chi ndị ahy ma soro ha na-azu any ulọ.<br> 4. M lere ha anya wee hu, ha niile na-eweputa akuku ahu ha dị ka inyinya, wee malite ikpuchi chi nke chi ahu, ha niile wee turu ime ma gba oto, kamel, na inyinya ibu.<br> 5. Ehi nile wee tup ha egwu, ha wee malite ita ezé ha, iri ha, na ita mpi ha.<br> 6. Ha malitekwara iri ehi ndj ah; lee, umu uwa niile malitere ima jijiji ma maa juiji n'ihu ha ma gbapu n'ihu ha. '''ISI nke 87''' 1. Ahụrụ m ọzọ ka ha si malite ima ibe ha aka ma rie ibe ha, uwa wee malite iti mkpu ákwá.<br> 2. M wee welie anya m ozo lee eluigwe, ahurụ m n'ohuu ahụ, ma lee ihe dị ndụ dị ka ndị ocha si n'eluigwe puta, mmadụ ano wee si ebe ahụ pụo, ato sokwa ha.<br> 3. Mmadụ atọ ahụ ndị ikpeazụ putara jidere m aka m wee bulie m elu, site n'ogbo nke uwa, buliekwa m elu n'ebe di elu, gosikwa m ulo elu e wuru n'elu uwa, ugwu niile dikwa ala.<br> 4. Otu onye wee sị m: 'Norọ ebe a ruo mgbe i ga-ahu ihe niile na-eme enyi ndi ahụ, kamel, na inyinya ibu, kpakpando na ehi, na ha niile.' '''ISI nke 88''' 1. M wee hụ otu n'ime mmadụ ano ahu mbụ putara, o wee jide kpakpando mby ahu nke si n'eluigwe daa, kee ya aka na ukwụ wee tuba ya n'ime abis: ugbu a abis ahu dị warara ma dị omimi, dikwa egwu ma gbaa ochichiri.<br> 2. Otu n'ime ha wee doputa mma agha, nye enyi na kamel na inyinya ibu ndị ahu: ha wee malite iti ibe ha ihe, uwa dum wee maa jüjiji n'ihi ha.<br> 3. Ka m na-ahu n'ohụu ahu, lee, otu n'ime mmadu ano ahu putara tụọ ha nkume site n'eluigwe, wee chikota kpakpando ukwu niile nke akuky ahu ha di ka nke inyinya, kee ha niile aka na ukwụ, tuba ha n'ime abis nke uwa. '''ISI nke 89''' 1. Otu n'ime mmadu ano ahu wee gaa n'ebe chi ocha ahu nọ wee kuziere ya ihe nzuzo, n'atughị egwu: a mụrụ ya dị ka chi, o ghokwara nwoke, o wee wuo nnukwu ite maka onwe ya wee biri n'elu ya; chi ato wee biri n'ime ite ahu, ha wee kpuchiri onwe ha.<br> 2. M wee welie anya m elu ozo wee hụ elu ulo dị elu, nke nwere mmiri asaa n'elu ya, mmiri ndi ahu na-asoba n'ime ogige.<br> 3. M wee hụ ozọ, lee ka e meghere isi iyi n'elu nnukwu ogige ahu, mmiri ahu wee malite igbasa ma na-ebili n'elu ya, ahuru m ogige ahụ ruo mgbe mmiri kpuchiri elu ya niile.<br> 4. Mmiri ahu, ochichiri ahu, na igirigi ahy mubara n'elu ya; ka m na-ele anya n'idi elu nke mmiri ahu, mmiri ahu ebiliwo karja elu nke ogige ahu, o na-asofe n'elu ogige ahu, o wee guzoro n'elu uwa.<br> 5. A chikotara an ulọ niile dị n'ogige ahu ruo mgbe m hụrụ ka ha si mikpuo, e loda ha ma nwụo n'ime mmiri ahu.<br> 6. Ma ugbo mmiri ahu na-ese n'elu mmiri, ebe chi niile, enyi, kamel na inyinya ibu niile mikpuru n'ala ya na anumanu niile, nke mere na ahughi m ha ozo, ha enweghikwa ike igbapu, kama ha lara n'iyi ma mikpuo n'ime omimi.<br> 7. Ahurụ m zo n'ọhụu ah ruo mgbe e wepuru iyi mmiri ndị ahu n'elu ulo ahu dị elu, e wee mee ka oghere nke uwa dị larii ma meghee abyss ndi ozo.<br> 8. Mmiri wee malite igbada n'ime ha, ruo mgbe uwa putara ihè; mana aria ahu dara n'elu uwa, ochichiri ahu wee laa,hè wee puta ihè.<br> 9. Ma chi cha ahu nke ghoro mmadụ si n'ime ite ahu puta, ya na chi at ahu so ya, otu n'ime ha ato ah dikwa ocha dị ka ehi ahy, otu n'ime ha dikwa obara obara, otu dikwa oji: chi cha ahu wee si n'ebe ha nọ pụo. 10-27. Site n'Onwụ Noa ruo n'Opupu. 10. Ha wee malite imu anu ohịa na nnụnu, nke mere na udı dị iche iche putara: odum, agu, anu ohia wolf, nkita, hyenas, ezi ohia, nkita ohia, squirrels, ezì, aguba, udele, udele, ugo, na ugolooma; n'etiti ha ka a murụ chi ocha.<br> 11. Ha wee malite ita ibe ha; mana ehi ocha ahu nke a mụru n'etiti ha muru inyinya ibu ohia na ehi ocha na ya, inyinya ibu ohja wee mubaa.<br> 12. Ma chi ahu nke a muru site n'aka ya muru ezi ohia ojii na atur ocha; nke mbụ mụrụ otutụ ezi, mana aturu ahu mụrụ aturụ iri na abuo.<br> 13. Mgbe aturu iri na abuo ahu tolitere, hanyere inyinya ibu otu n'ime ha, inyinya ibu ndị ahu wee nye aturu ahu ọzọ nye nkịta ohịa, aturụ ahụ wee tolite n'etiti nkita ohia.<br> 14. Onyenweanyi kpotara aturu iri na otu ahụ ka ha biri na ya ma soro ya rie nri n'etiti anu ohja wolf: ha wee mubaa ma ghọo otụtụ igwè aturụ.<br> 15. Ndị nkịta ohịa malitere itu ha egwu, ha wee megbuo ha ruo mgbe ha bibiri umu ha, ha tubakwara umu ha n'ime osimiri nke juputara na mmiri: mana aturu ndị ahu malitere iti mkpu n'olu dara uda n'ihi umu ha, na-eme mkpesa nye Onyenwe ha.<br> 16. Otu aturu nke a zoputara n'aka anu ohja wolf wee gbapu gaa n'ebe inyinya ibu ohia dị; ahuru m aturu ka ha na-akwa ákwá ma na-eti mkpu, ma na-arjo Onyenwe ha n'ike ha niile, ruo mgbe Onyenwe aturu ahu si n'ebe obibi dị elu biarute n'olu aturu ahu, wee biakwute ha ma zuọ ha.<br> 17. Q kpokwara aturu ahu gbapuru n'anu ohia wolf, wee gwa ya okwu gbasara anu ohia wolf ka o dọo ha aka ná ntị ka ha ghara imetu aturu ahy aka.<br> 18. Aturụ ahụ wee gaa n'ebe anu ohịa wolf nọ dika okwu Onyenwe anyi si dị, aturu ozọ wee zute ya wee soro ya, ha abụo wee banye n'igwè anu ohia wolf ndị ahụ, gwakwa ha okwu ma dụo ha odụ ka ha ghara imetu aturụ ahu aka site ugbu a gaa n'ihu.<br> 19. Mgbe ahu, ahuru m nkita ohia, na otú ha si megbuo aturu ahu nke ukwuu site n'ike ha niile; aturu wee tie mkpu n'olu dara uda. {{C|23}}<noinclude></noinclude> i6ofp5xjtwiasozm4quhntzzglxa3kl Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/22 104 448715 1332516 1332271 2026-04-01T22:14:46Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332516 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>{{c|Akwukwo Inok }} nke a na-akpo Hilûjâseph: ubọchi ọchịchị nke onye ndu a agwula. 18. Onye na-esochi ya bụ Hêl'emmêlêk, onye a kporo anyanwụ na-enwu enwu, ụbọchị niile nke ihè ya bukwa ubọchi iri itoolu na otu.<br> 19. The ndị a bụ ihe iriba ama nke ubochi ya n'uwa: okpomoku na-enwu enwu na nkụ, osisi ndị ahu na-achakwa mkpuru ha ma na-ami mkpuru ha niile chara acha ma dị njikere, aturu abuo na-aturu ime, a na-achikotakwa mkpuru niile nke uwa, na ihe niile dị n'ubi, na ebe a na-azocha mmanya vajn: ihe ndị a na-eme n'ụbọchi ọchịchi ya.<br> 20. Ndị a bụ aha, na iwu, na ndị isi nke ndị isi nke puku kwuru puku: Gidâijal, Kểêl, na Hêêl, na aha nke isi nke puku kwuru puku nke a gbakwunyere na ha, Asfä'êl: ụbọchị ọchịchị ya agwula. '''ISI nke 83''' 1. Ma ugbua, nwa m nwoke Metusela, m ga-egosi gị phụụ m niile m huru, na-akọ ha n'ihu gị.<br> 2. Qh bụ m hụụ tupu mụ alụọ nwunye, nke ahụ dịkwa nhọp iche na nke ọzọ: nke mbụ mgbe m na-amuta ide ihe: mc n tu mừ u nn gi, mge m hụụ phụụ dị egwu. Ekpere m ekpere maka ha nye Onyenwe anyi.<br> 3. Edina m n'ulo nna nna m Mahalalel, mgbe m hụrụ n'ohụụ ka eluigwe si daa ma bufee ya wee daa n'ala.<br> 4. Mgbe ọ dara n'ala, ahuru m ka e si loda uwa n'ime nnukwu abis, ugwu ndi kwugidere n'elu ugwu, ugwu ndị dara n'elu ugwu, osisi ndị dị elu gbawara n'osisi ha, tuda ha ma mikpuo n'ime abis.<br> 5. Okwu wee bata n'onu m, m wee welie olu m tie mkpu ike, sị: 'Ala emebiela.'<br> 6. Nna nna m Mahalalel kpotere m ka m dina n'akuku ya, wee sị m: 'Gini mere i ji na-ebe ákwá otú a, nwa m, ginikwa mere i ji na-ebe ákwá a?'<br> 7. M wee koọrọ ya phụụ ahụ niile m hụrụ, o wee sị m: 'The dị egwu ka i hụrụ, nwa m, ohụu gị dikwa njọ nke ukwuu gbasara ihe nzuzo nke mmehie niile nke uwa: o ga-emikpu n'ime abis ma bibie ya na nnukwu mbibi."<br> 8. Ma ugbua, nwa m nwoke, bilie ma riọ Onyenwe anyi nke otuto aririo, ebe i bụ onye kwere ekwe, ka ihe foduru wee digide n'uwa, ka o gharakwa ibibi uwa dum.<br> 9. Nwa m nwoke, ihe a niile ga-esi n'eluigwe bịa n'uwa, nnukwu mbibi ga-adikwa n'uwa.<br> 10. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, ebiliri m, kpee ekpere, rio aririo, ma dee ekpere m maka ogbo nke uwa, m ga-egosikwa gi ihe niile, nwa m nwoke bu Metusela.<br> 11. Mgbe m putara n'ala wee hu eluigwe, anyanwụ na-awa n'owụwa anyanwụ, onwa na-ada n'odida anyanwụ, na kpakpando ole na ole, na uwa dum, na ihe niile dika o maara na mbu, mgbe ahu, agozire m Onyenwe anyi nke ikpe ma too Ya n'ihi na O mere ka anyanwụ puta site na windo nke owuwa anyanwụ, o rigoro wee bilie n'elu eluigwe, wee puo ma na-aga n'uzo e gosiri ya. '''ISI nke 84''' 1. M wee welie aka m elu n'ezi omume ma gọzie Onye Nso na Onye Ụkwụ, ma jiri ume nke ọnụ m na ire aṅụ ahụ kwuo okwu, nke Chineke kere maka um nke anu ahu mmadụ, ka ha wee jiri ya kwuo okwu, O nyekwara ha ume na ire na onu ka ha wee jiri ya kwuo okwu.<br> 2. 'Onye a goziri agozi, Onyenwe anyi, Eze, Onye di ukwuu ma dị ike n'idı ukwuu Gị, Onyenwe ihe niile e kere eke nke eluigwe, Eze nke ndị eze na Chineke nke uwa dum. Ike Gị na alaeze Gị na idi ukwuu Gị na-adigide ruo mgbe ebighi ebi, Na ruo ogbọ nile ochichi Gi; Eluigwe nile bukwa ocheeze Gị ruo mgbe ebighi ebi, uwa dum bukwa ihe mgbakwasi ukwụ Gị ruo mgbe ebighi ebi.'<br> 3. N'ihi na Gị onwe gi kere ihe niile, Gi onwe gi na-achikwa ihe niile, Q dighikwa ihe siri ike karja Gi, Amamihe adighi apu n'ebe ocheeze Gị dị, Q dighikwa apu n'ihu Gị. ! maara ma na-ahụ ma na-anu ihe niile, Q dighikwa ihe zoro ezo n'ebe | nọ n'ihi na ] na-ahu ihe niile.<br> 4. Ma ugbua, ndị mmuo ozi nke eluigwe gi bụ ndị ikpe mara, iwe gị na-adigidekwa n'anu ahu mmadu ruo nnukwu ubochi ikpe.<br> 5. Ugbua, Chineke na Onyenwe anyi na Eze Ukwu, ana m arjo gị ma na-ario gị ka i mezuo ekpere m, ka m hapu umu m n'uwa, ka m ghara ibibi anu ahu mmadụ niile, ka uwa gharakwa ibu ebe obibi, ka e wee bibie ya ruo mgbe ebighi ebi.<br> 6. Ma ugbua, Onyenwe m, bibie anu ahu nke kpalitere iwe Gị n'uwa, Ma anu ahụ nke ezi omume na izi ezi na-eguzo dị ka osisi nke mkpuru ebighi ebi, Ezobekwala ihu Gi n'ekpere ohu Gị, Onyenwe anyị. '''ISI nke 85''' 1. Mgbe nke a gasiri, ahurụ m nrọ ozọ, m ga-egosikwa gi nrọ ahụ dum, nwa m. 2. Enok wee welie olu ya wee gwa nwa ya nwoke bu Metusela, sị: "Gị, nwa m, ka m ga-agwa okwu: nuru okwu m- togharja ntị gi gaa n'ọhụụ nrọ nke nna gị. 3. Tupu mụ akporo nne gi Edna, ahuru m n'ohuu n'elu ihe ndina m, lee otu ehi si n'ala puta, ehi ahy dikwa ocha; mgbe o mechara puta, otu chi nwere chi, tinyere nke ikpeazu a, abuọ putara, otu n'ime ha bu oji, nke ozọ bụ uhie. 4. Ehi ojii ahu wee chupu nke uhie uhie ahu ma chusoo ya n'elu ala, mgbe nke ahu gasirj, ahughị m ehi uhie ahu ozọ. 5. Ma ehi ojii ahu toro, ehi ahu sokwa ya, ahurụ m na otutu chi si n'ebe ọ nọ puta, ndi yiri ya ma na-eso ya. 6. Ehi ahu, nke mbụ ahụ, si n'ihu ehi mbụ ahụ pụọ ichọ nke uhie ahụ, mana o hughị ya, o wee kwaa ákwá nke ukwuu maka ya wee chọo ya. 7. M wee legide anya ruo mgbe chi mbụ ahụ biakwutere ya wee mee ka o daa juu, site n'oge ahu gaa n'ihu, ọ kwusikwara ikwa ákwá ozọ. 8. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, ọ mụrụ chi ọcha ọzọ, mgbe ọ gasiri, ọ mụrụ ọtụtụ chi na chi ojii. 9. Ahurụ m n'ura m na ehi ocha ahụ na-etokwa ma ghọọ nnukwu chi ocha, otutụ chi ocha sikwa n'aka Ya puta, ha yikwara ya. Ha wee malite imu otutụ ehi ocha, ndị yiri ha, otu na-eso ibe ya, obụna otutụ. '''ISI nke 86''' 1. M wee jiri anya m hụ ozọ ka m na-chi ụra, m wee hu eluigwe dị n'elu, ma lee kpakpando si n'eluigwe daa, o wee bilie ma rie nri n'etiti ehi ndị ahụ. {{C|22}}<noinclude></noinclude> 2x92r1p4yxg02ujecu70wyljwqd3pgb Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/29 104 448735 1332502 1331477 2026-04-01T19:31:20Z Bigcee007 955364 /* Proofread */ 1332502 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bigcee007" /></noinclude>{{c|Akwukwo Inọk}} 8. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndi dike, ndi ji ike na-emegbu ndi ezi omume; N'ihi na ubochi mbibi unu na-abia. N'oge ahu, otutu ubochi di mma ga-abiara ndi ezi omume - n'ubochi ikpe unu. ISI nke 97 1. Kwerenu, unu ndi ezi omume, na ndi mmehie ga-agho ihe ihere, ha ga-alakwa n'iyi n'ubochi ajọ omume. 2. Ka unu mara na Onye Kasi Elu na-echeta mbibi unu, Ndi Mmuo Ozi nke Eluigwe na-anurikwa oñu maka mbibi unu. 3. Gini ka unu ga-eme, unu ndi mmehie, Ebee ka unu ga- agba oso n'ubochi ikpe ahu, mgbe unu nuru olu ekpere nke ndi ezi omume? 4. Ee, unu ga-adi ka ha, bu ndi okwu a ga-abu ihe akaebe megide: "Unu aburula ndi enyi nke ndi mmehie." 5. N'ubochi ndi ahu, ekpere nke ndi ezi omume ga-erute Onyenwe anyi, ubochi ikpe gi ga-abiakwara gi. 6. A ga-aguputakwa okwu niile gbasara ajo omume unu n'ihu Onye Nso Ukwu ahu, ihu unu ga-adikwa ka ihere, o ga-ajukwa oru o bula dabere na ajọ omume. 7. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndi mmehie, ndi bi n'etiti oké osimiri na n'ala kporo nku, ndi ncheta ha bu ihe ojoo megide unu. 8. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-azuta olaocha na olaedo n'ajo omume ma na-asi: "Anyi aburula ogaranya n'akunuba ma nwee ihe onwunwe; anyi enwetawokwa ihe nile anyi choro." 9. Ugbu a, ka anyi mee ihe anyi zubere ime: N'ihi na anyi anakotawo ego, ndi oru ubi dikwa otutu n'ulo anyi. Ulo nkwakoba ihe anyi juputara di ka mmiri; 10. Ee, ugha gi ga-asopu di ka mmiri; N'ihi na akunuba gi agaghi adigide, kama o ga-esi n'ebe i no puọ ngwa ngwa; N'ihi na unu enwetawo ya niile n'ajo omume, a ga-enyekwa unu nnukwu obubu onu. ISI nke 98 1. Ma ugbua, ana m añu iyi nye unu, ndi maara ihe na ndi nzuzu, n'ihi na unu ga-enweta otutu ahumihe n'uwa. 2. N'hi na unu ga-eyi ihe icho mma karia nwanyi, na uwe agba karia nwa agbogho: n'alaeze na n'idi elu na n'ike, na n'olaocha na n'olaedo na n'acha odo odo, na n'ima mma na n'ihe oriri, a ga-awusa ha di ka mmiri. 3. Ya mere, ha ga-enwe uko n'ozizi na amamihe, ha ga- alakwa n'iyi site na nke a, ha na ihe onwunwe ha; Na ebube ha nile na ima mma ha, na ihere na ogbugbu na nnukwu ida ogbenye, a ga-atuba mmuo ha n'oku oku. 4. Anuola m unu iyi, unu ndi mmehie, dika ugwu na- aghoghi ohu, ugwu na-abughikwa ohu nwanyi, otu a ka e zigaghi mmehie n'uwa, kama mmadu kere ya, ndi mere ya ga-ada n'okpuru nnukwu nkocha. 5. E nyeghikwa nwanyi ahu imu nwa, kama ọ nwuru n'ihi ihe aka ya mere. 6. Anuola m unu iyi, unu ndi mmehie, site n'aka Onye Nso Ukwu, na a ga-ekpughe ihe ọjọọ unu niile n'eluigwe, na o dighikwa ihe o bula n'ime mmegbu unu nke a na-ekpuchi ma zoo. 29 7. Echekwala echiche n'ime mmyo gi ma o by kwuo n'obi gi na į maghi na 1 hyghi na a na-ede mmehie niile kwa ybochi n'eluigwe n'ihu Onye Kasi Elu. 8. Site ugbu a gaa n'ihu, unu maara na a na-ede mmegbu unu niile unu na-emegbu kwa ybochi ruo ybochi ikpe unu. 9. Ahyhy ga-adiri unu, ndi nzuzu, n'ihi na site na nzuzu unu ka unu ga-ala n'iy1: unu na-emebikwa ndi maara ihe, ka ihe oma ghara ibu òkè unu. 10. Ma ugha, maranu na unu di njikere maka ybochi mbibi: gini mere unu enweghi olileanya idi ndu, unu ndi mmehie, kama unu ga-apy ma nwyo; n'ihi na unu amagh1 ihe mgbapyta o bula; n'ihi na unu di njikere maka ybochi ikpe ukwu ahu, maka ybochi mkpagbu na nnukwu ihere maka mmyo unu. 11. Ahyhy ga-adiri unu, ndi obi siri ike, ndi na-eme ihe ojoo ma na-eri bara: Olee ebe unu si nweta ihe oma iri na imu ihe oñuñu na afo ojuju? Site n'ihe oma niile nke Onyenwe any! Onye Kasi Elu tinyere n'yba n'uwa; ya mere unu agaghi enwe udo. 12. Ahyhy ga-adiri unu ndi huru omume ajo omume n'anya: gini mere unu ji na-aty anya ihe oma ga-adiri unu onwe unu? Mara na a ga-enye unu n'aka ndi ezi omume, ha ga- ebipykwa olu unu ma gbuo unu, ha agaghikwa emere unu ebere. 13. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-anuri ohy n'ahuhu nke ndi ezi omume; n'ihi na a gaghi egwu ili 0 bula maka unu. 14. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-eleghara okwu ndi ezi omume anya; n'ihi na unu agaghi enwe olileanya ndu. 15. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-ede okwu ugha na okwu na- adighi mma; n'ihi na ha na-ede okwu ugha ha ka ndi mmadu wee nu ha ma mee ihe na-adighi mma megide onye agbata obi ha. 16. Ya mere, ha agaghi enwe udo kama ha ga-anwu onwu mberede. ISI nke 99 1. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-anaghi asopuru Chineke, ndi na-anya isi n'ugha ma na-eto ha: Unu ga-ala n'iyi, ndu obi uto agaghi abu nke unu. 2. Ahuhu ga-adiri ndi na-agbago okwu ziri ezi, na-emebi iwu ebighi ebi, ma na-agbanwe onwe ha ka ha buru ihe ha na-abughi ndi mmehie: A ga-azo ha ukwu n'uwa. 3. N'ubochi ndi ahu, kwadebenu ekpere unu di ka ihe ncheta, ma debe ha di ka ihe akaebe n'ihu ndi mmuo ozi, ka ha wee debe mmehie nke ndi mmehie di ka ihe ncheta n'ihu Onye Kasi Elu. 4. N'oge ahu, mba di iche iche ga-ebili, ezinulo di iche iche ga-ebilikwa n'ubochi mbibi. 5. N'ubochi ndi ahu, ndi ogbenye ga-apu ma buru umu ha, ha ga-ahapukwa ha, ka umu ha wee laa n'iyi site na ha: Ee, ha ga-ahapu umu ha ka bu umu ara, ha agaghi alaghachikwutekwa ha, ha agaghikwa enwe omiiko n'ebe ndi ha huru n'anya no. 6. Ma ozo, m na-añu iyi nye unu, unu ndi mmehie, na mmehie di njikere maka ybochi nke obara na-adighi akwusi akwys1. 7. Ndi na-efe nkume, na ihe oyiy1 a kpuru akpy nke olaedo, olaocha, osisi, nkume na yro, na ndi na-efe mmyo na mmuo9 ọjọọ na udi arusi niile na-adighi ka ihe omyma si di, agagh1 enweta enyemaka o bula n'aka ha.<noinclude></noinclude> odaxv8dtuk7fxedfprh5m1xwaql2nup 1332510 1332502 2026-04-01T21:35:03Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332510 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>Akwukwo Inok 8. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndị dike, ndį ji ike na-emegbu ndi ezi omume; N'ihi na ubochi mbibi unu na-abia. N'oge ahụ, otutu ubochi di mma ga-abiara ndi ezi omume n'ubochi ikpe unu. ISI nke 97 1. Kwerenu, unu ndi ezi omume, na ndị mmehie ga-agho ihe ihere, ha ga-alakwa n'iyi n'ubochi ajo omume. 2. Ka unu mara na Onye Kasi Elu na-echeta mbibi unu, Ndi Mmuo Ozi nke Eluigwe na-añurikwa onų maka mbibi unu. 3. Ginį ka unu ga-eme, unu ndị mmehie, Ebee ka unu ga- agba oso n'ubochi ikpe ahu, mgbe unu nuru olu ekpere nke ndi ezi omume? 4. Ee, unu ga-adi ka ha, bu ndi okwu a ga-abu ihe akaebe megide: "Unu aburula ndi enyi nke ndi mmehie." 5. N'ubochi ndi ahu, ekpere nke ndị ezi omume ga-erute Onyenwe anyi, ubochi ikpe gi ga-abiakwara gi. 6. A ga-aguputakwa okwu niile gbasara ajo omume unu n'ihu Onye Nso Ukwu ahu, ihu unu ga-adikwa ka ihere, Ọ ga-ajukwa oru o bula dabere na ajo omume. 7. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndị mmehie, ndị bi n'etiti oké osimiri na n'ala kporo nku, ndị ncheta ha bu ihe ojoo megide unu. 8. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-azuta olaocha na olaedo n'ajo omume ma na-asi: "Anyi aburula ogaranya n'akunuba ma nwee the onwunwe; anyi enwetawokwa ihe niile anyį choro." 9. Ugbu a, ka anyi mee ihe anyi zubere ime: N'ihi na anyi anakotawo ego, ndi oru ubi dikwa otutu n'ulo anyi. Ulo nkwakoba ihe anyi juputara di ka mmiri; 10. Ee, ugha gi ga-asopu di ka mmiri; N'ihi na akunuba gi agaghi adigide, kama ọ ga-esi n'ebe i no puọ ngwa ngwa; N'ihi na unu enwetawo ya niile n'ajo omume, a ga-enyekwa unu nnukwu obubu̟ o̟nų. ISI nke 98 1. Ma ugbua, ana m anu iyi nye unu, ndị maara ihe na ndi nzuzu, n'ihi na unu ga-enweta otutu ahumihe n'uwa. 2. N'ihi na unu ga-eyi ihe įcho mma karja nwanyi, na uwe agba karja nwa agbogho: n'alaeze na n'idi elu na n'ike, na n'olaocha na n'olaedo na n'acha odo odo, na n'ima mma na n'ihe oriri, a ga-awusa ha di ka mmiri. 3. Ya mere, ha ga-enwe uko n'ozizi na amamihe, ha ga- alakwa n'iyi site na nke a, ha na ihe onwunwe ha; Na ebube ha niile na ima mma ha, na ihere na ogbugbu na nnukwu ida ogbenye, a ga-atuba mmuo ha n'oku okų. 4. Añuola m unu iyi, unu ndị mmehie, dika ugwu na- aghoghi ohu, ugwu na-abughikwa ohu nwanyi, otu a ka e zigaghi mmehie n'uwa, kama mmadu kere ya, ndi mere ya ga-ada n'okpuru nnukwu nkocha. 5. E nyeghikwa nwanyi ahu įmụ nwa, kama ọ nwuru n'ihi ihe aka ya mere. 6. Anyola m unu iyi, unu ndị mmehie, site n'aka Onye Nso Ukwu, na a ga-ekpughe ihe ojoo unu niile n'eluigwe, na ọ dighikwa ihe ọ bula n'ime mmegbu unu nke a na-ekpuchi ma zoo. 29 7. Echekwala echiche n'ime mmuo gi ma o bụ kwuo n'obi gi na į maghi na į hughi na a na-ede mmehie niile kwa ubochi n'eluigwe n'ihu Onye Kasi Elu. 8. Site ugbu a gaa n'ihu, unu maara na a na-ede mmegbu unu niile unu na-emegbu kwa ubochị ruo ubochi ikpe unu. 9. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndi nzuzu, n'ihi na site na nzuzu unu ka unu ga-ala n'iyi: unu na-emebikwa ndi maara ihe, ka ihe oma ghara ibu òkè unu. 10. Ma ugbua, maranu na unu dị njikere maka ubochi mbibi: gini mere unu enweghi olileanya idi ndu, unu ndi mmehie, kama unu ga-apu ma nwuo; n'ihi na unu amaghị ihe mgbaputa o bula; n'ihi na unu dị njikere maka ubochi ikpe ukwu ahu, maka ubochi mkpagbu na nnukwu ihere maka mmuo unu. 11. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndi obi siri ike, ndi na-eme ihe ojoo ma na-eri obara: Olee ebe unu si nweta ihe oma iri na inu ihe o̟nunu na afo ojuju? Site n'ihe oma niile nke Onyenwe anyi Onye Kasi Elu tinyere n'uba n'uwa; ya mere unu agaghị enwe udo. 12. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi huru omume ajo omume n'anya: ginį mere unu ji na-atu anya ihe oma ga-adiri unu onwe unu? Mara na a ga-enye unu n'aka ndi ezi omume, ha ga- ebipukwa olu unu ma gbuo unu, ha agaghikwa emere unu ebere. 13. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-anuri onu n'ahuhu nke ndi ezi omume; n'ihi na a gaghi egwu ili o bula maka unu. 14. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-eleghara okwu ndi ezi omume anya; n'ihi na unu agaghị enwe olileanya ndu. 15. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-ede okwu ugha na okwu na- adighi mma; n'ihi na ha na-ede okwu ugha ha ka ndi mmadụ wee nụ ha ma mee ihe na-adighi mma megide onye agbata obi ha. 16. Ya mere, ha agaghi enwe udo kama ha ga-anwu̟ o̟nwy mberede. ISI nke 99 1. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu ndi na-anaghi asopuru Chineke, ndi na-anya isi n'ugha ma na-eto ha: Unu ga-ala n'iyi, ndu obi uto agaghi abu nke unu. 2. Ahuhu ga-adiri ndi na-agbago okwu ziri ezi, na-emebi iwu ebighị ebi, ma na-agbanwe onwe ha ka ha buru ihe ha na-abughị ndị mmehie: A ga-azo ha ukwu n'uwa. 3. N'ubochi ndi ahu, kwadebenų ekpere unu di ka ihe ncheta, ma debe ha di ka ihe akaebe n'ihu ndi mmuo ozi, ka ha wee debe mmehie nke ndị mmehie di ka ihe ncheta n'ihu Onye Kasi Elu. 4. N'oge ahu, mba di iche iche ga-ebili, ezinụlọ di iche iche ga-ebilikwa n'ụbọchi mbibi. 5. N'ubochi ndi ahu, ndi ogbenye ga-apu ma buru umu ha, ha ga-ahapukwa ha, ka umu ha wee laa n'iyi site na ha: Ee, ha ga-ahapu umu̟ ha ka bu̟ umu ara, ha agaghị alaghachikwutekwa ha, ha agaghikwa enwe omiiko n'ebe ndi ha huru n'anya no. 6. Ma ozo, m na-anu iyi nye unu, unu ndi mmehie, na mmehie di njikere maka ubochi nke obara na-adighi akwusį akwusį. 7. Ndi na-efe nkume, na ihe oyiyi a kpuru akpu nke olaedo, olaocha, osisi, nkume na uro, na ndi na-efe mmụọ na mmụọ ojoo na udį arusi niile na-adighi ka ihe omuma si dị, agaghi enweta enyemaka o bula n'aka ha.<noinclude></noinclude> iv1a7m2a2pugzzw5kxtmv6jjux47xki Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/17 104 449016 1332508 1332018 2026-04-01T21:22:21Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332508 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>{{C|Akwukwo Inọk }} ukwu n'elu ire oku: Uwe ha dị ocha, uwe ha dikwa ocha, ihu ha na-enwukwa di ka snow.<br> 2. M wee hụ iyi okụ abụo, ihè nke okụ ahụ na-enwu dị ka hyacinth, M wee daa n'ihu m n'ihu Onyenwe anyi nke Mmụo.<br> 3. Maikel, otu n'ime ndị mmuọ ozi, jidere m n'aka nri m, wee bulie m elu ma duru m gaa n'ihe nzuzo niile, O wee gosi m ihe nzuzo niile nke ezi omume.<br> 4. O gosikwara m ihe nzuzo niile nke nsotu eluigwe, Na ime ulọ niile nke kpakpando niile, na ihe niile na-enye ihè, ebe ha si na-aga n'ihu ndị nsọ.<br> 5. O wee tugharia mmuọ m n'eluigwe nke eluigwe, ahuru m ebe ahụ dị ka ihe owuwu e ji kristal wuo, Na n'etiti ire kristal ndị ahu nke okụ dị ndụ.<br> 6. Mmụọ m wee hụ ihe e ji kee ulọ okụ ahụ, n'akkụ anọ ya ka osimiri juputara n'okụ dị ndụ, ha wee kee ulo ahu gburugburu.<br> 7. Seraphin, Cherubik, na Ophannin gbara ya gburugburu: Ndị a bukwa ndị na-adighị chi ura, Ndị na-echekwa ocheeze nke ebube Ya.<br> 8. M wee hụ ndị mmụọ ozi a na-apughị igụta onụ, puku kwuru puku, puku kwuru puku, puku kwuru puku, gbara ulọ ahụ gburugburu. Maikel, Rafael, Gebriel, na Fanuel, na ndị mmụọ ozi dị nsọ ndị nọ n'elu eluigwe, na-abanye ma pụọ n'ụlọ ahụ.<br> 9. Ha wee si n'ulọ ahụ puta, Maikel na Gebriel, Rafael na Fanuel, na ottụ ndị mmuọ ozi dị nsọ na-enweghi<br> 10. Isi ubọchi ya na ha dị ocha, isi ya dikwa ocha dị ka aji anu, uwe ya enweghikwa ike ikowa.<br> 11. M wee daa n'ala, ahú m dum wee zuru ike, mmụo m agbanwekwara; M wee tie mkpu n'olu dị elu, .. na mmụo nke ike, Na ngozi, otuto, na otuto.<br> 12. Ngọzi ndị a si n'ọnụ m pụta dị mma nke ukwuu tupu Onyeisi Ubochi ahu.<br> 13. Onyeisi bochị ahu bjara na Majkel na Gebriel, Rafael na Fanuel, puku kwuru puku na puku iri ndị mmuọ ozi na- enweghi onuogugu<br> 14. Q biakwutere m wee kelee m n'olu Ya, sị m: Nke a bụ Nwa nke Mmadu nke a murụ n'ezi omume; Ezi omume na-adigidekwa n'elu ya, ezi omume nke Onyeisi Ubochi anaghi ahapu ya.'<br> 15. O wee sị m: 'Q na-ezisara gi udo n'aha uwa nke na-abja; N'ihi na site n'ebe a ka udo si malite kemgbe e kere uwa, otú a ka o ga-adiri gi ruo mgbe ebighi ebi na ruo mgbe ebighi ebi.'<br> 16. Mmadu niile ga-eje ije n'uzo ya ebe ezi omume anaghi ahapu ya: Ya onwe ya ga-anonyere ebe obibi ha, ya na ihe nketa ha, Ha agaghikwa ekewapu onwe ha n'ebe Q nọ ruo mgbe ebighi ebi na mgbe ebighi ebi.<br> 17. Otu a ka ubochi ndụ ga-adi ogologo n'ebe Nwa nke Mmadụ ahụ nọ, Ndị ezi omume ga-enwekwa udo na uzo ziri ezi, N'aha Onyenwe anyi nke Mmuo ruo mgbe ebighi ebi. '''ISI nke 72''' 1. Akwukwọ nke usoro nke ihe ndị na-enye ihè nke eluigwe, mmekorjta nke onye o bula, dıka okwa ha si di, chịchi ha na oge ha, dika aha ha na ebe ha si malite si di, na dika onwa ha si dị, nke Uriel, mmuo ozi nsọ, onye {{C|17 }} nonyeere m, onye bụ onye ndu ha, gosiri m; o gosikwara m iwu ha niile kpomkwem dika ha dị, na otu o si dị n'ihe gbasara afo niile nke uwa na ruo mgbe ebighi ebi, ruo mgbe e mezuru ihe e kere eke ohury nke na-adiru ruo mgbe ebighi ebi.<br> 2. Nke a bukwa iwu mbụ nke ihe ndị na-enye ihè: ihe na-en ne annu na-awa nonu uzo owuwa anyanwụ nke eluigwe, ebe o na-adakwa n'onu uzo odida anyanwụ nke eluigwe.<br> 3. Ahụrụ m onụ uzọ ámá isii ebe anyanwụ na-awa, na onụ uzo ámá isii ebe anyanwụ na-ada, onwa na-awa ma na-ada n'ọnụ ụzọ ámá ndị a, na ndị ndu nke kpakpando na ndị ha na-edu: isii n'owuwa anyanwụ na isii n'odida anyanwu, ha niile na-eso ibe ha n'usoro kwekoro: nakwa otutu windo n'aka nri na aka ekpe nke onụ uzo ámá ndị a.<br> 4. Ihe mbụ bụ nnukwu ihe na-enye ihè, nke a na-akpo Anyanwu, gburugburu ya dikwa ka gburugburu eluigwe, o juputara n'oku na-enye ihè na oku.<br> 5. Vgboala o na-arigo, ifufe na-efeghari, anyanwụ na-esikwa n'eluigwe daa ma na-alaghachi n'ebe ugwu iji ruo n'ebe owuwa anyanwu, a na-eduzikwa ya nke ukwuu nke na o biarutere n'onu uzo kwesiri ekwesi ma na-enwu n'ihu eluigwe.<br> 6. N'ụzọ dị otu a, ọ na-ebili n'onwa mbụ n'ọnụ uzọ ámá uku ahu, nke bu nke ano on uzọ isii ndị ahụ dị n'ime ndị na-eme ihe nkiri ahụ.<br> 7. Na onụ uzo ámá nke ano ahụ nke anyanwụ na-esi aputa n'ọnwa mbụ bụ windo iri na abuọ, nke okụ na-esi na ya aputa mgbe e meghere ha n'oge ha.<br> 8. Mgbe anyanwụ na-awa n'eluigwe, o na-aputa site n'ọnụ ụzo nke ano ahụ ututụ iri ato n'usoro, wee daa nke oma n'ọnụ zọ ne anọ dị nodd anyanw nke eluige.<br> 9. N'oge a, ubochị na-adi ogologo kwa ubochi, abali na-adıkwa mkpumkpu n'abali ruo ututụ nke iri ato.<br> 10. N'ụbọchị ahụ, ubọchị dị ogologo karja abali site na nke itoolu, ubọchi ahụ dikwa kpomkwem na nke iri, abali ahu dikwa kpomkwem na nke asato.<br> 11. Anyanwụ wee si n'onu uzọ nke ano ahụ puta, wee daa na nke ano wee laghachi na onu uzọ nke ise nke owuwa anyanwụ ututụ iri atọ, wee si na ya puta ma daa na onu uzo nke ise.<br> 12. Mgbe ahụ, ubochị ahy ga-adj ogologo site na akuky abuo wee buru akukụ iri na otu, abali ahy ga-adikwa mkpumkpụ ma buru akuku asaa.<br> 13. Q na-alaghachi n'owuwa anyanwụ wee banye n'ọnụ uzọ nke isii, wee bilie ma daa n'onu uzọ nke isii otu ututụ na iri ato n'ihi ihe iriba ama ya.<br> 14. N'ubochi ahu, ubochị na-adi ogologo karja abali, ubochi na-aghọ okpukpu abuo nke abali, ubochi na- aghokwa akuku iri na abuo, abali na-adikwa mkpumkpu ma ghọo akuku isii.<br> 15. Anyanwụ na-arigo elu iji mee ka ubochi dị mkpumkpu ma mee ka abali dikwuo ogologo, anyanwụ na- alaghachikwa n'owuwa anyanwụ wee banye n'onụ uzọ nke isii, wee si na ya puta ma daa ututu iri atọ.<br> 16. Mgbe ututu iri ato gachara, ubochj ahu ga-ebelata otu akuku kpomkwem, wee buru akuky iri na otu, abali ahu ga-aghokwa akuku asaa.<br> 17. Anyanwụ wee si n'onu uzọ nke isii ahụ dị n'odida anyanwụ puta, wee gaa n'owuwa anyanwụ wee puta n'ọnụ<noinclude></noinclude> s7vc4t5avne233pewqyvw437auougsz Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/1 104 449052 1332561 1332066 2026-04-02T08:25:51Z Sayvhior 705981 /* Validated */ 1332561 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sayvhior" /></noinclude>Translated by R.H. Charles, 1917 Akwụkwọ Inọk ISI nke 1 1. Okwu nke ngozi nke Inọk, nke o ji gọzie ndị a họpụtara na ndị ezi omume, ndị ga-adị ndụ n'ụbọchị mkpagbu, mgbe a ga-ewepụ ndị ajọ omume na ndị na-adịghị asọpụrụ Chineke niile. 2. O wee malite ilu ya, sị—Inọk, onye ezi omume, onye Chineke meghere anya ya, hụrụ ọhụụ nke Onye Nsọ n'eluigwe, nke ndị mmụọ ozi gosiri m, anyakwa m ihe niile site n'aka ha, aghọtakwa m dịka m si hụ, mana ọ bụghị maka ọgbọ a, kama maka nke dị anya nke ga-abịa. 3. Ekwuru m okwu gbasara ndị a họpụtara, wee malite ilu m gbasara ha: Onye Nsọ Ukwu ga-esi n'ebe obibi ya pụta; 4. Chineke nke dị ndụ ga-azọ ụkwụ n'elu ụwa, ọbụna n'Ugwu Sainai, wee pụta site n'ogige ya, wee pụta ìhè n'ike nke ike ya site n'eluigwe nke eluigwe. 5. Ihe niile ga atu egwu ndi nche ga ama jijiji, oke egwu na ama jijiji ga ejidekwa ha ruo nsotu uwa 6. A ga amakwa ugwu ndi di elu jijiji, a fa emekwa ka ugwu ndị dị elu dị ala, ha ga-agbazekwa dị ka wax n'ihu ire ọkụ. 7. A ga-agbajikwa ụwa kpamkpam, ihe niile dị n'ụwa ga- alakwa n'iyi, a ga-ekpekwa mmadụ niile ikpe. 8. Ma o ga-eme udo n'etiti ndị ezi omume. Ọ ga-echebekwa ndị a họpụtara, ebere ga-adikwa n'ahụ ha. Ha niile ga-abụ nke Chineke, ha ga-agakwa nke ọma, a ga-agọzikwa ha niile. Ọ ga-enyere ha niile aka, ìhè ga-apụta ìhè nye ha, Ọ ga-emekwa udo n'etiti ha. 9. Ma lee, ọ na-abịa na puku iri nke ndị nsọ Ya, ime ihe nile e kpeere n'ikpe, na ibibi ndị ajọ omume niile: na ikpe anyị ahụ niile ikpe banyere ọrụ nile nke asọpụrụghị Chineke ha nke ha mere ajọ omume, na ihe niile siri ike nke ndị mmehie na-adịghị asọpụrụ Chineke kwuru megide Ya. ISI nke Abụọ 1. Leenụ ihe niile na-eme n'eluigwe, otú ha na-anaghị agbanwe gburugburu ha, na ihe ndị na-enye ìhè n'eluigwe, otú ha niile si ebili ma hazie onwe ha n'oge ha, ha emeghịkwa ihe megidere usoro ha. 2. Leenụ ụwa, lezienụ anya n'ihe ndị na-eme n'elu ya site na mbu ruo na nke ikpeazụ, otú ha si guzosie ike, otú ihe niile dị n'ụwa si agbanwe agbanwe, kama ọrụ Chineke niile na-apụta ìhè nye unu. 3. Lee oge okpomọkụ na oge oyi, otú ụwa dum si jupụta na mmiri, igwe ojii na igirigi na mmiri ozuzo na-adakwasị ya. ISI nke Atọ Lee ma hụ ka osisi niile si yie ka ha kpọnwụọ kpọnwụ ma tụfuo akwụkwọ ha niile n'oge oyi, ma e wezụga osisi iri na anọ, ndị na-anaghị efunahụ akwụkwọ ha mana ha na- ejigide akwụkwọ ochie ahụ site n'afọ abụọ ruo atọ ruo mgbe nke ọhụụ ga-abịa. ISI nke 4 Ma gụọ, lezienụ anya n'ụbọchị okpomọkụ otú anyanwụ si dị n'elu ụwa n'ihu ya. Unu na-achọpụta ndo na ebe obibi n'ihi okpomọkụ anyanwụ, ụwa na-erekwa ọkụ site na okpomọkụ na-eto eto, ka unu wee ghara ịga ije n'elu ụwa ma ọ bụ n'elu nkume n'ihi okpomọkụ ya. ISI nke Ise 1. Leenụ ka osisi si ekpuchi akwụkwọ ndụ ndụ ma na- amị mkpụrụ: ya mere, lezienụ anya ma mara ọrụ Ya niile, ma mata otú Onye ahụ nke dị ndụ ruo mgbe ebighị ebi si mee ha otu ahụ. 2. Ọrụ Ya niile na-agakwa otu a site n'afọ ruo n'afọ ruo mgbe ebighị ebi, ọrụ niile ha na-arụ maka Ya, ọrụ ha anaghị agbanwe agbanwe, kama dịka Chineke siri kee ya, otu ahụ ka a na-eme ya. 3. Leekwa otú oké osimiri na osimiri si arụ ọrụ ha n'otu aka ahụ ma ghara igbanwe ọrụ ha site n'iwu Ya. 4. Ma unu eguzosighi ike, unu emeghịkwa ihe Jehova nyere n'iwu, kama unu alaghachịwo azụ, kwuo okwu mpako na okwu siri ike site n'ọnụ unu dị ọcha megide ịdị ukwu Ya. Unu ndị obi siri ike, unu agaghị achọta udo ọ bụla. 5. Ya mere, m ga-eme ka ụbọchị gị dị nso, afọ ndụ gị ga- alakwa n'iyi, afọ mbibi gị ga-amụba ruo mgbe ebighị ebi, ị gaghịkwa ahụ ebere. 6. N'ụbọchị ndị ahụ, unu ga-eme ka aha unu bụrụ mbibi ebighị ebi nye ndị ezi omume niile, site n'aka unu ka ndị niile na-akocha, ndị na-akocha, ndị mmehie niile na ndị na-adịghị asọpụrụ Chineke ga-akocha, unu ga-abụkwa ndị na-adịghị asọpụrụ Chineke. Unu ga-enwekwa obi mgbu. Ndị niile... ga-anụrị ọṅụ, mgbaghara mmehie ga-adịkwa, kwara ebere na udo na ndidi: Nzọpụta ga-adị, ihe dị mma. Unu niile bụ ndị mmehie agaghị enweta nzọpụta, kama ọgwụgwụ ọṅụ ga-adịrị unu niile. 8. Ma ndị a họpụtara ga-enwe ìhè na ọṅụ na udo, ha ga- eketa ụwa. 9. Mgbe ahụ, a ga-enye amamihe nye ndị a họpụtara, ha niile ga-adịrị ndụ ma ghara imehie ọzọ, ma ọ bụ site na<noinclude></noinclude> maytnaceun1vv5ln3ep1wfbqot3beny Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/15 104 449213 1332506 1332328 2026-04-01T21:11:15Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332506 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>Akwukwo Inok <br> '''ISI nke 65''' <br> 1. N'oge ahụ, Noa hụrụ ụwa ka ọ mikpuru, mbibi ya dịkwa nso. <br> 2. Ọ wee si ebe ahụ bilie gaa nsọtụ ụwa, tikuo nna nna ya bụ Enoch mkpu n'olu dị elu: Noa wee jiri olu ilu kwuo ugboro atọ, si: “Nụrụ m, gee m ntị, gee m ntị.” <br> 3. M wee si ya: 'Gwa m ihe na-ada n'ụwa nke mere na ụwa na ya?' <br> 4. Mgbe nke ahụ gasịrị, oké mkpọtụ dara n'ụwa, a nụrụkwa olu sitere n'eluigwe, m wee daa n'ala kpudo ihu m. <br> 5. Enoch, nna nna m, wee bia guzoro n'akụkụ m, wee si m: 'Gịnị mere i ji tikuo m mkpu akwa dị ilu na akwa?' <br> 6. Iwu esiwo n'ọnụ Onyenweanyị pụta gbasara ndị bi n'ụwa na a ga-ebibi ha n'ihi na ha amụtala ihe nzuzo niile nke ndị mmụọ ozi, na ime ihe ike niile nke Setan, na ike ha niile - ndị kasị zoro ezo - na ike niile nke ndị na-eme anwansi, na ike nke amoosu, na ike nke ndị na-eme ihe oyiyi a kpụrụ akpụ maka ụwa dum. <br> 7. Na otu esi emepụta ọla edo site na aja nke ala, na otu esi emepụta ọla dị nro n'ụwa. <br> 8. N'ihi na a naghị amịpụta ndu na tin site n'ala dịka nke mbụ: ọ bụ isi iyi nke na-emepụta ha, mmụọ ozi na-eguzokwa n'ime ya, mmụọ ozi ahụ bụkwa onye kachasị elu. <br> 9. Mgbe nke ahụ gasịrị, nna nna m bụ Enoch jidere m aka m wee bulie m elu, wee si m: 'Gaa, n'ihi na arịọwo m Onyenwe Mmuo maka nsogbu a dị n'ụwa.' <br> 10. Ọ wee si m: "N'ihi ajọ omume ha, ekpebiri ikpe ha, agaghịkwa m egbochi ya ruo mgbe ebighi ebi. N'ihi anwansi ndị ha nyochaworo ma mụta, a ga-ebibi ụwa na ndị bi n'ime ya." <br> 11. Ndị a—ha enweghị ebe nchegharị ruo mgbe ebighi ebi, n'ihi na ha egosila ha ihe zoro ezo, ha bụkwa ndị a mara ikpe: ma gị onwe gị, nwa m, Onyenwe Mmuo maara na ị dị ọcha, na ị nweghị ikpe ọjọọ n'ihe a gbasara ihe nzuzo. <br> 12. Ọ nyekwara aha gị ka ọ dịrị n'etiti ndị nsọ, Ọ ga-echebekwa gị n'etiti ndị bi n'ụwa, Ọ nyekwara mkpụrụ ezi omume gị ikike ịbụ eze na nsọpụrụ dị ukwuu, Isi iyi nke ndị ezi omume na ndị nsọ ga-esi na mkpụrụ gị pụta ruo mgbe ebighi ebi. <br> '''ISI nke 66''' <br> 1. Mgbe nke ahụ gasịrị, o gosiri m ndị mmụọ ozi nke ntaramahụhụ ndị dị njikere ịbịa ma tọhapụ ike niile nke mmiri dị n'okpuru ụwa iji weta ikpe na mbibi nye ndị niile bi n'ụwa. <br> 2. Onye-nwe Mmuo Nsọ nyere ndị mmụọ ozi ndị na-apụ iwu ka ha ghara ime ka mmiri rịgoro kama ka ha jide ha; n'ihi na ndị mmụọ ozi ahụ nọ n'elu ike nke mmiri. <br> 3. M wee pụọ n'ihu Enoch. <br> '''ISI nke 67''' <br> 1. N'oge ahụ, okwu Chineke bịakwutere m, Ọ wee si m: 'Noa, oké gị arịgowo n'ihu m, ọtụtụ ihe na-enweghi atụ, ọtụtụ ịhụnanya na izi ezi.' <br> 2. Ugbu a, ndị mmụọ ozi na-arụ ụlọ osisi, mgbe ha rụchara ọrụ ahụ, m ga-etinye aka m n'elu ya ma chebe ya, mkpụrụ ndụ ga-esikwa na ya pụta, mgbanwe ga-amalitekwa ka ụwa ghara ịnọ n'enweghị onye bi na ya. <br> 3. M ga-emekwa ka mkpụrụ gị sie ike n'ihu m ruo mgbe ebighi ebi, m ga-agbasakwa ndị bi na gị: ọ gaghị amị mkpụrụ n'elu ụwa, kama a ga-agozi ya ma mụbaa ya n'ụwa n'aha Onyenweanyị. <br> 4. Ọ ga-atukwa ndị mmụọ ozi ahụ, ndị gosipụtara ajọ omume, mkpọrọ n'ime ndagwurugwu ahụ na-ere ọkụ nke nna nna m bụ Enoch gosiri m na mbụ n'odida anyanwụ n'etiti ugwu ọla edo na ọla ọcha na igwe na ígwè dị nro na tin. <br> 5. Ahụrụ m ndagwurugwu ahụ ebe nnukwu mkpọtụ na... <br> 6. Mgbe ihe a niile mere, site na igwe ahụ a gbazere agbaze na site na mkpọtụ ya n'ebe ahụ, e nwere isi sulphur, e jikọtara ya na mmiri ndị ahụ, ndagwurugwu nke ndị mmụọ ozi ahụ bụ ndị duhiri ụmụ mmadụ wee gbaa ọkụ n'okpuru ala ahụ. <br> 7. Ọkụ na-esikwa na ndagwurugwu ya na-apụta, ebe a na-ata ndị mmụọ ozi a ahụhụ, bụ ndị duhiri ndị bi n'ụwa. <br> 8. Ma mmiri ndị ahụ ga-ejere ndị eze na ndị dị ike na ndị dị elu ozi n'oge ahụ, na ndị bi n'ụwa ozi maka ọgwụgwọ nke ahụ, mana maka ntaramahụhụ nke mmụọ; ugbu a mmụọ ha jupụtara n'ọchịchọ, ka e wee taa ha ahụhụ n'ahụ ha, n'ihi na ha agọnarịwo Onyenweanyị nke Mmuo ma hụ ntaramahụhụ ha kwa ụbọchị, ma ha ekweghị n'aha Ya. <br> 9. Dịka ọkụ ahụ ha siri sie ike, mgbanwe kwekọrọ na ya ga-eme n'ime mmụọ ha ruo mgbe ebighi ebi; n'ihi na n'ihu Onyenweanyị nke Mmuo Nsọ ọ dịghị onye ga-ekwu okwu efu. <br> 10. N'ihi na ikpe ga-abịakwasi ha, n'ihi na ha kwenyere n'ọchịchọ nke anụ ahụ ha ma gọnarị Mmụọ nke Onyenweanyị. <br> 11. Mmiri ndị ahụ ga-agbanwekwa n'oge ahụ; n'ihi na mgbe a na-ata ndị mmụọ ozi ahụ ahụhụ n'ime mmiri ndị a, isi iyi mmiri ndị a ga-agbanwe okpomọkụ ha, mgbe ndị mmụọ ozi rịgoro, mmiri iyi mmiri a ga-agbanwe wee jụọ oyi. <br> 12. Anụrụ m Maikel ka ọ na-aza, na-asị: “Ikpe a a ga-ekpe ndị mmụọ ozi bụ ihe akaebe nye ndị eze na ndị dị ike bụ ndị nwere ụwa.” <br> 13. N'ihi na mmiri ikpe ndị a na-ejere ndị eze ozi maka ọgwụgwọ ahụ na agụụ nke ahụ ha; ya mere ha agaghị ahụ ma ghara ikweta na mmiri ndị ahụ ga-agbanwe ma ghọọ ọkụ na-ere ọkụ ruo mgbe ebighi ebi. <br> '''ISI nke 68''' <br> 1. Mgbe nke ahụ gasịrị, nna nna m bụ Enoch nyere m ozizi nke ihe nzuzo niile dị n'akwụkwọ ahụ n'ilu ndị e nyere ya, ọ wee jikọta ha ọnụ maka m n'okwu dị n'akwụkwọ ilu ndị ahụ. <br> 2. Ma n'ụbọchị ahụ, Maikel zara Rafael, si: 'Ike nke mmụọ ihe nzuzo, ikpe nke ndị mmụọ ozi: onye pụrụ idi ikpe siri ike nke e mere, nke ha na-agbaze tupu ya?' <br> 3. Maikel zara ọzọ, si Rafael: “Onye bụ onye obi ya adịghị nro maka ya, onye obi ya anaghịkwa enye nsogbu site n'okwu ikpe a nke batara ha n'ihi ndị dupụtara ha otu a?” <br> 4. Ọ wee ruo mgbe o guzoro n'ihu Onyenweanyị nke Mmuo, Maikel gwara Raphael otu a: 'Agaghị m etinye oke ha n'okpuru Onyenweanyị; n'ihi na Onyenweanyị nke Mmuo... <br><noinclude></noinclude> aspdoyut6wztu5pupb15e61l7ngl03f Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/19 104 449216 1332512 1332332 2026-04-01T21:52:21Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332512 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>8. O laghachikwara ọzọ n'ime ubochi asaa n'onu uzo nke ano nke anyanwu na-esi aputa. 9. N'ihi ya, ahuru m onodu ha - otú onwa si aputa na otú anyanwu si ada n'oge ahu. 10. O buru na agbakọta afọ ise ọnụ, anyanwu ga-enwe otutu ubochi iri ato; ubochi nile nke na-agbakota na ya maka otu n'ime afo ise ahu, mgbe ha jupụtara, ga-abu ubochi 364. 11. Ihe karịrị anyanwu na kpakpando niile bu ubochi ise: n'ime afo ise, ubochi ise kwa afo na-abia ubochi iri ato; onwa na-ada n’azu anyanwu na kpakpando ruo ubochi iri ato. 12. Anyanwu na kpakpando na-eweta afo niile kpomkwem, ka ha wee ghara iga n'ihu ma o bu gbuo oge n'onodu ha ruo mgbe ebighi ebi; kama ha ga-emecha afo ndi ahu n'ikpe ziri ezi zuru oke n'ime ụbọchị 364. 13. N'ime afo ato, e nwere ubochi 1092; n'ime afo ise, ụbọchị 1820; nke mere na n'ime afo asato, e nwere ubochi 2912. 14. Maka onwa nanị, ubochi di n'ime afo 3 bu ubochi 1062; n'ime afo 5 o na-ada n’azu ụbọchị 50. 15. N'ime afo ise, e nwere ubochi 1770; nke mere na onwa, ubochi di n'ime afo 8 ga-abu ụbọchị 2832. 16. N'ime afo asato o dara n’azu ruo ubochi iri asato; ubochi niile o dara n’azu n'ime afo asato bu iri asato. 17. A na-emecha afo ahu nke oma dika ebe ha na-ano n'uwa na ebe anyanwu na-ano, nke na-esi n'onu uzo ebe anyanwu na-awa ma na-ada ubochi iri ato puta. '''ISI nke 75''' 1. Ndi isi nke ndi isi nke puku kwuru puku, ndi e debere n'elu ihe nile e kere eke na n'elu kpakpando niile, nwekwara ihe jikoro ubochi ano di n'etiti, nke na-ekewa onwe ha na oru ha, dika onodu afo si di. 2. Ma n'ihi ha, ndi mmadu na-emehie ihe n'ime ya, n'ihi na ndi ahu na-enye oru n'ezie n’odu ugbo okporo igwe uwa. 3. Maka ihe iriba ama na oge na afo na ubochi, mmuo ozi Uriel gosiri m, onye Onyenwe anyi debere n'elu ihe niile na-enye ihe. 4. N'otu aka ahu, onu uzo iri na abuo ka Uriel gosiri m, nke meghere n’eluigwe ebe anyanwụ na-aputa. 5. Maka ifufe na mmuo nke igirigi mgbe e meghere ha, guzoro n'eluigwe na n'usoro. 6. Banyere onu uzo iri na abuo di n'eluigwe, nke anyanwu, onwa na kpakpando si apụta. 7. E nwere otutu windo mepere emepe n'aka ekpe na aka nri. 8. Ahuru m ugbo inyinya n'eluigwe, na-agba oso n'uwa. 9. Otu buru ibu kariri ndi ozo niile. '''ISI nke 76''' 1. Na nsotu uwa, ahuru m onu uzo iri na abuo e meghere nye akuku niile nke eluigwe, ebe ifufe si apụta. 2. Ato n'ime ha di n'elu eluigwe, ato n'odida anyanwu, ato n'aka nri, ato n'aka ekpe. 3. Ndi mbu ato bu ndi owuwa anyanwu, ato bu ugwu, ato bu ndida, ato bu odida anyanwu. 4. Site n'ime ano n'ime ha ka ifufe oma si abia; site na asato ka ifufe ojoo si abia. 5. Ifufe mbu bu ifufe owuwa anyanwu, na-ebute okpomoku na mbibi. 6. Site n'ony uzo nke abuo ka mmiri ozuzo na oganihu si abia. 7. Ifufe ndida na-ebute okpomoku. 8. Ifufe etiti na-ebute isi uto, mmiri ozuzo na oganihu. 9. Ifufe nke ato na-ebute igurube na mbibi. 10. Ifufe ugwu na-ebute oyi na mmiri ozuzo. 11. Site n'uzo etiti ka ahuike na oganihu si abia. 12. Ifufe odida anyanwu na-ebute oyi na snow. 13. Ifufe ikpeazu na-ebute oku na mbibi. 14. Nke a bu usoro zuru oke nke ifufe na eluigwe.<noinclude></noinclude> aaw9s1chbf1gq7raysmtuhcq8ubj6ld Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/18 104 449240 1332511 1332388 2026-04-01T21:42:29Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332511 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>{{C|Akwukwo Inok}} uzọ nke ise ruo ụtụtụ iri ato, wee daa n'odida anyanwụ ozo n'ọnụ ụzọ nke ise dị n'odida anyanwụ. 18. Nubc hu, ubchị ahu na-ebelata site na akuku abuo, wee buru akukụ iri, abali ahu na-aghokwa akuku asato.<br> 19. Anyanwụ wee si n'onu uzọ nke ise ahụ puta ma daa nong z ne ne dida nyanw,we puta ng zọ nke ano ruo otu ututu na iri ato n'ihi ihe iriba ama ya, wee daa n'odida anyanwụ.<br> 20. N'ubọchị ahu, a na-eme ka Ụbọchị na abali hà nhata, ogologo ya na-adikwa otu, abali ahu na-aghokwa akuku itoolu, ubochi ahu na-aghokwa akụkụ itoolu.<br> 21. Anyanwụ wee si n'onụ uzọ ámá ahu puta ma daa n'odida anyanwụ, wee laghachi n'owuwa anyanwụ ma na-awa ututụ iri ato n'onu uzọ ámá nke ato wee daa n'odida anyanwụ n'ọnu uzọ ámá nke atọ.<br> 22. N'ubọchị ahụ, abali na-adi ogologo karja ehihie, abali na-adikwa ogologo karja abali, ụbọchị na-adikwa mkpumkpu karja ehihie rụọ ụtụtụ nke iri ato, abali na-adikwa kpomkwem ruo akuku iri, ubochi na-adikwa ruo akuky asato.<br> 23. Anyanwụ wee si n'onu uzọ nke atọ ahu puta wee daa n'ọnụ ụzọ nke atọ n'odida anyanwụ wee laghachi n'owuwa anyanwụ, ruo ututụ iri atọ na-awa n'onu uzọ nke abuo n'owuwa anyanwụ, n'otu aka ahukwa, ọ na-ada n'onu ụzọ nke abuọ n'odida anyanwụ nke eluigwe.<br> 24. N'ụbọchị ahụ, abali ahu dị akukụ iri na otu, ubọchị ahụ dikwa akuku asaa.<br> 25. Anyanwụ na-awa n'ubochi ahu site n'ọnụ uzọ ámá nke abuo ahu wee daa n'odida anyanwụ n'ọnu uzọ ámá nke abuo, wee laghachi n'owuwa anyanwụ n'ọnụ uzọ ámá nke mbụ maka otu ututụ na iri ato, wee daa n'onu uzọ ámá nke mbụ n'odida anyanwụ nke eluigwe.<br> 26. N'ubọchị ahu, abali na-adi ogologo ma na-agho okpukpu abuo nke ubochi: abali ahu na-aghokwa kpomkwem akuku iri na abuo, ubochị ahu na-aghokwa isii.<br> 27. Anyanwụ agafeela akuku nke okirikiri ya wee tugharja ọzọ na akukụ ndị ahu nke okirikiri ya, wee banye n'onu uzọ ahu ututu iri ato wee daa n'odida anyanwụ n'akukụ ya.<br> 28. N'abali ahu, ogologo abali ahu belatara site na nke itoolu, abali ahu aghookwa akuku iri na otu, ubọchị ahu aghookwa akukụ asaa.<br> 29. Anyanwụ alaghachitela wee banye n'onu uzọ ámá nke abuo n'owuwa anyanwụ, wee laghachi n'ebe ndị ahu nkewa ya nke gburugburu ya ruo ututụ iri ato, na-ebili ma na-ada.<br> 30. N'ụbọchị ahụ, ogologo abali na-ebelata, abali na-aghokwa akuky iri, ubochi na-aghokwa asato.<br> 31. N'ụbọchị ahụ, anyanwụ ga-esi n'onụ ụzọ ámá ahụ pụta, daa n'odida anyanwu, laghachi n'owuwa anyanwụ, wee pụta n'ọnụ ụzọ ámá nke atọ ruo otu ututụ na iri atọ, wee daa n'odida anyanwụ nke eluigwe.<br> 32. N'ubọchị ahụ, abali na-ebelata ma na-aghọ akukụ itoolu, ubochi na-aghọkwa akụkụ itoolu, abali na-abukwa otu ubochi, afo na-abukwa kpomkwem ubochi ya nari ato na iri isii na ano.<br> 33. Ogologo ehihie na abali, na mkpụmkpụ nke ehihie na abali na-aputa - site na anyanwụ na-agafe, a na-eme odịiche ndi a.<br> 34. Ya mere, o na-abja na usoro ya na-adi ogologo kwa ubochi, usoro ya na-adikwa mkpumkpu n'abali.<br> 35. Nke a bụ iwu na uzọ anyanwụ, na nloghachi ya ugboro ole ọ na-alọghachi ugboro iri isii ma na-awa, ya bụ, nnukwu ihe na-enye ihè nke a na-akpo anyanwụ, ruo mgbe ebighi ebi.<br> 36. Ihe ahy nke na-ebilite otú a bụ nnukwu ihe na-enwu enwu, a kpokwara ya aha dika odidi ya si dị, dika Onyenwe anyi nyere iwu.<br> 37. Ka o na-ebili, otú ahụ ka o na-ada ma na-ebelata, o naghikwa ezu ike, kama o na-agba chihie na abali, ihè ya na-enwukwa okpụkpụ asaa karia nke onwa; mana n'ihe gbasara nha ha abuo hà nhata. '''ISI nke 73''' 1. Mgbe iwu a gasiri, ahuru m iwu ozo gbasara obere ihe na-enye ihè, nke a na-akpo Onwa.<br> 2. Gburugburu ya dikwa ka gburugburu eluigwe, ifufe na-akwalikwa ugbọ inyinya ya nke o na-agba, a na-enyekwa ya ihè n'otu nha.<br> 3. Mbilite na odida ya na-agbanwe kwa onwa: ubochi ya dikwa ka ubochị anyanwụ, mgbe ihè ya dị otu, ọ na-adi ka akuku nke asaa nke ihè anyanwụ.<br> 4. Otú a ka ọ na-ebili. Oge mbụ ya n'owuwa anyanwụ na-aputa n'ututu nke iri atọ: n'ụbọchi ahụ ọ na-aputa ihè, ọ na-abukwa nke mbụ nke onwa n'ubochị nke iri ato yana anyanwụ n'onụ ụzọ ámá ebe anyanwụ na-awa.<br> 5. Okara ya na-apu site na nke asaa, gburugburu ya niile tọgbọ chakoo, enweghi ihè, ma e wezuga otu uzo n'uzo asaa nke ya, na otu uzọ n'uzọ iri na ano nke ihè ya.<br> 6. Mgbe ọ natara otu uzọ n'uzo asaa nke okara ihè ya, ihè ya ga-abụ otu uzọ n'uzọ asaa na okara ya.<br> 7. Q na-ada na anyanwụ, mgbe anyanwụ na-awa, onwa na-awa na ya wee nata ọkara nke otu akụkụ nke ihè, n'abali ahụ na mmalite nke ụtụtụ ya na mmalite nke ubọchi onwa, onwa na-ada na anyanwụ, a naghi ahukwa ya n'abali ahụ na akukụ iri na ano na okara nke otu n'ime ha.<br> 8. Q na-ebili n'ubochj ahu kpomkwem na otu akuku nke asaa, wee puta ma laa azu site na owuwa anyanwụ, n'ubọchi ya foduru ọ na-enwu n'akukụ iri na ato fodurụ. '''ISI nke 74''' 1. Ahukwara m usoro ozo, iwu maka ya, na otu o si eme mgbanwe onwa ya dika iwu ahu si dị.<br> 2. Uriel ndị a niile, mmụo ozi nsọ nke bụ onye ndu ha niile, gosiri m, na onodụ ha, m wee dee onodụ ha dika o gosiri m ha, edekwara m onwa ha dika ha dị, na odidi nke ihè ha ruo ubochi iri na ise ka emezuchara.<br> 3. N'otu akuku nke asaa, o na-eme ka ihè ya niile di n'owuwa anyanwụ, n'otu akuku nke asaa, o na-eme ka ochichiri ya niile dị n'odida anyanwụ.<br> 4. N'ime onwa ufodụ, ọ na-agbanwe onodụ ya, n'ime onwa ufodụ, o na-agbaso uzo puru iche nke ya.<br> 5. N’ime ọnwa abụo, ọnwa na-ada na anyanwụ: n'onụ ụzọ abuọ ahu dị n'etiti, nke ato na nke ano.<br> 6. Q na-apu ruo ubọchị asaa, tụgharịa wee laghachi ozọ site n'ọnụ ụzọ ámá ebe anyanwụ na-awa, ma na-emezu ihè ya niile: o na-apukwa n'anyanwụ, n'ime ụbọchị asato o na-abanye n'onu ụzọ ámá nke isii ebe anyanwụ na-apu.<br> 7. Mgbe anyanwụ si n'onụ ụzọ nke ano puta, o na-apu ruo ubọchị asaa, rụọ mgbe ọ ga-esi n'ọnụ ụzọ nke ise puta wee laghachi azu n'ime ụbọchi asaa n'onu uzọ nke ano wee {{C|18}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9x2glu7o1y9d5jzhhbk9zhcnu99gyui Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/21 104 449243 1332515 1332391 2026-04-01T22:06:01Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332515 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>{{C|Akwukwo Inọk}} 3. N'oge ndị ahụ, mkpụrụ nke ụwa ga-ala azụ, ha agaghi eto n'oge ha, a ga-ejidekwa mkpuru nke osisi n'oge ha.<br> 4. Onwa ga-agbanwe usoro ya, o gaghị aputakwa n'oge ya.<br> 5. N'ụbọchị ndị ahụ, anyanwụ ga-aputa ihè, o ga-ejekwa ije n'uhuruchi n'akuku ugbọ inyinya ukwu ahu n'odida anyanwụ, o ga-enwukwa nke oma karịa ka ihè si dị.<br> 6. Qtụtụ ndị isi kpakpando ga-emebi iwu e nyere. Ndị a ga-agbanwekwa okirikiri na oru ha, ha agaghikwa apụta n'oge e nyere ha.<br> 7. A ga-ezobekwa usoro kpakpando niile n'ebe ndị mmehie nọ, echiche nke ndị nọ n'uwa ga-eduhiekwa ha, a ga-agbanwekwa ha site n'ụzọ ha niile, Ee, ha ga-emehie ma were ha dị ka chi.<br> 8. The ojoo ga-amubakwa ha, ntaramahuhu ga-abjakwasikwa ha iji bibie ihe niile. '''ISI nke 81''' 1. O wee sị m: 'Lee, Inok, mbadamba ihe ndị a dị n'eluigwe, Guokwa ihe e dere na ha, ma riba ama eziokwu o bula di n'otu n'otu.'<br> 2. M wee hụ mbadamba nkume eluigwe, guo ihe niile e dere n'elu ya, ghotakwa ihe niile, guokwa akwukwo nke ihe niile mmadu mere, na nke umu anụ ahu niile ga-ano n'uwa ruo ogbọ ndị dị anya.<br> 3. Ozugbo ahu, m wee gozie Onyenwe anyi ukwu, Eze nke otuto ruo mgbe ebighi ebi, n'ihi na O meela ihe niile di n'uwa, Ekelekwara m Onyenwe anyi n'ihi ndidi Ya, Ma gọzie Ya n'ihi umụ mmadụ.<br> 4. Mgbe nke ahụ gasiri, m kwuru, sị: 'Ngọzi na-adiri onye nwuru n'ezi omume na idi mma, onye a na-edeghi akwukwo ajọ omume banyere ya, onye a na-agaghị ahukwa ụbọchị ikpe megide.'<br> 5. Ndị nsọ asaa ahu kpotara m wee tinye m n'ala n'ihu onụ uzọ ulọ m, wee sị m: "Koor nwa gi nwoke Metusela ihe niile, gosikwa umu gị niile na o dighi anu ahu ziri ezi n'anya Onyenwe anyi, n'ihi na Q bụ Onye Okike ha."<br> 6. Otu afo anyi ga-ahapu gị na nwa gị nwoke, ruo mgbe i ga-enye iwu ikpeazu gi, ka i wee kuziere umu gi ihe ma dekọę ya maka ha, ma gbaa umu gi niile àmà; n'afo nke abuo ha ga-akporo gị puo n'etiti ha.<br> 7. Ka obi gi sie ike, N'ihi na ezi mmadu ga-akposa ezi omume nye ezi mmadụ; Ndị ezi omume na ndị ezi omume ga-anuri onu, ha ga-ekelekwa ibe ha.<br> 8. Ma ndị mmehie ga-anwuko na ndị mmehie, onye dapuru n'ezi ofufe ga-alakwa na onye dapuru n'ezi ofufe.<br> 9. Ndị na-eme ezi omume ga-anwụ n'ihi omume mmadu, a ga-ewepukwa ha n'ihi omume nke ndị na-anaghi asopuru Chineke.<br> 10. N'oge ahụ ha kwusiri igwa m okwu, m wee biakwute ndị m, na-agozi Onyenwe anyi nke uwa. '''ISI nke 82''' 1. Ma ugbua, nwa m nwoke Metusela, ihe ndi a niile ka m na-ako gi ma na-edetara gi, ekpughekwara m gi ihe niile, nyekwa gị akwukwo gbasara ihe ndị a nile: Ya mere, nwa m nwoke Metusela, debe akwukwo ndị ahu n'aka nna gi, hukwa na i na-enye ha nye ogbo nke uwa. 2. Enyela m gi na umụ gị amamihe, na umu gi ndị ga-abụ gi, ka ha wee nye ya umu ha ruo ogbọ dị iche iche, amamihe a nke gafere echiche ha.<br> 3. Ndị ghotara ya agaghị chi ura, kama ha ga-eji nti gee ntị ka ha mụta amamihe a, o ga-atọkwa ndị na-eri ya utọ karja nri dị mma.<br> 4. Ngọzi na-adiri ndị ezi ọmụme niile, ngozi na-adiri ndi niile na-eje ije n'uzo ezi omume ma na-eme mmehie o bụghị dị ka ndị mmehie, n'iguta ubochi niile ha nke anyanwụ na-agafe n'eluigwe, na-abanye ma na-apu n'ọnu ụzọ ámá ruo ụbọchị iri atọ ya na isi puku kwuru puku nke usoro kpakpando, tinyere ano ndị a na-ejikota onu nke kewara akukụ ano nke afo, nke na-edu ha ma na-abanye na ha ubọchị ano.<br> 5. N'ihi ha, ndị mmadu ga-ata ahuhu ma ghara iguta ha n'ime ngukota oge nke afo ahu dum: ee, ndị mmadụ ga-ata ahuhu, ha agaghikwa amata ha nke oma.<br> 6. N'ihi na ha bụ nke mgbakota nke afo ahu, e dekokwara ha n'ezie ruo mgbe ebighi ebi, otu n'onu uzọ mbụ na otu n'ime nke ato, otu n'ime nke ano na otu n'ime nke isii, afo ahu ga-agwukwa n'ime ubochi nari ato na iri isii na ano.<br> 7. Akuko ya ziri ezi, a gukotakwara ya nke oma; n'ihi na ndị na-enye ihè, onwa na ememme, na afo na ubochi, ka Uriel gosiri m ma kpugheere m, onye Onyenwe ihe niile e kere eke nke uwa nyefere usuu ndi agha nke eluigwe.<br> 8. O nwekwara ike n'elu abali na chihie n'eluigwe ime ka ihè nye umu mmadu ihè - anyanwụ, onwa, na kpakpando, na ike nile nke eluigwe nke na-agbaghari n'ugboala ha di okirikiri.<br> 9. Ndị a bukwa usoro kpakpando, ndị na-eguzo n'onodụ ha, na n'oge na ememme ha na onwa ha.<br> 10. Ndị a bukwa aha ndị na-edu ha, ndi na-ele anya ka ha na-abanye n'oge ha, n'usoro ha, n'oge ha, n'onwa ha, n'oge chịchi ha, na n'okwa ha.<br> 11. Ndị ndu ha ano, ndị kewara akuku ano nke afo, na-abanye na mbu; mgbe ha gasiri, ndi ndu iri na abuo nke usoro ndị ahu, ndị kewara onwa; na ubochi nari ato na iri isii, e nwere ndị isi puku kwuru puku ndị na-ekewa ubochi ahụ; na maka ubochi anọ dị n'etiti, e nwere ndi ndu na-ekewa akuku ano nke afo ahu.<br> 12. Ndị isi a kariri puku kwuru puku na-agbakota n'etiti onye ndu na onye ndu, onye o bula n'azu otu ody, mana ndi ndu ha na-ekewa. Ndi a bụ aha ndi ndu na-ekewa akuku ano nke afo ahu nke e chiri echichi: Milki'êl, Hel'emmêlêk, na Mêl'êjal, na Nârêl.<br> 13. Aha ndị na-edu ha: Adnâr'êl, na Îjâsûsa'êl, na 'Elômêêl'-atọ ndị a na-eso ndị isi nke iwu ahu,<br> 14. e nwekwara otu nke na-esọ ndị isi ato nke iwu ndị na- eso ndị isi nke odụ ndị na-ekewa akuku ano nke afo ahụ.<br> 15. Ná mmalite afo, Melkejâl biliri wee chia, onye a na-akpo Tam'âinî na anyanwụ, ubochi niile nke ochịchi ya mgbe ọ na-achị bụ ubọchị iri itoolu na otu.<br> 16. Ihe ndị a bụ ihe iriba ama nke ubochi ndị a ga-ahu n'uwa n'oge ochịchi ya: osuso, okpomoky, na juu; osisi niile na-amikwa mkpuru, akwukwọ na-amiputakwa n'osisi niile, na owuwe ihe ubi nke oka wit, na okooko osisi rose, na okooko osisi niile na-aputa n'ohja, mana osisi nke oge oyi na-akponwụ akponwụ.<br> 17. Ndị a bụ aha ndị ndu nọ n'okpuru ha: Berka'êl, Zêlebs'êl, na onye ozo a gbakwunyere onyeisi otu puku, {{c|21}}<noinclude></noinclude> 9npxqaujy8btv6y4w6jc8ttrww0wx6z Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/25 104 449246 1332507 1332394 2026-04-01T21:12:38Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Validated */ 1332507 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude>{{C|Akwukwo Inok}} 53. O zigakwara otutụ atụrụ ndị ozọ ka ha gbaa ha akaebe ma kwaa ákwá maka ha.<br> 54. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, ahuru m na mgbe ha hapuru ulo Onyenwe anyi na ulo elu Ya, ha dara kpamkpam, anya ha kpukwara isi; ahurụ m Onyenwe aturu ahu ka O gburu otutụ mmadu n'etiti ha n'igwè chi ha ruo mgbe aturụ ahu kporo oku maka igbu any ahy ma rara ebe obibi Ya nye.<br> 55. O wee nye ha n'aka odum na agy, anu ohia wolf na hyenas, na n'aka nkita ohja, na n'aka anu ohia niile, anu ohịa ndị ahu wee malite idogbu aturu ndị ahu.<br> 56. Ahurụ m na Ọ hapuru ulọ ha na ulọ elu ha wee nye ha niile n'aka odum, ka ha dowaa ma rie ha, n'aka anu ohia niile.<br> 57. Amalitere m ikwa ákwá n'olu dara uda site n'ike m niile, na irjo Onyenwe anyi nke aturu ahu aririo, na igosi Ya gbasara aturu ahụ na anu ohịa niile riri ha.<br> 58. Ma o nogidere na-enweghi nchekasi, ọ bụ ezie na o hụrụ ya, ọ nuriri onu na e ripiara ha, loda ha, ma napu ha ihe, wee hapu ha ka e rie ha n'aka anu ohja niile.<br> 59. Ọ kpokwara ndị ozuzụ aturụ iri asaa, wee tuba aturu ndị ahu n'ebe ha nọ ka ha zuo ha, o wee gwa ndị ozuzụ aturụ na ndị enyi ha okwu, sị: "Ka onye o bula n'ime unu zuo aturu site n'oge a gaa n'ihu, na ihe niile m ga-enye unu iwu ka unu mee."<br> 60. M ga-enyefe ha n'aka unu dika onuogugu ha siri dị, gwakwa unu onye n'ime ha ka a ga-ebibi - ha ga-ebibikwa unu." O wee nye ha aturu ndị ahụ.<br> 61. O wee kpọọ onye ozọ, gwa ya okwu, sị: "Lelee ma hụ ihe niile ndị ozuzụ aturu ga-eme aturu ndị ahu; n'ihi na ha ga-ebibi otutụ n'ime ha karia ka m nyere ha n'iwu."<br> 62. Ihe kariri akari na mbibi ọ bula nke ndị ozuzụ aturụ ga- eme, dee g bil dk vn si dộ n ợg. ha dika ochịcho ha si dị: dekoę mbibi niile onye ozuzu aturu ọ bula ga-emebi.<br> 63. Guputakwa n'ihu m site na onuogugụ ole ha bibiri, na ole ha na-enyefe maka mbibi, ka m wee nwee nke a di ka ihe akaebe megide ha, ma mara ihe niile ndị ozuzu aturu ha dika ochịcho ha si dị: dekoę mbibi niile onye ozuzu agbaso iwu m nke m nyere ha n'iwu ma o bụ na ha anaghi agbaso.<br> 64. Ma ha agaghi ama ya, i gaghikwa akowara ha ya, ma o bụ dọo ha aka ná ntị, kama naani dee banyere onye o bula mbibi niile ndị ozuzụ aturu na-eme n'oge ya ma debe ya niile n'ihu m." 65. M wee hụ ruo mgbe ndị ozuzu aturụ ahụ na-azụ anụ n'oge ha, ha wee malite igbu ma bibie ihe kariri ihe a kporo ha, ha wee nye aturu ndị ahu n'aka odụm.<br> 66. Odụm na agu riri ma rie otutu n'ime aturu ndị ahụ, anu ohịa na-erikwa nri na ha; ha wee gbaa ulọ elu ahu okụ ma kwatuo ulọ ahụ.<br> 67. M wee nwee mwute nke ukwuu n'ihi ulọ elu ahu n'ihi na e bibiri ulo aturụ ahy, emesia enweghi m ike ihụ ma aturu ndị ahu batara n'ulo ahụ.<br> 68-71. Oge Mbụ nke Ndị Mmụọ Ozi-site na Mbibi nke Jerusalem ruo Nlaghachi site na Ndọta.<br> 68. Ndị ozuzụ aturụ na ndị enyi ha nyefere aturu ndị ahu n'aka anu ohia niile ka ha rie ha, onye o bula n'ime ha natara onuogugụ a kapiri onu n'oge ya: onye nke ozọ dere ya n'akwukwọ ole onye ọ bula n'ime ha bibiri. 69. Onye o bula gburu ma bibie ottu karia ka e nyere iwu; ma amalitere m ikwa ákwá na ikwa ákwá maka aturu ndi ahu.<br> 70. N'ọhụu ahụ, ahuru m onye ahu dere ihe, otu o si dee ihe niile ndị ozuzu aturu ahu bibiri kwa bochi, ma buru ma dina ala ma gosi Onye-nwe aturu ahu akwukwọ ahu dum - obuna ihe nile ha mere, na ihe nile ha mere, na ihe niile ha nyefere n'aka mbibi.<br> 71. A guru akwukwo ahu n'ihu Onyenwe aturu, O wee nara akwukwo ahy n'aka ya, guo ya, mechie ya ma debe ya.<br> 72-77. Oge nke Abu - site n'oge Sairos ruo n'oge Alexander Onye Ukwu.<br> 72. Ozgbo ahu, ahuru m ka ndị ozuzụ aturụ ahu na-azụ anu ruo awa iri na abuo, lee aturu atọ ahu laghachiri azu wee bịa ma banye ma malite iwulite ihe niile dara ada n'ulo ahu; mana ezì ohja gbaliri igbochi ha, mana ha enweghi ike.<br> 73. Ha wee malite iwu ulọ ozọ dika ọ dị na mbụ, ha wee wulite ulo elu ahụ, a kpokwara ya ulọ elu dị elu; ha wee malite itogbo tebụl ozo n'ihu ulọ elu ahu, mana achicha niile dị n'elu ya ruru unyi ma o bughi ọcha.<br> 74. Ma n'ihe a niile, anya aturu ndị ahu kpuru isi nke na ha ahughi uzọ, anya ndị ozuzu aturụ ha kpukwara isi; ha nyefere ha n'otutụ n'aka ndị ozuzụ aturụ ha maka mbibi, ha wee jiri ukwụ ha zọo aturụ ahu ma rie ha.<br> 75. Onye-nwe aturu ahy nogidere n'enweghi ihe o bula ruo mgbe aturu niile gbasasiri n'ohia ma gwakota ha, ha azoputaghikwa ha n'aka anu ohia.<br> 76. Onye a nke dere akwukwọ ahu buru ya, gosi ya ma gụọ ya n'ihu Onyenwe aturu, riokwa Ya aririo n'ihi ha, riokwa Ya aririo n'ihi ha ka O gosiri Ya ihe niile ndị ozuzu aturu na-eme, ma gbaa akaebe n'ihu Ya megide ndi ozuzu aturu niile.<br> 77. O wee were akwukwo ahu n'ezie, debe ya n'akukụ Ya wee puọ. '''ISI nke 90''' 1-5. Oge nke Ato - site na Alexander Onye Ukwu ruo Qchịchi Gris na Siria.<br> 1. M wee hụ ruo mgbe ahụ, n'uzọ dị otu a, ndị ozuzụ aturụ iri ato na ise na-azu aturu, ha wee mechaa oge ha dika nke mbụ mere; ndị ozo nabatakwara ha n'aka ha, ka ha zụo ha maka oge ha, onye o bula na-azu aturu n'oge nke ya.<br> 2. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, ahuru m n'ohụu m nnụnụ niile nke eluigwe ka ha na-abja, udele, udele, nkita ohia, ugolooma; ma udele duziri nunu niile; ha wee malite iri aturụ ndị ahu, na-adopta anya ha ma na-eri anu ha.<br> 3. Aturụ wee tie mkpu n'ihi na nnụnu na-eri anu ha, ma mụ onwe m lere anya ma kwaa ákwá n'ura m maka onye ozuzu aturụ ahu na-azụ aturụ.<br> 4. M wee hụ ruo mgbe kịta na udele na nkita ndị ahu riri aturu ndị ahụ, ha ahapughikwa anụ ahụ ma o bụ akpukpo ahu ma o bụ akwara foduru n'elu ha ruo mgbe naani okpukpu ha guzoro n'ebe ahu: okpukp ha wee daa n'ala, aturu ha wee di ole na ole.<br> 5. Ahurụ m ruo mgbe iri abụo na atọ ahu malitere ita nri ma mechaa ya n'oge dị iche iche ha ugboro iri ise na asato. {{c|25}}<noinclude></noinclude> l0dl26oj4radql9wmr7t9i2hethu0rg Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/26 104 449258 1332560 1332411 2026-04-02T08:25:05Z Sayvhior 705981 /* Validated */ 1332560 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sayvhior" /></noinclude>{{C|Akwukwo Inọk}} 6-12. Oge nke Anp - site n'ọchịchị Gris na Siria ruo nnupuisi Maccabæan. 6. Ma lee, aturụ ocha ahu buru umụ aturụ, ha wee malite imeghe anya ha ma hụ, ma tikuo aturu ahu.<br> 7. Ee, ha kpọrọ ha okü, mana ha egeghi ntị n'ihe ha gwara ha, kama ha bụ ndị ntị chiri nke ukwuu, anya ha kpukwara isì nke ukwuu.<br> 8. Nhụụ ahụ, ahurụ m ka ugolooma si efe n'elu umu aturu nd ah wee were ou n'ime umu aturu ndị ahu, kurie atụru ahu ma rie ha.<br> 9. M wee hụ ruo mgbe mpi ndị ahu tolitere n'elu umu aturu ahụ, ugolooma wee tụda mpi ha; m wee hụ ruo mgbe nnukwu mpi nke otu n'ime aturu ahu pulitere, anya ha meghere.<br> 10. O lere ha anya, anya ha meghere, o wee tie mkpu n'ebe aturu nọ, ebule ahu wee hụ ya, ha niile wee gbaga ebe ahu.<br> 11. N'agbanyeghi ihe a niile, udele na ugolooma na udele ka nọ na-adogbu aturu ahụ, na-efeghari ha ma na-eri ha: aturụ ahu ka nọ jụu, mana ebule ahy kwara ákwá ma tie mkpu.<br> 12. Ugolooma ndị ahu lụru ogụ ma lụọ ogụ megide ya, ha chokwara itogbọ mpi ya, mana ha enweghi ike imeri ya. 13-19. Mwakpo Ikpeazu nke Ndị Mba Ozo n'ahu ndị Juu (ebe 13-15 na 16-18 bụ ndị abụo). 13. M wee hụ ruo mgbe ndị ozuzụ aturụ na udele na udele ndị ahu biara, ha wee tie mkpu na ugolooma ka ha gbajie mpi ahụ, ha wee luo ogụ ma lụo ogụ, o wee lụọ ọgụ megide ha ma tie mkpu ka enyemaka ya bja.<br> 14. M wee hụ ruo mgbe nwoke ahu, onye dere aha ndi ozuzu aturu wee buru ha gaa n'ihu Onyenwe aturu ahu, biara nyere ya aka ma gosi ya ihe niile: o gbadatara maka enyemaka nke ebule ahu.<br> 15. M wee hụ ruo mgbe Onyenwe aturu biakwutere ha n'iwe, ndị niile hụrụ Ya wee gbaa oso, ha niile wee daa n'okpuru ndò Ya site n'ihu Ya.<br> 16. Ugo nile na udele nile na ugolooma nile na udele nile zukoro onu, aturu nile nke ubi wee soro ha bia, ee, ha nile zukoro onu, ma nyere ibe ha aka igbaji mpi ebule ahu.<br> 17. Ahuru m nwoke ahu, onye dere akwukwọ ahu dika iwu Onyenwe anyi si dị, ruo mgbe o meghere akwukwọ ahu gbasara mbibi nke ndị ozuzụ aturu iri na abuọ ikpeazu ahu mere, ma gosi na ha bibiri ihe kariri ndi bu ha uzo, n'ihu Onyenwe aturu ahụ.<br> 18. M wee hụ ruo mgbe Onyenwe aturu bịakwutere ha wee were mkpara iwe Ya n'aka Ya, tie uwa, ala wee kewaa, anu ohịa niile na nnunu niile nke eluigwe wee daa n'etiti aturu ndị ahu, e wee loda ha n'ala wee kpuchie ha.<br> 19. M wee hụ ruo mgbe e nyere aturụ ahu mma agha dị ukwuu, aturu ahu wee gawa megide anu ohia niile iji gbuo ha, anu ohja niile na nnunu nke eluigwe wee gbaa oso n'ihu ha. 20-27. Ikpe nke Ndị Mmụo Ozi Dapuru, Ndị Ozuzụ Aturụ, na Ndị Si n'Ezi Ofufe Dapu.<br> 20. M wee hụ ruo mgbe e guzobere ocheeze n'ala mara mma, Onyenwe aturu ahụ noduru n'elu ya, onye nke ozo wee were akwukwo ndị a kpochiri akpochi wee meghee akwukwo ndị ahu n'ihu Onyenwe aturu ahu.<br> 21. Onyenwe anyi wee kpọo ndị ikom asaa mbụ ocha, wee nye iwu ka ha kpota ha n'ihu Ya, malite na kpakpando mbụ nke na-edu uzo, kpakpando nile nke akku ha dị ka nke inyinya, ha wee kpota ha niile n'ihu Ya.<br> 22. O gwara nwoke ahu dere ihe n'ihu Ya, ebe o bụ otu n'ime ndị ocha asaa ahu, sị ya: "Kpooro ndi ozuzu aturu iri asaa ahu m nyere aturu ahy, ndi ji ikike nke aka ha gbuo ihe kariri nke m nyere ha n'iwu."<br> 23. Lee, a gbuchiri ha niile, ahuru m ha niile, ha guzokwara n'ihu Ya.<br> 24. E buru uzọ kpee ikpe ahu n'elu kpakpando, e wee kpee ha ikpe ma choputa na ha bụ ndị ikpe mara, ha wee gaa ebe a mara ha ikpe, a tubakwara ha n'ime abis, nke juputara n'okụ na ire oku, nke juputara na ogidi oku.<br> 25. E kpere ndị ozuzu aturu iri asaa ahu ikpe ma choputa na ha bụ ndị ikpe mara, a tubakwara ha n'ime abyss oku ahu.<br> 26. Ahukwara m n'oge ahụ ka e meghere abis dị ka nke di n'etiti uwa, nke juputara n'oku, ha wee kpota aturụ ndị ahu kpuru isi, a mara ha ikpe ma tuọ ha niile n'ime abis okụ a, ha wee gbaa oku; ugbu a abis a dị n'aka nri nke ulo ahu.<br> 27. Ahurụ m aturụ ndị ahụ ka ha na-ere oky, okpukpụ ha na-erekwa oku. 28-38. Jerusalem Qhuru, Mgbanwe nke Ndị Jentail Lanahuru, Mbilite n'Onwụ nke Ndị Ezi Omume, Mesaja. 28. M wee bilie ile anya ruo mgbe ha gbagoro ulo ochie ahu; ma bupu ogidi niile, e jikwa ya kpochie osisi na ihe ịchọ mma niile nke ulọ ahu, ha wee buru ya gaa debe ya n'ebe dị na ndida nke ala ahu.<br> 29. M wee hụ ruo mgbe Onyenwe aturu wetara ulọ phụrụ ka ukwuu ma dị elu karja nke mbu, wee guzobe ya n'onodụ nke mbụ nke nwere biya a kpochiri akpochi: ogidi ya niile dị ohụrụ, ihe ichọ mma ya dịkwa ohurụ ma buru ibu karia nke mbu, nke ochie nke O wepuru, aturu niile dikwa n'ime ya.<br> 30. Ahuru m aturu niile foduru, na anu ohja niile dị n'uwa, na nnunu niile nke eluigwe, ka ha na-ada n'ala ma na-asopuru aturu ndị ahụ, na-arjo arirjo ma na-erubere ha isi n'ihe niile.<br> 31. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, mmadụ ato ahụ yi uwe ocha ma jide m n'aka m bụ ndi kpooro m elu, aka ebule ahu jidekwara m, ha kpooro m ma debe m n'etiti aturu ndị ahu tupu ikpe emee.<br> 32. Aturụ ndị ahụ niile dị ocha, aji ha dikwa otutụ ma dị ọcha.<br> 33. Ihe niile e bibiri ma chusasia, na anu ohia niile, na nnunu niile nke eluigwe, zukoro n'ulo ahụ, Onyenwe aturu ahu wee nurja ony nke ukwuu n'ihi na ha niile dị mma ma laghachi n'ulo Ya.<br> 34. M wee hụ ruo mgbe ha tọgborọ mma agha ahu, nke e nyere atury, ha weghaghachikwara ya n'ulo ahu, e wee mechie ya n'ihu Onyenwe anyi, a kpokwara aturu niile ka ha bata n'ulo ahy, mana o jighi ha.<br> 35. Anya ha niile meghere, ha wee hu ihe oma, o dighikwa onye n'ime ha na-ahughi ihe o bula.<br> 36. Ahuru m na ulọ ahu buru ibu ma juputa nke ukwuu. {{C|26}}<noinclude></noinclude> iks4bv4s42rb1f14avl6wem2nm6lpuj Page:Igbo Book of Enoch.djvu/28 104 449260 1332562 1332415 2026-04-02T08:26:12Z Sayvhior 705981 /* Validated */ 1332562 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Sayvhior" /></noinclude>{{C|Akwukwo Inok}} Na ya ka a ga-azoputa mmadu; Mgbe o gwuchara, ajo omume ga-etolite, a ga-emekwa iwu maka ndi mmehie.<br> 5. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri n'izu nke atọ mgbe o gwuchara, a ga-ahoputa mmadu dị ka osisi ikpe ziri ezi, umụ ya ga-aghokwa osisi ezi omume ruo mgbe ebighi ebi.<br> 6. Mgbe nke ahụ gasiri, n'izu nke ano, mgbe ọ na-agwụ, a ga-ahụ phụu nke ndị nsọ na ndị ezi omume, a ga-emekwa iwu maka ogbo niile na ogige maka ha.<br> 7. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri n'izu nke ise, mgbe o gwuchara, a ga-ewu ulọ nke ebube na ochichi ruo mgbe ebighi ebi.<br> 8. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, n'izu nke isii, ndị niile bi n'ime ya ga-eme ka ha kpuo isi, obi ha niile ga-ahapukwa amamihe n'enweghi nsopurụ Chineke. Mmadụ ga-arigokwa n'ime ya; n'ime ya ka a ga-agba ulo ochịchị oku, a ga-agbasakwa agburu niile nke mgborogwụ ahoputara.<br> 9. Mgbe nke ahu gasiri, n'izu nke asaa, ogbọ ndị si n'ezi ofufe dapu ga-ebilite, otutu ihe omume ha ga-emekwa, ihe niile ha mere ga-aghokwa ndị si n'ezi ofufe dapu.<br> 10. Mgbe ọ na-eru nso, a ga-ahoputa ndi ezi omume ahoputara site na osisi ezi omume ebighi ebi, ka ha wee nata ntuziaka asaa gbasara ihe niile O kere eke.<br> 11. N'ihi na nye n'ime umu mmad niile nwere ike inu olu Onye Nso na-enweghi nsogbu? Onyekwa nwere ike iche echiche Ya? Onyekwa nwere ike ihu oru niile nke eluigwe?<br> 12. Olee otu onye ga-esi nwee ike hu eluigwe, onye nọ ebe ahy nke nwere ike ighota ihe di n'eluigwe ma hụ mkpuru obi ma p bụ mmụo ma kọo ya, ma o bụ rigoro wee hụ nsọtu ha niile ma chee ha ma o bụ mee ha di ka ha?<br> 13. Onye n'ime mmad niile maara ihe by obosara na ogologo nke uwa, önyekwa ka e gosiri ya nha ha niile?<br> 14. Ma ọ bụ onye ọ bula nwere ike imata ogologo eluigwe na oú idi elu ya si dị ukwuu, na ihe e guzobere ya, na otú onugug kakpando dị ukwuu, na ebe ihe niile na-enye ihè na-ano? '''ISI nke 94''' 1. Ugbua, ana m asi unu, umụ m, hụnu ezi omume n'anya, jeekwanu ije n'ime ya; N'ihi na uzo ezi omume kwesiri ka a nabata ha, mana uzo ajo omume ga-apu n'anya na mberede.<br> 2. A ga-ekpughere ufodu ndị mmadu n'ogbọ nke ihe ike na onwụ, ha ga-anokwa n'ebe dị anya site n'ebe ha nọ, ha agaghikwa eso ha.<br> 3. Ma ugbua, ana m asi unu ndị ezi omume: Unu ejela ije n'uzo ajo omume, ma o bụ n'uzo onwụ, unu abiakwala nso ha, ka e wee ghara ibibi unu.<br> 4. Ma chọonụ ma họronu ezi omume na ndụ a hoputara, jeenu ije n'uzo udo, unu ga-adikwa ndu ma nwee oganihu.<br> 5. Jidesienu okwu m ike n'echiche nke obi unu, unu ekwekwala ka e kpochapu ha n'obi unu; n'ihi na amaara m na ndị mmehie ga-anwa mmadu ka ha jiri amamihe mee ihe ojoo, ka a ghara ichota ya ebe o bula, ka onwunwa gharakwa igwụ.<br> 6. Ahuhu ga-adiri ndị na-ewu ajo omume na mmegbu, ndi na-etinye aghugh dị ka ntoala; N'ihi na a ga-akwatu ha na mberede, udo agaghikwa adi ha.<br> 7. Ahuhu ga-adiri ndị ji mmehie wuo ulọ ha; N'ihi na a ga- akwatu ha site na ntoala ha niile, mma agha ga-adakwa. Ndị na-enweta olaedo na olaocha n'ikpe ga-alakwa n'iyi na mberede. 8. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndị ogaranya, n'ihi na unu tukwasiri obi n'akunuba unu, unu ga-apukwa n'akunuba unu, n'ihi na unu echetaghi Onye Kasi Elu n'oge akunuba unu.<br> 9. Unu emeela okwu mkparj na ajo omume, unu adikwala njikere maka ubochị igbu mmadụ, na ubọchi ochichiri na ubọchi ikpe ukwu.<br> 10. Otu a ka m na-ekwu ma na-agwa gị: Onye kere gi ga-akwatu gị, o dighikwa omjiko maka odida gi, Onye kere gi ga-anuri onu maka mbibi gị.<br> 11. Ndị ezi omume gị n'oge ahụ ga-abụ ihe nkọcha nye ndị mmehie na ndị na-anaghi asopuru Chineke. '''ISI nke 95''' 1. Ọ ga-adi m ka anya m dị ka igwe ojii mmiri, Ka m wee kwaa ákwá n'ihi gi, Ka m wee wusa anya mmiri m dị ka igwe ojii mmiri: Ka m wee zuru ike puo na nsogbu obi m!<br> 2. Onye kwere ka unu mee ihe nleli na ihe ojoo? Ya mere ikpe ga-eru unu, ndi mmehie.<br> 3. Unu atula egwu ndị mmehie, unu ndị ezi omume; N'ihi na Onyenwe anyi ga-enyefe ha ozo n'aka unu, ka unu wee kpee ha ikpe dika chịchọ unu si dị.<br> 4. Ahuhụ ga-adiri gị ndị na-eme ka ihe ojọo ghara idi irè: Ya mere, ogwụgwọ agaghị adi anya n'ebe i nọ n'ihi mmehie gi<br> 5. Ahuhụ ga-adiri unu ndị na-akwughachi onye agbata obi unu ihe ojọo; N'ihi na a ga-akwughachi unu ugwọ dika orụ unu si dị.<br> 6. Ahuhụ ga-adiri unu, ndị akaebe ugha, na ndị na-eme ihe na-ezighi ezi, n'ihi na unu ga-ala n'iyi na mberede.<br> 7. Ahuhu ga-adiri unu, ndị mmehie, n'ihi na unu na-akpagbu ndị ezi omume; N'ihi na a ga-enyefe unu ma kpagbuo unu n'ihi ikpe na-ezighi ezi, yok ya ga-adikwa aro n'ahu unu. '''ISI nke 96''' 1. Nweenu olileanya, unu ndị ezi omume; n'ihi na ndi mmehie ga-ala n'iyi na mberede n'ihu unu, unu ga-enwekwa ike ichikwa ha dika ochicho unu si dị.<br> 2. N'ubọchị mkpagbu nke ndị mmehie, umu gi ga-arigo elu dị ka udele, akwụ gi ga-adikwa elu karia udele, ị ga-arigokwa ma banye n'ogba nke uwa, Na mgbawa nke nkume ruo mgbe ebighi ebi dị ka coney n'ihu ndi ajo omume, ndị na-eti mkpu ga-asu ude n'ihi gị - ma kwaa ákwá.<br> 3. Ya mere, unu atla egwu, unu ndị tara ahuhụ; N'ihi na ogwụgwọ ga-abụ òkè unu, ihè na-enwu enwu ga-enye unu ihè, olu izu ike unu ga-anukwa site n'eluigwe.<br> 4. Ahuhụ ga-adiri unu, ndị mmehie, n'ihi na akunuba unu na-eme ka unu yie ndị ezi omume, mana obi unu na-ama unu ikpe na unu bụ ndị mmehie, Eziokwu a ga-abukwa ihe akaebe megide unu maka ncheta nke omume ojoo unu.<br> 5. Ahuhụ ga-adiri unu ndị na-eri oka wit kacha mma, ndị na-anukwa mmanya n'ime nnukwu efere, ndị na-azopia ndi dị umeala n'obi n'okpuru ukwụ unu site n'ike unu.<br> 6. Ahuhụ ga-adiri unu ndị na-anu mmiri sitere n'isi iyi o bula, n'ihi na mberede ka unu ga-ala n'iyi ma kpoo nkụ, n'ihi na unu ahapula isi iyi nke ndu.<br> 7. Ahuhụ ga-adiri unu ndị na-eme ajo omume, na aghughọ na nkwulu: Q ga-abu ihe ncheta megide unu maka ihe ojoo.<noinclude></noinclude> ehsybioc1zecanim7y6lwd3m6s5a5sl Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/12 104 449265 1332531 1332425 2026-04-01T23:55:57Z 10kdollz 951142 1332531 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|Acc—Ade|5}} {{Rule}} Accept; — '''Welu, nalu'''; — Accepter; v. a.<br> Acceptable; — '''Di-onama, di-oweye'''; — Agréable, plaisant; adj.<br> Access; — '''Nkpubede'''; — Accès; s.<br> Accessible; — '''Di-nkpubede'''; — Accessible; adj.<br> Accession; — '''Ndjelu'''; — Abordage; s.<br> Accident; — '''Oghom; ife-ibili udjo'''; — Accident; s.<br> Acclimatation; — '''Nnyoli'''; — Acclimatation; s.<br> Acclimate; — '''Nyoli'''; — S’acclimater; v. n.<br> Accompany; — '''Sonyelu'''; — Accompagner; v. a.<br> Accomplice; — '''Ofu-abo'''; — Complice; s.<br> Accomplish; — '''Mezu'''; — Accomplir; v. a.<br> Accord; — '''Kwenyelu'''; — Accorder; v. a.<br> According to; — '''Nonyelu'''; — Selon; prép.<br> Accost; — '''Metualu, kpotualu, kene'''; — Accoster; v. a.<br> Account; — '''Gu-onu, kpe-onu, ko-akinko'''; — Compter; v. a.<br> Accouple; — '''Zakodo'''; — Accoupler; v. a.<br> Accumulate; — '''Tukpolu; tukpobe'''; — Accumuler; v. a.<br> Accurse; — '''Bu-onu'''; — Maudire; v. a.<br> Accusation; — '''Ebo, ebobo'''; — Accusation; s.<br> Accuse; — '''Bo'''; — Accuser; v. a.<br> Accustom; — '''Meli'''; — Accoutumer; v. a.<br> Acerbity; — '''Ngwumanya'''; — Acreté; s.<br> Ache; — '''Ngbu'''; — Mal; s.<br> Achieve; — '''Lu, me'''; — Achever; v. a.<br> Acid; — '''Uka'''; — Acide, aigre; adj.<br> Acidity; — '''Igba-uka'''; — Acidité; s.<br> Acknowledge; — '''Kwupụta, kwelu'''; — Avouer; v. a.<br> Acquaint; — '''Gwata'''; — Informer; v. a.<br> Acquire; — '''Kpata, luta'''; — Acquérir; v. a.<br> Acquit; — '''Ra, rapu'''; — Acquitter; v. a.<br> Acrid; — '''Inu'''; — Acre; adj.<br> Across; — '''Ufye'''; — A travers; prép.<br> Act; — '''Me'''; — Agir, faire; v. a.<br> Action; — '''Omeme'''; — Action; s.<br> Active; — '''Ngwa, ukele'''; — Actif-ve; adj.<br> Acute; — '''Di-enu'''; — Aigu-e; adj.<br> Add; — '''Gunye'''; — Ajouter; v. a.<br> Addict; — '''Ralunye'''; — Se livrer; v. n.<br> Adduce; — '''Weputa'''; — Produire; v. a.<br> Adept; — '''Oka, okana'''; — Adepte; s. adj.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 7v6e3oy9isv34c718xbas6hkdt3zeov 1332566 1332531 2026-04-02T08:30:36Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332566 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|Acc—Ade|5}} {{Rule}} Accept; — '''Welu, nalu'''; — Accepter; v. a.<br> Acceptable; — '''Di-onama, di-oweye'''; — Agréable, plaisant; adj.<br> Access; — '''Nkpubede'''; — Accès; s.<br> Accessible; — '''Di-nkpubede'''; — Accessible; adj.<br> Accession; — '''Ndjelu'''; — Abordage; s.<br> Accident; — '''Oghom; ife-ibili udjo'''; — Accident; s.<br> Acclimatation; — '''Nnyoli'''; — Acclimatation; s.<br> Acclimate; — '''Nyoli'''; — S’acclimater; v. n.<br> Accompany; — '''Sonyelu'''; — Accompagner; v. a.<br> Accomplice; — '''Ofu-abo'''; — Complice; s.<br> Accomplish; — '''Mezu'''; — Accomplir; v. a.<br> Accord; — '''Kwenyelu'''; — Accorder; v. a.<br> According to; — '''Nonyelu'''; — Selon; prép.<br> Accost; — '''Metualu, kpotualu, kene'''; — Accoster; v. a.<br> Account; — '''Gu-onu, kpe-onu, ko-akinko'''; — Compter; v. a.<br> Accouple; — '''Zakodo'''; — Accoupler; v. a.<br> Accumulate; — '''Tukpolu; tukpobe'''; — Accumuler; v. a.<br> Accurse; — '''Bu-onu'''; — Maudire; v. a.<br> Accusation; — '''Ebo, ebobo'''; — Accusation; s.<br> Accuse; — '''Bo'''; — Accuser; v. a.<br> Accustom; — '''Meli'''; — Accoutumer; v. a.<br> Acerbity; — '''Ngwumanya'''; — Acreté; s.<br> Ache; — '''Ngbu'''; — Mal; s.<br> Achieve; — '''Lu, me'''; — Achever; v. a.<br> Acid; — '''Uka'''; — Acide, aigre; adj.<br> Acidity; — '''Igba-uka'''; — Acidité; s.<br> Acknowledge; — '''Kwupụta, kwelu'''; — Avouer; v. a.<br> Acquaint; — '''Gwata'''; — Informer; v. a.<br> Acquire; — '''Kpata, luta'''; — Acquérir; v. a.<br> Acquit; — '''Ra, rapu'''; — Acquitter; v. a.<br> Acrid; — '''Inu'''; — Acre; adj.<br> Across; — '''Ufye'''; — A travers; prép.<br> Act; — '''Me'''; — Agir, faire; v. a.<br> Action; — '''Omeme'''; — Action; s.<br> Active; — '''Ngwa, ukele'''; — Actif-ve; adj.<br> Acute; — '''Di-enu'''; — Aigu-e; adj.<br> Add; — '''Gunye'''; — Ajouter; v. a.<br> Addict; — '''Ralunye'''; — Se livrer; v. n.<br> Adduce; — '''Weputa'''; — Produire; v. a.<br> Adept; — '''Oka, okana'''; — Adepte; s. adj.<br><noinclude></noinclude> rq39dhavsds8qolfjn45t64kbrbh5zg Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/13 104 449268 1332564 1332428 2026-04-02T08:30:03Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332564 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>6 {{c|'''Adh—Aff'''}} {{Rule}} Adhere; — '''Zado'''; — Adhérer; v. n.<br> Adhesiveness; — '''Ife di-nyamanyamya'''; — Ténacité; s.<br> Adieu; — '''Ndo, nodumma'''; — Adieu; interj.<br> Adjourn; — '''Bura'''; — Ajourner; v. a.<br> Adjudge; — '''Ra-ene'''; — Adjuger; v. a.<br> Adjuration; — '''Igba iyi'''; — Adjuration; s.<br> Adjust; — '''Dozi'''; — Ajuster; v. a.<br> Admirable; — '''Di-nkili'''; — Admirable; adj.<br> Admire; — '''Kili'''; — Admirer; v. a.<br> Admit; — '''Kwelu'''; — Admettre; v. a.<br> Admix; — '''Gwo, gbe'''; — Mêler; v. a.<br> Admonish; — '''Du-odu'''; — Avertir; v. a.<br> Admonition; — '''Ndumodu, ido-nti'''; — Avertissement; s.<br> Ado; — '''Uzu, mgbaghali'''; — Peine; s.<br> Adolescence; — '''Okolobya'''; — Adolescence; s.<br> Adolescent; — '''Di-okolobya'''; — Adolescent-e; adj.<br> Adopt; — '''Nolu; gunye na nwa'''; — Adopter; v. a.<br> Adoption; — '''Igunye na nwa'''; — Adoption; s.<br> Adorable; — '''Di-nsekpulu, tolu-nsekpulu'''; — Adorable; adj.<br> Adore; — '''Sekpulu'''; — Adorer; v. a.<br> Adoration; — '''Nsekpulu'''; — Adoration; s.<br> Adorn; — '''Dokwa, comma, ke, djikwa'''; — Orner; v. a.<br> Adornment; — '''Go mma, ekeke'''; — Ornementation; s.<br> Adulation; — '''Nlila'''; — Adulation; s.<br> Adult; — '''Okenye'''; — Adulte; s. adj.<br> Adultery; — '''Iyi, oyi'''; — Adultère; s.<br> Advance; — '''Ga, ga n’iru'''; — S’avancer; v. n.<br> Advent; — '''Obibya'''; — Avènement; s.<br> Adversary; — '''Onye-ilo, di-oke'''; — Adversaire; s.<br> Advert; — '''Do-iru, ce-iru'''; — Remarquer; v. a.<br> Advertence; — '''Ice-iru'''; — Advertance; s.<br> Advice; — '''Ndumodu'''; — Avis; s.<br> Advisable; — '''Di-nduodu'''; — Convenable, à propos; adj.<br> Advise; — '''Du-odu'''; — Avertir; v. a.<br> Advisement; — '''Nndumodu'''; — Délibération; s.<br> Afar; — '''Noteaka'''; — Loin; adv.<br> Affection; — '''Uso'''; — Affection; s.<br> Affectionate; — '''Di-uso'''; — Tendre, doux, affectueux; adj.<br> Affirm; — '''Kwu'''; — Affirmer; v. a.<br> Affirmation; — '''Okwukwu'''; — Affirmation; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> jben7s4gfb9jad8auhouq3isjayu75c Page:Conversations in Gaelic and English.djvu/57 104 449271 1332497 1332442 2026-04-01T18:38:36Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Proofread */ 1332497 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Cwrwgl" />{{rh||CÒMHRAIDHEAN: CONVERSATIONS.|53}}</noinclude>Chunnaic mi ''bazar.'' 'D é 'chunnaic thu ann? Chunnaic mi iomadh seòrsa rìomhaidh, agus mnathan uaisle òg, aoidheil, eireachdail. An do cheannaich thu dad ann? Cheannaich mi sporan fada caol air a dheanamh de shnàth sìoda gorm. 'D é 'thug thu air? Leth-chrun. 'D é 'n ni 'bu taitniche leat a thachair ort air do sgrìob. Leabhar a chunnaic mi ann am bùth leabhar-reicear o 'n robh mi 'ceannach dhubhan airson an iasgaich. 'D é 'n leabhar a bh' ann? Bha eachdraidh beatha na Ban-rìghinn. Cha robh fhios agam gu'm biodh spéis agad-sa d' a leithid sin de leabhar. 'S iomadh rud a bhios am measg an t-sluaigh air nach bi fios agaibh-sa. Tha sin fìor, ach tha 'bheag no 'mhòr de dh' eòlas agam air eachdraidh beatha na Ban-rìghinn. Bithidh mi anabarrach fada 'n 'ur comain ma bheir sibh roinn deth dòmh-sa. Tha mi toilleach, ach c' àit an tòisich mi? Bheir mi-fhéin asaibh è 'lìon beagan is beagan. Rach air t-aghaidh. An innis sibh dhomh c' uin a rugadh a' bhan-rìghinn, Bhictoria? Rugadh i air a' cheathramh là fichead de cheud mhìos an t-samhraidh 's a' bhliadhna 1819. Co 'b' athair dhi? Bha Diùc ''Kent,'' ceathramh mac an treas rìgh Deòrsa. Co 'bu mhàthair dhi? I saw a bazaar. What did you see in it? I saw many kinds of finery, and affable and handsome young ladies. Did you buy anything in it? I bought a long, slender purse made of blue silk thread. What did you give for it? Half a crown. What was the most pleasant thing that you met on your trip? A book that I saw in the shop of a bookseller from whom I was buying hooks for the fishing. What book was it? The biography of the Queen. I was not aware that you would have a liking for such book. There is many a thing among the people of which you are not aware. That is true, but I have less or more knowledge of the Queen's biography. I shall be very much obliged to you for a share of it. I am willing, but where shall I begin? I will extract it from you myself little by little. Proceed. Will you tell me when Queen Victoria was born? She was born on the twenty-fourth day of the first month of summer in the year 1819. Who was her father? The Duke of Kent, the fourth son of the third King George. Who was her mother?<noinclude></noinclude> td9p8tqgdhrptg3oq5xz3r6cagt0vix Page:Conversations in Gaelic and English.djvu/58 104 449272 1332498 1332443 2026-04-01T18:55:54Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Proofread */ 1332498 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Cwrwgl" />{{rh|54|CÒMHRAIDHEAN: CONVERSATIONS.}}</noinclude>Bha Bhictoria, Bana-Phrionnsa Shaxe Coburg, piuthar Leopold, rìgh nam Belgianach, agus piuthar Earnest, Diùc Choburg. C' uin a chaochail a h-athair? A' bhliadhna 'n déigh dhi-se 'bhi air a breith. Nach robh teaghlach idir aig bràthair a h-athar, rìgh Uilleam? Bha teaghlach aige, ach chaochail iad 'n an òige. C' uin a thàinig i 'dh ionnsuidh na rìgh-chaithreach. 'S a' bhliathna 1837, 'n uair a chaochail rìgh Uilleam. C' àit an robh i air a crùnadh? Ann an Abait ''Westminster,'' an làthair mhaithean is fhlaithean na rìgheachd. Bu trom an t-uallach a chaidh a leagail air neach cho òg. B' eadh, ach bha luchd-comhairle mhath aice g' a stiùradh. Co iad luchd-comhairle na Ban-rìghinn? Iad-san a tha o àm gu àm air an taghadh gu bhi 'n an luchd-riaghlaidh air gnothaichean na rìgheachd. Co 'tha 'g an taghadh? Tha 'Bhan-rìghinn 'g an taghadh as a' bhuidhinn a 's làidire 's a 's lìonmhoire 's a' Phàrlamaid. Ciamar a chuirear as an dreuchd iad 'n uair a dh' fhàsas a' Phàrlamaid neo-thoilichte leò? 'N uair a bhios tuilleadh 'n an aghaidh 's a' Pharlamaid na 'bhios leo cha 'n urrainn iad seasamh. Nach fhaod iad an greim a ghleidheil gun taing do 'n fheadhainn a tha 'n an aghaidh? Cha 'n fhaod, a chionn gu 'n diùltar airgiod dhoibh gu gnothaichean na rìgheachd a chur air an aghaidh. Tha mi 'tuigsinn. Is mòr cumhachd an airgid. Victoria, Princess of Saxe Coburg, sister of Leopold, King of the Belgians, and sister of Earnest, Duke of Coburg. When did her father die? The year after she was born. Had her father's brother, King William, no family? He had a family, but they died in their youth. When did she come to the throne? In the year 1837, when King William died. Where was she crowned? In Westminster Abbey, in presence of the nobles and lords of the kingdom. Heavy was the burden that was laid on one so young. Yes, but she had good counsellors to guide her. Who are the Queen's counsellors? Those that are from time to time chosen to rule the affairs of the kingdom. Who chooses them? The Queen chooses them from the strongest and most numerous party in Parliament. How shall they be put out of their office when Parliament be- comes dissatisfied with them? When more are opposed to them in Parliament than are favourable to them they cannot stand. May they not retain their hold in spite of those that are opposed to them? They may not, because money will be refused to them to carry on the affairs of the kingdom. I understand. Great is the power of money.<noinclude></noinclude> 741yneex07jlynurl715dxi2kswdppz Page:Conversations in Gaelic and English.djvu/59 104 449273 1332499 1332444 2026-04-01T19:13:44Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Proofread */ 1332499 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Cwrwgl" />{{rh|CÒMHRAIDHEAN: CONVERSATIONS.|55}}</noinclude>Abraibh gu'n téid ni sam bith air aimhreidh co 'choirichear, a' Bhan-rìghinn no a luchd-comhairle? A luchd comhairle. A réir an lagha tha ise gun choire 's na nithe sin. C' uin a bha 'Bhan-rìghinn agus Prionns' Ailbeart air am pòsadh? Ann an toiseach an earraich 's a' bhliadhna 1840. Nach robh iad dàimheil d' a chéile? Bha. B' è Prionns' Ailbeart mac Diùc Chòburg, bràthair màthar na Ban-rìghinn, An robh iad an aon aois? Bha 'Bhan-rìghinn trì mìosan na 's sine na'm Prionnsa. An robh dreuchd sam bith aige ann an riaghladh na rìoghachd. Cha robh. Is cinnteach mi nach b' urrainn duine cho math ris 'ùine 'chur seachad an dìomhanas. Bha è gun tàmh a' deanamh maith. 'D é 'n teaghlach a bh' aca? Còignear nighean agus ceathrar mhac. C' uin a rugadh Prionnsa ''Wales,'' no na Cuimrig, oighre 'chrùin? 'S a' bhliadhna 1841. 'S è Ailbeart Edward (Imhear) is ainm dha. Co ris a tha è pòsda? Ris a' Bhana-Phrionnsa, Alexandra, nighean a 's sine rìgh ''Dhenmark.'' Tha Alfred, Diùc Dhun-éideann, an dara mac, pòsda ris a' Bhan-diùc, Màiri, nighean Impire ''Russia.'' Nach ann air a' mhuir a tha esan? 'S ann: tha è 'n a ''Admiral.'' Tha 'n treas mac, Artair, Diùc Chonnacht, pòsda ris a' Bhana Phrionnsa Louise Marguerite, nighean Phrionnsa Frederick Teàrlach, a bha ann an dlùth Suppose that anything should go wrong, who will be blamed, the Queen or her counsellors? Her counsellors. According to the law she is without blame in these things. When were the Queen and Prince Albert married? In the beginning of spring in the year 1840. Were they not related? They were. Prince Albert was son to the Duke of Coburg, brother of the Queen's mother. Were they the same age? The Queen was three months older than the Prince. Had he any office in the government of the country? He had not. I am sure that so good a man could not spend his time in idleness. He was constantly doing good. What family had they? Five daughters and four sous. When was the Prince of Wales, heir to the crown, born? In the year 1841. His name is Albert Edward. To whom is he married? To the Princess Alexandra, eldest daughter of the King of Denmark. Alfred, Duke of Edinburgh, the second son, is married to the Duchess Mary, daughter of the Emperor of Russia. Is he not at sea? Yes: he is an Admiral. The third son, Arthur, Duke of Connaught, is married to the Princess Louise Marguerite, daughter of Prince Frederick Charles, who was nearly related to the<noinclude></noinclude> t654nsy50vuy9zxzuj66jxfr4ah1psc Page:Conversations in Gaelic and English.djvu/60 104 449274 1332547 1332445 2026-04-02T03:46:33Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Proofread */ 1332547 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Cwrwgl" />{{rh|56|CÒMHRAIDHEAN: CONVERSATIONS.}}</noinclude>dhàimh ri Impire na Geàrmailt. Tha esan 'n a Sheanalair 's an arm. Chaochail Leopold, an ceathramh mac, 's a' bhliadhna 1884, a' fàgail as a dhéidh bantraich agus cloinne. Bha Bhictoria, a 'Bhana-Phrionnsa rìgheil, pòsda ri Frederick Uilleam, Impire na Geàrmailt. Bha 'n dara nighean, Alice, nach maireann, pòsda ri Frederick Uilleam, Prionnsa ''Hesse.'' Tha 'n treas nighean, Helena, pòsda ri Frederick, Prionnsa na dùthcha ris an abrar ''Schleswig Holstein.'' Tha 'n ceathramh nighean, Louise, pòsda ri Morair Lathurua, mar tha fhios aig gach Gàidheal. Tha 'n còigeamh nighean, Beatrice, pòsda ri Prionnsa Eeanruig Maurice Bhattenburg. C' àit am bheil a' Bhan-rìghinn mar is bidheanta 'chòmhnuidh? Ann an lùchairt ''Windsor,'' trì mìle fichead a mach a Lunnuinn. C' àit am bi i 'fuireach 'n uair a bhios i 'n Lunnuinn? Ann an lùchairt ''Bhuckingham.'' Tha mi 'cluinntinn gu bheil i fìor thoigheach air Baile-mhorair. Tha i: 's ann ann is àbhaist di am fogharadh 'chur seachad. Nach do chuir i mach leabhar anns am bheil i 'toirt cunntais air a beatha 's a' Ghàidhealtachd? Chuir i mach dà leabhar, agus is còir do na h-uile neach 's an rìgheachd an leughadh. Carson? A chionn nach urrainn neach sam bith an leughadh gun a thairisneachd 's a spéis do 'n Bhan-rìghinn a bhi air am meudachadh. Cha'n 'eil teagamh nach ann mar a 's àird' am meas a bhios aig Emperor of Germany. He is a General in the army. Leopold, the fourth son, died in the year 1884, leaving behind him a wife and family. Victoria, the Princess Royal, was married to Frederick William, Emperor of Germany. The second daughter, Alice, who is not alive, was married to Frederick William, Prince of Hesse. The third daughter, Helena, is married to Frederick, Prince of the country called Schleswig Holstein. The fourth daughter, Louise, is married to Lord Lorne, as every Highlander knows. The fifth daughter, Beatrice, is married to Prince Henry Maurice of Battenburg. Where does the Queen generally live? In Windsor Palace, twenty-three miles out from London. Where does she live when she is in London? In Buckingham Palace. I hear that she is very fond of Balmoral. She is: it is there that she is in the habit of passing the autumn. Has she not published a book in which she gives an account of her life in the Highlands? She has published two books, and every person in the kingdom should read them. Why? Because no one can read them without having his loyalty to and regard for the Queen increased. There is no doubt that the higher the respect that people have<noinclude></noinclude> bj2ruvipvsklvb1bma09l37ufb8rle6 Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/168 104 449292 1332496 2026-04-01T17:51:26Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332496 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mar - Mas|161}} {{rule}} Margin; - '''Nti, uso, ikpele;''' - Marge, bord; ''s.''<br> Marine; - '''Onye-ogu nk' ugbo;''' Marin; ''s.''<br> Mariner; - '''Onye-akpa na mili;''' - Matelot; ''s.''<br> Marital; - '''Nke di;''' - Marital: ''adj.''<br> Maritime; - '''Nk'orimili nnu; nk'abadi;''' - Maritime; ''adj.''<br> Mark; - '''Ego, akala;''' - Marc, marque; ''s''<br> - '''Ra, riama, de;''' - Marquer; ''v. a.''<br> Market; - '''Afya, oma-afya;''' - Marché; ''s.''<br> - '''Zu afya;''' - Faire le marché; ''v. n.''<br> Marketable; - '''Di-izu n'afya;''' - De bonne vente; ''adj.''<br> Marketing; - '''Ife-afya;''' Marche; ''s.''<br> Marksman; - '''Onye n'agba-uta aka;'''- Tireur; ''s.''<br> Marriage; - '''Auundi, inwe-nwunye, inwe-di;''' - Mariage; ''s.'' [''adj.'']<br> Marriageable; - '''Di-onunu, di-enwe-di, di-enwe-nwunye;''' - Nubile<br> Marrow; - '''Umi;''' - Moelle; ''s.''<br> Marrow-bone; - '''Akpukpu-umi;''' - Os à moelle; ''s.''<br> Marrow-fat; - '''Abuba-umi, ukwa-oyibo;''' - Sois carré; ''s.''<br> Marrowy; - '''Di-umi, buso-umi;''' - Moelleux-se; ''adj.''<br> Marry; - '''Nu, nulu;''' - Marier; épouser; ''v. a.''<br> Marsh; - '''Aniapiti;''' - Marais; ''s.''<br> Marshal; - '''Domia;''' - Ranger, ordonner; ''v. a.''<br> Marshy; - '''Apiti, di-ulo, di-ulu;''' - Marécageux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mart; - '''Afya, oma-afya;''' - Marché; ''s.''<br> Martial; - ''''Di-dike, sili-obi;''' - Martial; ''adj.''<br> Martyr; - '''Onye-ama;''' - Martyr; ''s.''<br> Martyrdom; - '''Omegbu ndi-ama;''' - Martyre; ''s.''<br> Martyrology; - '''Akoko ndi-ama;''' - Martyrologe; ''s.''<br> Marvel; - '''Ti-nkpu;''' - Merveille; ''s.''<br> Marvellous; - '''Di-iti-nkpu;''' - Merveilleux-se; ''adj.''<br> Marvellously; - '''Nuiti-nkpu, n'ebube;''' - Merveillen sement; ''adv.''<br> Masculine; - '''Oke, dika nwoke;''' - Masculin; ''adj.''<br> Mash; - '''Ro gbe;''' - Mélanger; ''v. a'',<br> - '''Ororo, acaba;''' Mélange; ''s.''<br> Masonry; - '''Olu ukpolon'okwute;''' - Maçonnerie; ''s.''<br> Mass; - '''Ogbe, igwe, mgbako, mass, misa;''' - Messe; ''s.''<br> Massacre; - '''Gbukasi;''' - Massacrer; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Mgbukasi;''' - Massacre: ''s.''<br> Massiness; - '''Idi-ogbe, ogbe, alo;''' - Masse; ''s.''<br> Massive; - '''Di-ogbe, di-alo, di-okpi;''' - Massif-ve; ''adj.''<br> Mast; - '''Akpu ugbo oyibo;''' - Mât; ''s.''<br> [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> ko43ybmsw5gxyyl3q3sfvfxt7t7gyh5 1332529 1332496 2026-04-01T23:48:26Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Validated */ 1332529 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mar - Mas|161}} {{rule}} Margin; - '''Nti, uso, ikpele;''' - Marge, bord; ''s.''<br> Marine; - '''Onye-ogu nk' ugbo;''' Marin; ''s.''<br> Mariner; - '''Onye-akpa na mili;''' - Matelot; ''s.''<br> Marital; - '''Nke di;''' - Marital: ''adj.''<br> Maritime; - '''Nk'orimili nnu; nk'abadi;''' - Maritime; ''adj.''<br> Mark; - '''Ego, akala;''' - Marc, marque; ''s''<br> - '''Ra, riama, de;''' - Marquer; ''v. a.''<br> Market; - '''Afya, oma-afya;''' - Marché; ''s.''<br> - '''Zu afya;''' - Faire le marché; ''v. n.''<br> Marketable; - '''Di-izu n'afya;''' - De bonne vente; ''adj.''<br> Marketing; - '''Ife-afya;''' Marche; ''s.''<br> Marksman; - '''Onye n'agba-uta aka;'''- Tireur; ''s.''<br> Marriage; - '''Auundi, inwe-nwunye, inwe-di;''' - Mariage; ''s.'' [''adj.'']<br> Marriageable; - '''Di-onunu, di-enwe-di, di-enwe-nwunye;''' - Nubile<br> Marrow; - '''Umi;''' - Moelle; ''s.''<br> Marrow-bone; - '''Akpukpu-umi;''' - Os à moelle; ''s.''<br> Marrow-fat; - '''Abuba-umi, ukwa-oyibo;''' - Sois carré; ''s.''<br> Marrowy; - '''Di-umi, buso-umi;''' - Moelleux-se; ''adj.''<br> Marry; - '''Nu, nulu;''' - Marier; épouser; ''v. a.''<br> Marsh; - '''Aniapiti;''' - Marais; ''s.''<br> Marshal; - '''Domia;''' - Ranger, ordonner; ''v. a.''<br> Marshy; - '''Apiti, di-ulo, di-ulu;''' - Marécageux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mart; - '''Afya, oma-afya;''' - Marché; ''s.''<br> Martial; - ''''Di-dike, sili-obi;''' - Martial; ''adj.''<br> Martyr; - '''Onye-ama;''' - Martyr; ''s.''<br> Martyrdom; - '''Omegbu ndi-ama;''' - Martyre; ''s.''<br> Martyrology; - '''Akoko ndi-ama;''' - Martyrologe; ''s.''<br> Marvel; - '''Ti-nkpu;''' - Merveille; ''s.''<br> Marvellous; - '''Di-iti-nkpu;''' - Merveilleux-se; ''adj.''<br> Marvellously; - '''Nuiti-nkpu, n'ebube;''' - Merveillen sement; ''adv.''<br> Masculine; - '''Oke, dika nwoke;''' - Masculin; ''adj.''<br> Mash; - '''Ro gbe;''' - Mélanger; ''v. a'',<br> - '''Ororo, acaba;''' Mélange; ''s.''<br> Masonry; - '''Olu ukpolon'okwute;''' - Maçonnerie; ''s.''<br> Mass; - '''Ogbe, igwe, mgbako, mass, misa;''' - Messe; ''s.''<br> Massacre; - '''Gbukasi;''' - Massacrer; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Mgbukasi;''' - Massacre: ''s.''<br> Massiness; - '''Idi-ogbe, ogbe, alo;''' - Masse; ''s.''<br> Massive; - '''Di-ogbe, di-alo, di-okpi;''' - Massif-ve; ''adj.''<br> Mast; - '''Akpu ugbo oyibo;''' - Mât; ''s.''<br> [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> cwwgxxgpasyae5uutujnwpq3fp4y2kz Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/169 104 449293 1332500 2026-04-01T19:14:23Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332500 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh|162|Mas - Mat}} {{rule}} Master; - '''Nna, isi, onye-isi, dinwenu;''' - Maître; ''s.''<br> - '''Meli;''' - Maîtriser, dompter; ''v. a.''<br> Masterkey; - '''Eze-nkpisi-ugodi;''' - Passe-partout; ''s.''<br> Master-piece; - '''Isi-olu;''' - Chef-d'œuvre; ''s.''<br> Mastery; - '''Nmeli, onwenwe, ike;''' - Puissance, empire; ''s.''<br> Masticate; - '''Ta, tali;''' - Mastiquer, mâcher; ''v. a.''<br> Mastication; - '''Ntali otata;''' - Mastication; ''s.''<br> Mastic; - '''Mgba, obia;''' - Mastic; ''s.''<br> Mastiff; - '''Nkita, nukwu nkita;''' - Matin; ''s.''<br> Mat; - '''Ute;''' - Natte; ''s.''<br> - '''Kpa, kpa-ute;''' - Natter, aplatir; ''v. a.''<br> Match; - '''Ogu, ife-oku;''' - Lutte, concours; ''s.''<br> - '''Daba, nulu;''' - S'unir, se marier; ''v. n.''<br> Matchless; - '''N'enwero-atu, n'enwero-ubu;''' - Incomparable; ''adj''<br> Mate; - '''Ogbo, ibe, ofu abo;''' - Compagnon, compagne; ''s.''<br> Material; - '''Ifo-olu;''' - Matériel; ''s.''<br> Maternal; - '''Nke nne, dika nne;''' - Maternel; ''adj.''<br> Maternity; - '''Nne, ibu-nne, abu-nne;''' - Maternité; ''s.''<br> Matin; - '''Ututu;''' - Matin; ''s.''<br> Matrix; - '''Afo, ngwu-nwa;''' - Matrice; ''s.''<br> Matricide; - '''Igbu-nne;''' - Matricide; ''s.''<br> Matrimonial; - '''Nk'anundi, nk'inudi;''' - Matrimonial; ''adj.''<br> Matrimony; - '''Anundi, inudi. inunwunye;''' - Mariage; ''s.''<br> Matter; - '''Ife, abu, isi-okwu;''' - Matière; ''s.''<br> Matting; - '''Ute, okpakpa, ife-ute;''' Paillasson; ''s.''<br> Mattock; - '''Ngwu-ani;''' - Houe; ''s.''<br> Mattress; - '''Akpa-afifya; ife-edina;''' - Matelas; ''s.''<br> Maturate; - '''Ca, lu-ogo;''' - Mûrir; ''v. n.''<br> Maturation; - '''Ocaça, ilu-ogo;''' - Maturation; ''s.''<br> Mature; - '''Cal'aça, lulu-ogo;''' - Mûrir; ''v. n.''<br> Maturity; - '''Ilu-ogo, ogo, ocaça;''' - Maturité; ''s.''<br> Maul; - '''Ti, tifia;''' - Meurtrir; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ofili-osisi;''' - Maillet; ''s.''<br> Maw; - '''Akpakwulu;''' - Panse; ''s.''<br> Maxillary; - '''Agba, nk'agba;''' - Maxillaire; ''s.''<br> Mayor; - '''Isi-onye-ikpe, isi-eze-ikpe;''' - Maire; ''s.''<br> Mayoralty; - '''Olu-ikpe, olu-onye-ikpe;''' - Mairie; ''s.''<br> Mazarine; - '''Agolo;''' - Bleu foncé; ''s.''<br> Me; - '''Mu;''' - Moi; ''pr.''<br> Mead; - '''Manya ozala;''' - Hydromel; ''s.''<br> [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> nhxyypv0ty0yj64taeg1p7vlt4fj4hr 1332588 1332500 2026-04-02T09:43:22Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332588 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|162|Mas - Mat}} {{rule}} Master; - '''Nna, isi, onye-isi, dinwenu;''' - Maître; ''s.''<br> - '''Meli;''' - Maîtriser, dompter; ''v. a.''<br> Masterkey; - '''Eze-nkpisi-ugodi;''' - Passe-partout; ''s.''<br> Master-piece; - '''Isi-olu;''' - Chef-d'œuvre; ''s.''<br> Mastery; - '''Nmeli, onwenwe, ike;''' - Puissance, empire; ''s.''<br> Masticate; - '''Ta, tali;''' - Mastiquer, mâcher; ''v. a.''<br> Mastication; - '''Ntali otata;''' - Mastication; ''s.''<br> Mastic; - '''Mgba, obia;''' - Mastic; ''s.''<br> Mastiff; - '''Nkita, nukwu nkita;''' - Matin; ''s.''<br> Mat; - '''Ute;''' - Natte; ''s.''<br> - '''Kpa, kpa-ute;''' - Natter, aplatir; ''v. a.''<br> Match; - '''Ogu, ife-oku;''' - Lutte, concours; ''s.''<br> - '''Daba, nulu;''' - S'unir, se marier; ''v. n.''<br> Matchless; - '''N'enwero-atu, n'enwero-ubu;''' - Incomparable; ''adj''<br> Mate; - '''Ogbo, ibe, ofu abo;''' - Compagnon, compagne; ''s.''<br> Material; - '''Ifo-olu;''' - Matériel; ''s.''<br> Maternal; - '''Nke nne, dika nne;''' - Maternel; ''adj.''<br> Maternity; - '''Nne, ibu-nne, abu-nne;''' - Maternité; ''s.''<br> Matin; - '''Ututu;''' - Matin; ''s.''<br> Matrix; - '''Afo, ngwu-nwa;''' - Matrice; ''s.''<br> Matricide; - '''Igbu-nne;''' - Matricide; ''s.''<br> Matrimonial; - '''Nk'anundi, nk'inudi;''' - Matrimonial; ''adj.''<br> Matrimony; - '''Anundi, inudi. inunwunye;''' - Mariage; ''s.''<br> Matter; - '''Ife, abu, isi-okwu;''' - Matière; ''s.''<br> Matting; - '''Ute, okpakpa, ife-ute;''' Paillasson; ''s.''<br> Mattock; - '''Ngwu-ani;''' - Houe; ''s.''<br> Mattress; - '''Akpa-afifya; ife-edina;''' - Matelas; ''s.''<br> Maturate; - '''Ca, lu-ogo;''' - Mûrir; ''v. n.''<br> Maturation; - '''Ocaça, ilu-ogo;''' - Maturation; ''s.''<br> Mature; - '''Cal'aça, lulu-ogo;''' - Mûrir; ''v. n.''<br> Maturity; - '''Ilu-ogo, ogo, ocaça;''' - Maturité; ''s.''<br> Maul; - '''Ti, tifia;''' - Meurtrir; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ofili-osisi;''' - Maillet; ''s.''<br> Maw; - '''Akpakwulu;''' - Panse; ''s.''<br> Maxillary; - '''Agba, nk'agba;''' - Maxillaire; ''s.''<br> Mayor; - '''Isi-onye-ikpe, isi-eze-ikpe;''' - Maire; ''s.''<br> Mayoralty; - '''Olu-ikpe, olu-onye-ikpe;''' - Mairie; ''s.''<br> Mazarine; - '''Agolo;''' - Bleu foncé; ''s.''<br> Me; - '''Mu;''' - Moi; ''pr.''<br> Mead; - '''Manya ozala;''' - Hydromel; ''s.''<br> [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> cvozl9loezero7civavxkkqbnetf84x Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/14 104 449294 1332503 2026-04-01T20:37:16Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332503 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{c|Aff-Ah!|{{left|7}}}} {{rule}} Affix; — '''Tinye'''; — Annexer; v. a. <br> Afflict; — '''Sogbu'''; — Affliger; v. a. <br> Affliction; — '''Nsogbu, afulu, inye afufu'''; — Affliction; s. <br> Afflictive; — '''Di-nsogbu'''; — Affligeant,-e; adj. <br> Afflux; — '''Nrunye'''; — Affluence; s. <br> Affright; — '''Dji-egwu'''; — Effrayer; v. a. <br> Affront; — '''Meya'''; — Outrager; v. a. <br> Afield; — '''N'ofya, n'ozala'''; — Champêtre; adj. <br> Afoot; — '''N'ukwu'''; — Pedestrement; adv. <br> Afore; — '''Gbo'''; — Devant, en avant; prep. adv. <br> Aforetime; — '''Ekpogbo'''; — En premier lieu; <br> Afraid; — '''Di-egwu, di-ndjo'''; — Effrayé-e; adj. <br> Aft; — '''Ekwum'''; — A l'arrière; adv. <br> After; — '''Ikpe-azu'''; — Après; prep. <br> After ages; — '''Ndugandu'''; — Avenir; s. <br> Afterward; — '''Emesia, n'ikpeazu'''; — Ensuite; adv. <br> Again; — '''Ozo, azis'''; — Encore; adv. <br> Against; — '''Kwasi, megide'''; — Contre; prep. <br> Age; — '''Nkah, okene'''; — Siècle, ages; s. <br> Agglomerate; — '''Kpukoka'''; — Agglomerer; v. a. <br> Aggrandize; — '''Buni'''; — Agrandir; v. a. <br> Agile; — '''Di-ukele, di-ngwa'''; — Agile; adj. <br> Agility; — '''Idi-ukele, idi-ngwa'''; — Agilité; s. <br> Agitation; — '''Nmarube'''; — Agitation; s. <br> Agitator; — '''Onye-sogbu'''; — Perturbateur; s. <br> Agnate; — '''Di-na-nma'''; — Parent; s. <br> Agoing; — '''Nodjedje'''; — En mouvement; adv. <br> Agone; — '''Galauga'''; — Passé, (long); adj. <br> Agonize; — '''Ghe-aru'''; — Torturer; v. a. <br> Agony; — '''Aru-ogbegbe'''; — Agonie; s. <br> Agree; — '''Kwe, di nofu'''; — Agréer, s'accorder; v. a. <br> Agreeable; — '''Di-okwekwe, di-nkwenye'''; — Agréable; adj. <br> Agreeably; — '''N'okwekwe, na nkwenye'''; — Agréablement; adv. <br> Agreement; — '''Okwekwe, agba, uso'''; — Agrément; s. <br> Agricultural; — '''Ife-ugbo'''; — Champêtre; adj. <br> Agriculture; — '''Olu-ugbo'''; — Agriculture; s. <br> Aground; — '''N'ani, di-n'ani'''; — Echoué, à terre; adj. <br> Ague; — '''Aru-oku, akapato'''; — Fièvre; s. <br> Aguish; — '''Di-aru-oku'''; — Fébrile; adj. <br> Ah! — '''Ewo! tawo! Ahe!'''; — Ah!; interj. <br><noinclude></noinclude> 0po333m7ahp1p6mtuta1a89wiuoa9kt 1332567 1332503 2026-04-02T08:32:27Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332567 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{c|Aff-Ah!|{{left|7}}}} {{rule}} Affix; — '''Tinye'''; — Annexer; v. a. <br> Afflict; — '''Sogbu'''; — Affliger; v. a. <br> Affliction; — '''Nsogbu, afulu, inye afufu'''; — Affliction; s. <br> Afflictive; — '''Di-nsogbu'''; — Affligeant,-e; adj. <br> Afflux; — '''Nrunye'''; — Affluence; s. <br> Affright; — '''Dji-egwu'''; — Effrayer; v. a. <br> Affront; — '''Meya'''; — Outrager; v. a. <br> Afield; — '''N'ofya, n'ozala'''; — Champêtre; adj. <br> Afoot; — '''N'ukwu'''; — Pedestrement; adv. <br> Afore; — '''Gbo'''; — Devant, en avant; prep. adv. <br> Aforetime; — '''Ekpogbo'''; — En premier lieu; <br> Afraid; — '''Di-egwu, di-ndjo'''; — Effrayé-e; adj. <br> Aft; — '''Ekwum'''; — A l'arrière; adv. <br> After; — '''Ikpe-azu'''; — Après; prep. <br> After ages; — '''Ndugandu'''; — Avenir; s. <br> Afterward; — '''Emesia, n'ikpeazu'''; — Ensuite; adv. <br> Again; — '''Ozo, azis'''; — Encore; adv. <br> Against; — '''Kwasi, megide'''; — Contre; prep. <br> Age; — '''Nkah, okene'''; — Siècle, ages; s. <br> Agglomerate; — '''Kpukoka'''; — Agglomerer; v. a. <br> Aggrandize; — '''Buni'''; — Agrandir; v. a. <br> Agile; — '''Di-ukele, di-ngwa'''; — Agile; adj. <br> Agility; — '''Idi-ukele, idi-ngwa'''; — Agilité; s. <br> Agitation; — '''Nmarube'''; — Agitation; s. <br> Agitator; — '''Onye-sogbu'''; — Perturbateur; s. <br> Agnate; — '''Di-na-nma'''; — Parent; s. <br> Agoing; — '''Nodjedje'''; — En mouvement; adv. <br> Agone; — '''Galauga'''; — Passé, (long); adj. <br> Agonize; — '''Ghe-aru'''; — Torturer; v. a. <br> Agony; — '''Aru-ogbegbe'''; — Agonie; s. <br> Agree; — '''Kwe, di nofu'''; — Agréer, s'accorder; v. a. <br> Agreeable; — '''Di-okwekwe, di-nkwenye'''; — Agréable; adj. <br> Agreeably; — '''N'okwekwe, na nkwenye'''; — Agréablement; adv. <br> Agreement; — '''Okwekwe, agba, uso'''; — Agrément; s. <br> Agricultural; — '''Ife-ugbo'''; — Champêtre; adj. <br> Agriculture; — '''Olu-ugbo'''; — Agriculture; s. <br> Aground; — '''N'ani, di-n'ani'''; — Echoué, à terre; adj. <br> Ague; — '''Aru-oku, akapato'''; — Fièvre; s. <br> Aguish; — '''Di-aru-oku'''; — Fébrile; adj. <br> Ah! — '''Ewo! tawo! Ahe!'''; — Ah!; interj. <br><noinclude></noinclude> 4y93ue40ipjp0a518dmnqwuwcv2lxtj Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/170 104 449295 1332504 2026-04-01T20:54:02Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332504 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mea-Meek|163}} {{rule}} Meadow; - '''Ozala, iyene;''' - Prairie; ''s.''<br> Meagre; - '''aru-nta, tal'aru;''' - Maigre; ''adj.''<br> Meal; - '''Utu-oka; nni;''' Repas; farine; ''s.''<br> Mealy; - '''Dika nni;''' Farineux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mean: - '''Di-ani, di-nkilika;''' Méprisable; ''adj.''<br> - '''Zube;''' - Signifier; ''v. a.''<br> Meander; - '''Uzo ngiligo;''' - Méandre; ''s.''<br> Meaning; - '''Izuzu, isi;''' - Signification; ''s.''<br> Meanly; - '''Na nkilika, na abugh'madu;''' - Bassement; ''adv.''<br> Meanness; - '''Nkilika uçe;''' - Bassesse; ''s.''<br> Measles; - '''Afufu;''' - Rougeole; ''s.''<br> Measurable; - '''Di-osisi, di-nsita;''' - Mesurable; ''adj.''<br> Measure; - '''Nsi, usi-ama, ife-osisi;''' - Mesure; ''s.''<br> Measureless; - '''N'enwero-osisi, n'adiro-nsita;''' - Immense; ''adj.''<br> Measurement; - '''Osisi, nsi-ama, ama;''' - Mesurage; ''s.''<br> Measurer; - '''Onye osisi;''' - Mesureur, arpenteur; ''s.''<br> Meat; - '''Anu, nli, ife-olili;''' - Chair, viande; ''s.''<br> Mechanic; - '''Onwene, omenka;''' - Mécanique; ''s.''<br> Meddle; - '''Kpakwu;''' - S'entremettre; ''v. n.''<br> Meddler; - '''Onye-nkpakwu;''' - Entremetteur; ''s.''<br> Meddlesome; - '''Di-nkpakwu;''' - Intrigant-e; ''adj.''<br> Medial; - '''Agbata nabo;''' - Moyen-ne; ''adj.''<br> Mediate; - '''Fielu, fiecie;''' - S'interposer; ― ''v. n.''<br> - '''Etiti;''' - Intermédiaire; ''s.''<br> Mediation; - '''Nfieçi, nfieçita;''' - Médiation; ''s.''<br> Mediator; - '''Onye-etiti;''' - Médiateur; ''s.''<br> Mediatorial; - '''Nk'onye-etiti;''' - De mediateur; ''adj.''<br> Medical; - '''Nk'ogwu, nke dibia;''' - Médical-e; ''adj.''<br> Medicament; - '''Ogwu, igwo-ogwu, ozozo;''' - Médicament; ''s.''<br> Medicate; - '''Tinye-ogwu, tukwasi-ogwu;''' - Médicamenter; ''v. a.''<br> Medicinal; - '''Nk'ogwu, n'azo-azo;''' - Médicinal-e; ''adj.''<br> Medicinally; - '''N'ogwu, siten'ogwu;''' - En médecine; ''adv.''<br> Medecine; - '''Ogwu;''' - Médecine; ''s.''<br> Meditate; - '''Lo, cighaluçe;''' - Méditer; ''v. a.''<br> Meditation; - '''Ilolo; içighaluçe;''' - Méditation; ''s.''<br> Meditative; -''' N'eloka-ilolo, di-oke-ilolo;''' - Méditatif-ve; ''adj.''<br> Medley; - '''Ogwa, ntigwa;''' - Mélange; ''s.''<br> Medullary; - '''Di-umi, dik' umi;''' - Médullaire; ''adj.''<br> Meed; - '''Ugwo, ine-olu, ife-ekene;''' - Récompense; ''s.''<br> Meek; - '''Nwayo, di-nwayo;''' - Doux-ce; ''adj.'' 11 [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> tc5kt199ksh56e8p80sduz4rxd12iml 1332571 1332504 2026-04-02T08:39:09Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332571 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mea-Meek|163}} {{rule}} Meadow; - '''Ozala, iyene;''' - Prairie; ''s.''<br> Meagre; - '''aru-nta, tal'aru;''' - Maigre; ''adj.''<br> Meal; - '''Utu-oka; nni;''' Repas; farine; ''s.''<br> Mealy; - '''Dika nni;''' Farineux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mean: - '''Di-ani, di-nkilika;''' Méprisable; ''adj.''<br> - '''Zube;''' - Signifier; ''v. a.''<br> Meander; - '''Uzo ngiligo;''' - Méandre; ''s.''<br> Meaning; - '''Izuzu, isi;''' - Signification; ''s.''<br> Meanly; - '''Na nkilika, na abugh'madu;''' - Bassement; ''adv.''<br> Meanness; - '''Nkilika uçe;''' - Bassesse; ''s.''<br> Measles; - '''Afufu;''' - Rougeole; ''s.''<br> Measurable; - '''Di-osisi, di-nsita;''' - Mesurable; ''adj.''<br> Measure; - '''Nsi, usi-ama, ife-osisi;''' - Mesure; ''s.''<br> Measureless; - '''N'enwero-osisi, n'adiro-nsita;''' - Immense; ''adj.''<br> Measurement; - '''Osisi, nsi-ama, ama;''' - Mesurage; ''s.''<br> Measurer; - '''Onye osisi;''' - Mesureur, arpenteur; ''s.''<br> Meat; - '''Anu, nli, ife-olili;''' - Chair, viande; ''s.''<br> Mechanic; - '''Onwene, omenka;''' - Mécanique; ''s.''<br> Meddle; - '''Kpakwu;''' - S'entremettre; ''v. n.''<br> Meddler; - '''Onye-nkpakwu;''' - Entremetteur; ''s.''<br> Meddlesome; - '''Di-nkpakwu;''' - Intrigant-e; ''adj.''<br> Medial; - '''Agbata nabo;''' - Moyen-ne; ''adj.''<br> Mediate; - '''Fielu, fiecie;''' - S'interposer; ― ''v. n.''<br> - '''Etiti;''' - Intermédiaire; ''s.''<br> Mediation; - '''Nfieçi, nfieçita;''' - Médiation; ''s.''<br> Mediator; - '''Onye-etiti;''' - Médiateur; ''s.''<br> Mediatorial; - '''Nk'onye-etiti;''' - De mediateur; ''adj.''<br> Medical; - '''Nk'ogwu, nke dibia;''' - Médical-e; ''adj.''<br> Medicament; - '''Ogwu, igwo-ogwu, ozozo;''' - Médicament; ''s.''<br> Medicate; - '''Tinye-ogwu, tukwasi-ogwu;''' - Médicamenter; ''v. a.''<br> Medicinal; - '''Nk'ogwu, n'azo-azo;''' - Médicinal-e; ''adj.''<br> Medicinally; - '''N'ogwu, siten'ogwu;''' - En médecine; ''adv.''<br> Medecine; - '''Ogwu;''' - Médecine; ''s.''<br> Meditate; - '''Lo, cighaluçe;''' - Méditer; ''v. a.''<br> Meditation; - '''Ilolo; içighaluçe;''' - Méditation; ''s.''<br> Meditative; -''' N'eloka-ilolo, di-oke-ilolo;''' - Méditatif-ve; ''adj.''<br> Medley; - '''Ogwa, ntigwa;''' - Mélange; ''s.''<br> Medullary; - '''Di-umi, dik' umi;''' - Médullaire; ''adj.''<br> Meed; - '''Ugwo, ine-olu, ife-ekene;''' - Récompense; ''s.''<br> Meek; - '''Nwayo, di-nwayo;''' - Doux-ce; ''adj.'' 11 [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> 55we73i7kvh8by14vjz0cdopufzdrop Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/167 104 449296 1332514 2026-04-01T22:05:33Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332514 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh|160|Mau-Mar}} {{rule}} Mangy; - Di-akpakpa, buso-akpakpa; - Galeux-se; ''adj.''<br> Manhalter; - '''Okpomadu-asi;''' - Misanthrope; ''s.''<br> Manhood; - '''Ogo madu, ogo nwoke, nwoke-oba;''' - Virilité; ''s''<br> Mania; - '''Ala ikoliko;''' Manie; ''s.''<br> Maniac; - '''Napu-ala, neme-ikoliko;''' - Maniaque; ''adj.''<br> - '''Onye-ala, onye-ikoliko;''' - Maniaque; ''s.''<br> Maniacal; - '''N'apu-ala, n'eme-ikoliko;''' - Fou, enragé; ''adj.''<br> Manifest; - '''Gosi;''' - Manifester; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Akwukwo igbu ugbo;''' - Manifeste; ''s.''<br> Manifestation; - '''Ngosi, nfuwaputa;''' - Manifestation; ''s.''<br> Manifestly; - '''N'ife, n'ifolo;''' Manifestement; ''adv.''<br> Manyfold; - '''Imelime;''' - Nombreux; ''adj.''<br> Manikin; - '''Nwoke nta;''' - Mannequin; ''s.''<br> Manipulate; - '''Lu-olu aka; me n'aka;''' - Manipuler; ''v. a.''<br> Manipulation; - '''Idji-aka lu-olu; ime n'aka;''' - Manipulation; ''s.''<br> Mankind; - '''Madu;''' - Genre humain; ''s.''<br> Manlike; - '''Dika nwoke;''' Viril; ''adj.''<br> Manliness; - '''Dike, ebube;''' Bravoure; ''s.''<br> Manly; - '''Di-dike, di-ebube;''' Mâle; ''adj.''<br> Manner; - '''Omofu, uzo, omeme, iru;''' - Maniere; s.<br> Mannerism; - '''Ememe;''' Affectation; ''s.''<br> Mannerly; - '''Di-asala, di-nsala;''' - Bien élevé; ''adj.''<br> Manners; - '''Asala, nsala;''' - Manieres, moeurs; ''s.''<br> Mansion; - '''Nukwu uno-obi;''' - Château; ''s.''<br> Mantle; - '''Akwa-okoko;''' - Manteau; ''s.''<br> Mantua; - '''Afe-enu-aru, okwa-afe;''' - Mante; ''s.''<br> Manual; - '''Akamelu, edji-akame;''' - Manuel; ''s.''<br> Manumission; - '''Irafu-ora, nrafu;''' - Manumission; ''s.''<br> Manumit; - '''Rafu;''' - Affranchir; ''v. a.''<br> Manure; - '''Zu-ani;''' - Engraisser; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ife-izu-ani;''' - Engrais; ''s.''<br> Manurial; - '''N'azu-ani, di-izu-ani;''' - Qui engraisse; ''adj.''<br> Manuscript; - '''Akwukwoakadelu;''' - Manuscrit; ''s.''<br> Many; - '''Imelime;''' - Beaucoup, plusieurs; ''adj.''<br> Map; - '''Akwukwo-uwa;''' - Mappe-monde; ''s.''<br> Mar: - '''Lu-aru, melu-aru;''' - Gâter, endommager; ''v. a.''<br> Maraud; - '''Nya, nya-anya, me-anya, ce-anya;''' - Marauder; ''v. a.''<br> Marauder; - '''Onye-anya;''' - Maraudeur; ''s.''<br> March; - '''Ga n'usu;''' - Marcher; ''v. n.''<br> Mare; - '''Nwunye anyinya;''' Jument; ''s.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> 36m4o9e85d1xuruozinuzk4revbogmr 1332517 1332514 2026-04-01T22:20:08Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Validated */ 1332517 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|160|Mau-Mar}} {{rule}} Mangy; - Di-akpakpa, buso-akpakpa; - Galeux-se; ''adj.''<br> Manhalter; - '''Okpomadu-asi;''' - Misanthrope; ''s.''<br> Manhood; - '''Ogo madu, ogo nwoke, nwoke-oba;''' - Virilité; ''s''<br> Mania; - '''Ala ikoliko;''' Manie; ''s.''<br> Maniac; - '''Napu-ala, neme-ikoliko;''' - Maniaque; ''adj.''<br> - '''Onye-ala, onye-ikoliko;''' - Maniaque; ''s.''<br> Maniacal; - '''N'apu-ala, n'eme-ikoliko;''' - Fou, enragé; ''adj.''<br> Manifest; - '''Gosi;''' - Manifester; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Akwukwo igbu ugbo;''' - Manifeste; ''s.''<br> Manifestation; - '''Ngosi, nfuwaputa;''' - Manifestation; ''s.''<br> Manifestly; - '''N'ife, n'ifolo;''' Manifestement; ''adv.''<br> Manyfold; - '''Imelime;''' - Nombreux; ''adj.''<br> Manikin; - '''Nwoke nta;''' - Mannequin; ''s.''<br> Manipulate; - '''Lu-olu aka; me n'aka;''' - Manipuler; ''v. a.''<br> Manipulation; - '''Idji-aka lu-olu; ime n'aka;''' - Manipulation; ''s.''<br> Mankind; - '''Madu;''' - Genre humain; ''s.''<br> Manlike; - '''Dika nwoke;''' Viril; ''adj.''<br> Manliness; - '''Dike, ebube;''' Bravoure; ''s.''<br> Manly; - '''Di-dike, di-ebube;''' Mâle; ''adj.''<br> Manner; - '''Omofu, uzo, omeme, iru;''' - Maniere; s.<br> Mannerism; - '''Ememe;''' Affectation; ''s.''<br> Mannerly; - '''Di-asala, di-nsala;''' - Bien élevé; ''adj.''<br> Manners; - '''Asala, nsala;''' - Manieres, moeurs; ''s.''<br> Mansion; - '''Nukwu uno-obi;''' - Château; ''s.''<br> Mantle; - '''Akwa-okoko;''' - Manteau; ''s.''<br> Mantua; - '''Afe-enu-aru, okwa-afe;''' - Mante; ''s.''<br> Manual; - '''Akamelu, edji-akame;''' - Manuel; ''s.''<br> Manumission; - '''Irafu-ora, nrafu;''' - Manumission; ''s.''<br> Manumit; - '''Rafu;''' - Affranchir; ''v. a.''<br> Manure; - '''Zu-ani;''' - Engraisser; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ife-izu-ani;''' - Engrais; ''s.''<br> Manurial; - '''N'azu-ani, di-izu-ani;''' - Qui engraisse; ''adj.''<br> Manuscript; - '''Akwukwoakadelu;''' - Manuscrit; ''s.''<br> Many; - '''Imelime;''' - Beaucoup, plusieurs; ''adj.''<br> Map; - '''Akwukwo-uwa;''' - Mappe-monde; ''s.''<br> Mar: - '''Lu-aru, melu-aru;''' - Gâter, endommager; ''v. a.''<br> Maraud; - '''Nya, nya-anya, me-anya, ce-anya;''' - Marauder; ''v. a.''<br> Marauder; - '''Onye-anya;''' - Maraudeur; ''s.''<br> March; - '''Ga n'usu;''' - Marcher; ''v. n.''<br> Mare; - '''Nwunye anyinya;''' Jument; ''s.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> ic93wj5hk0fzwh746rz1jv7tdwog4z3 Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/171 104 449297 1332522 2026-04-01T22:58:40Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332522 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh|164|Mee-Mer}} {{rule}} Meekly; - '''Na nwayo;''' - Paisiblement; ''adv.''<br> Meekness; - '''Nwayo, idi-nwayo;''' - Douceur; ''s.''<br> Meet; - '''Zu zukoli;''' - Rencontrer; ''v. a.''<br> Meeting; - '''Izu nfulita;''' - Rencontre, réunion; ''s.''<br> Meetly; - '''N'eko, na nkwesi;''' - Convenablement; ''adv.''<br> Meliorate; - '''Dozi, mezi;''' - Améliorer; ''v. a.''<br> Melioration; - '''Nmezi, ndozi;''' - Amélioration; ''s.''<br> Mellow; - '''Lolu-alo;''' - Mûrir; ''v. n.''<br> Mellowness; '''Ololo; nealo;''' Maturité; ''s.''<br> Melody; - '''Abu, egwu;''' - Mélodie; ''s''<br> Melt; - '''Gbaze, meze, lize;''' - S'attendrir; ''v. n.''<br> Meltingly; - '''Na mgbaze;''' - D'une manière touchante; ''adv.''<br> Member; - '''Ngadaba-aru;''' - Membre; ''s.''<br> Member-ship; - '''Idi n'otu, okwa-onye-otu;''' - Corporation; ''s.''<br> Memento; - '''Ife-nlota, ife-nceta;''' - Souvenir; ''s.''<br> Memoir; - '''Akoko;''' - Memoire; ''s.''<br> Memorabilia; - '''Ife di-nçeta, ife di-nlota;''' - Fait digne de mémoire; ''s.''<br> Memorable; - '''Di-nlota, di-nceta;''' - Mémorable; ''adj.''<br> Memorandum; - '''Akwukwo-nceta;''' - Memorandum; ''s.''<br> Memorial; - '''Ife-nlota;''' - Mémorial; ''s.''<br> Memorialize; - '''Debe ife-nlota;''' - Adresser un mémoire; ''v. n.''<br> Memorize; - '''Me k'eçeta;''' - Rappeler en mémoire; ''v. a.''<br> Memory; - '''Uce, nçeta, n'elota;''' - Mémoire; ''s.''<br> Men; - '''Madu, ndikom;''' - Homme; ''s.''<br> Menace; - '''Yi-egwu;''' - Menacer; ''v. a.''<br> Mend; - '''Kwa, mekwa, dokwa, dozi;''' - Raccommoder; ''v. a.''<br> Mendacity; - '''Azi, okwu-azi;''' - Mendicité; ''s.''<br> Mendicant; - '''Onye-ayoyo;''' - Mendiant; ''s.''<br> Mendicity; - '''Okwa onye-ayoyo, ayoyo;''' - Mendicité; ''s.''<br> Menial; - '''Di-ani;''' - Servile; ''adj.''<br> Menstrual; - '''Kwa owa, nk' owa;''' - Menstruel-le; ''adj.''<br> Mensurable; - '''Di-osisi, di-nsita;''' - Mesurable; ''adj.''<br> Mensuration; - '''Osisi, nsita;''' - Mesurage; ''s.''<br> Mental; - '''Uçe, nk' uçe;''' - Mental-e; ''adj.''<br> Mentally; - '''N'uce;''' - Mentalement; ''adv.''<br> Mention; - '''Fo, fota, gwata;''' - Mentionner; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Nfo, nfota;''' - Mention; ''s.''<br> Mentionnable; - '''Di-nkwuta, di-nfota;''' - Mentionable; ''adj.''<br> Mercantile; - '''Afya, nk'afya;''' - Mercantile; ''adj.''<br> Mercenary; - '''Di-ogogo, di-akpili;''' - Mercenaire; ''adj.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> a3ehmdj442sfo567pvyf26vna0uu9u8 1332572 1332522 2026-04-02T08:39:28Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332572 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|164|Mee-Mer}} {{rule}} Meekly; - '''Na nwayo;''' - Paisiblement; ''adv.''<br> Meekness; - '''Nwayo, idi-nwayo;''' - Douceur; ''s.''<br> Meet; - '''Zu zukoli;''' - Rencontrer; ''v. a.''<br> Meeting; - '''Izu nfulita;''' - Rencontre, réunion; ''s.''<br> Meetly; - '''N'eko, na nkwesi;''' - Convenablement; ''adv.''<br> Meliorate; - '''Dozi, mezi;''' - Améliorer; ''v. a.''<br> Melioration; - '''Nmezi, ndozi;''' - Amélioration; ''s.''<br> Mellow; - '''Lolu-alo;''' - Mûrir; ''v. n.''<br> Mellowness; '''Ololo; nealo;''' Maturité; ''s.''<br> Melody; - '''Abu, egwu;''' - Mélodie; ''s''<br> Melt; - '''Gbaze, meze, lize;''' - S'attendrir; ''v. n.''<br> Meltingly; - '''Na mgbaze;''' - D'une manière touchante; ''adv.''<br> Member; - '''Ngadaba-aru;''' - Membre; ''s.''<br> Member-ship; - '''Idi n'otu, okwa-onye-otu;''' - Corporation; ''s.''<br> Memento; - '''Ife-nlota, ife-nceta;''' - Souvenir; ''s.''<br> Memoir; - '''Akoko;''' - Memoire; ''s.''<br> Memorabilia; - '''Ife di-nçeta, ife di-nlota;''' - Fait digne de mémoire; ''s.''<br> Memorable; - '''Di-nlota, di-nceta;''' - Mémorable; ''adj.''<br> Memorandum; - '''Akwukwo-nceta;''' - Memorandum; ''s.''<br> Memorial; - '''Ife-nlota;''' - Mémorial; ''s.''<br> Memorialize; - '''Debe ife-nlota;''' - Adresser un mémoire; ''v. n.''<br> Memorize; - '''Me k'eçeta;''' - Rappeler en mémoire; ''v. a.''<br> Memory; - '''Uce, nçeta, n'elota;''' - Mémoire; ''s.''<br> Men; - '''Madu, ndikom;''' - Homme; ''s.''<br> Menace; - '''Yi-egwu;''' - Menacer; ''v. a.''<br> Mend; - '''Kwa, mekwa, dokwa, dozi;''' - Raccommoder; ''v. a.''<br> Mendacity; - '''Azi, okwu-azi;''' - Mendicité; ''s.''<br> Mendicant; - '''Onye-ayoyo;''' - Mendiant; ''s.''<br> Mendicity; - '''Okwa onye-ayoyo, ayoyo;''' - Mendicité; ''s.''<br> Menial; - '''Di-ani;''' - Servile; ''adj.''<br> Menstrual; - '''Kwa owa, nk' owa;''' - Menstruel-le; ''adj.''<br> Mensurable; - '''Di-osisi, di-nsita;''' - Mesurable; ''adj.''<br> Mensuration; - '''Osisi, nsita;''' - Mesurage; ''s.''<br> Mental; - '''Uçe, nk' uçe;''' - Mental-e; ''adj.''<br> Mentally; - '''N'uce;''' - Mentalement; ''adv.''<br> Mention; - '''Fo, fota, gwata;''' - Mentionner; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Nfo, nfota;''' - Mention; ''s.''<br> Mentionnable; - '''Di-nkwuta, di-nfota;''' - Mentionable; ''adj.''<br> Mercantile; - '''Afya, nk'afya;''' - Mercantile; ''adj.''<br> Mercenary; - '''Di-ogogo, di-akpili;''' - Mercenaire; ''adj.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> dh4ldoybh7krmp2zmab2mczmwrbikwn Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/15 104 449298 1332523 2026-04-01T23:20:19Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332523 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|8|Ahe-All}} {{rule}} Ahead; — '''N'iru'''; — En tête, en avant; adv. <br> Aid; — '''Nye-aka, du-aka'''; — Aider; v. a. <br> Inye-aka; — '''Inye-aka'''; — Aide, secours; s. <br> Ail; — '''Gbu, ya'''; — Avoir mal; v. n. <br> Ailment; — '''Oya, Iya-iya'''; — Maladie, malaise; s. <br> Aim; — '''Do'''; — Viser, ajuster; v. a. <br> Air; — '''Ikuku, ikuku'''; — Air, vent; s. <br> Air-hole; — '''Oghlele-ikuku'''; — Soupirail; s. <br> Akin; — '''Di-na une, di-na una'''; — De même race; adj. <br> Alack!; — '''Ewo!, ewe!, okoko!'''; — Hélas!; interj. <br> Alacrity; — '''Nwangwa'''; — Vivacité; s. <br> Alarm; — '''Ngbama, onono'''; — Alarme; s. <br> Alarm-clock; — '''Anyamu-ngbama'''; — Cloche d’alarme; s. <br> Alas; — '''Ewo!, ewe!, ewu!'''; — Hélas!; int. <br> Albeit; — '''Ma, mabuna, obuziena'''; — Quoique; conj. <br> Albino; — '''Nwa-anyali, nwa-abala'''; — Albinos; s. <br> Alcohol; — '''Manya oyibo'''; — Eau-de-vie; s. <br> Ale; — '''Manya-oka'''; — Bière aigre; s. <br> Alert; — '''Nko, di-nko'''; — Leste, alerte; adj. <br> Alertness; — '''Nko, idi-nko'''; — Vivacité; s. <br> Alienable; — '''Di-olele, di-nlefu'''; — Aliénable; adj. <br> Alienate; — '''Wegha, lefu'''; — Aliéner; v. a. <br> Alienation; — '''Nwegha, nlefu'''; — Aliénation; s. <br> Alienator; — '''Onye-olele, onye-nwegha'''; — Aliénateur; s. <br> Alight; — '''Dakwasi, bekawasi'''; — S’abattre; v. n. <br> Alike; — '''Ofuakafu'''; — Semblable; adj. <br> Aliment; — '''Nni, ife-olili'''; — Aliment; s. <br> Alive; — '''Di-ndu'''; — Vivant; adj. <br> All; — '''Nine, nqa'''; — Toute; adj. <br> Allay; — '''Gbo, medjunata'''; — Calmer, apaiser; v. a. <br> Allegiance; — '''Isi-ani, ikwe isi-ani'''; — Fidélité; s. <br> Allegorize; — '''Ma-atu, thu-inu, yi-arima'''; — Allégoriser; v. n. <br> Allegory; — '''Atu, Oma-atu, Inwokwu, arima'''; — Allégorie; s. <br> Alleviate; — '''Gba-nfe, mebenata'''; — Alléger; v. a. <br> Alleviation; — '''Igba-nfe, mebenata'''; — Adoucissement, soulagement; s. <br> Alliance; — '''Anakokam, mnako, n’iko'''; — Alliance; s. <br> Alligate; — '''Zoko, fieko, keko'''; — Lier; v. a. <br> Alligator; — '''Adjii, Agu iyi'''; — Alligator; s. <br> Allocation; — '''Ndedebe, Ndedebe'''; — Allocation; s. <br> Allot; — '''kenye'''; — Partager; v. a. <br><noinclude></noinclude> g9vf2xkx1lwe77qic2bzjymx7u1btrx 1332568 1332523 2026-04-02T08:32:35Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332568 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|8|Ahe-All}} {{rule}} Ahead; — '''N'iru'''; — En tête, en avant; adv. <br> Aid; — '''Nye-aka, du-aka'''; — Aider; v. a. <br> Inye-aka; — '''Inye-aka'''; — Aide, secours; s. <br> Ail; — '''Gbu, ya'''; — Avoir mal; v. n. <br> Ailment; — '''Oya, Iya-iya'''; — Maladie, malaise; s. <br> Aim; — '''Do'''; — Viser, ajuster; v. a. <br> Air; — '''Ikuku, ikuku'''; — Air, vent; s. <br> Air-hole; — '''Oghlele-ikuku'''; — Soupirail; s. <br> Akin; — '''Di-na une, di-na una'''; — De même race; adj. <br> Alack!; — '''Ewo!, ewe!, okoko!'''; — Hélas!; interj. <br> Alacrity; — '''Nwangwa'''; — Vivacité; s. <br> Alarm; — '''Ngbama, onono'''; — Alarme; s. <br> Alarm-clock; — '''Anyamu-ngbama'''; — Cloche d’alarme; s. <br> Alas; — '''Ewo!, ewe!, ewu!'''; — Hélas!; int. <br> Albeit; — '''Ma, mabuna, obuziena'''; — Quoique; conj. <br> Albino; — '''Nwa-anyali, nwa-abala'''; — Albinos; s. <br> Alcohol; — '''Manya oyibo'''; — Eau-de-vie; s. <br> Ale; — '''Manya-oka'''; — Bière aigre; s. <br> Alert; — '''Nko, di-nko'''; — Leste, alerte; adj. <br> Alertness; — '''Nko, idi-nko'''; — Vivacité; s. <br> Alienable; — '''Di-olele, di-nlefu'''; — Aliénable; adj. <br> Alienate; — '''Wegha, lefu'''; — Aliéner; v. a. <br> Alienation; — '''Nwegha, nlefu'''; — Aliénation; s. <br> Alienator; — '''Onye-olele, onye-nwegha'''; — Aliénateur; s. <br> Alight; — '''Dakwasi, bekawasi'''; — S’abattre; v. n. <br> Alike; — '''Ofuakafu'''; — Semblable; adj. <br> Aliment; — '''Nni, ife-olili'''; — Aliment; s. <br> Alive; — '''Di-ndu'''; — Vivant; adj. <br> All; — '''Nine, nqa'''; — Toute; adj. <br> Allay; — '''Gbo, medjunata'''; — Calmer, apaiser; v. a. <br> Allegiance; — '''Isi-ani, ikwe isi-ani'''; — Fidélité; s. <br> Allegorize; — '''Ma-atu, thu-inu, yi-arima'''; — Allégoriser; v. n. <br> Allegory; — '''Atu, Oma-atu, Inwokwu, arima'''; — Allégorie; s. <br> Alleviate; — '''Gba-nfe, mebenata'''; — Alléger; v. a. <br> Alleviation; — '''Igba-nfe, mebenata'''; — Adoucissement, soulagement; s. <br> Alliance; — '''Anakokam, mnako, n’iko'''; — Alliance; s. <br> Alligate; — '''Zoko, fieko, keko'''; — Lier; v. a. <br> Alligator; — '''Adjii, Agu iyi'''; — Alligator; s. <br> Allocation; — '''Ndedebe, Ndedebe'''; — Allocation; s. <br> Allot; — '''kenye'''; — Partager; v. a. <br><noinclude></noinclude> 0hyqasmcfb1fuzq2d5kkubw9ok8k5yw Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/172 104 449299 1332525 2026-04-01T23:31:48Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332525 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mer - Mid|165}} {{rule}} Mercer; - '''Ole-asili;''' - Mercier; ''s.''<br> Merchandise; - '''Afya, ife-afya, nzumafya;''' - Marchandise; ''s.''<br> Merchant; - '''Onye-afya, ozu-afya;''' - Marchand; ''s.''<br> Merchantable; - '''Di-ozuzu;''' - Vendable; ''adj.''<br> Merchant-man; - '''Ugbo-afya;''' - Commerçant; ''s.''<br> Merciful; - '''Di ebele;''' - Miséricordieux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mercifully; - '''N'ebele;''' - Miséricordieusement; ''adv.''<br> Merciless; - '''N'enwero-ebele, n'adiro-ebele;''' - Cruel-le; ''adj.''<br> Mercy; - '''Ebele, mgabaghalu;''' - Miséricorde; ''s.''<br> Mere; - '''Sese, di oça-ezi;''' - Pur, simple; ''adj.''<br> Merely; - '''Sese, soso, so, kwaba;''' - Purement, simplement; ''adv.''<br> Meretricious; - '''Di-eriri, di-aghogho;''' - Courtisan-e; ''adj.''<br> Merge; - '''Sunye, minye;''' - Plonger; immerger; ''v. a.''<br> Merino; - '''Adji-atulu;''' - Merinos; ''s.''<br> Merrily; - '''N'awuli;''' - Gaiement; ''adv.''<br> Merriment; - '''Onu, awuli;''' - Joie, allégresse; ''s.''<br> Merry; - '''Nk'awuli, awuli;''' - Gai, joyeux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mesh; - '''Kuta, sita;''' - Prendre au filet; ''v. a.''<br> Mess; - '''Okwa-nni, aya-nni;''' - Plat; ''s.''<br> Message; - '''Ozi;''' - Message; ''s.''<br> Messenger; - '''Onye-ozi, uko;''' - Messager; ''s.''<br> Messiah; - '''Messia, Kristi, onye-eçili-eci;''' - Messie; ''s.''<br> Metamorphose; - '''Mogha, moghali;''' - Métamorphoser; ''v. a.''<br> Metamorphosis; - '''Nmogha, nmoghali;''' - Métamorphose; ''s.''<br> Metaphor; - '''Inu, arima;''' - Métaphore; ''s.''<br> Metaphorically; - '''N'inu, nk'arima;''' - Métaphoriquement; ''adv.''<br> Mete; - '''Si, ma;''' - Mesurer;<br> Meter; - '''Nsi-ama, ama;''' - Mètre; mesureur; ''s.''<br> Methinks; - '''Odika, odinka;''' - Il me semble; ''loc.''<br> Metre; - '''Ama-ukwu;''' - Mètre; ''s.''<br> Metropolis; - '''Isi-obodo, etiti-ani;''' - Métropole; ''s.''<br> Metropolitan; - '''Nk'isi-obodo, nk'etiti-ani;''' - Métropolitain; ''adj.''<br> Mettles; - '''Isi-obi, obi-ezie;''' - Fougue, ardeur; ''s.''<br> Mettlesome; - '''Siliobi;''' - Fougueux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mew; - '''Tinye na ngala;''' - Enfermer; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ngala, ecele;''' - Cage; ''s.''<br> Mewl; - '''Kwa ka nwa;''' - Pleurer, vagir; ''v. n.''<br> Mid; - '''Etiti, nk'etiti;''' - Moyen; ''adj.''<br> Mid day; - '''Efifye, ndjekwalaya, efifye nabo;''' - Midi; ''s.''<br> Middle; - '''Etiti;''' - Milieu; ''s.''<br> [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> offzob0o7gb3pr9kw2o4e9ci6q1mbhm 1332591 1332525 2026-04-02T09:47:02Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332591 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mer - Mid|165}} {{rule}} Mercer; - '''Ole-asili;''' - Mercier; ''s.''<br> Merchandise; - '''Afya, ife-afya, nzumafya;''' - Marchandise; ''s.''<br> Merchant; - '''Onye-afya, ozu-afya;''' - Marchand; ''s.''<br> Merchantable; - '''Di-ozuzu;''' - Vendable; ''adj.''<br> Merchant-man; - '''Ugbo-afya;''' - Commerçant; ''s.''<br> Merciful; - '''Di ebele;''' - Miséricordieux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mercifully; - '''N'ebele;''' - Miséricordieusement; ''adv.''<br> Merciless; - '''N'enwero-ebele, n'adiro-ebele;''' - Cruel-le; ''adj.''<br> Mercy; - '''Ebele, mgabaghalu;''' - Miséricorde; ''s.''<br> Mere; - '''Sese, di oça-ezi;''' - Pur, simple; ''adj.''<br> Merely; - '''Sese, soso, so, kwaba;''' - Purement, simplement; ''adv.''<br> Meretricious; - '''Di-eriri, di-aghogho;''' - Courtisan-e; ''adj.''<br> Merge; - '''Sunye, minye;''' - Plonger; immerger; ''v. a.''<br> Merino; - '''Adji-atulu;''' - Merinos; ''s.''<br> Merrily; - '''N'awuli;''' - Gaiement; ''adv.''<br> Merriment; - '''Onu, awuli;''' - Joie, allégresse; ''s.''<br> Merry; - '''Nk'awuli, awuli;''' - Gai, joyeux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mesh; - '''Kuta, sita;''' - Prendre au filet; ''v. a.''<br> Mess; - '''Okwa-nni, aya-nni;''' - Plat; ''s.''<br> Message; - '''Ozi;''' - Message; ''s.''<br> Messenger; - '''Onye-ozi, uko;''' - Messager; ''s.''<br> Messiah; - '''Messia, Kristi, onye-eçili-eci;''' - Messie; ''s.''<br> Metamorphose; - '''Mogha, moghali;''' - Métamorphoser; ''v. a.''<br> Metamorphosis; - '''Nmogha, nmoghali;''' - Métamorphose; ''s.''<br> Metaphor; - '''Inu, arima;''' - Métaphore; ''s.''<br> Metaphorically; - '''N'inu, nk'arima;''' - Métaphoriquement; ''adv.''<br> Mete; - '''Si, ma;''' - Mesurer;<br> Meter; - '''Nsi-ama, ama;''' - Mètre; mesureur; ''s.''<br> Methinks; - '''Odika, odinka;''' - Il me semble; ''loc.''<br> Metre; - '''Ama-ukwu;''' - Mètre; ''s.''<br> Metropolis; - '''Isi-obodo, etiti-ani;''' - Métropole; ''s.''<br> Metropolitan; - '''Nk'isi-obodo, nk'etiti-ani;''' - Métropolitain; ''adj.''<br> Mettles; - '''Isi-obi, obi-ezie;''' - Fougue, ardeur; ''s.''<br> Mettlesome; - '''Siliobi;''' - Fougueux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mew; - '''Tinye na ngala;''' - Enfermer; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ngala, ecele;''' - Cage; ''s.''<br> Mewl; - '''Kwa ka nwa;''' - Pleurer, vagir; ''v. n.''<br> Mid; - '''Etiti, nk'etiti;''' - Moyen; ''adj.''<br> Mid day; - '''Efifye, ndjekwalaya, efifye nabo;''' - Midi; ''s.''<br> Middle; - '''Etiti;''' - Milieu; ''s.''<br> [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> mi2aaa88z2tzag4p9dkv19kehgxnihy Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/16 104 449300 1332526 2026-04-01T23:33:04Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332526 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|9|All-Amb}} {{Rule}} Allow; — '''Kwe'''; — Allouer; v. a.<br> Allowable; — '''Di-okwekwè'''; — Allouable; adj.<br> Allowableness; — '''Idi-okwekwè'''; — Légitimité; s.<br> Allure; — '''La'''; — Amorcer; v. a.<br> Allurement; — '''Ula, olala'''; — Attrait, amorce; s.<br> Allurer; — '''Olakola'''; — Séducteur; s.<br> Alluring; — '''Olala'''; — Attrayant, séduisant; adj.<br> Alluvial; — '''Dik’agwe, di-agwe'''; — Alluvial; adj.<br> Alluvion; — '''Agwe'''; — Alluvion; s.<br> Ally; — '''Mako, fiko'''; — S’allier; v. n.<br> Allmighty; — '''Dji-ike-nine'''; — Tout-puissant; adj.<br> Almost; — '''Nwase, ntuma'''; — Presque; adv.<br> Aloft; — '''Enu, n’enu'''; — En-haut; adv.<br> Alone; — '''So, soso, sese'''; — Seul; adj.<br> Along; — '''Ogonogo, n’ogonogo'''; — Le long de; prep.<br> Aloof; — '''Efem, not’aka'''; — Loin, à distance; adv.<br> Aloud; — '''Silike'''; — Haut, à haute voix; adv.<br> Already; — '''Kodinwo, kita'''; — Déjà; adv.<br> Also; — '''azi'''; — Aussi, en outre; adv.<br> Alter; — '''Gha, gbagha, nwogha'''; — S’altérer; v. n.<br> Alterable; — '''Dinigbagha'''; — Changeant; adj.<br> Alterant; — '''Oghafie''' ; — Qui altère; adj.<br> Alteration; — '''Ugha''' ; — Altération; s.<br> Altercate; — '''Konu''' ; — Se disputer; v. n.<br> Altercation; — '''Akomonu, esemoku''' ; — Dispute, palabre; s.<br> Although; — '''Obuna, obunadu, obueziena''' ; — Quoique; conj.<br> Altitude; — '''Enu''' ; — Altitude; s.<br> Altogether; — '''N’ea, nine, nofu''' ; — Tout-à-fait; adv.<br> Alvine; — '''Afo''' ; — Alevin; s.<br> Always; — '''Mgbèna, ekponine''' ; — Toujours; adv.<br> Amass; — '''Kpokoba, lukpobe''' ; — Amasser; v. a.<br> Amassment; — '''Obo, ikpo''' ; — Amas, tas; s.<br> Amaze; — '''Fi, gbaghali''' ; — Surprendre; v. a.<br> Amazement; — '''Igbaghali''' ; — Surprise; s.<br> Ambassador; — '''Luko, Odibo, onye-uko''' ; — Ambassadeur, envoyé; s.<br> Ambition; — '''Oke-obi''' ; — Ambition; s.<br> Ambitious; — '''Di-oke-obi''' ; — Ambitieux; adj.<br> Ambuscade; — '''Ebe-uce''' ; — Embuscade; s.<br> Ambush; — '''Uce, ebe-uce''' ; — Embûches, piège; s.<br> Ambushment; — '''Uce''' ; — Embuscade; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 85bviwm0tpo20k3r3kp05rcy9w37vv3 1332569 1332526 2026-04-02T08:33:20Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332569 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|9|All-Amb}} {{Rule}} Allow; — '''Kwe'''; — Allouer; v. a.<br> Allowable; — '''Di-okwekwè'''; — Allouable; adj.<br> Allowableness; — '''Idi-okwekwè'''; — Légitimité; s.<br> Allure; — '''La'''; — Amorcer; v. a.<br> Allurement; — '''Ula, olala'''; — Attrait, amorce; s.<br> Allurer; — '''Olakola'''; — Séducteur; s.<br> Alluring; — '''Olala'''; — Attrayant, séduisant; adj.<br> Alluvial; — '''Dik’agwe, di-agwe'''; — Alluvial; adj.<br> Alluvion; — '''Agwe'''; — Alluvion; s.<br> Ally; — '''Mako, fiko'''; — S’allier; v. n.<br> Allmighty; — '''Dji-ike-nine'''; — Tout-puissant; adj.<br> Almost; — '''Nwase, ntuma'''; — Presque; adv.<br> Aloft; — '''Enu, n’enu'''; — En-haut; adv.<br> Alone; — '''So, soso, sese'''; — Seul; adj.<br> Along; — '''Ogonogo, n’ogonogo'''; — Le long de; prep.<br> Aloof; — '''Efem, not’aka'''; — Loin, à distance; adv.<br> Aloud; — '''Silike'''; — Haut, à haute voix; adv.<br> Already; — '''Kodinwo, kita'''; — Déjà; adv.<br> Also; — '''azi'''; — Aussi, en outre; adv.<br> Alter; — '''Gha, gbagha, nwogha'''; — S’altérer; v. n.<br> Alterable; — '''Dinigbagha'''; — Changeant; adj.<br> Alterant; — '''Oghafie''' ; — Qui altère; adj.<br> Alteration; — '''Ugha''' ; — Altération; s.<br> Altercate; — '''Konu''' ; — Se disputer; v. n.<br> Altercation; — '''Akomonu, esemoku''' ; — Dispute, palabre; s.<br> Although; — '''Obuna, obunadu, obueziena''' ; — Quoique; conj.<br> Altitude; — '''Enu''' ; — Altitude; s.<br> Altogether; — '''N’ea, nine, nofu''' ; — Tout-à-fait; adv.<br> Alvine; — '''Afo''' ; — Alevin; s.<br> Always; — '''Mgbèna, ekponine''' ; — Toujours; adv.<br> Amass; — '''Kpokoba, lukpobe''' ; — Amasser; v. a.<br> Amassment; — '''Obo, ikpo''' ; — Amas, tas; s.<br> Amaze; — '''Fi, gbaghali''' ; — Surprendre; v. a.<br> Amazement; — '''Igbaghali''' ; — Surprise; s.<br> Ambassador; — '''Luko, Odibo, onye-uko''' ; — Ambassadeur, envoyé; s.<br> Ambition; — '''Oke-obi''' ; — Ambition; s.<br> Ambitious; — '''Di-oke-obi''' ; — Ambitieux; adj.<br> Ambuscade; — '''Ebe-uce''' ; — Embuscade; s.<br> Ambush; — '''Uce, ebe-uce''' ; — Embûches, piège; s.<br> Ambushment; — '''Uce''' ; — Embuscade; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 93p2s93s3ercj4pc3custf3w30ruq6s Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/17 104 449301 1332527 2026-04-01T23:43:28Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332527 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|10|Ame-Aug}} {{Rule}} Ameliorate; — '''Mezi, dozi;''' — S'améliorer; v. n.<br> Amelioration; — '''Nmezi, ndozi;''' — Amélioration; s.<br> Amen; — '''Emin, Ndje;''' — Amen, ainsi-soit-il; adv.<br> Amend; — '''Dokwa, Mekwe;''' — Amender; v. a.<br> Amende; — '''Nmari, nmezi, ndozi;''' — Amendement; s.<br> Amends; — '''Nmekwa, ndoci;''' — Dédommagement; s.<br> Amiable; — '''Kwesi-ifunanya;''' — Aimable; adj.<br> Amiableness; — '''Ikwesi-ifunanya;''' — Amabilité; s.<br> Amicably; — '''N'udo;''' — Amicalement; adv.<br> Amid; — '''Netiti, nime;''' — Au milieu; prép.<br> Amiss; — '''Ufye;''' — Mal à propos; adv.<br> Amity; — '''Oyi, ukpa, odimma;''' — Amitié; s.<br> Ammunition; — '''Ife-ogiu ife-agha;''' — Munitions; s.<br> Among; — '''Nime, netiti;''' — Parmi, entre; prép.<br> Amount; — '''Onu, onuagu, ligo;''' — Total, montant; s.<br> Ample; — '''Imelime, nukwu;''' — Ample, grand; adj.<br> Amplification; — '''Ntunin, nbuni;''' — Agrandissement; s.<br> Amplifier; — '''Onye ntunin;''' — Amplificateur; s.<br> Amplify; — '''Luni, bunii;''' — Amplifier, grossir; v. a.<br> Amplitude; — '''Nukwu, ukwu;''' — Abondance; s.<br> Amply; — '''Imelime, inyelikiti;''' — Amplement, largement; adv.<br> Amulet; — '''Igba;''' — Amulette, bracelet; s.<br> Amuse; — '''Kpaamu, gwuegwu;''' — S'amuser; v. n.<br> Amusement; — '''Ikpaamu, igwuegwu;''' — Amusement; s.<br> Anathema; — '''Ibuonu, Abumonu;''' — Anathème, malédiction; s.<br> Anathematize; — '''Buonu;''' — Maudire; v. a.<br> Anatomy; — '''Obobo;''' — Squelette; s.<br> Ancestor; — '''Nna-di-ukwu;''' — Ayeux, ancêtres; s.<br> Ancestral; — '''Sitena, ndi-gbo;''' — Héréditaire; adj.<br> Ancestry; — '''Nna-di-na-di;''' — Héréditairement; adv.<br> Anchor; — '''Arilika;''' — Ancre; s.<br> Anchorage; — '''Otu, Iru-otu, Ebe-onyenye;''' — Mouillage, débarcadère; s.<br> Ancient; — '''Gbo, onye;''' — Ancien; adj.<br> Anciently; — '''Ekpo-gbo;''' — Anciennement; adv.<br> Ancients; — '''Ndigbo;''' — Anciens, ancêtres; s.<br> And; — '''Na, Ma;''' — et; conj.<br> Anecdote; — '''Akoko, akeko;''' — Histoire; anecdote; s.<br> Anew; — '''Ofu;''' — À neuf, à nouveau; adv.<br> Angel; — '''Momma;''' — Ange; s.<br> Angelic; — '''Nke-Momma;''' — Angélique; adj.<br><noinclude></noinclude> j3lln0rml3jbav6m69k478xi2595i6d 1332583 1332527 2026-04-02T09:39:17Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332583 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|10|Ame-Aug}} {{Rule}} Ameliorate; — '''Mezi, dozi;''' — S'améliorer; v. n.<br> Amelioration; — '''Nmezi, ndozi;''' — Amélioration; s.<br> Amen; — '''Emin, Ndje;''' — Amen, ainsi-soit-il; adv.<br> Amend; — '''Dokwa, Mekwe;''' — Amender; v. a.<br> Amende; — '''Nmari, nmezi, ndozi;''' — Amendement; s.<br> Amends; — '''Nmekwa, ndoci;''' — Dédommagement; s.<br> Amiable; — '''Kwesi-ifunanya;''' — Aimable; adj.<br> Amiableness; — '''Ikwesi-ifunanya;''' — Amabilité; s.<br> Amicably; — '''N'udo;''' — Amicalement; adv.<br> Amid; — '''Netiti, nime;''' — Au milieu; prép.<br> Amiss; — '''Ufye;''' — Mal à propos; adv.<br> Amity; — '''Oyi, ukpa, odimma;''' — Amitié; s.<br> Ammunition; — '''Ife-ogiu ife-agha;''' — Munitions; s.<br> Among; — '''Nime, netiti;''' — Parmi, entre; prép.<br> Amount; — '''Onu, onuagu, ligo;''' — Total, montant; s.<br> Ample; — '''Imelime, nukwu;''' — Ample, grand; adj.<br> Amplification; — '''Ntunin, nbuni;''' — Agrandissement; s.<br> Amplifier; — '''Onye ntunin;''' — Amplificateur; s.<br> Amplify; — '''Luni, bunii;''' — Amplifier, grossir; v. a.<br> Amplitude; — '''Nukwu, ukwu;''' — Abondance; s.<br> Amply; — '''Imelime, inyelikiti;''' — Amplement, largement; adv.<br> Amulet; — '''Igba;''' — Amulette, bracelet; s.<br> Amuse; — '''Kpaamu, gwuegwu;''' — S'amuser; v. n.<br> Amusement; — '''Ikpaamu, igwuegwu;''' — Amusement; s.<br> Anathema; — '''Ibuonu, Abumonu;''' — Anathème, malédiction; s.<br> Anathematize; — '''Buonu;''' — Maudire; v. a.<br> Anatomy; — '''Obobo;''' — Squelette; s.<br> Ancestor; — '''Nna-di-ukwu;''' — Ayeux, ancêtres; s.<br> Ancestral; — '''Sitena, ndi-gbo;''' — Héréditaire; adj.<br> Ancestry; — '''Nna-di-na-di;''' — Héréditairement; adv.<br> Anchor; — '''Arilika;''' — Ancre; s.<br> Anchorage; — '''Otu, Iru-otu, Ebe-onyenye;''' — Mouillage, débarcadère; s.<br> Ancient; — '''Gbo, onye;''' — Ancien; adj.<br> Anciently; — '''Ekpo-gbo;''' — Anciennement; adv.<br> Ancients; — '''Ndigbo;''' — Anciens, ancêtres; s.<br> And; — '''Na, Ma;''' — et; conj.<br> Anecdote; — '''Akoko, akeko;''' — Histoire; anecdote; s.<br> Anew; — '''Ofu;''' — À neuf, à nouveau; adv.<br> Angel; — '''Momma;''' — Ange; s.<br> Angelic; — '''Nke-Momma;''' — Angélique; adj.<br><noinclude></noinclude> fyirea6bipoyf9cijc1n33bhqvzd1mp Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/18 104 449302 1332528 2026-04-01T23:47:24Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332528 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|11|Ang-Ano}} {{Rule}} Anger; — '''Iwe;''' — Colère; s.<br> Angle; — '''Nkuku;''' — Angle, coin; s.<br> Angler; — '''Onye-oku;''' — Harponneur, pêcheur à l'hameçon; s.<br> Angry; — '''Di-iwe;''' — Fâché, colère; adj.<br> Anguineal; — '''Agwo, nke-agwo;''' — Ophidien-ne; adj.<br> Anguish; — '''Ufu;''' — Angoisse; s.<br> Angular; — '''Di-nkuku;''' — Anguleux; adj.<br> Animadvert; — '''Do-uc̣e, sikwu, ta uta;''' — Blâmer; v. a.<br> Animal; — '''Anu, Anumanu;''' — Animal; s.<br> Animalcule; — '''Anu nta, ifilifu anumanu;''' — Animalcule; s.<br> Animate; — '''Nye ndu, me ife kpo oku, kute ndu;''' — Animer; v. a.<br> Animating; — '''Na-enye ndu;''' — Qui donne la vie; adj.<br> Animation; — '''Inye ndu, Enyem ndu, ikute ndu;''' — Action d'animer; s.<br> Animosity; — '''Adojiwe, okeiwe;''' — Animosité; s.<br> Ankle; — '''Akpukwum, mkpili ukwu;''' — Cheville de pied; s.<br> Annals; — '''Akoko-aro;''' — Annales; s.<br> Annexation; — '''Nkpoko;''' — Annexation; s.<br> Annex; — '''Kpoko;''' — Annexer; v. a.<br> Annihilable; — '''Di-ninayi;''' — qui peut être annihilé; adj.<br> Annihilate; — '''Na-ni'iyi, na nakiti;''' — Annihiler; v. a.<br> Annihilation; — '''Inaniyi;''' — Annihilation; s.<br> Anniversary; — '''Aguguaro;''' — Anniversaire; s.<br> Annotate; — '''Ka akala, ka akika, me arima;''' — Annoter; v. n.<br> Annotation; — '''Ika akala, ime arima;''' — Annotation; s.<br> Announce; — '''Gwa, si, gwata, gwaputa, ma okwa;''' — Annoncer; v. n.<br> Announcement; — '''Ogwagwa, ngwata, ima okwa;''' — Avertissement; s.<br> Annoy; — '''Kpasu iwe, Sogbu, kwubanoku;''' — Ennuyer; v. n.<br> Annoyance; — '''Ariri, Neogbu, Ikwubanoku;''' — Ennui; s.<br> Annual; — '''Kwa aro, aro;''' — Annuel; adj.<br> Annuity; — '''Ikwu ngwo aro;''' — Annuité; s.<br> Annul; — '''Wupu, mebie;''' — Annuler; v. a.<br> Annular; — '''Dika-mbaka, di-okilikili;''' — Annulaire; adj.<br> Annulet; — '''Mgbaka nta, obere mgbaka;''' — Agnelet; s.<br> Annulment; — '''Monghe;''' — Annulation; s.<br> Annumerate; — '''Guko;''' — Annumerer; v. a.<br> Annumeration; — '''Nguko;''' — Annumeration; s.<br> Annunciate; — '''Gwaputa;''' — Annoncer; v. n.<br> Annunciation; — '''Iko akoko, Ita atita Atita;''' — Annonciation; s.<br> Anoint; — '''Te-ude, te-anu, no-ude;''' — Oindre; v. a.<br> Anointment; — '''Ite-ude, Otete-ude;''' — Onction; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> pye94c7hzatikixvbplgjgjw9mfzlrk 1332584 1332528 2026-04-02T09:39:23Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332584 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|11|Ang-Ano}} {{Rule}} Anger; — '''Iwe;''' — Colère; s.<br> Angle; — '''Nkuku;''' — Angle, coin; s.<br> Angler; — '''Onye-oku;''' — Harponneur, pêcheur à l'hameçon; s.<br> Angry; — '''Di-iwe;''' — Fâché, colère; adj.<br> Anguineal; — '''Agwo, nke-agwo;''' — Ophidien-ne; adj.<br> Anguish; — '''Ufu;''' — Angoisse; s.<br> Angular; — '''Di-nkuku;''' — Anguleux; adj.<br> Animadvert; — '''Do-uc̣e, sikwu, ta uta;''' — Blâmer; v. a.<br> Animal; — '''Anu, Anumanu;''' — Animal; s.<br> Animalcule; — '''Anu nta, ifilifu anumanu;''' — Animalcule; s.<br> Animate; — '''Nye ndu, me ife kpo oku, kute ndu;''' — Animer; v. a.<br> Animating; — '''Na-enye ndu;''' — Qui donne la vie; adj.<br> Animation; — '''Inye ndu, Enyem ndu, ikute ndu;''' — Action d'animer; s.<br> Animosity; — '''Adojiwe, okeiwe;''' — Animosité; s.<br> Ankle; — '''Akpukwum, mkpili ukwu;''' — Cheville de pied; s.<br> Annals; — '''Akoko-aro;''' — Annales; s.<br> Annexation; — '''Nkpoko;''' — Annexation; s.<br> Annex; — '''Kpoko;''' — Annexer; v. a.<br> Annihilable; — '''Di-ninayi;''' — qui peut être annihilé; adj.<br> Annihilate; — '''Na-ni'iyi, na nakiti;''' — Annihiler; v. a.<br> Annihilation; — '''Inaniyi;''' — Annihilation; s.<br> Anniversary; — '''Aguguaro;''' — Anniversaire; s.<br> Annotate; — '''Ka akala, ka akika, me arima;''' — Annoter; v. n.<br> Annotation; — '''Ika akala, ime arima;''' — Annotation; s.<br> Announce; — '''Gwa, si, gwata, gwaputa, ma okwa;''' — Annoncer; v. n.<br> Announcement; — '''Ogwagwa, ngwata, ima okwa;''' — Avertissement; s.<br> Annoy; — '''Kpasu iwe, Sogbu, kwubanoku;''' — Ennuyer; v. n.<br> Annoyance; — '''Ariri, Neogbu, Ikwubanoku;''' — Ennui; s.<br> Annual; — '''Kwa aro, aro;''' — Annuel; adj.<br> Annuity; — '''Ikwu ngwo aro;''' — Annuité; s.<br> Annul; — '''Wupu, mebie;''' — Annuler; v. a.<br> Annular; — '''Dika-mbaka, di-okilikili;''' — Annulaire; adj.<br> Annulet; — '''Mgbaka nta, obere mgbaka;''' — Agnelet; s.<br> Annulment; — '''Monghe;''' — Annulation; s.<br> Annumerate; — '''Guko;''' — Annumerer; v. a.<br> Annumeration; — '''Nguko;''' — Annumeration; s.<br> Annunciate; — '''Gwaputa;''' — Annoncer; v. n.<br> Annunciation; — '''Iko akoko, Ita atita Atita;''' — Annonciation; s.<br> Anoint; — '''Te-ude, te-anu, no-ude;''' — Oindre; v. a.<br> Anointment; — '''Ite-ude, Otete-ude;''' — Onction; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> hq0j32k230tyy4t035kzwqchmqer6h4 Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/19 104 449303 1332532 2026-04-02T00:03:13Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332532 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|12|Ano - Apo}} {{Rule}} Anomaly; — '''Idjefye n'iwu, iputa n'iwu;''' — Anomalie; s.<br> Anonymous; — '''Enwe afa;''' — Anonyme; adj.<br> Another; — '''Ozo;''' — Autre; adj.<br> Answer; — '''Za, za-oku;''' — Répondre; v. n.<br> Ant; — '''Agbuis, danda, elulu, ido;''' — Fourmi; s.<br> Ant-hill; — '''Nkpu;''' — Fourmilière; s.<br> Antagonize; — '''Me dide, Dju, Meta-onye-ilo;''' — S’opposer; v. n.<br> Antilope; — '''Oea, imolo;''' — Antilope; s.<br> Anterior; — '''Nke-buuzo, Nke-buisi;''' — Antérieur; adj.<br> Anthropophagy; — '''Olimadu;''' — Anthropophagie; s.<br> Antichrist; — '''Onye-djulu-kristi;''' — Antechrist; s.<br> Anticipate; — '''Webulu, gabulu;''' — Anticiper; v. n.<br> Anticipation; — '''Iwebulu, igabulu;''' — Anticipation; s.<br> Antidote; — '''Mgbelu, Ulu;''' — Antidote; s.<br> Antipathy; — '''Ikpo-asi;''' — Antipathie; s.<br> Antipestilential; — '''Nke-mgbelu;''' — Antipestilentiel; adj.<br> Antique; — '''Gbo, oeye;''' — Antique; adj.<br> Antiquity; — '''Ekpogbo, Ubo sigbo;''' — Antiquité; s.<br> Antitype; — '''Onye-nweonyinyo;''' — Antitype; s.<br> Antler; — '''Ngadabandi;''' — Andouille; s.<br> Anvil; — '''Osiami;''' — Enclume; s.<br> Anxiety; — '''I-ce-ece, eceemue;''' — Anxiété; s.<br> Anxious (to be); — '''ce-ece;''' — Être anxieux; v. n.<br> Anxious; — '''Di-ice-ece;''' — Anxieux; adj.<br> Any one; — '''nke-obuna;''' — Quiconque; pron.<br> Any thing; — '''ife-obuna;''' — Quelque chose; pron.<br> Apace; — '''Ngwa-ngwa, oseso;''' — Vite; adv.<br> Apart; — '''N’uso, iee;''' — À part; adv.<br> Apartment; — '''N’zu-uno, Imuno;''' — Appartement; s.<br> Ape; — '''Ozo-dimba;''' — Singe; s.<br> Aperient; — '''Ogwugba-afo;''' — Apéritif; s.<br> Aperture; — '''Oghele;''' — Ouverture; s.<br> Apologize; — '''Go-agogo;''' — Faire l’éloge; v. n.<br> Apology; — '''Agogo;''' — Apologie; s.<br> Apoplexy; — '''Tamakwukwu;''' — Apoplexie; s.<br> Apostasy; — '''Ndapu, nda egirha;''' — Apostasie; s.<br> Apostate; — '''Onye-dagihalu;''' — Apostat; s.<br> Apostatize; — '''Dapu, dagirha;''' — Apostasier; v. n.<br> Apostle; — '''Onye-ozi;''' — Apôtre; s.<br> Apostle-ship; — '''Olu ndi-ozi;''' — Apostolat; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> lso0p8jqvvslucqa3bguuilvga3bfkf 1332585 1332532 2026-04-02T09:39:28Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332585 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|12|Ano - Apo}} {{Rule}} Anomaly; — '''Idjefye n'iwu, iputa n'iwu;''' — Anomalie; s.<br> Anonymous; — '''Enwe afa;''' — Anonyme; adj.<br> Another; — '''Ozo;''' — Autre; adj.<br> Answer; — '''Za, za-oku;''' — Répondre; v. n.<br> Ant; — '''Agbuis, danda, elulu, ido;''' — Fourmi; s.<br> Ant-hill; — '''Nkpu;''' — Fourmilière; s.<br> Antagonize; — '''Me dide, Dju, Meta-onye-ilo;''' — S’opposer; v. n.<br> Antilope; — '''Oea, imolo;''' — Antilope; s.<br> Anterior; — '''Nke-buuzo, Nke-buisi;''' — Antérieur; adj.<br> Anthropophagy; — '''Olimadu;''' — Anthropophagie; s.<br> Antichrist; — '''Onye-djulu-kristi;''' — Antechrist; s.<br> Anticipate; — '''Webulu, gabulu;''' — Anticiper; v. n.<br> Anticipation; — '''Iwebulu, igabulu;''' — Anticipation; s.<br> Antidote; — '''Mgbelu, Ulu;''' — Antidote; s.<br> Antipathy; — '''Ikpo-asi;''' — Antipathie; s.<br> Antipestilential; — '''Nke-mgbelu;''' — Antipestilentiel; adj.<br> Antique; — '''Gbo, oeye;''' — Antique; adj.<br> Antiquity; — '''Ekpogbo, Ubo sigbo;''' — Antiquité; s.<br> Antitype; — '''Onye-nweonyinyo;''' — Antitype; s.<br> Antler; — '''Ngadabandi;''' — Andouille; s.<br> Anvil; — '''Osiami;''' — Enclume; s.<br> Anxiety; — '''I-ce-ece, eceemue;''' — Anxiété; s.<br> Anxious (to be); — '''ce-ece;''' — Être anxieux; v. n.<br> Anxious; — '''Di-ice-ece;''' — Anxieux; adj.<br> Any one; — '''nke-obuna;''' — Quiconque; pron.<br> Any thing; — '''ife-obuna;''' — Quelque chose; pron.<br> Apace; — '''Ngwa-ngwa, oseso;''' — Vite; adv.<br> Apart; — '''N’uso, iee;''' — À part; adv.<br> Apartment; — '''N’zu-uno, Imuno;''' — Appartement; s.<br> Ape; — '''Ozo-dimba;''' — Singe; s.<br> Aperient; — '''Ogwugba-afo;''' — Apéritif; s.<br> Aperture; — '''Oghele;''' — Ouverture; s.<br> Apologize; — '''Go-agogo;''' — Faire l’éloge; v. n.<br> Apology; — '''Agogo;''' — Apologie; s.<br> Apoplexy; — '''Tamakwukwu;''' — Apoplexie; s.<br> Apostasy; — '''Ndapu, nda egirha;''' — Apostasie; s.<br> Apostate; — '''Onye-dagihalu;''' — Apostat; s.<br> Apostatize; — '''Dapu, dagirha;''' — Apostasier; v. n.<br> Apostle; — '''Onye-ozi;''' — Apôtre; s.<br> Apostle-ship; — '''Olu ndi-ozi;''' — Apostolat; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 7lbomsdoubigfgz1v8aqzbunf7huiva Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/166 104 449304 1332533 2026-04-02T00:05:13Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332533 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mal-Mam|159}} {{rule}} Malevolent; - '''Di-obi-ndjo, di-afo-ndjo;''' - Malveillant-e; ''adj.''<br> Malformation; - '''Omomo-ndjo, adjo-omofu;''' - Conformation vicieuse ''s.''<br> Malice; - '''Ilo, adj'iwe, içekwa-iwe;''' - Malice; ''s.''<br> Malicious; - '''Di n'ilo, di-içekwa-iwe;''' - Malicieux-se; ''adj.''<br> Maliciously; - '''N'iwe nkiti, n'ilo;''' - Malicieusement; ''adj.''<br> Malign; - '''Fodjo, kpe; kpeça, regha;''' - Maltraiter; ''v. a.''<br> Malignancy; - '''Obi-odjo, afo-ndjo, iwe;''' - Malignité; ''s.''<br> Malignant; - '''Di-afo-ndjo, di n'ilo;''' - Méchant-e; ''adj.''<br> Malignity; - '''Ilo, asi, adjo-iwe;''' - Malignité; ''s.''<br> Malignly; - '''N'obi-odjo, n'afo-ndjo;''' - Malignement; ''adv.''<br> Malison; - '''Abumonu, mbumonu;''' - Malédiction; ''s.''<br> Mall; - '''Ti, ku;''' - Meurtrir; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ofili, ilo-ora;''' - Mail, maillet; ''s.''<br> Mallard; - '''Oke-obogu ofya;''' - Malart; ''s.''<br> Mallet; - '''Ofili-osisi;''' - Maillet; ''s.''<br> Malpractice; - '''Adjo-omeme;''' - Inconduite; ''s.''<br> Maltreat; - '''Medjo, kpa;''' - Maltraiter; ''v. a.'' [vais traitement: ''s.'']<br> Maltreatment; '''Nmegbu, nmedjo, okpakpa, nkpagbu;''' - Mau-<br> Malversation; - '''Adjo-olu, adjo-omeme;''' - Malversation; ''s.''<br> Mamma: - '''Ine, nne;''' - Maman; ''s.''<br> Mammiferous; - '''Nwelu-ala, bu ala;''' - Mammifère; ''s.''<br> Mammillary; - '''Nke ala, ala;''' - Mammillaire; ''adj.''<br> Mammon; - '''Aku, ego;''' - Richesses; ''s.''<br> Man; - '''Madu, nwoke;''' - Homme; ''s.''<br> Manacle; - '''Yibe-iga, kpoba-iga;''' - Mettre des menotes; ''v. a.''<br> Manacles; - '''Iga;''' - Menottes; ''s.''<br> Manage; - '''Me, çi, çiko;''' - Gouverner; ''v. a.''<br> Manageable; - '''Di-ociçi, di-nçiko;''' - Maniable; ''adj.''<br> Management; - '''Nciko, oçiçi;''' - Gestion; ''s.''<br> Manager; - '''Onye-ociçi, onye-nçiko;''' - Directeur; ''s.''<br> Mandate; - '''Iwu, ozi;''' - Mandat, ordre; ''s.''<br> Mandible; - '''Agba;''' - Mandibule; ''s.''<br> Manducation; - '''Otata, ita-ife;''' - Mastification; ''s.''<br> Mane; - '''Oza;''' - Crinière; ''s.''<br> Manes; - '''Ndi mo;''' - Mânes; ''s.''<br> Manful; - '''Kalu-anya, di-anya-oça;''' - Courageux-se; ''adj.''<br> Manfully; - '''N'anya-oça, dika madu;''' - Courageusement; ''adv.''<br> Mange; - '''Akpakpa;''' - Gale; ''s.''<br> Mangle; - '''Gbukasi, gbuto;''' - Mutiler; ''v.''<br> Mango; - '''Mango, ugili-oyibo;''' - Mangue; ''s.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> 25h1tg59qedegjaqrzcfo2pgivvktxs 1332582 1332533 2026-04-02T09:38:46Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332582 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mal-Mam|159}} {{rule}} Malevolent; - '''Di-obi-ndjo, di-afo-ndjo;''' - Malveillant-e; ''adj.''<br> Malformation; - '''Omomo-ndjo, adjo-omofu;''' - Conformation vicieuse ''s.''<br> Malice; - '''Ilo, adj'iwe, içekwa-iwe;''' - Malice; ''s.''<br> Malicious; - '''Di n'ilo, di-içekwa-iwe;''' - Malicieux-se; ''adj.''<br> Maliciously; - '''N'iwe nkiti, n'ilo;''' - Malicieusement; ''adj.''<br> Malign; - '''Fodjo, kpe; kpeça, regha;''' - Maltraiter; ''v. a.''<br> Malignancy; - '''Obi-odjo, afo-ndjo, iwe;''' - Malignité; ''s.''<br> Malignant; - '''Di-afo-ndjo, di n'ilo;''' - Méchant-e; ''adj.''<br> Malignity; - '''Ilo, asi, adjo-iwe;''' - Malignité; ''s.''<br> Malignly; - '''N'obi-odjo, n'afo-ndjo;''' - Malignement; ''adv.''<br> Malison; - '''Abumonu, mbumonu;''' - Malédiction; ''s.''<br> Mall; - '''Ti, ku;''' - Meurtrir; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ofili, ilo-ora;''' - Mail, maillet; ''s.''<br> Mallard; - '''Oke-obogu ofya;''' - Malart; ''s.''<br> Mallet; - '''Ofili-osisi;''' - Maillet; ''s.''<br> Malpractice; - '''Adjo-omeme;''' - Inconduite; ''s.''<br> Maltreat; - '''Medjo, kpa;''' - Maltraiter; ''v. a.'' [vais traitement: ''s.'']<br> Maltreatment; '''Nmegbu, nmedjo, okpakpa, nkpagbu;''' - Mau-<br> Malversation; - '''Adjo-olu, adjo-omeme;''' - Malversation; ''s.''<br> Mamma: - '''Ine, nne;''' - Maman; ''s.''<br> Mammiferous; - '''Nwelu-ala, bu ala;''' - Mammifère; ''s.''<br> Mammillary; - '''Nke ala, ala;''' - Mammillaire; ''adj.''<br> Mammon; - '''Aku, ego;''' - Richesses; ''s.''<br> Man; - '''Madu, nwoke;''' - Homme; ''s.''<br> Manacle; - '''Yibe-iga, kpoba-iga;''' - Mettre des menotes; ''v. a.''<br> Manacles; - '''Iga;''' - Menottes; ''s.''<br> Manage; - '''Me, çi, çiko;''' - Gouverner; ''v. a.''<br> Manageable; - '''Di-ociçi, di-nçiko;''' - Maniable; ''adj.''<br> Management; - '''Nciko, oçiçi;''' - Gestion; ''s.''<br> Manager; - '''Onye-ociçi, onye-nçiko;''' - Directeur; ''s.''<br> Mandate; - '''Iwu, ozi;''' - Mandat, ordre; ''s.''<br> Mandible; - '''Agba;''' - Mandibule; ''s.''<br> Manducation; - '''Otata, ita-ife;''' - Mastification; ''s.''<br> Mane; - '''Oza;''' - Crinière; ''s.''<br> Manes; - '''Ndi mo;''' - Mânes; ''s.''<br> Manful; - '''Kalu-anya, di-anya-oça;''' - Courageux-se; ''adj.''<br> Manfully; - '''N'anya-oça, dika madu;''' - Courageusement; ''adv.''<br> Mange; - '''Akpakpa;''' - Gale; ''s.''<br> Mangle; - '''Gbukasi, gbuto;''' - Mutiler; ''v.''<br> Mango; - '''Mango, ugili-oyibo;''' - Mangue; ''s.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> 0vylb34me1yd36yy23bubktrb48lvfj Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/20 104 449305 1332534 2026-04-02T00:17:49Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332534 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|App — Apt|13}} {{Rule}} Appal; — '''Beku, dji egwu, tu egwu;''' — Pâlir d’effroi; v. n.<br> Apparel; — '''Afe, akwa, awo;''' — Vêtement, effets; s.<br> Apparent; — '''Gbatu elu, selu enu;''' — Évident, apparent; adj.<br> Apparition; — '''Mo;''' — Apparition, fantôme; s.<br> Appeal; — '''Kpoku, kpotulu;''' — Appeler en témoignage; v. a.<br> Appear; — '''Puta ife;''' — Apparaître; v. n.<br> Appearance; — '''Iputa ife;''' — Apparence; s.<br> Appeasable; — '''Di-ndokwa, di-ndokwata;''' — Conciliant; adj.<br> Appease; — '''Dokwa, mari;''' — Apaiser; v. a.<br> Appeasement; — '''Ndokwa, nmari;''' — Apaisement; s.<br> Appellant; — '''Onye n’kpoku;''' — Appelant à partie; s<br> Append; — '''Gbakonye;''' — Suspendre, accrocher; v. a.<br> Appertain; — '''Dili, lu;''' — Appartenir; v. n.<br> Appetence; — '''Agundjo;''' — Appétence, sensualité; s.<br> Appetite; — '''Agu;''' — Appétit, faim; s.<br> Applaud; — '''Nyoli;''' — Applaudir; v. a.<br> Applause; — '''Nyoli;''' — Applaudissement; s.<br> Application; — '''Ūgu, ufi, ntasi, ntukwasi;''' — Application; s.<br> Apply; — '''Tukwasi, tinye;''' — Appliquer; v. a.<br> Appoint; — '''Ranye, ka;''' — Désigner; v. a.<br> Appointment; — '''Nranye;''' — Rendez-vous; s.<br> Apportion; — '''Ke, kenyé;''' — Partager; v. a.<br> Appreciable; — '''Di-ntunye, di-mgbanye;''' — Appréciable; adj.<br> Appreciate; — '''Tunye, gbanye;''' — Apprécier; v. a.<br> Appreciation; — '''Ntunye mgbanye;''' — Appréciation; s.<br> Apprehend; — '''Nwude, nwuta, ghota, tuta;''' — Appréhender; v. a.<br> Apprehensible; — '''Di-nwuta, di-nghota, di-ntututa;''' — Convenable; adj.<br> Apprentice; — '''Nwa-olu;''' — Apprenti; s.<br> Apprise; — '''Gwata, takwunye;''' — Informer; v. a.<br> Approach; — '''Kpudebe, djedebe;''' — Approcher; v. a., s’approcher; v. n.<br> Approbation; — '''Nkwenye, ndanyelu;''' — Approbation; s.<br> Appropriate; — '''Kwesili, kurilote, djululu, losili;''' — Approprier; v. a.<br> Appropriation; — '''Nwesi;''' — Appropriation; s.<br> Approval; — '''Nkwenye, ndanyelu;''' — Approbation; s.<br> Approve; — '''Lo, kwenye, danyelu;''' — Approuver; v. a.<br> Approximate; — '''Wedebe, kpodobe;''' — Rapprocher; v. a.<br> Approximation; — '''Nkpudebe, Nnodebe, Ndidebe;''' — Approximation; s.<br> Apt; — '''Losili, kwesili;''' — Apte, propre à; adj.<br> Aptitude; — '''Ntosi, nkwesi;''' — Aptitude; s.<br> Aptness; — '''Ntosi, nkwesi;''' — Aptitude; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> exvpnyjcm76p04e3bsnqdg5ry0810rx 1332586 1332534 2026-04-02T09:39:34Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332586 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|App — Apt|13}} {{Rule}} Appal; — '''Beku, dji egwu, tu egwu;''' — Pâlir d’effroi; v. n.<br> Apparel; — '''Afe, akwa, awo;''' — Vêtement, effets; s.<br> Apparent; — '''Gbatu elu, selu enu;''' — Évident, apparent; adj.<br> Apparition; — '''Mo;''' — Apparition, fantôme; s.<br> Appeal; — '''Kpoku, kpotulu;''' — Appeler en témoignage; v. a.<br> Appear; — '''Puta ife;''' — Apparaître; v. n.<br> Appearance; — '''Iputa ife;''' — Apparence; s.<br> Appeasable; — '''Di-ndokwa, di-ndokwata;''' — Conciliant; adj.<br> Appease; — '''Dokwa, mari;''' — Apaiser; v. a.<br> Appeasement; — '''Ndokwa, nmari;''' — Apaisement; s.<br> Appellant; — '''Onye n’kpoku;''' — Appelant à partie; s<br> Append; — '''Gbakonye;''' — Suspendre, accrocher; v. a.<br> Appertain; — '''Dili, lu;''' — Appartenir; v. n.<br> Appetence; — '''Agundjo;''' — Appétence, sensualité; s.<br> Appetite; — '''Agu;''' — Appétit, faim; s.<br> Applaud; — '''Nyoli;''' — Applaudir; v. a.<br> Applause; — '''Nyoli;''' — Applaudissement; s.<br> Application; — '''Ūgu, ufi, ntasi, ntukwasi;''' — Application; s.<br> Apply; — '''Tukwasi, tinye;''' — Appliquer; v. a.<br> Appoint; — '''Ranye, ka;''' — Désigner; v. a.<br> Appointment; — '''Nranye;''' — Rendez-vous; s.<br> Apportion; — '''Ke, kenyé;''' — Partager; v. a.<br> Appreciable; — '''Di-ntunye, di-mgbanye;''' — Appréciable; adj.<br> Appreciate; — '''Tunye, gbanye;''' — Apprécier; v. a.<br> Appreciation; — '''Ntunye mgbanye;''' — Appréciation; s.<br> Apprehend; — '''Nwude, nwuta, ghota, tuta;''' — Appréhender; v. a.<br> Apprehensible; — '''Di-nwuta, di-nghota, di-ntututa;''' — Convenable; adj.<br> Apprentice; — '''Nwa-olu;''' — Apprenti; s.<br> Apprise; — '''Gwata, takwunye;''' — Informer; v. a.<br> Approach; — '''Kpudebe, djedebe;''' — Approcher; v. a., s’approcher; v. n.<br> Approbation; — '''Nkwenye, ndanyelu;''' — Approbation; s.<br> Appropriate; — '''Kwesili, kurilote, djululu, losili;''' — Approprier; v. a.<br> Appropriation; — '''Nwesi;''' — Appropriation; s.<br> Approval; — '''Nkwenye, ndanyelu;''' — Approbation; s.<br> Approve; — '''Lo, kwenye, danyelu;''' — Approuver; v. a.<br> Approximate; — '''Wedebe, kpodobe;''' — Rapprocher; v. a.<br> Approximation; — '''Nkpudebe, Nnodebe, Ndidebe;''' — Approximation; s.<br> Apt; — '''Losili, kwesili;''' — Apte, propre à; adj.<br> Aptitude; — '''Ntosi, nkwesi;''' — Aptitude; s.<br> Aptness; — '''Ntosi, nkwesi;''' — Aptitude; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> s3nchzgorutilmk5abrtq8prwaz06g2 Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/21 104 449306 1332535 2026-04-02T00:23:38Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332535 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|14|Aqu-Arr}} {{Rule}} Aquatic; — '''Di-mili;''' — Aquatique; adj.<br> Arab; — '''Onye-Arabia;''' — Arabe; s.<br> Arbitrate; — '''Kpe;''' — Juger; v. a.<br> Arbitration; — '''Ikpeikpe;''' — Jugement; s.<br> Arbour; — '''Ndo;''' — Tonnelle, ombrage; s.<br> Arboret; — '''Nwando, Ndonta;''' — Arbustes; s.<br> Arc; — '''Uta, osisi-ufele;''' — Arc; s.<br> Arch; — '''Isi, nze, nna;''' — Voûte, arche; s.<br> Archer; — '''Oba-uta;''' — Archer; s.<br> Architect; — '''Nuku-okwando;''' — Architecte; s.<br> Archives; — '''Akukwo-nçeta;''' — Archives; s.<br> Archly; — '''N’uçe, n’itu-uçe;''' — Spirituellement; adv.<br> Ardency; — '''Maçiçi;''' — Ardeur; s.<br> Ardent; — '''Di-oku;''' — Ardent; adj.<br> Argue; — '''Lu-uka, lugha-oku, Cigha-oku;''' — Argumenter; v. n.<br> Argument; — '''Iru-uka;''' — Argument; s.<br> Arid; — '''Mgbamgba, okponku, oça;''' — Aride; adj.<br> Aright; — '''Ekelesu;''' — Droitement; adv.<br> Arise; — '''Kulu, kulu-oto; adi, binye, kunu, guzo;''' — Droit; adj., se lever, se dresser; v. n.<br> Arise; — '''Binye, kunye, kulu-oto;''' — Se dresser, se tenir debout; v. n.<br> Arithmetic; — '''Akukwo-onuogu;''' — Arithmétique; s.<br> Ark; — '''Ugbo, Akpati, ibe;''' — Arche, coffre; s.<br> Arm; — '''Aka, Ngadaba, anaka;''' — Bras, main, branche; s.<br> Armlet; — '''Mgbaka, onaka, ndjaka;''' — Bague, bracelet; s.<br> Armour; — '''Ife-ogu, ife-agha;''' — Armure; s.<br> Army; — '''Ndi-agha;''' — Armée; s.<br> Armpit; — '''Abu;''' — Aisselle; s.<br> Aromatize; — '''Le urisa isiuso;''' — Aromatiser; v. a.<br> Around; — '''Okilili, okoloko;''' — Autour; prep.<br> Arouse; — '''Kpote, kponye, kposu;''' — Éveiller, réveiller; v. a.<br> Arquebuse; — '''Egbe, asisi;''' — Arquebuse; s.<br> Arraign; — '''Bo;''' — Censurer; v. a.<br> Arraignment; — '''Obobo;''' — Censure; s.<br> Arrange; — '''Dosi, kwabha;''' — Arranger, disposer; v. a.<br> Arrangement; — '''Ndosi, nkwaba;''' — Arrangement, disposition; s.<br> Array; — '''Djikwa, dokwa afe;''' — Revêtir, endosser; v. a.<br> Arrearage; — '''Ugwo-akwufoluakirifo, ugwo-nkuffo;''' — Arriérages; s.<br> Arrest; — '''Nwude, Djide-awu;''' — Arrêter; v. a.<br> Arrival; — '''Olulu, ndjelu;''' — Arrivée; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> ka7hmhdqz09q3b4xmpe4fmy4k207a19 1332587 1332535 2026-04-02T09:39:39Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332587 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|14|Aqu-Arr}} {{Rule}} Aquatic; — '''Di-mili;''' — Aquatique; adj.<br> Arab; — '''Onye-Arabia;''' — Arabe; s.<br> Arbitrate; — '''Kpe;''' — Juger; v. a.<br> Arbitration; — '''Ikpeikpe;''' — Jugement; s.<br> Arbour; — '''Ndo;''' — Tonnelle, ombrage; s.<br> Arboret; — '''Nwando, Ndonta;''' — Arbustes; s.<br> Arc; — '''Uta, osisi-ufele;''' — Arc; s.<br> Arch; — '''Isi, nze, nna;''' — Voûte, arche; s.<br> Archer; — '''Oba-uta;''' — Archer; s.<br> Architect; — '''Nuku-okwando;''' — Architecte; s.<br> Archives; — '''Akukwo-nçeta;''' — Archives; s.<br> Archly; — '''N’uçe, n’itu-uçe;''' — Spirituellement; adv.<br> Ardency; — '''Maçiçi;''' — Ardeur; s.<br> Ardent; — '''Di-oku;''' — Ardent; adj.<br> Argue; — '''Lu-uka, lugha-oku, Cigha-oku;''' — Argumenter; v. n.<br> Argument; — '''Iru-uka;''' — Argument; s.<br> Arid; — '''Mgbamgba, okponku, oça;''' — Aride; adj.<br> Aright; — '''Ekelesu;''' — Droitement; adv.<br> Arise; — '''Kulu, kulu-oto; adi, binye, kunu, guzo;''' — Droit; adj., se lever, se dresser; v. n.<br> Arise; — '''Binye, kunye, kulu-oto;''' — Se dresser, se tenir debout; v. n.<br> Arithmetic; — '''Akukwo-onuogu;''' — Arithmétique; s.<br> Ark; — '''Ugbo, Akpati, ibe;''' — Arche, coffre; s.<br> Arm; — '''Aka, Ngadaba, anaka;''' — Bras, main, branche; s.<br> Armlet; — '''Mgbaka, onaka, ndjaka;''' — Bague, bracelet; s.<br> Armour; — '''Ife-ogu, ife-agha;''' — Armure; s.<br> Army; — '''Ndi-agha;''' — Armée; s.<br> Armpit; — '''Abu;''' — Aisselle; s.<br> Aromatize; — '''Le urisa isiuso;''' — Aromatiser; v. a.<br> Around; — '''Okilili, okoloko;''' — Autour; prep.<br> Arouse; — '''Kpote, kponye, kposu;''' — Éveiller, réveiller; v. a.<br> Arquebuse; — '''Egbe, asisi;''' — Arquebuse; s.<br> Arraign; — '''Bo;''' — Censurer; v. a.<br> Arraignment; — '''Obobo;''' — Censure; s.<br> Arrange; — '''Dosi, kwabha;''' — Arranger, disposer; v. a.<br> Arrangement; — '''Ndosi, nkwaba;''' — Arrangement, disposition; s.<br> Array; — '''Djikwa, dokwa afe;''' — Revêtir, endosser; v. a.<br> Arrearage; — '''Ugwo-akwufoluakirifo, ugwo-nkuffo;''' — Arriérages; s.<br> Arrest; — '''Nwude, Djide-awu;''' — Arrêter; v. a.<br> Arrival; — '''Olulu, ndjelu;''' — Arrivée; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 1n9jdwl6q832qza197iukmja053lltx Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/23 104 449307 1332536 2026-04-02T00:33:09Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332536 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|16|Ass-Ast}} {{Rule}} Assailable; — '''Di-manye, di-owawa;''' — Qui peut être attaqué; adj;<br> Assassin; — '''Onye-nwogbu;''' — Assassin; s.<br> Assassinate; — '''Wogbu, Bigbu, Megbu;''' — Assassiner; v. a.<br> Assassination; — '''Nwogbu, Mbigbu, Nmegbu;''' — Assassinat; s.<br> Assault; — '''Manye, Wa-ogu-wa;''' — Assaillir; v. a.<br> Assay; — '''Nwa, nwane;''' — Essayer; v. n.<br> Assemblage; — '''Mgbako, nzuko, njiko;''' — Assemblage; s.<br> Assemble; — '''Zuko;''' — Assembler; v. a.<br> Assembly; — '''Nzuko, Mgbako, Nzukube;''' — Assemblée; s.<br> Assent; — '''Kwenye, kwenye; Danyelu;''' — Accorder, consentir; v. n.<br> Assert; — '''Kwu, kwusike, si;''' — Affirmer, assurer; v. n.<br> Assertion; — '''Ikwusike, okwu-kwu;''' — Assertion; s.<br> Assess; — '''Na utu, ka utu;''' — Taxer, imposer; v. a.<br> Assessment; — '''Utu, ina-utu;''' — Taxe, impôt; s.<br> Assiduity; — '''Igbado-anya, uçu;''' — Assiduité; s.<br> Assiduous; — '''Di-uçu;''' — Assidu; adj.<br> Assign; — '''Kanye, ka;''' — Assigner; v. n.<br> Assignable; — '''Di-okaka;''' — Qu’on peut déterminer; adj.<br> Assignation; — '''Okaka, nkanye;''' — Assignation; s.<br> Assigner; — '''Onye-okaka;''' — Celui qui assigne; s.<br> Assist; — '''Du, nye-aka, Du aka;''' — Assister; v. a.<br> Assistance; — '''Inye-aka, idu-aka;''' — Assistance; s.<br> Assistant; — '''Onye-aka, onye n’enye-aka;''' — Assistant, aide; s.<br> Associate; — '''Kpa-ukpa, Kpa, So, Tinyelu, Me-otu;''' — Associer; v. n.<br> Association; — '''Otu;''' — Association; s.<br> Assort; — '''Ro, Ro n’otu n’otu;''' — Assortir; v. a.<br> Assortment; — '''Ororo;''' — Assortment; s.<br> Assuage; — '''Menyu, Gbo, Gbonu, Medju, Medjunata;''' — Adoucir, apaiser; v. a.<br> Assuagement; — '''Nmenu, Mgbonu, ogbogbo;''' — Adoucissement; s.<br> Assume; — '''Welu n’owemye, Nagalu, Gulu;''' — Assumer; v. n.<br> Assumption; — '''Owewe, Nnaga;''' — Assomption, enlèvement; s.<br> Assurance; — '''Idji-aka;''' — Assurance; s.<br> Assure; — '''Kwe, kwu sike, dji-aka;''' — Assurer; v. a.<br> Astern; — '''N’ekwum;''' — En arrière; adv.<br> Asthma; — '''Okuku-ume-di-ntulu;''' — Asthme; s.<br> Asthmatic; — '''Onye okuku-ume-di-ntulu;''' — Asthmatique; s.<br> Astonish; — '''Tu n’anya, Ti n’kpu, gbaghali;''' — Étonner; v. a.<br> Astonishment; — '''Iti n’anya, Iggaghali;''' — Étonnement; s.<br> Astound; — '''Tu egwu;''' — Constemer, effrayer; v. a.<br><noinclude></noinclude> k9nreiau4l6fxa7wc5hjojbflwf7anx 1332570 1332536 2026-04-02T08:38:38Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332570 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|16|Ass-Ast}} {{Rule}} Assailable; — '''Di-manye, di-owawa;''' — Qui peut être attaqué; adj;<br> Assassin; — '''Onye-nwogbu;''' — Assassin; s.<br> Assassinate; — '''Wogbu, Bigbu, Megbu;''' — Assassiner; v. a.<br> Assassination; — '''Nwogbu, Mbigbu, Nmegbu;''' — Assassinat; s.<br> Assault; — '''Manye, Wa-ogu-wa;''' — Assaillir; v. a.<br> Assay; — '''Nwa, nwane;''' — Essayer; v. n.<br> Assemblage; — '''Mgbako, nzuko, njiko;''' — Assemblage; s.<br> Assemble; — '''Zuko;''' — Assembler; v. a.<br> Assembly; — '''Nzuko, Mgbako, Nzukube;''' — Assemblée; s.<br> Assent; — '''Kwenye, kwenye; Danyelu;''' — Accorder, consentir; v. n.<br> Assert; — '''Kwu, kwusike, si;''' — Affirmer, assurer; v. n.<br> Assertion; — '''Ikwusike, okwu-kwu;''' — Assertion; s.<br> Assess; — '''Na utu, ka utu;''' — Taxer, imposer; v. a.<br> Assessment; — '''Utu, ina-utu;''' — Taxe, impôt; s.<br> Assiduity; — '''Igbado-anya, uçu;''' — Assiduité; s.<br> Assiduous; — '''Di-uçu;''' — Assidu; adj.<br> Assign; — '''Kanye, ka;''' — Assigner; v. n.<br> Assignable; — '''Di-okaka;''' — Qu’on peut déterminer; adj.<br> Assignation; — '''Okaka, nkanye;''' — Assignation; s.<br> Assigner; — '''Onye-okaka;''' — Celui qui assigne; s.<br> Assist; — '''Du, nye-aka, Du aka;''' — Assister; v. a.<br> Assistance; — '''Inye-aka, idu-aka;''' — Assistance; s.<br> Assistant; — '''Onye-aka, onye n’enye-aka;''' — Assistant, aide; s.<br> Associate; — '''Kpa-ukpa, Kpa, So, Tinyelu, Me-otu;''' — Associer; v. n.<br> Association; — '''Otu;''' — Association; s.<br> Assort; — '''Ro, Ro n’otu n’otu;''' — Assortir; v. a.<br> Assortment; — '''Ororo;''' — Assortment; s.<br> Assuage; — '''Menyu, Gbo, Gbonu, Medju, Medjunata;''' — Adoucir, apaiser; v. a.<br> Assuagement; — '''Nmenu, Mgbonu, ogbogbo;''' — Adoucissement; s.<br> Assume; — '''Welu n’owemye, Nagalu, Gulu;''' — Assumer; v. n.<br> Assumption; — '''Owewe, Nnaga;''' — Assomption, enlèvement; s.<br> Assurance; — '''Idji-aka;''' — Assurance; s.<br> Assure; — '''Kwe, kwu sike, dji-aka;''' — Assurer; v. a.<br> Astern; — '''N’ekwum;''' — En arrière; adv.<br> Asthma; — '''Okuku-ume-di-ntulu;''' — Asthme; s.<br> Asthmatic; — '''Onye okuku-ume-di-ntulu;''' — Asthmatique; s.<br> Astonish; — '''Tu n’anya, Ti n’kpu, gbaghali;''' — Étonner; v. a.<br> Astonishment; — '''Iti n’anya, Iggaghali;''' — Étonnement; s.<br> Astound; — '''Tu egwu;''' — Constemer, effrayer; v. a.<br><noinclude></noinclude> respzwojkknwx3eti005pe0cvfigtr0 Page:Conversations in Gaelic and English.djvu/61 104 449308 1332543 2026-04-02T03:16:01Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332543 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />CÒMHRAIDHEAN: CONVERSATIONS.57</noinclude> daoine oirre-se a 's coltaiche dhoibh a bhi toilichte foipe agus dileas di. Anns na leabhraichean so chithear i 'n a mnaoi, 'u a màthair, 'n a nighinn, agus 'n a caraid dleasuach, gràdhach. Na 'm biodh am Freasdal cho caoimhneil a's a càirdeas a chur an rathad so cha 'n ann an tigh snidheach a bhiodh Mairi is mise. Chithear i a' nochdadh co-fhulang- ais leis a' mhuinntir a th' aun an uireasbhuidh 's an àmhghar, a' taghal ann an tighean nam bochd, a' deanamh gàirdeach- ais maille riubh-san a tha ri gàirdeachas, a' cumail conaltr- aidh shuairc ri 'seirbheisich, a' direadh bheanntan, a' dol thar aibhnichean, a' leigeil fhaicinn air iomadh dòigh gu bheil cridhe blath aice agus inntinn bhunailteach. Is mòr am beannachadh do 'n dùthaich a leithid a bhi air an righ-chathair. A' GHAIDHLIG. Tha sibhse ri leabhranachd mar is àbhaist. Tha leabhraichean dhomh-sa mar tha 'bhuill - acfhuinn do 'u fhear-cheaird. Tha mis' air tighinn oirbh mar an sneachd, gun sireadh, guu iarraidh. Cha 'n 'eil idir: tha obair an là seachad aga. Co dhiubh is i 'Ghàidhlig no 'Bheurla, an Laidionn цо 'Ghréigeis a tha sibh a' cuuas- achd an dràs? A' Ghàidhlig. Cha 'u fhaod è 'bhi nach 'eil sibh coimh-liont' innte nis. for her the more likely they are to be contented under her and faithful to her. In these books she will be seen in the character of a dutiful and loving wife, mother, daughter, and friend. If Providence were so kind as to send her friendship this way, it is not in a rain-dropping house that Mary and I would be. She will be seen showing sympathy with those that are in want and affliction, visiting in the houses of the poor, rejoicing with those that rejoice, hold- ing polite conversation with her servants, ascending moun- tains, crossing rivers, showing in many ways that she has a warın heart and a steadfast mind. It is a great blessing to the country that such as she is on the throne. GAELIC. You are engaged with books as usual. Books are to me as his tools are to the tradesman. I have come upon you like the snow, unsought and undesired. Not at all: I have the day's work over. Whether is it Gaelic or English, Latin or Greek, that you are studying at present? Gaelic. Surely you are now perfect in it.<noinclude></noinclude> 9t617fyvwfja26aj19pjziowh6annd2 Page:Conversations in Gaelic and English.djvu/62 104 449309 1332544 2026-04-02T03:19:14Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332544 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />58 CÒMHRAIDHEAN :CONVERSATIONS.</noinclude>Cha 'n urrainn domh a ràdh gu bheil. Cha 'n 'eil sibhse furasd' a thoil- eachadh. Tha 'Ghàidhlig is canainean am bidheantas mar thobar nach traodh. Cha 'n 'eil mi uile gu léir 'g 'ur tuigsinn. Tha mi 'ciallachadh gu bheil mòran aig neach r' a fhoghlum mu 'n ruig è air làu eòlas orra ge b' air bith cho fada's a dh' fhaodas è 'bhi'g an cnuasachd. Saoil sibh ciod is ciall do 'n othail a tha mu 'n Ghàidhlig o cheann beagan bhliadhnaichean? Tha daoine fòghluimte air dùsgadh gu mothachadh air a luach. Bu mhithich dhoibh: 's iomadh là 'chuir iad suarach i. Tha cuid déidheil air seadh ainm- eauuan àiteachan fhaotainn a mach, agus cha shoirbhich leo gun a' Ghàidhlig. Nach 'eil ainmeannan Gàidhlig air mòran àiteachau 's a' Ghalld- achd 's an Sasuun cho math a 's anns a' Ghàidhealtachd? Tha. Tha feadhainn eile toigheach air sgeulachdan is dain a chruinn- eachadh, agus air eòlas fhaot- aiun air seaua chleachdainnean. Cha mhò 'ui iadsan a' bheag de mhath as eugmhais na Gàidhlig. Tha feadhainn eil' ann a tha 'gabh- ail tlachd ann an lorgach- adh na daimhe 'tha eadar a' Ghàidhlig is canainean eile. Is cinnteach mi nach 'eil sin furasd' a dheanamh. Cha 'n 'eil cha 'n è 'h-uile duine fòghluimt' a tha comasach air. Cuiridh sibh comain mhór orm ma bheir sibh dhomh fiosrachadh mu 'n chuis. I cannot say that I am. You are not easily satisfied. Gaelic and languages in general are like an inexhaustible spring. I do not quite understand you. I mean that one has much to learn before he attains to a full knowledge of them, however long he may be studying them. What do you think is the meaning of the stir that there has been about Gaelic for some years back? Learned men have awakened to a sense of its value. It was time for them: they de- spised it for many a day. Some are desirous to find out the meaning of the names of places, and they will not suc- ceed without Gaelic. Do not many places in the Low- lands and in England, as well as in the Highlands, bear Gaelic names? Yes. Others are fond of collecting tales and poems, and of obtaining a knowledge of ancient customs. Neither will they do any good without Gaelic. There are others that take pleasure in tracing the affinity that subsists between Gaelic and other languages. I am sure that that is not easily done. It is not: it is not every learned man that can do it. You will oblige me very much by giving me information about the matter. {{nop}}<noinclude></noinclude> hjo8clqntp0vhs3b4l82bayobegc6t7 Page:Conversations in Gaelic and English.djvu/63 104 449310 1332545 2026-04-02T03:22:31Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332545 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />CÒMHRAIDHEAN:CONVERSATIONS. 59</noinclude>Feuchaidh mi beagan de na leugh mi m'a déibhinn a chur mu d' choinneamh. 'S sibh-fhéin an t-aon neach a tha mi 'faotainn toileach gu m' chuideachadh 'n am thoir air còlas. Thoir leat 's a' cheud dol a mach gu bheil canainean an t-saogh- ail air an roinn 'n an teaghl- aichean. C' ainm a th' air an teaghlach d' am buin a' Ghàidhlig? An Aryan no 'u Indo-European. Au ainmich sibh na cànainean d' am bheil an teaghlach so air a dheanamh suas ? Thig mi 'dh'ionnsuidh sin an ceart uair. Tha mi 'g iarraidh maitheanais. An uair a sgaoil an sluagh a bha 'bruidhinn na cànain a bu mhathair do na cauainean a thàinig a nuas g'ar n-ionns- uidh-ne chaidh cuid diùbh an ear do ua H-Innsean agus cuid eile dhiubh an iar do 'u Roinn-Eòrpa. 'Dé 'n dùthaich as an do sgaoil iad? Tha e coltach gur h-ann a Persia a sgaoil iad. C' am a th' air a' chànain a bh' aig an sgaoth dhiubh a chaidh do na H-Iunsean? An Sanscrit. Am bheil a' chànain so air a bruidh- inn fhathast? Cha 'n 'eil, ach tha i air mhaireann ann an leabhraichean. 'Dé na cànainean eile 'bhuineas do 'n teaghlach so? Tha againn an toiseach na cànain- ean mora sin a' Ghréigeis 's an Laidionn. 'S flad o'n bhàsaich iad sin. Tha 'Ghréigeis fhathast beò, slàn, ach tha mòran cheudan de bhliathuachan o 'n sguir an I will endeavour to set before you a little of what I have read about it. You are yourself the only one whom I find willing to help me in my search after know- ledge. Carry away with you at the outset that the languages of the world are divided into families. What is the name of the family to which Gaelic belongs? The Aryan or Indo-European. Will you name the languages of which this family is made up? I will come to that presently. I beg pardon. When the people that spoke the tongue that was mother of the languages that have come down to us dispersed, some of them went eastward to the Indies, and others of them went westward to Europe. From what country did they dis- perse? It is probable that it was from Persia that they dispersed. What is the name of the language that was spoken by the swarm of them that went to India? The Sanscrit. Is this language spoken still? It is not, but it survivcз in books. What other languages belong to this family? We have first these great languages -Greek and Latin. It is long since these died. Greek is still alive and healthy, but Latin ceased many hun- dreds of years ago to be<noinclude></noinclude> ibqn6u9yxfoskh93sdfwbrartdk1i5b Page:Conversations in Gaelic and English.djvu/64 104 449311 1332546 2026-04-02T03:25:25Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332546 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Cwrwgl" />60 CÒMHRAIDHEAN:CONVERSATIONS.</noinclude>Laidionn a bhi air a bruidhinn le sluagh. An d' fhàg an Laidionn sliochd 'n a déidh? 'S i 'dh' fhag. An aiumich sibh iad? Canain na H-Eadailt, na Spaiute, Phortugal, na Frainge, agus còrr aou eile. Am bheil tuilleadh chànainean ann a bhuineas do 'n Aryan? Buiuidh dhi a' Bheurla, cainnt na Gearmailt, Rusia, Pholand, Bhulgaria, Bhohemia, Shervia, etc. Air m' fhocal cha'n 'eil aobhar aig a' Ghaidhlig nàire 'ghabhail d' a luchd-dàimh. Tha Raonull Mac Eachainn, aig an dorus, ag iarraidh bruidhinn ruibli. Thoir a stigh è do sheòmar na diuneireach. Bithidh mi air in' ais a chlisgeadh. Na cuiribh cabhag oirbh-fhéin air mo shon-sa. Saoil sibh am bheil a' Ghàidhlig air a cothlamadh le facail o chanainean eile? Tha ann an tomhas, ach tha na 's lugha de dh' fhacail choigreach inute na th' anus a' chuid a 's mò de chauainean na Roinn- Eòrpa. Cia as a thuair i na facail choigr- each a th' innte? Fhuair i 'chuid mhòr dhiubh o'n Laidinn. Ciamar a fhuair iad a stigh innte? Trid cumhachd cléir eaglais na Roimhe. Is ainneamh ni auns nach bi làmh aig a' chléir. Anns na h-amiannan dorcha o shean bha cumhachd mór aca ann an uithe aimsireil cho math a 's ann an nithe spioradail. spoken by a people. Has Latin left a family behind it? That it did. Will you name them? The language of Italy, of Spain, of Portugal, of France, and a few others. Are there more languages that be- long to the Aryau? There belong to it English, Ger- man, Kussian, Polish, Bul- garian, Bohemian, Servian, etc. Upon my word, Gaelic has no reason to be ashamed of its kindred. Ronald Mac Hector is at the door wishing to speak to you. Bring him in to the dining-room. I shall be back instantly. Do not hurry yourself on my account. Do you think that Gaelic is mixed with words from other lan- guages? Yes, in a measure, but there are fewer foreign words in it than there are in most of the lan- guages of Europe. Whence did it receive the foreign words that are in it? It received the most of them from the Latin. How did they get admittance into it? Through the influence of the clergy of the Church of Rome. There are few things in which the clergy have not a hand. In the dark times of old they had great influence in temporal as well as in spiritual matters.<noinclude></noinclude> nkdk04uijvzum0hukav19eb2sdt4nag Page:English-Samal vocabulary (microform) (IA aqn6353.0001.001.umich.edu).pdf/3 104 449312 1332548 2026-04-02T03:53:49Z Filipinayzd 39742 /* Without text */ 1332548 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="Filipinayzd" />[[Category:English-Samal vocabulary]] [[Category:Central Sama]]</noinclude><noinclude></noinclude> 7vp76ltosi541ztb5lp04vtdkvdzr9i Page:The history of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.pdf/42 104 449313 1332550 2026-04-02T04:14:30Z Cwrwgl 937938 /* Proofread */ 1332550 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Cwrwgl" />{{c|28}}</noinclude>panil Wulaque nischasch tchi Auerink ala nopenep. Nanne Wenitschanit owoatonep, eli tpisque leep ne Aurink Jesus enda latup: Quisis lehellecheu. Woak wulistamoop woak wemi endchitpannik Wikit. Jun juke nischink Ganschelallogewoagan. Jesus lallogenep, enda Tschuwinenk moop woak Gallilaeink peep. {{c|{{sc|Section 21.}}}} Wtenk untschi Tschuak mechi Gischgunamopanik, woak Jesus ika eep Jerusalem. Schuk talli Jerusalem Memekisch Esquandewink hattep Putpecat, elewundasop Bethesda, enda palenach tchi pitawe, enda machelook Palsitschik schengiechenopanik, Gegepinquotschik, Schewongellikik, Gulukquihillatschik, Weuhakik; nik petonewoap guoaktschiekpewike Mbi. Ntite tamse ta likhiqui Enschel pelschihillep Putpekachtink quoaktschukumen Mbi. Neta auwen netami ika aat Mbink, metschi ktschukquihillake, na kikep ta koecu elangelluke. Ne talli achpop Lenno metschi nachenachke tchi gachtin attach Chaasch palsu, schengiechinop. Won Jesus newotte schengiechen, woak pendanke metschi mcheli gachtin schengiechinep, wtellawall: gatta kike? palsit nachgutem wtellawall: Nihillalan, matta auwen achpiwi witschemit quoktschukpewike Mbi, na Putpekachtink ndelihhilukgun; woak paane metschi takan auwen ika peu, Jesus wtellapanil: Pachsucquil, naten Gechgauwingum woak achpamsil. Woak schawi na Lenno wulamallessop, wunatenummen Gechgauwingum woak allumsgep. Schuk nanne Gischquik Sabbathdekup. Tschuak wtellapannil Lennowall gentsch Welamallsitschil: Juke Gischquik Sabbathdek; katschi gelenninkhan Gechgauwingum. Wtellapanil: Na kikehetup ndellgun: Natenum gechgauwingum woak alumsgal. Nanne wunattoochtawoapanil: Auween na Lenno elquon, natenum Gechgauwingum woak allumsil? Schuk na kiketup atta<noinclude></noinclude> 9pepm9yuwi1rpyofoqtgz46dxyvswvy Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/173 104 449314 1332556 2026-04-02T07:28:41Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332556 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh|166|Mid-Mir}} {{rule}} Middling; - '''Agbata nabo, agbaso dike;''' - Moyen, médiocre; ''adj.''<br> Midnight; - '''Abani, ime-uçiçi;''' - Minit; ''s.''<br> Mid-wai; - '''Etiti-ime;''' - Mi-chemin; ''s.''<br> Mien; - '''Iru-anya;''' - Mine, air; ''s.''<br> Might; - '''Ike, ike-aru;''' - Pouvoir, force; ''s.''<br> Mightily; - '''Nk'ike, n'ike, na dike;''' - Fortement; ''adv.''<br> Mightiness; - '''Ike, idi-ike;''' - Force, puissance; ''s.''<br> Mighty; - '''Di-ike, akatakpo;''' - Puissant-e, fort-e; ''adj.''<br> Migrate; - '''Pu-obi;''' - Emigrer; ''v. n.''<br> Migration; - '''Apumobi, ipu-obi;''' - Emigration; ''s.''<br> Mild; - '''Di-nwayo, di-nlo;''' - Doux-ce; ''adj.''<br> Mildew; - '''Ma-ebu;''' - Nieller; ''v. n.''<br> - '''Ima-ebu, ebu;''' - Nielle; ''s.''<br> Mildly; - '''Na nwayo;''' - Doucement; ''adv.''<br> Mildness; - '''Nwayo, idi-nwayo;''' - Douceur; ''s.''<br> Militant; - '''N'agu-ogu;''' - Militant-e; ''adj.''<br> Military; - '''Nke ndi ogu;''' - Militaire; ''adj.''<br> Militia; - '''Izugbe ndi ogu;''' - Milice; ''s.''<br> Milk; - '''La, mi, pi, pi-ala;''' - Traire; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ala, ala-mili;''' - Lait; ''s.''<br> Milky; - '''Di-ala, dik'ala;''' - Laiteux-se, Lacté-e; ''adj.''<br> Millenary; - '''Di nnunabo n'iruli;''' - Millénaire; ''adj.''<br> Milt; - '''Ama, akwa-azu;''' - Rate; ''s.''<br> Mimic; - '''No-nmi, dji-dje;''' - Imiter, contrefaire; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Onye-mi-omi, onye-ndjidje;''' - Mime bouffon; ''s.''<br> Mimical; - '''N'edjidje, di-ndjidje;''' - Mimique; ''adj.''<br> Mimicry; - '''Ndjidje, ime-aka-ndje;''' - Mime, bouffonnerie; ''s.''<br> Mince; - '''Beli, bemu, gbuli, gbumu;''' - Hacher; ''v. a.''<br> Mind; - '''Gbanye, tunye;''' - Faire attention; ''v. n.''<br> - '''Uce;''' - Esprit, attention; ''s.''<br> Mine; - '''Nkem;''' - Le mien; ''pr. poss.''<br> Mingle; - '''Gwa, tigwa;''' - Meler; ''v. a.'' [moindre; ''s.'']<br> Minimum; - '''Nke kasi mpe, nke pekalisili mpe;''' - Minimum;<br> Minister; - '''Odibo, uko;''' - Ministre; ''s.''<br> Ministerial; - '''Nk'uko;''' - Ministeriel-le; - ''adj.''<br> Ministration; - '''Ife nru;''' - Ministère; ''s.''<br> Minor; - '''K'obele; onye-n'eluro-ogo;''' - Moindre; ''adj. et s.''<br> Minstrel; - '''Okwa-ubo, okwa-abu;''' - Ménestrel; ''s.''<br> Minute; - '''Imul imu, ifulifu;''' - Minute; ''s.''<br> Miracle; - '''Olu-ebube, olu-ike;''' - Miracle; ''s.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> ddq3bjvsvqzuq79a0je9foff3qn4vjz 1332589 1332556 2026-04-02T09:46:50Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332589 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|166|Mid-Mir}} {{rule}} Middling; - '''Agbata nabo, agbaso dike;''' - Moyen, médiocre; ''adj.''<br> Midnight; - '''Abani, ime-uçiçi;''' - Minit; ''s.''<br> Mid-wai; - '''Etiti-ime;''' - Mi-chemin; ''s.''<br> Mien; - '''Iru-anya;''' - Mine, air; ''s.''<br> Might; - '''Ike, ike-aru;''' - Pouvoir, force; ''s.''<br> Mightily; - '''Nk'ike, n'ike, na dike;''' - Fortement; ''adv.''<br> Mightiness; - '''Ike, idi-ike;''' - Force, puissance; ''s.''<br> Mighty; - '''Di-ike, akatakpo;''' - Puissant-e, fort-e; ''adj.''<br> Migrate; - '''Pu-obi;''' - Emigrer; ''v. n.''<br> Migration; - '''Apumobi, ipu-obi;''' - Emigration; ''s.''<br> Mild; - '''Di-nwayo, di-nlo;''' - Doux-ce; ''adj.''<br> Mildew; - '''Ma-ebu;''' - Nieller; ''v. n.''<br> - '''Ima-ebu, ebu;''' - Nielle; ''s.''<br> Mildly; - '''Na nwayo;''' - Doucement; ''adv.''<br> Mildness; - '''Nwayo, idi-nwayo;''' - Douceur; ''s.''<br> Militant; - '''N'agu-ogu;''' - Militant-e; ''adj.''<br> Military; - '''Nke ndi ogu;''' - Militaire; ''adj.''<br> Militia; - '''Izugbe ndi ogu;''' - Milice; ''s.''<br> Milk; - '''La, mi, pi, pi-ala;''' - Traire; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Ala, ala-mili;''' - Lait; ''s.''<br> Milky; - '''Di-ala, dik'ala;''' - Laiteux-se, Lacté-e; ''adj.''<br> Millenary; - '''Di nnunabo n'iruli;''' - Millénaire; ''adj.''<br> Milt; - '''Ama, akwa-azu;''' - Rate; ''s.''<br> Mimic; - '''No-nmi, dji-dje;''' - Imiter, contrefaire; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Onye-mi-omi, onye-ndjidje;''' - Mime bouffon; ''s.''<br> Mimical; - '''N'edjidje, di-ndjidje;''' - Mimique; ''adj.''<br> Mimicry; - '''Ndjidje, ime-aka-ndje;''' - Mime, bouffonnerie; ''s.''<br> Mince; - '''Beli, bemu, gbuli, gbumu;''' - Hacher; ''v. a.''<br> Mind; - '''Gbanye, tunye;''' - Faire attention; ''v. n.''<br> - '''Uce;''' - Esprit, attention; ''s.''<br> Mine; - '''Nkem;''' - Le mien; ''pr. poss.''<br> Mingle; - '''Gwa, tigwa;''' - Meler; ''v. a.'' [moindre; ''s.'']<br> Minimum; - '''Nke kasi mpe, nke pekalisili mpe;''' - Minimum;<br> Minister; - '''Odibo, uko;''' - Ministre; ''s.''<br> Ministerial; - '''Nk'uko;''' - Ministeriel-le; - ''adj.''<br> Ministration; - '''Ife nru;''' - Ministère; ''s.''<br> Minor; - '''K'obele; onye-n'eluro-ogo;''' - Moindre; ''adj. et s.''<br> Minstrel; - '''Okwa-ubo, okwa-abu;''' - Ménestrel; ''s.''<br> Minute; - '''Imul imu, ifulifu;''' - Minute; ''s.''<br> Miracle; - '''Olu-ebube, olu-ike;''' - Miracle; ''s.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> gk0afn2kh8hj3wvcgnmwss3caroy674 Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/174 104 449315 1332557 2026-04-02T08:00:24Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332557 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mir-Mis|167}} {{rule}} Miraculous; - '''Di-ebube, kelili-ike-madu;''' - Miraculeux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mire; - '''Apiti, ulu;''' - Boue, fange; ''s.''<br> Mirror; - '''Ugegbe, enye;''' - Miroir; ''s.''<br> Mirth; - '''Onu, awuli;''' - Gaieté, joie; ''s.''<br> Mirthful; - '''Di-awuli, di-onu;''' - Joyeux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mirthless; - '''N'adiro-awuli, n'enwero-awuli;''' - Triste; ''adj.''<br> Miry; - '''Di-apiti, di-ulu;''' - Boueux-se; ''adj.''<br> Misadventure; - '''Oghom, adjo-aru, isi-adjo-aru;''' - Mésaventure; ''s.''<br> Misanthropic; - '''N'akpo madu-asi, okpo madu-asi;''' - Misanthro- <br> Misanthropist; - '''Okpomadu-asi;''' - Misanthrope; ''s.'' [pique ''adj.'']<br> Misanthropy; - '''Ikpo madu-asi;''' - Misanthropie; ''s.''<br> Misapprehend; - '''Ghotafie;''' - Comprendre mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misapprehension; - '''Nghotafie;''' - Malentendre; ''s.''<br> Misbehaviour; - '''Nmefie, emedjo, ndjefie;''' - Mauvaise conduite; ''s.''<br> Misbelief; - '''Nkwefie;''' - Fausse croyance; ''s.''<br> Misbelieve; - '''Kwefie;''' - Croire à faux; ''v. a.''<br> Miscalculate; - '''Gufie;''' - Calculer mal; ''v. a.''<br> Miscall; - '''Kpofie;''' - Nommer à tort; ''v. a.'' [cès; ''s.'']<br> Miscarriage; - '''Ikwo-ime, okwokwo-ime, nmukwo;''' - Mauvais suc- <br> Miscarry; - '''Mukwo, kwo, gbokwo;''' - Manquer. échouer; ''v. n.''<br> Miscellaneous; - '''Gwalu-aka, di-ogwa, di-ngwangwa;''' - Melangé;<br> Miscellany; - '''Ogwa, igwa-aka, ngwangwa;''' - Mélange; ''s.'' [''adj''].<br> Mischance; - '''Oghom, uke, apumazu, adjo-aru;''' - Malechance; ''s.''<br> Mischief; - '''Ndjo, ife-ndjo, idobolu;''' - Mal, malice; ''s.''<br> Mischievous; - '''Di-afo-ndjo, n'ewek'iwe;''' - Malicieux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mischoose; - '''Rafie, rofie;''' - Choisir mal; ''v. a.''<br> Miscible; - '''Di-ntigwa, di-nkpogwa;''' Miscible; ''adj.''<br> Miscomputation; - '''Ngufie;''' - Mauvais compte; ''s.''<br> Miscompute; - '''Gufie;''' - Compter mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misconceive; - '''Lofie;''' - Comprendre mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misconception; - '''Nlofio;''' - Fausse conception; ''s.''<br> Misconduct; - '''Mefie, medjo;''' - Gérer mal; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Nmefie, amedjo;''' - Mauvaise conduite; ''s.''<br> Miscount; - '''Gufie;''' - Compter mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misdeed; - '''Sikwufie;''' - Iuger mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misdemean; - '''Medjo, mefie;''' - Se comporter mal; ''v. n.''<br> Misdemeanour; - '''Nmedjo, nmefie;''' - Mauvaise conduite; ''s.''<br> Misdoing; - '''Adjo-omeme, adjo-olu;''' - Faute, méfait; ''s''<br> Miser; - '''Akpakpa-eligh'eli;''' - Avare; ''s'',<br> Miserable; - '''Di-imelu-ebele;''' - Misérable; ''adj.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> i27uj3z04spvn4hkz244jee5f1tpdwu 1332590 1332557 2026-04-02T09:46:58Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332590 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh||Mir-Mis|167}} {{rule}} Miraculous; - '''Di-ebube, kelili-ike-madu;''' - Miraculeux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mire; - '''Apiti, ulu;''' - Boue, fange; ''s.''<br> Mirror; - '''Ugegbe, enye;''' - Miroir; ''s.''<br> Mirth; - '''Onu, awuli;''' - Gaieté, joie; ''s.''<br> Mirthful; - '''Di-awuli, di-onu;''' - Joyeux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mirthless; - '''N'adiro-awuli, n'enwero-awuli;''' - Triste; ''adj.''<br> Miry; - '''Di-apiti, di-ulu;''' - Boueux-se; ''adj.''<br> Misadventure; - '''Oghom, adjo-aru, isi-adjo-aru;''' - Mésaventure; ''s.''<br> Misanthropic; - '''N'akpo madu-asi, okpo madu-asi;''' - Misanthro- <br> Misanthropist; - '''Okpomadu-asi;''' - Misanthrope; ''s.'' [pique ''adj.'']<br> Misanthropy; - '''Ikpo madu-asi;''' - Misanthropie; ''s.''<br> Misapprehend; - '''Ghotafie;''' - Comprendre mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misapprehension; - '''Nghotafie;''' - Malentendre; ''s.''<br> Misbehaviour; - '''Nmefie, emedjo, ndjefie;''' - Mauvaise conduite; ''s.''<br> Misbelief; - '''Nkwefie;''' - Fausse croyance; ''s.''<br> Misbelieve; - '''Kwefie;''' - Croire à faux; ''v. a.''<br> Miscalculate; - '''Gufie;''' - Calculer mal; ''v. a.''<br> Miscall; - '''Kpofie;''' - Nommer à tort; ''v. a.'' [cès; ''s.'']<br> Miscarriage; - '''Ikwo-ime, okwokwo-ime, nmukwo;''' - Mauvais suc- <br> Miscarry; - '''Mukwo, kwo, gbokwo;''' - Manquer. échouer; ''v. n.''<br> Miscellaneous; - '''Gwalu-aka, di-ogwa, di-ngwangwa;''' - Melangé;<br> Miscellany; - '''Ogwa, igwa-aka, ngwangwa;''' - Mélange; ''s.'' [''adj''].<br> Mischance; - '''Oghom, uke, apumazu, adjo-aru;''' - Malechance; ''s.''<br> Mischief; - '''Ndjo, ife-ndjo, idobolu;''' - Mal, malice; ''s.''<br> Mischievous; - '''Di-afo-ndjo, n'ewek'iwe;''' - Malicieux-se; ''adj.''<br> Mischoose; - '''Rafie, rofie;''' - Choisir mal; ''v. a.''<br> Miscible; - '''Di-ntigwa, di-nkpogwa;''' Miscible; ''adj.''<br> Miscomputation; - '''Ngufie;''' - Mauvais compte; ''s.''<br> Miscompute; - '''Gufie;''' - Compter mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misconceive; - '''Lofie;''' - Comprendre mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misconception; - '''Nlofio;''' - Fausse conception; ''s.''<br> Misconduct; - '''Mefie, medjo;''' - Gérer mal; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Nmefie, amedjo;''' - Mauvaise conduite; ''s.''<br> Miscount; - '''Gufie;''' - Compter mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misdeed; - '''Sikwufie;''' - Iuger mal; ''v. a.''<br> Misdemean; - '''Medjo, mefie;''' - Se comporter mal; ''v. n.''<br> Misdemeanour; - '''Nmedjo, nmefie;''' - Mauvaise conduite; ''s.''<br> Misdoing; - '''Adjo-omeme, adjo-olu;''' - Faute, méfait; ''s''<br> Miser; - '''Akpakpa-eligh'eli;''' - Avare; ''s'',<br> Miserable; - '''Di-imelu-ebele;''' - Misérable; ''adj.'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> at2z5wxjujo0oz05qyy1kzdbizgrds1 Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/322 104 449316 1332558 2026-04-02T08:20:52Z Sayvhior 705981 /* Without text */ 1332558 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="Sayvhior" /></noinclude><noinclude></noinclude> t4qcxat7hlf9bkat8vmzs6cuyih2y6a Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/7 104 449317 1332559 2026-04-02T08:22:39Z Sayvhior 705981 /* Without text */ 1332559 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="0" user="Sayvhior" /></noinclude>Notize on Igbo pronunciation. I. The following types are generally admitted in the Igbo ortho-_ graphy, namely: a, -a, b, c, d, e, ft f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, m, n, o, o, j p, r, s, t, u, w, y, z. As a general rule, every letter or combination of letters, repre- sents the same sound on all circumstances. II. Vowels. The vowels have always the same sound, thus: a sounds always as a in «mat» — e ,, ,, ,, e ,, «iate» i „ „ „ i „ «is» o „ ,. „ o „ «hole» u „ „ „ u „ «put» Remark. The vowels (a), e, o. u can have a sharp or a grave sound. III. Consonants. All the consonants, with the exception of h, have the same sound as in English. — The aspirate «h» is only used to form the compounds «gh» and «sh». Remark. The consonants g, s and t have always the hard sounds as in the words «good», « sell » and «termitate». IV. Compound consonants. The compound consonants are of a frequent use in the Igbo language. They are six, namely: fy kp, gb, gh, sh, n. In kp the k must be considered as modifying the consonant p; thus kp in okpu, hat. ' Gb has rather the sound of a strong b, uttered with an effort of the lips. Oh are throat letters. It is by trying to utter g- h in the throat that the right sound is given; thus g-halu, leave. <jj has the sharp sound of ch in « cherry » v. g. (jhiku, God. Sh has the sound of sh in «sheet». Ashilisha, a kind of fruit. JT is the equivale ntof ng in German. It has the guttural sound of ng in «Engel». linn ■?■ iQK/)i<noinclude></noinclude> 0owkea91vt3wp9b9xqrk8igyh0fvs31 Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/25 104 449318 1332573 2026-04-02T08:46:39Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332573 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|18|Aud-Awn}} {{Rule}} Audacious (to be); — '''Ka-anya;''' — Être hardi; v. n.<br> Audacity; — '''Ika-anya;''' — Hardiesse, audace; s.<br> Audible; — '''Di-onunu, di-im-anu;''' — Qu’on peut entendre; adj.<br> Audience; — '''Onunu, ndi-nanu-anu;''' — Audience; s.<br> Auditory; — '''Ndi-nanu-anu;''' — Auditoire; s.<br> Auger; — '''Ora, ofiokilili;''' — Tarière; s.<br> Aught; — '''Ife-obuna;''' — Quelque chose; pron.<br> Augment; — '''Wanye, ba, bue;''' — Augmenter; v. a.<br> Augmentation; — '''Nwanye, uba, obubu;''' — Augmentation; s.<br> Augur; — '''Ogba-afa, s.''' — Augure, s. Augurer; v. n.<br> Augury; — '''Afa;''' — Présage; s.<br> Aunt; — '''Me-oge, nwa-nne-nne;''' — Tante; s.<br> Auspice; — '''Nkwudolu, nkwunyelu;''' — Auspice; s.<br> Austere; — '''Di-ufi, di-ntaeji;''' — Austère; adj.<br> Author; — '''Omelu, onyemelu-ife, ode-akukwo;''' — Auteur; s.<br> Authority; — '''Ike;''' — Autorité; s.<br> Authorize; — '''Nye-ike;''' — Autoriser; v. a.<br> Avail; — '''Balu, Ba-ulu, ba-elele, v.''' Ulu, elele; s. — Détourner à son profit v. a. profit; s.<br> Available; — '''Di-ulu, di-elele;''' — Profitable; adj.<br> Avarice; — '''Anya-uku, ucu;''' — Avarice; s.<br> Avenge; — '''Bo, ba-obo;''' — Venger; v. a.<br> Avenue; — '''Uzo, ilo, ama, eziama, ezinukwu;''' — Avenue; s.<br> Aver; — '''Kwusike;''' — Affirmer, assurer; v. a.<br> Aversion; — '''Ikpo-asi;''' — Aversion; s.<br> Avert; — '''Kpuruka, gharuka, ghasia-na-uso;''' — Détourner, écarter; v. a.<br> Aviary; — '''Uno-nnunu;''' — Volière; s.<br> Avidity; — '''Usa, akpili;''' — Avidité; s.<br> Await; — '''Cee, çelu, ge, gelu, ghalliu;''' — Attendre; v. n.<br> Awake; — '''Binye, v. n. Mete;''' — S’éveiller, v. n. éveiller; v. a.<br> Award; — '''Ra-ene, ra-olo;''' — Exciter; v. a.<br> Away; — '''Pu, fu (affixes);''' — Dehors; adv.<br> Awe; — '''Egwu;''' — Crainte, respect; s.<br> Awful; — '''Di-egwu;''' — Craintif; adj.<br> Awhile; — '''Emekata, emeruka;''' — Un instant; adv.<br> Awl; — '''Ze, Zelu, ghado;''' — Fuir, éviter; v. a.<br> Awkward; — '''Di-aka-ekpe;''' — Maladroit; adj.<br> Awkwardness; — '''Idi-aka-ekpe;''' — Maladresse; s.<br> Awl; — '''Ara, ndudu;''' — Alêne; s.<br> Awn; — '''Alu, alu onu;''' — Barbe du blé; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> o6x991jhtaghx69garrbzgtsj1zbc3t 1332592 1332573 2026-04-02T09:51:37Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332592 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|18|Aud-Awn}} {{Rule}} Audacious (to be); — '''Ka-anya;''' — Être hardi; v. n.<br> Audacity; — '''Ika-anya;''' — Hardiesse, audace; s.<br> Audible; — '''Di-onunu, di-im-anu;''' — Qu’on peut entendre; adj.<br> Audience; — '''Onunu, ndi-nanu-anu;''' — Audience; s.<br> Auditory; — '''Ndi-nanu-anu;''' — Auditoire; s.<br> Auger; — '''Ora, ofiokilili;''' — Tarière; s.<br> Aught; — '''Ife-obuna;''' — Quelque chose; pron.<br> Augment; — '''Wanye, ba, bue;''' — Augmenter; v. a.<br> Augmentation; — '''Nwanye, uba, obubu;''' — Augmentation; s.<br> Augur; — '''Ogba-afa, s.''' — Augure, s. Augurer; v. n.<br> Augury; — '''Afa;''' — Présage; s.<br> Aunt; — '''Me-oge, nwa-nne-nne;''' — Tante; s.<br> Auspice; — '''Nkwudolu, nkwunyelu;''' — Auspice; s.<br> Austere; — '''Di-ufi, di-ntaeji;''' — Austère; adj.<br> Author; — '''Omelu, onyemelu-ife, ode-akukwo;''' — Auteur; s.<br> Authority; — '''Ike;''' — Autorité; s.<br> Authorize; — '''Nye-ike;''' — Autoriser; v. a.<br> Avail; — '''Balu, Ba-ulu, ba-elele, v.''' Ulu, elele; s. — Détourner à son profit v. a. profit; s.<br> Available; — '''Di-ulu, di-elele;''' — Profitable; adj.<br> Avarice; — '''Anya-uku, ucu;''' — Avarice; s.<br> Avenge; — '''Bo, ba-obo;''' — Venger; v. a.<br> Avenue; — '''Uzo, ilo, ama, eziama, ezinukwu;''' — Avenue; s.<br> Aver; — '''Kwusike;''' — Affirmer, assurer; v. a.<br> Aversion; — '''Ikpo-asi;''' — Aversion; s.<br> Avert; — '''Kpuruka, gharuka, ghasia-na-uso;''' — Détourner, écarter; v. a.<br> Aviary; — '''Uno-nnunu;''' — Volière; s.<br> Avidity; — '''Usa, akpili;''' — Avidité; s.<br> Await; — '''Cee, çelu, ge, gelu, ghalliu;''' — Attendre; v. n.<br> Awake; — '''Binye, v. n. Mete;''' — S’éveiller, v. n. éveiller; v. a.<br> Award; — '''Ra-ene, ra-olo;''' — Exciter; v. a.<br> Away; — '''Pu, fu (affixes);''' — Dehors; adv.<br> Awe; — '''Egwu;''' — Crainte, respect; s.<br> Awful; — '''Di-egwu;''' — Craintif; adj.<br> Awhile; — '''Emekata, emeruka;''' — Un instant; adv.<br> Awl; — '''Ze, Zelu, ghado;''' — Fuir, éviter; v. a.<br> Awkward; — '''Di-aka-ekpe;''' — Maladroit; adj.<br> Awkwardness; — '''Idi-aka-ekpe;''' — Maladresse; s.<br> Awl; — '''Ara, ndudu;''' — Alêne; s.<br> Awn; — '''Alu, alu onu;''' — Barbe du blé; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> ni426f6yncqpjwasdif6efftxa4hb6b Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/27 104 449319 1332574 2026-04-02T08:54:05Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332574 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|20|Bai-Ban}} {{Rule}} Bail; — '''Onyembe, s. Do-na-ibe, nye-na-ibe; v.''' — Otage, s. cautionner; v. n.<br> Bailable; — '''Di-do-na-ibe;''' — Cautionnable; adj.<br> Bailment; — '''Inye-na-ibe, ido-na-ibe;''' — Caution; s.<br> Bait; — '''Ba-onya;''' — Amorcer, allécher; v. a.<br> Bake; — '''Ghe, kponye;''' — Cuire au four; v. a.<br> Bake-house; — '''Uno-egheife, uno-igheife;''' — Cuisine, Boulangerie; s.<br> Baker; — '''Oghle-ife, onye-olu ogheghe;''' — Boulanger; s.<br> Bakery; — '''Olu-ogheghe, olu-igheife;''' — Art de la cuisson; s.<br> Baking; — '''Ogheghe, eghemife;''' — Cuisson; s.<br> Balance; — '''Nsi-ama, ama, ife-osisi;''' — Balance; s.<br> Bald; — '''Nkpoçalu, nkpoçaba;''' — Chauve; adj.<br> Baldness; — '''Nkpoçaba, oboloto;''' — Calvitie; s.<br> Bale; — '''Ukwu;''' — Ballot; s.<br> Baleful; — '''Di-ebelle, di-iwe;''' — Funeste; adj.<br> Balk; — '''Ufeyge, age, s. sura; v.''' — Poutre, omettre; v. a.<br> Ball; — '''Okpulukpu, mgbo, s. Kpu; v.''' — Boule s. s’arrondir; v. n.<br> Ballad; — '''Abu, ukwe;''' — Ballade; s.<br> Ballister; — '''Uta;''' — Balliste; s.<br> Bamboo; — '''Ufoló, ngwo, ogugu;''' — Bambou; s.<br> Bamboo-mat; — '''Akenye;''' — Natte de bambou; s.<br> Bamboo-stick; — '''Osisi-nfoló;''' — Canne en bambou; s.<br> Bamboo-wine; — '''Manya-ugolo;''' — Vin de palme; s.<br> Bamboozle; — '''Laputa, lafu;''' — Duper; v. a.<br> Banana; — '''Ogede, une;''' — Banane; s.<br> Banana-tree; — '''Osisi-ogede;''' — Bananier; s.<br> Band; — '''Agbu, nkeke, usu;''' — Bandage; s.<br> Bandage; — '''Ngimiru, akwa-isi;''' — Bandage; s.<br> Band-box; — '''Okangua;''' — Carton; s.<br> Bandit; — '''Ngamuzo, onye-mpum, agavu;''' — Bandit; s.<br> Bandog; — '''Adjo-nkita;''' — Mâtin; s.<br> Bandrol; — '''Nwata-okonkoko;''' — Banderolles; s.<br> Bandy; — '''Nkulu;''' — Crosse; s.<br> Bandylegged; — '''Ukwu-olugha;''' — Boiteux; adj.<br> Bane; — '''Nei, ndzi;''' — Peste; s.<br> Baneful; — '''Di-ndjo;''' — Pestilentiel; adj.<br> Bang; — '''Ti, ti-ikpa, ti-okpo, v. Ikpa, okpo; s.''' — Pousser violemment, v. a. Coup de massue; s.<br> Banian; — '''Afe-ntutu;''' — Robe de chambre; s.<br> Banish; — '''Cupu, wepu n’ani;''' — Bannir; v. a.<br> Banishment; — '''Nçupu, n’uepu n’ani;''' — Bannissement; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> i467eah50kpnpk6jzol1161pzjzjioz 1332575 1332574 2026-04-02T08:54:19Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332575 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|20|Bai-Ban}} {{Rule}} Bail; — '''Onyembe, s. Do-na-ibe, nye-na-ibe; v.''' — Otage, s. cautionner; v. n.<br> Bailable; — '''Di-do-na-ibe;''' — Cautionnable; adj.<br> Bailment; — '''Inye-na-ibe, ido-na-ibe;''' — Caution; s.<br> Bait; — '''Ba-onya;''' — Amorcer, allécher; v. a.<br> Bake; — '''Ghe, kponye;''' — Cuire au four; v. a.<br> Bake-house; — '''Uno-egheife, uno-igheife;''' — Cuisine, Boulangerie; s.<br> Baker; — '''Oghle-ife, onye-olu ogheghe;''' — Boulanger; s.<br> Bakery; — '''Olu-ogheghe, olu-igheife;''' — Art de la cuisson; s.<br> Baking; — '''Ogheghe, eghemife;''' — Cuisson; s.<br> Balance; — '''Nsi-ama, ama, ife-osisi;''' — Balance; s.<br> Bald; — '''Nkpoçalu, nkpoçaba;''' — Chauve; adj.<br> Baldness; — '''Nkpoçaba, oboloto;''' — Calvitie; s.<br> Bale; — '''Ukwu;''' — Ballot; s.<br> Baleful; — '''Di-ebelle, di-iwe;''' — Funeste; adj.<br> Balk; — '''Ufeyge, age, s. sura; v.''' — Poutre, omettre; v. a.<br> Ball; — '''Okpulukpu, mgbo, s. Kpu; v.''' — Boule s. s’arrondir; v. n.<br> Ballad; — '''Abu, ukwe;''' — Ballade; s.<br> Ballister; — '''Uta;''' — Balliste; s.<br> Bamboo; — '''Ufoló, ngwo, ogugu;''' — Bambou; s.<br> Bamboo-mat; — '''Akenye;''' — Natte de bambou; s.<br> Bamboo-stick; — '''Osisi-nfoló;''' — Canne en bambou; s.<br> Bamboo-wine; — '''Manya-ugolo;''' — Vin de palme; s.<br> Bamboozle; — '''Laputa, lafu;''' — Duper; v. a.<br> Banana; — '''Ogede, une;''' — Banane; s.<br> Banana-tree; — '''Osisi-ogede;''' — Bananier; s.<br> Band; — '''Agbu, nkeke, usu;''' — Bandage; s.<br> Bandage; — '''Ngimiru, akwa-isi;''' — Bandage; s.<br> Band-box; — '''Okangua;''' — Carton; s.<br> Bandit; — '''Ngamuzo, onye-mpum, agavu;''' — Bandit; s.<br> Bandog; — '''Adjo-nkita;''' — Mâtin; s.<br> Bandrol; — '''Nwata-okonkoko;''' — Banderolles; s.<br> Bandy; — '''Nkulu;''' — Crosse; s.<br> Bandylegged; — '''Ukwu-olugha;''' — Boiteux; adj.<br> Bane; — '''Nei, ndzi;''' — Peste; s.<br> Baneful; — '''Di-ndjo;''' — Pestilentiel; adj.<br> Bang; — '''Ti, ti-ikpa, ti-okpo, v. Ikpa, okpo; s.''' — Pousser violemment, v. a. Coup de massue; s.<br> Banian; — '''Afe-ntutu;''' — Robe de chambre; s.<br> Banish; — '''Cupu, wepu n’ani;''' — Bannir; v. a.<br> Banishment; — '''Nçupu, n’uepu n’ani;''' — Bannissement; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 8lyukmo7vt328h1ndhj0td7qb0cuykd 1332594 1332575 2026-04-02T09:51:37Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332594 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|20|Bai-Ban}} {{Rule}} Bail; — '''Onyembe, s. Do-na-ibe, nye-na-ibe; v.''' — Otage, s. cautionner; v. n.<br> Bailable; — '''Di-do-na-ibe;''' — Cautionnable; adj.<br> Bailment; — '''Inye-na-ibe, ido-na-ibe;''' — Caution; s.<br> Bait; — '''Ba-onya;''' — Amorcer, allécher; v. a.<br> Bake; — '''Ghe, kponye;''' — Cuire au four; v. a.<br> Bake-house; — '''Uno-egheife, uno-igheife;''' — Cuisine, Boulangerie; s.<br> Baker; — '''Oghle-ife, onye-olu ogheghe;''' — Boulanger; s.<br> Bakery; — '''Olu-ogheghe, olu-igheife;''' — Art de la cuisson; s.<br> Baking; — '''Ogheghe, eghemife;''' — Cuisson; s.<br> Balance; — '''Nsi-ama, ama, ife-osisi;''' — Balance; s.<br> Bald; — '''Nkpoçalu, nkpoçaba;''' — Chauve; adj.<br> Baldness; — '''Nkpoçaba, oboloto;''' — Calvitie; s.<br> Bale; — '''Ukwu;''' — Ballot; s.<br> Baleful; — '''Di-ebelle, di-iwe;''' — Funeste; adj.<br> Balk; — '''Ufeyge, age, s. sura; v.''' — Poutre, omettre; v. a.<br> Ball; — '''Okpulukpu, mgbo, s. Kpu; v.''' — Boule s. s’arrondir; v. n.<br> Ballad; — '''Abu, ukwe;''' — Ballade; s.<br> Ballister; — '''Uta;''' — Balliste; s.<br> Bamboo; — '''Ufoló, ngwo, ogugu;''' — Bambou; s.<br> Bamboo-mat; — '''Akenye;''' — Natte de bambou; s.<br> Bamboo-stick; — '''Osisi-nfoló;''' — Canne en bambou; s.<br> Bamboo-wine; — '''Manya-ugolo;''' — Vin de palme; s.<br> Bamboozle; — '''Laputa, lafu;''' — Duper; v. a.<br> Banana; — '''Ogede, une;''' — Banane; s.<br> Banana-tree; — '''Osisi-ogede;''' — Bananier; s.<br> Band; — '''Agbu, nkeke, usu;''' — Bandage; s.<br> Bandage; — '''Ngimiru, akwa-isi;''' — Bandage; s.<br> Band-box; — '''Okangua;''' — Carton; s.<br> Bandit; — '''Ngamuzo, onye-mpum, agavu;''' — Bandit; s.<br> Bandog; — '''Adjo-nkita;''' — Mâtin; s.<br> Bandrol; — '''Nwata-okonkoko;''' — Banderolles; s.<br> Bandy; — '''Nkulu;''' — Crosse; s.<br> Bandylegged; — '''Ukwu-olugha;''' — Boiteux; adj.<br> Bane; — '''Nei, ndzi;''' — Peste; s.<br> Baneful; — '''Di-ndjo;''' — Pestilentiel; adj.<br> Bang; — '''Ti, ti-ikpa, ti-okpo, v. Ikpa, okpo; s.''' — Pousser violemment, v. a. Coup de massue; s.<br> Banian; — '''Afe-ntutu;''' — Robe de chambre; s.<br> Banish; — '''Cupu, wepu n’ani;''' — Bannir; v. a.<br> Banishment; — '''Nçupu, n’uepu n’ani;''' — Bannissement; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> g1tohhtf3escb4bmljp7zohgdqgrl9g Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/165 104 449320 1332576 2026-04-02T08:58:54Z Vivian Amalachukwu 904794 /* Proofread */ 1332576 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Vivian Amalachukwu" /></noinclude>{{rh|158|Mag-Mai}} {{rule}} Magistrate; - '''Onye-ikpe, eze-ikpe;''' - Magistrat; ''s.''<br> Magnanimity; - '''Oke-obi, uko, afoma;''' - Magnanimité; ''s.''<br> Magnanimous; - '''Di-oke-obi, di-afoma;''' - Magnanime; ''s.''<br> Magnanimously; - '''N'oke-obi, na dike;''' - Magnanimement; ''adv.''<br> Magnate; - '''Ogalanya; oganubulu;''' - Magnat; ''s.''<br> Magnific; - '''Nukwu, di-ebube;''' - Magnifique; ''adj.''<br> Magnificence; - '''Nukwu, ebube;''' - Magnificence; ''s.''<br> Magnificent; - '''Di-nukwu. di-ebube;''' - Magnifique; ''adj.''<br> Magnifier; - '''Onye-mbuni;''' - Celui qui exalte; ''s.''<br> Magnify; - '''Bu, buni;''' - Exalter; ''v. a.''<br> Magnitude; - '''Idi-nukwu;''' - Grandeur; ''s.''<br> Maid, maiden; - '''Nwagbogho;''' - Fille, vierge; ''s.''<br> Maidenly; - '''Di-iru-ani, di-ifele;''' - Virginal; ''s.''<br> Mail; - '''Afe-igwe, akpa-akwukwo-ozi;''' - Maille; malle-poste; ''s.''<br> Maim; - '''Bu-olusi;''' - Mutiler; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Olusi;''' - Mutilation; ''s.''<br> Main; - '''Isi;''' - Principal, essentiel; ''s''<br> Mainly; - '''Nk'isi, nk'ekanu, nke bu isi;''' - Principalement; ''adv.''<br> Main-mast; - '''Akpu ugbo nk'etiti;''' - Grand mat; ''s.''<br> Maintain; - '''Debe, djide, cebe, cedo;''' - Maintenir; ''v. a.''<br> Maintainable; - '''Di-ncedo, di- ndebe;''' - Soutenable; ''adj.''<br> Maintenance; - '''Nni, ife-olili;''' - Subsistance; ''s.''<br> Maize; - '''Oka, ogbadu;''' - Mais; ''s.''<br> Majestic; - '''Di-ebube, di-nukwu;''' - Majestueux-se; ''adj.''<br> Majestically; - '''N'ebube, na nukwu;''' - Majestueusement; ''adv.''<br> Majesty; - '''Ebube, nukwu;''' - Majesté; ''s.''<br> Major; - '''Ka nukwu, k'okenye;''' - Majeur; ''adj.''<br> Majordome; - '''Isi-odibo, onye-isi-odibo;''' - Majordome; ''s.''<br> Majority; - '''Ndi kanu, ogo-madu;''' - Majorité; ''s.''<br> Make; - '''Me, do, ke;''' - Faire; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Omofu omomo;''' - Façon, forme; ''s.''<br> Makebate; - '''Onye-nlanye-ogu;''' - Boute-feu; ''s.''<br> Maker; - '''Onye-melu-ife, onye-kelu-ife;''' - Auteur; ''s.''<br> Malady; - '''Oya, aru-on wunwu;''' - Maladie; ''s.''<br> Malapert; - '''Di-anya-oca; di-ika-anya;''' - Mal-appris; ''adj.''<br> Male; - '''Oke;-nwoke;''' - Male; ''s.''<br> Malediction; - '''Abumonu;''' - Malédiction; ''s.''<br> Malefactor; - '''Ome ife-odjo, ome ndjo;''' - Malfaiteur; ''s.''<br> Malefaction; - '''If'odjo, ndjo;''' - Méfait; ''s.''<br> Malevolence; - '''Obi-odjio, izuzu-ndjio, afo-ndjo;''' - Malveillance; ''s'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> 18lnwwktb5sutafzmwqqf3zi8cl2cvq 1332578 1332576 2026-04-02T09:05:42Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Validated */ 1332578 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|158|Mag-Mai}} {{rule}} Magistrate; - '''Onye-ikpe, eze-ikpe;''' - Magistrat; ''s.''<br> Magnanimity; - '''Oke-obi, uko, afoma;''' - Magnanimité; ''s.''<br> Magnanimous; - '''Di-oke-obi, di-afoma;''' - Magnanime; ''s.''<br> Magnanimously; - '''N'oke-obi, na dike;''' - Magnanimement; ''adv.''<br> Magnate; - '''Ogalanya; oganubulu;''' - Magnat; ''s.''<br> Magnific; - '''Nukwu, di-ebube;''' - Magnifique; ''adj.''<br> Magnificence; - '''Nukwu, ebube;''' - Magnificence; ''s.''<br> Magnificent; - '''Di-nukwu. di-ebube;''' - Magnifique; ''adj.''<br> Magnifier; - '''Onye-mbuni;''' - Celui qui exalte; ''s.''<br> Magnify; - '''Bu, buni;''' - Exalter; ''v. a.''<br> Magnitude; - '''Idi-nukwu;''' - Grandeur; ''s.''<br> Maid, maiden; - '''Nwagbogho;''' - Fille, vierge; ''s.''<br> Maidenly; - '''Di-iru-ani, di-ifele;''' - Virginal; ''s.''<br> Mail; - '''Afe-igwe, akpa-akwukwo-ozi;''' - Maille; malle-poste; ''s.''<br> Maim; - '''Bu-olusi;''' - Mutiler; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Olusi;''' - Mutilation; ''s.''<br> Main; - '''Isi;''' - Principal, essentiel; ''s''<br> Mainly; - '''Nk'isi, nk'ekanu, nke bu isi;''' - Principalement; ''adv.''<br> Main-mast; - '''Akpu ugbo nk'etiti;''' - Grand mat; ''s.''<br> Maintain; - '''Debe, djide, cebe, cedo;''' - Maintenir; ''v. a.''<br> Maintainable; - '''Di-ncedo, di- ndebe;''' - Soutenable; ''adj.''<br> Maintenance; - '''Nni, ife-olili;''' - Subsistance; ''s.''<br> Maize; - '''Oka, ogbadu;''' - Mais; ''s.''<br> Majestic; - '''Di-ebube, di-nukwu;''' - Majestueux-se; ''adj.''<br> Majestically; - '''N'ebube, na nukwu;''' - Majestueusement; ''adv.''<br> Majesty; - '''Ebube, nukwu;''' - Majesté; ''s.''<br> Major; - '''Ka nukwu, k'okenye;''' - Majeur; ''adj.''<br> Majordome; - '''Isi-odibo, onye-isi-odibo;''' - Majordome; ''s.''<br> Majority; - '''Ndi kanu, ogo-madu;''' - Majorité; ''s.''<br> Make; - '''Me, do, ke;''' - Faire; ''v. a.''<br> - '''Omofu omomo;''' - Façon, forme; ''s.''<br> Makebate; - '''Onye-nlanye-ogu;''' - Boute-feu; ''s.''<br> Maker; - '''Onye-melu-ife, onye-kelu-ife;''' - Auteur; ''s.''<br> Malady; - '''Oya, aru-on wunwu;''' - Maladie; ''s.''<br> Malapert; - '''Di-anya-oca; di-ika-anya;''' - Mal-appris; ''adj.''<br> Male; - '''Oke;-nwoke;''' - Male; ''s.''<br> Malediction; - '''Abumonu;''' - Malédiction; ''s.''<br> Malefactor; - '''Ome ife-odjo, ome ndjo;''' - Malfaiteur; ''s.''<br> Malefaction; - '''If'odjo, ndjo;''' - Méfait; ''s.''<br> Malevolence; - '''Obi-odjio, izuzu-ndjio, afo-ndjo;''' - Malveillance; ''s'' [[Category:Igbo]]<noinclude></noinclude> pdh0y9jryjdmxacv4rq5695wvs8p7ev Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/29 104 449321 1332577 2026-04-02T09:04:08Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332577 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|22|Bar-Bea}} {{Rule}} Barterer; — '''Agha, onye-agha;''' — Troqueur; s.<br> Base; — '''Ani, nto-ani;''' — Fondement; s.<br> Base-born; — '''Nwa-mbili, nwa-oyi;''' — Batard; s.<br> Baseless; — '''Enwe-nto-ani, enwere-nzado;''' — Sans fondement;<br> Basement; — '''Ani, ani-uno;''' — Soubasement; s.<br> Bashful; — '''Di-ilele, di-iru-ani;''' — Timide; adj.<br> Bashfulness; — '''Ilele, iru-ani;''' — Timidité; s.<br> Basilisk; — '''Ogbo-ndu, ogbo-ndulu;''' — Basilic; s.<br> Basin; — '''Odiligi, afele-okongwu;''' — Bassin; s.<br> Basis; — '''Ani, nto-ani;''' — Base; s.<br> Bask; — '''Nya-oku, nya-awụ;''' — Chauffer; v. a.<br> Basket; — '''Ukpu, nkata;''' — Panier; s.<br> Bastard; — '''Nwa-oyi, nwa-ilo;''' — Batard; s.<br> Bastardy; — '''Okwa nwa-oyi;''' — Batardise; s.<br> Bastinado; — '''Nkulu, ugholo;''' — Bastonnade; s.<br> — '''Ti-ugholo, pya-osisi;''' — Bastonner; v. a.<br> Bat; — '''Usu, ngusu;''' — Chauve-souris; s.<br> Bateau; — '''Ugbo-nfe;''' — Bateau; s.<br> Bath; — '''Ebe iwu-aru;''' — Bain, baignoire; s.<br> Bathe; — '''Wu, iwu-aru;''' — Se baigner; v. n.<br> Bathing; — '''Iwu-aru;''' — Bain; s.<br> Baton; — '''Nkulu;''' — Bâton, crosse; s.<br> Battalion; — '''Onu-agha, onu-ogu;''' — Bataillon; s.<br> Batten; — '''Zunye-abala, zunye-manu;''' — Engraisser; v. a.<br> Batter; — '''Dikpo, tida;''' — Battre; v. a.<br> Battle; — '''Ogu, agha;''' — Bataille; s.<br> — '''Bu-agha, nu-ogu;''' — Se battre; v. n.<br> Battle-array; — '''Onodu-ogu, onodu-agha;''' — Ordre de bataille; s.<br> Battle-axe; — '''Anyike-agha;''' — Hache de guerre; s.<br> Bawble; — '''Ife ikpa-amu;''' — Bagatelle; s.<br> Bawl; — '''Kpo, kpotu, pkonpu;''' — Brailler, crier; v. n.<br> Bay; — '''Mbanye-mili;''' — Baie; s.<br> Bay; — '''Gbo, gbo-udja;''' — Aboyer; v. n.<br> Baying; — '''Udja, gbo-udja;''' — Aboiement; s.<br> Bayonet; — '''Ofalagada, opalagada;''' — Bayonnette; s.<br> Bazaar; — '''Afya, ebe-afya;''' — Bazar; s.<br> Be; — '''Bu, di na, do;''' — Être; v. n.<br> Beach; — '''Ubom;''' — Grève, plage; s.<br> Bead; — '''Mkpilife;''' — Grain; s.<br> Beak; — '''Onu-nnunu;''' — Bec; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 76sd777i4dfhaqdb4jhbbokvv44xiru 1332593 1332577 2026-04-02T09:51:37Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332593 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|22|Bar-Bea}} {{Rule}} Barterer; — '''Agha, onye-agha;''' — Troqueur; s.<br> Base; — '''Ani, nto-ani;''' — Fondement; s.<br> Base-born; — '''Nwa-mbili, nwa-oyi;''' — Batard; s.<br> Baseless; — '''Enwe-nto-ani, enwere-nzado;''' — Sans fondement;<br> Basement; — '''Ani, ani-uno;''' — Soubasement; s.<br> Bashful; — '''Di-ilele, di-iru-ani;''' — Timide; adj.<br> Bashfulness; — '''Ilele, iru-ani;''' — Timidité; s.<br> Basilisk; — '''Ogbo-ndu, ogbo-ndulu;''' — Basilic; s.<br> Basin; — '''Odiligi, afele-okongwu;''' — Bassin; s.<br> Basis; — '''Ani, nto-ani;''' — Base; s.<br> Bask; — '''Nya-oku, nya-awụ;''' — Chauffer; v. a.<br> Basket; — '''Ukpu, nkata;''' — Panier; s.<br> Bastard; — '''Nwa-oyi, nwa-ilo;''' — Batard; s.<br> Bastardy; — '''Okwa nwa-oyi;''' — Batardise; s.<br> Bastinado; — '''Nkulu, ugholo;''' — Bastonnade; s.<br> — '''Ti-ugholo, pya-osisi;''' — Bastonner; v. a.<br> Bat; — '''Usu, ngusu;''' — Chauve-souris; s.<br> Bateau; — '''Ugbo-nfe;''' — Bateau; s.<br> Bath; — '''Ebe iwu-aru;''' — Bain, baignoire; s.<br> Bathe; — '''Wu, iwu-aru;''' — Se baigner; v. n.<br> Bathing; — '''Iwu-aru;''' — Bain; s.<br> Baton; — '''Nkulu;''' — Bâton, crosse; s.<br> Battalion; — '''Onu-agha, onu-ogu;''' — Bataillon; s.<br> Batten; — '''Zunye-abala, zunye-manu;''' — Engraisser; v. a.<br> Batter; — '''Dikpo, tida;''' — Battre; v. a.<br> Battle; — '''Ogu, agha;''' — Bataille; s.<br> — '''Bu-agha, nu-ogu;''' — Se battre; v. n.<br> Battle-array; — '''Onodu-ogu, onodu-agha;''' — Ordre de bataille; s.<br> Battle-axe; — '''Anyike-agha;''' — Hache de guerre; s.<br> Bawble; — '''Ife ikpa-amu;''' — Bagatelle; s.<br> Bawl; — '''Kpo, kpotu, pkonpu;''' — Brailler, crier; v. n.<br> Bay; — '''Mbanye-mili;''' — Baie; s.<br> Bay; — '''Gbo, gbo-udja;''' — Aboyer; v. n.<br> Baying; — '''Udja, gbo-udja;''' — Aboiement; s.<br> Bayonet; — '''Ofalagada, opalagada;''' — Bayonnette; s.<br> Bazaar; — '''Afya, ebe-afya;''' — Bazar; s.<br> Be; — '''Bu, di na, do;''' — Être; v. n.<br> Beach; — '''Ubom;''' — Grève, plage; s.<br> Bead; — '''Mkpilife;''' — Grain; s.<br> Beak; — '''Onu-nnunu;''' — Bec; s.<br><noinclude></noinclude> g7xirxvmf4ud98kaqz8n7ldcgymb7bj Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/31 104 449322 1332579 2026-04-02T09:10:13Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332579 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|24|Bed-Beg}} {{Rule}} Bedding; — '''Ile-akwa, ile-edina'''; — Litterie; s.<br> Bedeck; — '''Dokwa, djikwa'''; — Parer; v. a.<br> Bedew; — '''Guda, la-djiligi'''; — Arroser; v. a.<br> Bed-fellow; — '''Onye-edina'''; — Compagne; s.<br> Bedlam; — '''Uno-ndi-ala'''; — Maison de fous.<br> Bedlamite; — '''Onye-ala, onye-oskwu'''; — Fou, folle; s.<br> Bed-quilt; — '''Akwa-edina'''; — Couverture piquee.<br> Bedraggle; — '''Meto'''; — Crotter; v. a.<br> Bedrench; — '''Futube'''; — Tremper; v. a.<br> Bed-room; — '''Ula, uno-ula; uno-edina'''; — Dortoir; s.<br> Bedrop; — '''Fenus, gbamusa'''; — Arroser; v. a.<br> Bed-time; — '''Ekpo naba'''; — Heure du coucher.<br> Bed-ward; — '''Do-akakpo, nara-nso'''; — Garder le lit.<br> Bee; — '''Anwu'''; — Abeille; s.<br> Bee-hive; — '''Uno-anwu'''; — Ruche; s.<br> Beef; — '''Anu, anu-efi'''; — Viande de boeuf.<br> Beefsteak; — '''Ibe-anu-efi'''; — Bifteck; s.<br> Bees-wax; — '''Akpaka-anwu'''; — Miel, cire; s.<br> Befall; — '''Kwudo, me'''; — Arriver; v. n.<br> Befit; — '''Kwesi, to, tosi'''; — Convenir à; v. a.<br> Befitting; (To be) — '''Tulu'''; — Être convenable; v. n.<br> Befool; — '''Lafu, nufu'''; — Tromper; v. a.<br> Before; — '''N'iru, n'anya'''; — Avant; prep.<br> — '''Tupu'''; — Avant; adv.<br> Before-hand; — '''Bulu, do (affix)'''; — D'avance; adv.<br> Before-time; — '''Ekpogbo'''; — Autrefois; adv.<br> Befoul; — '''Meto, mebi, lu-inyi'''; — Souiller; v. a.<br> Befriend; — '''Nwu-oyi'''; — Favoriser; v. a.<br> Beg; — '''Yo, yo-ayoyo, kpelu'''; — Demander; v. a.<br> Beget; — '''Mu, muta'''; — Engendrer; v. a.<br> Begetter; — '''Omulu, onye-mulu'''; — Qui engendre.<br> Beggar; — '''Onye-ayoyo, onye-eee-ini'''; — Mendiant; s.<br> Beggarliness; — '''Ayoyo, eee-ini'''; — Mendicité; s.<br> Beggarly; — '''Dika onye eee-ini'''; — Misérablement; adv.<br> Beggary; — '''Ogbwenye, okwa onye-ayoyo'''; — Misère; s.<br> Begging; — '''Ayoyo, iyo-ayoyo'''; — Action de demander.<br> Begin; — '''Bido, gbudo'''; — Commencer; v. a.<br> Begin; — '''Onye-mbido, ogbodi'''; — Commençant; s.<br> Beginning; — '''Mbido, izizi, isi-mbido'''; — Commencement; s.<br> Begird; — '''Nofe, nobido, norube, kebido'''; — Cerner; v. a.<br><noinclude></noinclude> pyitrhvqajs1s5x64u8kzmyn1fieow6 1332595 1332579 2026-04-02T09:51:38Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332595 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|24|Bed-Beg}} {{Rule}} Bedding; — '''Ile-akwa, ile-edina'''; — Litterie; s.<br> Bedeck; — '''Dokwa, djikwa'''; — Parer; v. a.<br> Bedew; — '''Guda, la-djiligi'''; — Arroser; v. a.<br> Bed-fellow; — '''Onye-edina'''; — Compagne; s.<br> Bedlam; — '''Uno-ndi-ala'''; — Maison de fous.<br> Bedlamite; — '''Onye-ala, onye-oskwu'''; — Fou, folle; s.<br> Bed-quilt; — '''Akwa-edina'''; — Couverture piquee.<br> Bedraggle; — '''Meto'''; — Crotter; v. a.<br> Bedrench; — '''Futube'''; — Tremper; v. a.<br> Bed-room; — '''Ula, uno-ula; uno-edina'''; — Dortoir; s.<br> Bedrop; — '''Fenus, gbamusa'''; — Arroser; v. a.<br> Bed-time; — '''Ekpo naba'''; — Heure du coucher.<br> Bed-ward; — '''Do-akakpo, nara-nso'''; — Garder le lit.<br> Bee; — '''Anwu'''; — Abeille; s.<br> Bee-hive; — '''Uno-anwu'''; — Ruche; s.<br> Beef; — '''Anu, anu-efi'''; — Viande de boeuf.<br> Beefsteak; — '''Ibe-anu-efi'''; — Bifteck; s.<br> Bees-wax; — '''Akpaka-anwu'''; — Miel, cire; s.<br> Befall; — '''Kwudo, me'''; — Arriver; v. n.<br> Befit; — '''Kwesi, to, tosi'''; — Convenir à; v. a.<br> Befitting; (To be) — '''Tulu'''; — Être convenable; v. n.<br> Befool; — '''Lafu, nufu'''; — Tromper; v. a.<br> Before; — '''N'iru, n'anya'''; — Avant; prep.<br> — '''Tupu'''; — Avant; adv.<br> Before-hand; — '''Bulu, do (affix)'''; — D'avance; adv.<br> Before-time; — '''Ekpogbo'''; — Autrefois; adv.<br> Befoul; — '''Meto, mebi, lu-inyi'''; — Souiller; v. a.<br> Befriend; — '''Nwu-oyi'''; — Favoriser; v. a.<br> Beg; — '''Yo, yo-ayoyo, kpelu'''; — Demander; v. a.<br> Beget; — '''Mu, muta'''; — Engendrer; v. a.<br> Begetter; — '''Omulu, onye-mulu'''; — Qui engendre.<br> Beggar; — '''Onye-ayoyo, onye-eee-ini'''; — Mendiant; s.<br> Beggarliness; — '''Ayoyo, eee-ini'''; — Mendicité; s.<br> Beggarly; — '''Dika onye eee-ini'''; — Misérablement; adv.<br> Beggary; — '''Ogbwenye, okwa onye-ayoyo'''; — Misère; s.<br> Begging; — '''Ayoyo, iyo-ayoyo'''; — Action de demander.<br> Begin; — '''Bido, gbudo'''; — Commencer; v. a.<br> Begin; — '''Onye-mbido, ogbodi'''; — Commençant; s.<br> Beginning; — '''Mbido, izizi, isi-mbido'''; — Commencement; s.<br> Begird; — '''Nofe, nobido, norube, kebido'''; — Cerner; v. a.<br><noinclude></noinclude> gxjvc5wm9snxdr43zyktgb8v01sofhf Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/33 104 449323 1332580 2026-04-02T09:16:13Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332580 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|26|Bel-Bes}} {{Rule}} Beloved; — '''Afulu-n’anya'''; — Bien-aimé; adj.<br> Below; — '''N’okpulu, n’ani'''; — En bas; prép. adv.<br> Belt; — '''Adji, adji-akpukpo'''; — Ceinture; s.<br> Bemire; — '''Da n’apiti, kputo n’apiti'''; — S’embourber; v. n.<br> Bemoan; — '''Kwa'''; — Déplorer; v. a.<br> Bench; — '''Oche, odu, otu-ndi-ikpe'''; — Banquette; s.<br> Bend; — '''Go, logo, rube, rulu, gbu'''; — Plier, courber; v. a.<br> Beneath; — '''N’okpulu, n’ani'''; — Sous, au-dessous; prép.<br> Benediction; — '''Ngosi, ekenè'''; — Bénédiction; s.<br> Benefaction; — '''Afomma, amala, imu-amala'''; — Bienfait; s.<br> Benefactor; — '''Onye-afo-mma, ome-amala'''; — Bienfaiteur; s.<br> Beneficence; — '''Amala, ife-amala, afo-mma'''; — Bienfaisance; s.<br> Beneficent; — '''Di-afo-mma, di-amala'''; — Bienfaisant; adj.<br> Beneficial; — '''Di-elele, di-ulu'''; — Avantageux; adj.<br> Benefit; — '''Elele, ulu'''; — Avantage; s.<br> — '''Balu, me-ofumma'''; — Bénéficier; v. n.<br> Benevolence; — '''Afommli, ezi-ife, obi-omuma'''; — Bienveillance; s.<br> Benevolent; — '''Di-afomma, di-obi-omuma'''; — Bienveillant; adj.<br> Benight; — '''Dijibido, djinari'''; — Obscurcir; v. a.<br> Benign; — '''Di-afomma, di-amala'''; — Clément; adj.<br> Benignity; — '''Afomma, idi-afomma, idi-amala'''; — Clémence; s.<br> Bent; — '''Nogo, nsiligo'''; — Courbure; s.<br> Benumb; — '''Me di-akalo'''; — Engourdir; v. n.<br> Bereave; — '''Nalu, wenalu'''; — Priver; v. a.<br> Bereavement; — '''Onala, iwenalu, mwenalu'''; — Privation; s.<br> Beseech; — '''Yo, kpelu'''; — Supplier; v. a.<br> Beseem; — '''Kwesi, tosi, fulu'''; — Convenir; v. n.<br> Beseeming; — '''Nkwesi, otito, nfulu'''; — Convenance; s.<br> Beseemly; — '''Tosili-etosi, fulu-efulu'''; — Convenablement; adv.<br> Beset; — '''Norube, nofe'''; — Assiéger; v. a.<br> Beside; — '''N’uso, n’kpele'''; — A côté; prép.<br> Besiege; — '''Norube, nofe, garube, wakpo'''; — Assiéger; v. a.<br> Besieger; — '''Owa, onye-wakpo, onye-nofe'''; — Assiégeant; s.<br> Besmear; — '''Te, no'''; — Tacher, souiller; v. a.<br> Besom; — '''Oke-akpa, aziza-ilo'''; — Balai; s.<br> Bespake; — '''Kwubulu'''; — Commander; v. a.<br> Bespread; — '''Kpasi, gbasa, sa, v. a.'''; — Répandre; v. a.<br> Best; — '''Kasimma, makalisili'''; — Meilleur; adj.<br> Bestial; — '''Di-inyi, dika-anu'''; — Bestial; adj.<br> Bestir; — '''Mesu, quni'''; — Secouer; v. a.<br><noinclude></noinclude> ogpndu8sblmd6ol35ymwgvmuzl3ic2e 1332596 1332580 2026-04-02T09:51:46Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332596 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|26|Bel-Bes}} {{Rule}} Beloved; — '''Afulu-n’anya'''; — Bien-aimé; adj.<br> Below; — '''N’okpulu, n’ani'''; — En bas; prép. adv.<br> Belt; — '''Adji, adji-akpukpo'''; — Ceinture; s.<br> Bemire; — '''Da n’apiti, kputo n’apiti'''; — S’embourber; v. n.<br> Bemoan; — '''Kwa'''; — Déplorer; v. a.<br> Bench; — '''Oche, odu, otu-ndi-ikpe'''; — Banquette; s.<br> Bend; — '''Go, logo, rube, rulu, gbu'''; — Plier, courber; v. a.<br> Beneath; — '''N’okpulu, n’ani'''; — Sous, au-dessous; prép.<br> Benediction; — '''Ngosi, ekenè'''; — Bénédiction; s.<br> Benefaction; — '''Afomma, amala, imu-amala'''; — Bienfait; s.<br> Benefactor; — '''Onye-afo-mma, ome-amala'''; — Bienfaiteur; s.<br> Beneficence; — '''Amala, ife-amala, afo-mma'''; — Bienfaisance; s.<br> Beneficent; — '''Di-afo-mma, di-amala'''; — Bienfaisant; adj.<br> Beneficial; — '''Di-elele, di-ulu'''; — Avantageux; adj.<br> Benefit; — '''Elele, ulu'''; — Avantage; s.<br> — '''Balu, me-ofumma'''; — Bénéficier; v. n.<br> Benevolence; — '''Afommli, ezi-ife, obi-omuma'''; — Bienveillance; s.<br> Benevolent; — '''Di-afomma, di-obi-omuma'''; — Bienveillant; adj.<br> Benight; — '''Dijibido, djinari'''; — Obscurcir; v. a.<br> Benign; — '''Di-afomma, di-amala'''; — Clément; adj.<br> Benignity; — '''Afomma, idi-afomma, idi-amala'''; — Clémence; s.<br> Bent; — '''Nogo, nsiligo'''; — Courbure; s.<br> Benumb; — '''Me di-akalo'''; — Engourdir; v. n.<br> Bereave; — '''Nalu, wenalu'''; — Priver; v. a.<br> Bereavement; — '''Onala, iwenalu, mwenalu'''; — Privation; s.<br> Beseech; — '''Yo, kpelu'''; — Supplier; v. a.<br> Beseem; — '''Kwesi, tosi, fulu'''; — Convenir; v. n.<br> Beseeming; — '''Nkwesi, otito, nfulu'''; — Convenance; s.<br> Beseemly; — '''Tosili-etosi, fulu-efulu'''; — Convenablement; adv.<br> Beset; — '''Norube, nofe'''; — Assiéger; v. a.<br> Beside; — '''N’uso, n’kpele'''; — A côté; prép.<br> Besiege; — '''Norube, nofe, garube, wakpo'''; — Assiéger; v. a.<br> Besieger; — '''Owa, onye-wakpo, onye-nofe'''; — Assiégeant; s.<br> Besmear; — '''Te, no'''; — Tacher, souiller; v. a.<br> Besom; — '''Oke-akpa, aziza-ilo'''; — Balai; s.<br> Bespake; — '''Kwubulu'''; — Commander; v. a.<br> Bespread; — '''Kpasi, gbasa, sa, v. a.'''; — Répandre; v. a.<br> Best; — '''Kasimma, makalisili'''; — Meilleur; adj.<br> Bestial; — '''Di-inyi, dika-anu'''; — Bestial; adj.<br> Bestir; — '''Mesu, quni'''; — Secouer; v. a.<br><noinclude></noinclude> ienfohs2m92c4v5jfajwyiucudhl9bb Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/35 104 449324 1332581 2026-04-02T09:23:11Z 10kdollz 951142 /* Proofread */ 1332581 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="10kdollz" /></noinclude>{{rh|28|Rid-Bir}} {{Rule}} Bidental; — '''Di-eze-nabo'''; — Qui a deux dents.<br> Biennial; — '''Kwa-aro-nabo'''; — Biennal; adj.<br> Bifarious; — '''Nmadji-nabo'''; — En sens contraire.<br> Bifold; — '''Nmadji-nabo, uzo-nabo'''; — À double voie.<br> Biform; — '''Di iru-nabo'''; — Biforme; adj.<br> Bifurcation; — '''Idi-ngadaba-nabo'''; — Bifurcation; s.<br> Big; — '''Nuku, ukwu di-ime'''; — Gros, large; adj.<br> Bigamist; — '''Oéinyeme nabo'''; — Bigame; s.<br> Bigamy; — '''Içinyeme nabo'''; — Bigamie; s.<br> Biggin; — '''Okpu-nwata'''; — Béguin; s.<br> Bight; — '''Nkeke-udo, nkeke-elili'''; — Pli; s.<br> Bigness; — '''Okpi, nkwu'''; — Grosseur; s.<br> Bilabiate; — '''Di-egbugbel’onunabo'''; — Qui a deux paroles.<br> Bilbo; — '''Nma, pya'''; — Rapière; s.<br> Bilboes; — '''Iga-ukwu'''; — Menottes; s.<br> Bile; — '''Onunu'''; — Bile; s.<br> Bilk; — '''Lafu, megholu'''; — Frustrer; v. a.<br> Bill; — '''Me-imi-onu'''; — Se becqueter; v. n.<br> Billow; — '''Akpoli'''; — Lame, vague; s.<br> Billow; — '''Ma, tu, di k’akpoli'''; — Se soulever; v. n.<br> Billowy; — '''Diakpoli, dik’ebili'''; — Houleux, agité; adj.<br> Bimanous; — '''Di-aka-nabo, nwee-aka-nabo'''; — Bimane; adj.<br> Bin; — '''Akpati'''; — Coffre, cuve; s.<br> Binary; — '''Di-ebwa'''; — Binaire; adj.<br> Binate; — '''Di-oke na wunye'''; — Accouplé; adj.<br> Bind; — '''Fye, ke, fyedo, kedo, fyehe, djiide'''; — Lier; v. a. n.<br> Binder; — '''Onye-nakwako-akukwo'''; — Relieur; s.<br> Binding; — '''Agbu, azu-akukwo'''; — Reliure; s.<br> Binocular; — '''Di-anya-nabo'''; — Qui a deux yeux.<br> Binomial; — '''Di-afa-nabo'''; — Binôme; s.<br> Bipartite; — '''Di-ibe-nabo'''; — Qui se divise en deux.<br> Bipartition; — '''Idi-ibe-nabo'''; — Bipartition; s.<br> Biped; — '''Anu-ukwu-nabo'''; — Bipède; s.<br> Bipedal; — '''Di-ukwu-nabo'''; — Bipède; adj.<br> Bipennate; — '''Di-nku-nabo'''; — Qui a deux ailes.<br> Bird; — '''Nnunu, unu-nnunu, anu-ufe'''; — Oiseau; s.<br> Bird-lime; — '''Eso'''; — Glu; s.<br> Birth; — '''Omumu, omumu-nwa'''; — Naissance; s.<br> Birth-day; — '''Ubosi-omumu'''; — Jour de naissance.<br> Birth-place; — '''Ebe-omumu'''; — Lieu de naissance.<br><noinclude></noinclude> l4ltp62na6fuvjm5cyj597nmh591no7 1332597 1332581 2026-04-02T09:51:53Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Validated */ 1332597 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="4" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>{{rh|28|Rid-Bir}} {{Rule}} Bidental; — '''Di-eze-nabo'''; — Qui a deux dents.<br> Biennial; — '''Kwa-aro-nabo'''; — Biennal; adj.<br> Bifarious; — '''Nmadji-nabo'''; — En sens contraire.<br> Bifold; — '''Nmadji-nabo, uzo-nabo'''; — À double voie.<br> Biform; — '''Di iru-nabo'''; — Biforme; adj.<br> Bifurcation; — '''Idi-ngadaba-nabo'''; — Bifurcation; s.<br> Big; — '''Nuku, ukwu di-ime'''; — Gros, large; adj.<br> Bigamist; — '''Oéinyeme nabo'''; — Bigame; s.<br> Bigamy; — '''Içinyeme nabo'''; — Bigamie; s.<br> Biggin; — '''Okpu-nwata'''; — Béguin; s.<br> Bight; — '''Nkeke-udo, nkeke-elili'''; — Pli; s.<br> Bigness; — '''Okpi, nkwu'''; — Grosseur; s.<br> Bilabiate; — '''Di-egbugbel’onunabo'''; — Qui a deux paroles.<br> Bilbo; — '''Nma, pya'''; — Rapière; s.<br> Bilboes; — '''Iga-ukwu'''; — Menottes; s.<br> Bile; — '''Onunu'''; — Bile; s.<br> Bilk; — '''Lafu, megholu'''; — Frustrer; v. a.<br> Bill; — '''Me-imi-onu'''; — Se becqueter; v. n.<br> Billow; — '''Akpoli'''; — Lame, vague; s.<br> Billow; — '''Ma, tu, di k’akpoli'''; — Se soulever; v. n.<br> Billowy; — '''Diakpoli, dik’ebili'''; — Houleux, agité; adj.<br> Bimanous; — '''Di-aka-nabo, nwee-aka-nabo'''; — Bimane; adj.<br> Bin; — '''Akpati'''; — Coffre, cuve; s.<br> Binary; — '''Di-ebwa'''; — Binaire; adj.<br> Binate; — '''Di-oke na wunye'''; — Accouplé; adj.<br> Bind; — '''Fye, ke, fyedo, kedo, fyehe, djiide'''; — Lier; v. a. n.<br> Binder; — '''Onye-nakwako-akukwo'''; — Relieur; s.<br> Binding; — '''Agbu, azu-akukwo'''; — Reliure; s.<br> Binocular; — '''Di-anya-nabo'''; — Qui a deux yeux.<br> Binomial; — '''Di-afa-nabo'''; — Binôme; s.<br> Bipartite; — '''Di-ibe-nabo'''; — Qui se divise en deux.<br> Bipartition; — '''Idi-ibe-nabo'''; — Bipartition; s.<br> Biped; — '''Anu-ukwu-nabo'''; — Bipède; s.<br> Bipedal; — '''Di-ukwu-nabo'''; — Bipède; adj.<br> Bipennate; — '''Di-nku-nabo'''; — Qui a deux ailes.<br> Bird; — '''Nnunu, unu-nnunu, anu-ufe'''; — Oiseau; s.<br> Bird-lime; — '''Eso'''; — Glu; s.<br> Birth; — '''Omumu, omumu-nwa'''; — Naissance; s.<br> Birth-day; — '''Ubosi-omumu'''; — Jour de naissance.<br> Birth-place; — '''Ebe-omumu'''; — Lieu de naissance.<br><noinclude></noinclude> rl9p10szl08abs9a825zml769funtul Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/315 104 449325 1332598 2026-04-02T10:05:40Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Proofread */ 1332598 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>…mant les livres en langues indigènes nécessaires aux Missionnaires pour la prédication de l’Evangile; en promouvant des conférences, des réunions, des représentations, etc.; en confectionnant des ornements sacrés, etc.; en recevant des offrandes pour les Missions et en excitant à la prière. '''LA SOCIÉTÉ SE COMPOSE:''' Premièrement de dames (Missionnaires auxiliaires de l’Afrique) qui se vouent exclusivement au service des Missions d’Afrique et vivent en commun dans les centres de l’Œuvre.<br> Secondement de personnes externes qui se vouent à l’Œuvre dans la mesure que le permettent leurs devoirs de famille.<br> Troisièmement de zélateurs et de zélatrices qui secourent l’Œuvre par une offrande annuelle de 2 frs. ou de quelque autre manière.<br> Pour de plus amples renseignements s’adresser à la fondatrice et directrice générale de la Société, Mme la Comtesse Ledóchowska, '''Rome''', via Giov. Lanza, 129. ⸻ …rences, meetings, representations; by articles for the presse; by making sacred ornaments, etc.; by securing for them prayer and alms. '''THE SODALITY IS COMPOSED:''' Firstly of ladies (auxiliary Missionaries), who devote themselves exclusively to the Work of the African Missions and labour in common in the centres of the Work.<br> Secondly of extern members who devote themselves to this Work as far as their social duties permit.<br> Thirdly of Promotors of both sexes who subscribe at least two shillings annually and who endeavour otherwise to support the Work.<br> For full particulars please apply to the Foundress and Directress general, the Countess M. Teresa Ledóchowska, '''Roma''', via Giov. Lanza, 129.<noinclude></noinclude> fpco1erlebtftwmt5ziitv9g3b099hg Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/117 104 449327 1332602 2026-04-02T11:31:17Z Johnnybam 886858 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332602 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Johnnybam" /></noinclude> {{rh||Gri-Gue|23}} {{Rule}} Grimalkin;Onogbo-ocye, nwa-obala-ocye; Grin; Caçapu-eze Icaçapu-eze; Grind; Gwe; Moudre; v. a. - Vieux chat; s. Grincer des dents; s. n. Grinder; Agbulugada; Molaire; s. Grindstone; Omunma; Pierre à aiguiser; s. Grip; Nwude; Saisir; v. a. Empoigner; v. a. [Etreinte; s.] Farine grossière; gravier; s. Di-okpontu; Grisàtre; adj. Ude, isu-ude; Gémissement; s. Gripe; Grisly; Nwude, lu, gwolu; Di-egwu; Affreux-se; adj. Nnwude; Grit; Uzuzu, adjilidja-okwute; Grizzle; Okpontu; Gris; s. Grizzly; Groan; Su-ude, su; Gémir; v. n. Groaning; Grog; Manya; Boisson; s. Groin; Iwalagada; Arête; s. Groove; Nriwa; Antre; s. Grope; Gross; Grossly; So-isi; Tâtonner; v. n. Di-alo, di-ogbe; Grossier-ère; adj. N'alo; Grossièrement; adj. Grossness; Alo, idi-alo; Grosseur; s. Ground; Ani, enu-ani, adja; Terre; s. Groundless; Enwero-nko-ani; Usu, igwe; Groupe; s. Sans terre; adj. Gbe, kpu, li; Ramper; v. n. So, wanye; Croître; v. n. De, tamu, demu; Ntamu; Grogner; v. n. Grognement; s. Uso, nwanye; Croissance; s. Gwu; Aruru; Défricher; v. a. ver; s. We-iwe na nkiti; Hair, envier; v. a. Odugba, owa; Bouillie de gruau; s. Group; Grove; Ofya; Bocage; s. Grovel; Grow; Growl; Growth; Grub; Grudge; Gruel; Grumble; Grumbler; Grumbling; Grume; Grunt; Su dik'ezi; Guard; Guerdon; Guess; Guest; Obia, onye-obiama; - Convive, hôte; s. Tamu, demu; Grogner, Murmurer; v. n. Onye-ntamu, onye-ndemu; Grognard; s. Ntamu, ndemu; Grognement; s. Okpulukpu-me; Grumeau; s. Grogner; v. n. Ce, gba-ogu; Nce, igba-ogu; Garder; v. a. garde; s. Ne-olu, kwu; Ife ine-olu; Récompenser; v. a. gages; s. Ka, ma; Okaka; Conjecturer; v. a.<noinclude></noinclude> 1hzj16j2kk25yd2suhuh1hy18zzksdj Index:༧རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞབས་བརྟན།.pdf 106 449328 1332603 2026-04-02T11:50:57Z Pecha-Alalamo 871864 auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332603 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Title=༧རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞབས་བརྟན། |Language=bo |Author=ཡོངས་འཛིན་རྣམ་གཉིས། |Translator= |Editor= |Year= |Publisher= |Address= |Key= |Source=https://library.bdrc. |Image=[[File:༧རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞབས་བརྟན།.jpg|thumb|༧རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞབས་བརྟན།]] |Progress=C |Volumes= |Pages=<pagelist /> |Remarks= |Width= |Css= }} [[Category:Tibetan]] ghr7r90faf37owcztitzijha3tbelnn Page:༧རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞབས་བརྟན།.pdf/1 104 449329 1332604 2026-04-02T11:52:30Z Pecha-Alalamo 871864 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332604 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Pecha-Alalamo" /></noinclude>༄༅། །སྲིད་ཞིའི་གཙུག་ནོར་ྋགོང་ས་ྋསྐྱབས་མགོན་ྋརྒྱལ་དབང་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་གཟིགས་ཆེན་པོ་ མཆོག་བསྟན་འགྲོའི་མགོན་དུ་ཞབས་ཟུང་བརྟན་ཅིང་རླབས་ཆེན་བཞེད་དོན་ལྷུན་འགྲུབ་ཆེད་མཆོག་གསུམ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ ཐུགས་རྗེ་བསྐུལ་བའི་གསོལ་འདེབས་འཆི་མེད་གྲུབ་པའི་དབྱངས་སྙན་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་བཞུགས་སོ།<noinclude></noinclude> 3ob1mdy3kyrnohgrhvndqk0tnyhxfqi Page:༧རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞབས་བརྟན།.pdf/2 104 449330 1332605 2026-04-02T11:53:48Z Pecha-Alalamo 871864 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332605 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Pecha-Alalamo" /></noinclude>༄༅། །ཨོཾ་སྭ་སྟི།རབ་འབྱམས་རྒྱལ་བའི་གསང་གསུམ་མ་ལུས་པ། ། གང་འདུལ་ཅིར་ཡང་འཆར་བའི་སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ་གར། །སྲིད་ཞིའི་དགེ་ལེགས་ ཀུན་འབྱུང་ཡིད་བཞིན་ནོར། །དངོས་བརྒྱུད་དྲིན་ཅན་བླ་མའི་ཚོགས་རྣམས་ ལ། །བདག་ཅག་གདུང་ཤུགས་དྲག་པོས་གསོལ་འདེབས་ན། །གངས<noinclude></noinclude> qqdch6i8rer5b4yr1cnp2di7zbhwela Page:༧རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞབས་བརྟན།.pdf/3 104 449331 1332606 2026-04-02T11:55:00Z Pecha-Alalamo 871864 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332606 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Pecha-Alalamo" /></noinclude>༄༅། །ཅན་མགོན་པོ་བསྟན་འཛིན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཡི། །སྐུ་ཚེ་མི་ཤིགས་བསྐལ་བརྒྱར་རབ་བརྟན་ ཅིང༌། །བཞེད་དོན་ལྷུན་གྱིས་འགྲུབ་པར་བྱིན་གྱིས་རློབས། །ཆོས་དབྱིངས་ཀུན་གསལ་ཁྱོན་དང་ མཉམ་འཇུག་པའི། །རྡུལ་བྲལ་བདེ་ཆེན་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྒྱུ་མའི་སྤྲིན། །གྲངས་མེད་རྟེན་དང་བརྟེན་པའི་ དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་དུ། །ཤར་བའི་ཡི་དམ་ལྷ་ཚོགས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ། །བདག་ཅག་གདུང་ཤུགས་<noinclude></noinclude> 3es6x3u8xd1fsgcyvxu9oaaeg9vdofy Page:English, Igbo and French Dictionary by The Fathers of the Holy Ghost.djvu/311 104 449332 1332607 2026-04-02T11:55:45Z Bigkotech 955363 /* Proofread */ 1332607 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="3" user="Bigkotech" /></noinclude>304 {{c|Wor-Wri }} Worm; — '''Idide, okpo, agba;''' — Ver; s.<br> Wormlike; — '''Dika idide;''' — Comme un ver; adj.<br> Wormy; — '''Buso idide;''' — Plein de vers; adj.<br> Worse; — '''Ka ndjo, ndjo kali;''' — Plus méchant, pire; adj.<br> Worship; — '''Sekpulu, sekpuelu;''' — Adorer, vénérer; v. a.<br> — '''Nsekpu;''' — Culte religieux; s.<br> Worshipful; — '''Kwesili nsekpu, di nsekpulu;''' — Respectable; adj.<br> Worshipfully; — '''Na nsekpulu, nke nsekpulu;''' — Avec respect; adv.<br> Worshipper; — '''Onye-nsekpu;''' — Adorateur; s.<br> Worst; — '''Kasi ndjo, djokalisili;''' — Le pire, le plus méchant; adj.<br> — '''Çu, meli;''' — Vaincre; v. a.<br> Worth; — '''Onu, onu-afya, uda, ebube;''' — Prix, valeur; s.<br> Worthless; — '''Adigh'ebube, eloghe'elo;''' — Sans prix; adj.<br> Worthy; — '''Di ebube, kwesilimo, ezigbo;''' — Digne, méritoire; adj.<br> Wound; — '''Mepu onya, bo onya;''' — Blesser; v. n.<br> — '''Onya, onya nma;''' — Blessure, plaie; s.<br> Wrangle; — '''Do ndo, dogba;''' — Disputer; v. n.<br> — '''Ndogba, ndondo;''' — Querelle, dispute; s.<br> Wrangler; — '''Onye-ndondo, onye-ndogba;''' — Querelleur; s.<br> Wrap; — '''Fuba, tulu, kpole;''' — Envelopper; v. a.<br> Wrappage; — '''Ife-nfuba;''' — Toile d’emballage; s.<br> Wrapper; — '''Onye-nfuba;''' — Celui qui entortille; s.<br> Wrapping; — '''Nfuba;''' — Emballage; s.<br> Wrath; — '''Iwe, oke iwe, onuma;''' — Colère, courroux; s.<br> Wreath; — '''Ofifi;''' — Tresse, guirlande; s.<br> Wreathy; — '''Fi, fighali;''' — Tresser; v. a.<br> Wreck; — '''Yi, yiça;''' — Faire naufrage; v. n.<br> — '''Lyi-mili;''' — Naufrage; s.<br> Wrench; — '''Pulu, gbafionalu;''' — Enlever, arracher; v. n.<br> — '''Nfioghali;''' — Action d’arracher; s.<br> Wrest; — '''Pulu, funalu;''' — Tordre, arracher; v. n.<br> — '''Opupu, mpunalu;''' — Action de tordre; s.<br> Wrestle; — '''Gba, gbamgba;''' — Lutter, combattre; v. n.<br> Wrestler; — '''Oka mgba, ogbamgba;''' — Lutteur; s.<br> Wrestling; — '''Mgba, igba mgba;''' — Lutte; s.<br> Wretch; — '''Nkilika madu, nkilika onye;''' — Malheureux; s.<br> Wretched; — '''Di imelu ebele;''' — Misérable, malheureux; adj.<br> Wretchedly; — '''N’imelu ebele;''' — Misérablement; adv.<br> Wretchedness; — '''Imelu ebele, okwa imelu ebele;''' — Misère, infortune; s.<br> Wriggle; — '''Ruru;''' — Tortiller; v. a.<br><noinclude></noinclude> 2bf5oyb5ryfiej194h3uvrxa2fbyb88 Page:༧རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞབས་བརྟན།.pdf/4 104 449333 1332608 2026-04-02T11:56:29Z Pecha-Alalamo 871864 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332608 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Pecha-Alalamo" /></noinclude>དྲག་པོས་གསོལ་འདེབས་ན། །གངས་ཅན་མགོན་པོ་བསྟན་འཛིན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཡི། །སྐུ་ཚེ་མི་ཤིགས་བསྐལ་བརྒྱར་ རབ་བརྟན་ཅིང༌། །བཞེད་དོན་ལྷུན་གྱིས་འགྲུབ་པར་བྱིན་གྱིས་རློབས། །སྤངས་རྟོགས་ཡོན་ཏན་ལྷུན་རྫོགས་ འཕྲིན་ལས་ཀྱི། །སྣང་བ་འགྲོ་ཁམས་རྒྱ་མཚོར་རྟག་རྩེན་པའི། །ཕན་མཛད་སྟོབས་བཅུ་མངའ་བ་ལྷ་ཡི་ལྷ། ། རབ་འབྱམས་དུས་གསུམ་རྒྱལ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ། །བདག་ཅག་གདུང་ཤུགས་དྲག་པོས་གསོལ་འདེབས་ན། ། གངས་ཅན་མགོན་པོ་བསྟན་འཛིན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཡི། །སྐུ་ཚེ་མི་ཤིགས་བསྐལ་བརྒྱར་རབ་བརྟན་ཅིང༌། །བཞེད་ དོན་ལྷུན་གྱིས་འགྲུབ་པར་བྱིན་གྱིས་རློབས། །འཇིག་རྟེན་གསུམ་ལས་གང་གིས་ངེས་སྒྲོལ་ཞིང༌། །མཆོག་<noinclude></noinclude> fc0dnj0ppggt97joigwylipuwhvwu61 Page:༧རྒྱལ་བའི་ཞབས་བརྟན།.pdf/5 104 449334 1332609 2026-04-02T11:58:56Z Pecha-Alalamo 871864 /* Not proofread */ auto summary: New page created (no summary given) 1332609 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Pecha-Alalamo" /></noinclude>༄༅། །ཏུ་ཞི་བ་རྣམ་བྱང་ནོར་བུའི་གཏེར། །ཟག་མེད་མི་གཡོ་ཀུན་བཟང་དགེ་བའི་དཔལ། །ཐེག་ གསུམ་དམ་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཚོགས་རྣམས་ལ། །བདག་ཅག་གདུང་ཤུགས་དྲག་པོས་གསོལ་འདེབས་ན། །གངས་ ཅན་མགོན་པོ་བསྟན་འཛིན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཡི། །སྐུ་ཚེ་མི་ཤིགས་བསྐལ་བརྒྱར་རབ་བརྟན་ཅིང༌། །བཞེད་དོན་ལྷུན་ གྱིས་འགྲུབ་པར་བྱིན་གྱིས་རློབས། །སྲིད་པའི་འཁྲུལ་འཇོམས་ལ་ཆེས་དཔའ་བའི། །བདེན་དོན་མངོན་སུམ་ འཇལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཅན། །རྣམ་ཐར་རྡོ་རྗེའི་གྲོང་ལས་མི་ཕྱེད་པ། །རིག་གྲོལ་འཕགས་པའི་དགེ་འདུན་ཐམས་ཅད་ ལ། །བདག་ཅག་གདུང་ཤུགས་དྲག་པོས་གསོལ་འདེབས་ན། །གངས་ཅན་མགོན་པོ་བསྟན་འཛིན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཡི། །<noinclude></noinclude> 72wjw00adcyvv7q46qg9kd3tr88mxfz